|
|
Morning Yoga Flow |
Sunday, May 25, 2025 |
7:00 AM–7:50 AM |
Convention Center, Street Level, 146 B |
Chair: Joyce Chenchen Tu Battersby (Easterseals of Southern California) |
Join Joyce Tu for a morning yoga practice! Joyce is certified as a 200-hour RYT through Yoga Alliance, has been practicing yoga for over 10 years, and is a devoted Ashtangi. Joyce views yoga practice, and teaching, as acts of generosity and compassion with spiritual significance for both the student and teacher. Morning yoga flow is designed to refine the synchronization of breath and movement as the attendees learn the initial sequence of the Ashtanga system. Beginners and regular practitioners are welcome. Please bring a yoga mat or a large bath towel to practice.
Note: Come early, we fill the room! The Behavior Analysis in Health, Sport, and Fitness SIG supported the inclusion of this and other physical activity sessions.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Behavior Analysis as Field Theory |
Sunday, May 25, 2025 |
8:00 AM–8:20 AM |
Convention Center, Street Level, 149 AB |
Area: PCH |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
CE Instructor: Edward K. Morris, Ph.D.49 years teaching behavior analysis in an ABAI accredited doctoral program (e.g., conceptual foundations, behavior principles, verbal behavior, history of behavior analysis. |
|
Behavior Analysis as Field Theory |
Domain: Theory |
EDWARD K. MORRIS (University of Kansas), Bryan D. Midgley (McPherson College) |
|
Abstract: We argue that behavior analysis is a field theory. We begin by defining field and theory and then proceed from Skinner. In 1931, he defined behavior as a correlation of classes of Rs and Ss, not causal S?R relations. He also expanded his unit of analysis to R = f(S,A), where A stood for “third variables,” among them, conditioning (behavioral history) and drive (motivational operations). This was a unit of functionally related constituents, but not yet a field of all the necessary ones. In 1936, he discovered the operant and made the three-term contingency his unit of analysis, but again not a field. It did not include context (e.g., third variables) and awaited other constituents: behavior’s form and function, the form’s composition (physical), the media of contact (e.g., visual), and biology (e.g., evolution, physiology). Actually, Skinner did include them, but controlled for (or assumed) them. With all the necessary constituents, behavior analysis became a field theory. If this were explicit internally, other constituents might be controlled (e.g., contingencies) and different relations discovered (e.g., contextual) and, externally, Skinner’s science would not be so badly misunderstood (e.g., for omitting what it controlled), nor would its philosophy (e.g., as elementaristic, instead of holistic). |
|
Target Audience: For the intermediate instruction level, the audience should be Board Certified Behavior Analysts. More specifically, they should have taken and passed courses on the conceptual foundations of behavior analysis (e.g., radical behaviorism) and the experimental analysis of behavior (or behavioral principles) and be conversant in B. F. Skinner's conceptual and empirical contributions to behavior analysis. |
|
|
|
|
|
Living a Behavior Analytic Life: Skinner’s Legacy Applied |
Sunday, May 25, 2025 |
8:00 AM–8:50 AM |
Marriott Marquis, M2 Level, Marquis Salon 1-5 |
Area: VBC; Domain: Theory |
Chair: Andresa De Souza (University of Missouri-St. Louis) |
CE Instructor: Andresa De Souza, Ph.D. |
Presenting Author: BARBARA ESCH (Esch Behavioral Consultants, LLC) |
Abstract: B. F. Skinner left us a legacy of “how to” nuggets across his prolific verbal offerings of publications, interviews, and speeches. It is a luxury to be able to re-visit some of these contributions to ponder the impact of what he said and what it might mean for our own lives, particularly in coping effectively with unexpected or challenging events. In this talk, Dr. Esch shares passages from Skinner that can serve as exemplars to model and support effective verbal and nonverbal behavioral repertoires throughout the life span, thus providing inoculation against spinning our wheels and instead getting on with the business of experiencing a meaningful life. Attendees may wish to refresh their own familiarity with some of Skinner’s rich source material for this topic, in particular Enjoy Old Age (Skinner & Vaughan, 1983), About Behaviorism (1974), Science and Human Behavior (1953), and Contingencies of Reinforcement (1969). |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Learning Objectives: 1. List 3 self-management strategies offered by Skinner. 2. Identify a typical emotion and translate it into behavioral terminology. 3. Discuss Skinner's statement that one must be inclined to act in enjoyable ways. |
|
BARBARA ESCH (Esch Behavioral Consultants, LLC) |
Dr. Barbara Esch is a behavior analyst and speech pathologist with extensive experience in behavioral interventions for children and adults. Dr. Esch received her Ph.D. in Applied Behavior Analysis from Western Michigan University under the direction of Dr. Jack Michael and Dr. Jim Carr and her M.A. in Speech Pathology from Michigan State University. She has published research on behavioral treatments for early speech acquisition and aphasia assessment in The Analysis of Verbal Behavior, the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, and the Journal of Autism and Developmental Disabilities. She has presented workshops, training symposia, and research in the United States, Canada, Europe, and Australia, focusing on the use of behavioral procedures to improve speech and language skills for individuals of all ages with a wide range of diagnoses. Dr. Esch is the founder of the Speech Pathology Special Interest Group (www.behavioralspeech.com) of the Association for Behavior Analysis International. She is the author of the original Early Echoic Skills Assessment, part of the Verbal Behavior Milestones Assessment and Placement Program (VB-MAPP), published by Dr. Mark Sundberg (2008/2014) and the Early Echoic Skills Assessment and Program Planner – Guide and Protocol, 2nd edition (2024). |
|
|
|
|
|
It Takes a Village to Understand Cultural Awareness Across Settings |
Sunday, May 25, 2025 |
8:00 AM–8:50 AM |
Marriott Marquis, M4 Level, Liberty M |
Area: AUT/CBM; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Jessica Rae Joseph (Saint Joseph's University) |
EMILY ROSE HAINDL (Saint Joseph's University) |
DANIELLE JEUDY (Navigate Behavioral Health) |
MEGAN THERESA ARMBRUSTER (Saint Joseph's University) |
Abstract: Continuity of care is vital in applied behavior analysis (ABA), particularly through Parent Implemented Interventions (PII). This panel will explore how empowering caregivers enhances the effectiveness of applied behavior analysis interventions while addressing the diverse cultural contexts of families affected by autism. We will discuss the significant role of parent-implemented interventions in promoting skill generalization and maintaining treatment consistency, as well as its potential to mitigate behavior regression and spontaneous recovery. Recent research indicates that families utilizing parent implemented interventions experience improved outcomes in both skill acquisition and behavior reduction, highlighting the necessity of effective caregiver training. We will also examine clinical approaches that practitioners can adopt to facilitate collaboration with families, ensuring that interventions are not only effective but also sustainable. Key questions will guide our discussion: What challenges arise in training parents to implement these interventions? How can practitioners better engage families to maximize treatment efficacy? This conversation aims to identify best practices and future directions for enhancing caregiver involvement in applied behavior analysis, ultimately leading to more effective and sustainable interventions across the lifespan. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): ABA, caregiver training, consistent care, parent-implemented interventions |
|
|
|
|
|
Understanding Stigma and Culturally Responsive Support: The Role of Applied Behavior Analysts in the Neurodivergent and Immigrant Communities |
Sunday, May 25, 2025 |
8:00 AM–8:50 AM |
Marriott Marquis, M4 Level, Independence D |
Area: AUT/CSS; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Sho Araiba (Leeward Community College, the University of Hawaii) |
CE Instructor: Sho Araiba, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Stigma surrounding autism can significantly impact families, particularly in immigrant communities where cultural norms may exacerbate the feeling of isolation. This symposium will explore the role of Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) practitioners in fostering understanding and providing support for families with an autistic member who experience stigma, with a focus on immigrant populations, including those from Japan and China. Cultural perspectives on disability, parenting, and behavior intervention vary widely across these communities, often complicating the reception of autism diagnoses and ABA-based treatments. In Japan and China, traditional beliefs may stigmatize developmental disabilities, creating additional barriers for families seeking help.
Three presenters will discuss various aspects of stigma. Marija Colic will talk about how to assess the stigma of neurodivergent individuals and their family members with a particular focus on immigrant families during the ABA service delivery. Sakurako Tanaka will discuss the stigma of Japanese neurodivergent individuals and their families with a focus on autism. Mei-Hua Li will discuss ABA practitioners' competency in cultural responsiveness in relation to Chinese and Chinese American clients and their families. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): Autism, Diversity, Immigrant family, Stigma |
Target Audience: The target audience of this symposium is ABA practitioners at all levels. This symposium does not require prerequisite skills and competencies to participate in and benefit from. |
Learning Objectives: 1. define stigma concepts in relation to neurodivergent individuals and their families 2. assess stigma experienced by neurodivergent individuals and their family members using the assessment provided in the talk 3. provide compassionate ABA service to neurodivergent individuals and their families of Japanese origin 4. provide culturally sensitive treatment plans to meet the needs of neurodivergent individuals and their families of Chinese origin |
|
Assessing the Stigma Experienced by Consumers: Towards Stigma-Informed Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) Practice |
MARIJA ČOLIĆ (University of Hawai‘i at Mānoa) |
Abstract: The phenomenon of stigma has been widely studied in the mental health field, yet research on the stigma experienced by neurodivergent individuals and their family members has been overlooked in the field of applied behavior analysis (ABA). Previous research has shown that experiences of stigma negatively impact the mental health and quality of life of those subjected to it. Furthermore, stigma often prevents individuals from seeking necessary support for themselves or their children and from following intervention recommendations. Since many ABA practitioners serve neurodivergent individuals and their families, who frequently encounter stigma, understanding this phenomenon is crucial for providing effective and ethical ABA services. Stigma is a complex issue, and several types have been identified and studied within the mental health field. In this presentation, I will share how ABA practitioners can assess consumers’ experiences by (a) providing a set of questions, (b) discussing considerations for assessment, and (c) outlining how to interpret and use assessment data. |
|
Providing Diversify Care to Chinese/Chinese American Families Seeking Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) Services |
MEI-HUA LI (MGH Institute of Health Professions, Simmons University) |
Abstract: The diverse pool of clients who are seeking Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) services in the United States is rapidly growing. Clinicians will provide care for clients that are different in their own culture, beliefs, and customs. Beaulieu et al. (2019) highlighted the importance of clinicians to receive training to serve diverse populations. Cultural competency is an ongoing learning process that requires the clinician to shape and refine these skills in their practice. In some cultures, seeking care might be perceived as a stigma (Liu, 2001), if the service provider is not culturally sensitive, they could be providing treatment that is not culturally accepted by families and may experience resistance. Therefore, providing culturally sensitive treatment plans to meet the needs of linguistically and culturally diverse populations is of great importance. The purpose of this presentation is to discuss how to identify cultural stigmas and provide practical recommendations for delivering diversified care to Chinese/Chinese American families through a behavioral perspective lens. |
|
A Pledge for Tsunageru (Connecting) Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA): Confronting and Overcoming Autism Stigma in Japan |
SAKURAKO SHERRY TANAKA (Asia-Pacific ABA Network) |
Abstract: It is said that the term stigma originated in ancient Greece, where it referred to symbols burned into the skin of enslaved people and people judged as criminals or traitors. Goffman reinvented the term to mean “a general aspect of social life that complicates everyday micro level interactions.” Such custom led to alienation and discrimination of the persons stigmatized. Whether visible or not, stigma is within and without all of us today, in every culture and nation. Persons with autism and other neurodiversity in Japan are stigmatized in multiple ways as the collectivist social norms make them difficult to conform. Their parents and siblings too, internalize their perceived stigmas to the extent that they avoid engaging in public social activities with their autistic family members. This presentation explores how compassionate ABA is the solution to overcome such stigma in Japan, to combat discrimination, gender inequity, and social exclusion. It is not just ABA, but it must be Tsunageru (connecting) ABA, in which one reaches out to the deepest sorrows and desperations of those children and families quietly oppressed and ostracized. |
|
|
|
|
|
Therapeutic Orphans of Applied Behavior Analysis |
Sunday, May 25, 2025 |
8:00 AM–8:50 AM |
Marriott Marquis, M4 Level, Independence E-H |
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: JOe Joseph Wyatt (Marshall University) |
CE Instructor: Nathan Blenkush, Ph.D. |
Abstract: In 1965, Harry Shirkey coined term “therapeutic orphans” in reference to drug development for children in the wake of the thalidomide tragedy. Federal amendments resulted in orphaning clauses (e.g. “not to be used in children”) which curtailed the use and development of novel therapeutics for children and other groups. For people with severe problem behaviors, behavior analysis historically was the orphanage; providing and developing treatment for those who did not benefit from traditional therapies. Currently, several orphaning factors are at work limiting individualized treatment and creating therapeutic orphans of applied behavior analysis. Here we discuss orphaning factors related to the uncompromising promotion of assent above all factors; regulatory and research trends that move patients away from behavioral treatments and towards psychiatric care and criminal justice; and other practice trends that subordinate the needs of individual patients. We illustrate the phenomenon of therapeutic orphaning by summarizing real world cases; reviewing regulatory situations in the United States and Canada; and present data regarding an assessment tool to aid behavior analysts in balancing various factors in treatment decision making. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): assent, regulations, therapeutic orphans |
Target Audience: Attendees should have a working knowledge of the factors to consider in risk/benefit analysis and a comprehensive understanding of the BACB ethics code. The BATS tool is designed to help practitioners make informed decisions. Additionally, attendees should have a general sense of the research conducted recent journals and those that receive behavioral services. |
Learning Objectives: 1. List and describe the factors associated with the Behavioral Assent to Treatment Scale (e.g. safety, risk/benefit analysis, behavioral dimensions, socially significant goals, essential/nonessential treatment progress, and legal/ethical obligations). 2. Describe the participants of research described in behavior analytic journals over the last 5 years. 3. Compare and contrast the concept of therapeutic orphans and medicine with orphans of behavior analysis. |
|
Therapeutic Orphans of Applied Behavior Analysis |
NATHAN BLENKUSH (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center) |
Abstract: In 1965, Harry Shirkey coined term “therapeutic orphans” in reference to drug development for children in the wake of the thalidomide tragedy. Federal amendments resulted in orphaning clauses (e.g. “not to be used in children”) which curtailed the use and development of novel therapeutics for children and other groups. For people with severe problem behaviors, behavior analysis historically was the orphanage; providing and developing treatment for those who did not benefit from traditional therapies. Behavior analysts composed statements preserving treatment rights, labored to distinguish between patients based on problem behavior severity and chronicity, and provided treatments that were preferable to the standard interventions of the time. Examples of current orphaning factors including state regulations that prohibit basic behavioral procedures; lack of research devoted to or acknowledgement of treatment refractory cases; expelling, refusing to treat, or deferring to criminal justice or psychiatric treatments; and policies that subordinate the needs of individual patients. Here, real world data regarding treatment orphans and factors leading to orphaning are presented. Orphaning factors are contrasted with factors promoting individualized treatment based on the individual needs of the patient. |
|
The Behavioral Assent to Treatment Scale |
HALLE APELGREN (Judge Rotenberg Center) |
Abstract: Behavior analysts are obligated to consider “obtaining assent from clients when applicable” as dictated by the ethics code (Behavior Analyst Certification Board, 2020). Since this addition, there has been an increased interest in assent within the field of behavior analysis. While considering assent is undoubtedly an important practice, prioritizing assent over all other ethical obligations (e.g., providing effective treatment, minimizing risk, consent etc.) can be dangerous and have deleterious effects on treatment progress and quality of life. Additionally, this prioritization has the potential to restrict clinicians’ ability to make individualized treatment decisions, which decreases the effectiveness of ABA, which in turn leads to negative outcomes for our clients and the field. When we are uncompromising in the promotion of assent, we run the risk of delivering ineffective services and abandoning vulnerable individuals who desperately need ABA treatment. To aid clinicians in making this distinction and individualized treatment decisions, an assessment tool called the Behavioral Assent to Treatment Scale (BATS), will be presented that weighs factors such as safety, risk/benefit analysis, behavioral dimensions, socially significant goals, essential/nonessential treatment progress, and legal/ethical obligations. Data for a sample of individuals in residential treatment will be provided as preliminary construct validation for the BATS. |
|
Research as an Orphaning Factor |
RAJVINDER SINGH (McMaster University) |
Abstract: In medicine, people with rare diseases were therapeutic orphans in the 1970’s because commercial interests did not align with conducting research and developing treatments for such conditions (Swann, 2018). To remedy the situation, the Orphan Drug Act, passed in 1983, created incentives for the development of treatments for rare diseases. An analogous situation exists today in behavior analysis. That is, the field is focused a young children with autism and the argument can be made that older, stronger, and treatment refractory patients are therapeutic orphans. In 2003, Foxx noted that patients with dangerous behaviors were historically undertreated and their conditions under researched. Here, it is argued that patients with treatment refractory aggression and self-injury remain under served and few publications are devoted to patients with treatment refractory problem behaviors. A cursory review of published research shows much attention devoted to outpatient children with less research devoted to young adult or adult clients treated in residential or inpatient hospital settings. |
|
|
|
|
|
Low-Intensity Interventions and Antecedent-Based Strategies to Address Feeding Challenges |
Sunday, May 25, 2025 |
8:00 AM–8:50 AM |
Convention Center, Street Level, 143 A-C |
Area: CBM/AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Brittney Lazor (Little Leaves Behavioral Services) |
CE Instructor: Lisa Guerrero, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Approximately 25-35% of typically developing children and up to 80-90% of children with autism may experience persistent feeding difficulties which require intensive feeding interventions (Sharp et al., 2017). Research on treatments of feeding difficulties has a high focus on consequence-based interventions and the use of extinction-based procedures (Berth et al., 2019). This symposium will focus on recent research on low-intensity and antecedent-based strategies to address feeding problems in children. The first presentation will focus on replicating and extending a choice-based intervention (Crowley et al., 2020) adapted to a lower level of intensity of procedures with the goal of increasing consumption of a variety of foods for individuals displaying resistance to change around feeding behaviors. The second presentation will focus on the use of a mealtime-structure protocol to increase consumption of foods and systematically increase the bite size of foods presented at a time. The third presentation will review the feasibility of measuring child behavior during daily transitions into clinic while receiving behavioral feeding services. Overall, these talks will provide the audience with examples of lower intensive and antecedent-based interventions for treating children with feeding difficulties. Findings and implications will also be discussed for practicing behavior analysts. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): feeding, low-intensity |
Target Audience: Target audience should be practicing BCBAs. |
Learning Objectives: 1. Participants will understand the social validity of intervening on food selectivity. 2. Participants will learn different examples of interventions for feeding difficulties that are low-intensity or use antecedent-based strategies. 3. Participants will understand the importance and practicality of assessing transitions into clinic while receiving behavioral feeding services. |
|
Low-Intensity Intervention for Change-Resistant Feeding Behavior |
TIMOTHY MORRIS (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute, Severe Behavior Department), Kathryn M. Peterson (Emory University and Children's Healthcare of Atlanta), Halle Norris (New Jersey Autism Center of Excellence), Brian D. Greer (Rutgers Robert Wood Johnson Medical School) |
Abstract: Resistance to change can be defined as emotional responses caused by changes in routines, changes in the environment, or exposure to novel stimuli (Joseph et al., 2013; Richler et al., 2010). The purpose of this experiment was to replicate and extend the findings of Crowley et. al (2020). This choice-based intervention was adapted to a lower level of intensity of procedures with the goal of increasing the consumption of a variety of foods for individuals displaying change-resistant feeding behaviors. An intervention evaluation was conducted across the following conditions: structured baseline, free choice, asymmetrical choice, single choice. Results indicated that the structured baseline condition was effective in increasing consumption for 4 of the 6 target foods. The single choice condition was effective at increasing consumption for the two remaining foods. Limitations and implications for future research are discussed.
Keywords: resistance to change, feeding disorder, choice-based treatment, inappropriate mealtime behavior, food refusal, low-intensity |
|
Assessing Daily Transitions Within a Feeding Clinic |
RONALD J. CLARK (University of Florida), Nicole Perrino (University of Florida, Florida Autism Center), Angie Van Arsdale (University of Florida), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida), Vivian F Ibanez (University of Florida) |
Abstract: Transitioning between activities is an inevitable part of daily life (i.e., driving to and from work) as well as within structured contexts (i.e., going from your desk to a meeting room; Sterling-Turner & Jordan, 2007). Transitioning between activities is a crucial skill for children to learn as they spend 25% of their time transitioning between activities and places (Schmit et al., 2000; Schmit et al. 2000), and having difficulties with transitions may evoke disruptive behavior (Sainato et al., 1987). Previous studies have found that resistance with transitions occurs when the upcoming component following the transition includes a possibly undesirable or novel event or activity (Jessel et al., 2016). In the current study, we investigated the feasibility of measuring child behavior during daily transitions into clinic while receiving behavioral feeding services. So far, results indicate that our measurement strategy is practical, reliable, and sheds light on how successful transitions impact social validity. |
|
Manipulating Mealtime Structure: The Early Intervention for Feeding Treatment? |
LISA GUERRERO (Little Leaves) |
Abstract: Fisher et al. (2011) describes food selectivity to be a common feature among individuals diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). For instance, food selectivity can be observed as rigidity around what foods one eats or the location of mealtime, and sensitivity to textures, amongst other things (Peterson & Ibañez, 2018). To treat individuals with ASD with feeding difficulties, practitioners typically use methods such as escape extinction (Ibañez et al., 2022). Before using escape extinction to treat food selectivity, clinicians should assess whether the conditions call for such an intrusive intervention (Peterson & Ibañez, 2018). Being that the intensity of food selectivity can vary amongst the ASD population, some individuals may respond to less intrusive treatments; however, there is limited research to evaluate this. Ibañez et al. (2022) introduced the idea of mealtime structure manipulations and implemented a procedure where the size of the target food gradually increased as mastery criteria were met during sessions. In this project, we evaluated the addition of mealtime structure as a less intrusive treatment for food selectivity. We used mealtime structure with a child with ASD and food selectivity to investigate if his acceptance of food and volume of food consumed increased. We found that sessions with mealtime structure increased acceptance of bites and volume of food consumed, versus sessions where he was presented with his whole portion of food in a typical format. Additionally, we systematically manipulated the bite size and amount of food presented at a time, until we were able to present the child’s full portion in a typical format. It was concluded that the manipulation of mealtime structure played a significant role in increasing the volume of food consumed during mealtime. Implications for future research and practice will be discussed. |
|
|
|
|
|
Implementing the Risk Driven Approach: Practical Strategies in Action |
Sunday, May 25, 2025 |
8:00 AM–8:50 AM |
Marriott Marquis, M4 Level, Capitol & Congress |
Area: DDA/LBD; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Andrew Pierce Blowers (Center for Applied Behavior Analysis) |
CE Instructor: Andrew Pierce Blowers, Ph.D. |
Abstract: The Behavior Analysis Certification Board (BACB) Ethics Code mandates that behavior analysts prioritize clients’ best interests by actively working to maximize desired outcomes while minimizing risk (BACB, 2020, p. 5). The Risk-Driven Approach (RDA), developed by Taylor and colleagues (2023), offers a structured framework for case conceptualization that focuses on enhancing quality of life by maximizing individualized outcomes and minimizing risks. The Risk-Driven Approach evaluates risk across four key domains: health and safety, available resources, individual and stakeholder characteristics, and intervention efficacy. This symposium will introduce the Questions About Risk Level (QARL), an indirect assessment designed to measure risk across these domains and present its development and evaluation. In addition, clinical applications of the QARL tool utilized in conjunction with the RDA will be presented to demonstrate its utility in socially meaningful case conceptualization across multiple settings. The symposium will also review broader implications for the RDA as well as future research directions. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): Case Conceptualization, Ethics, Risk-Driven Approach, Socially Meaningful |
Target Audience: Prerequisite skills and competencies comprise (1) understanding the BACB ethics codes, (2) assessment of dangerous interfering behaviors, (3) treatment of dangerous interfering behaviors, and (4) the Risk Driven Approach |
Learning Objectives: 1. Participants will be able to identify the four Risk Driven Approach domains with regard to ethical obligations to identifying risks and developing risk mitigation strategies. 2. Participants will be able to describe how they can implement the Questions About Risk Level in practice. 3. Participants will be able to describe the Risk Driven Approach to case conceptualization. |
|
A Tool for Measuring Risks in the Risk Driven Approach: Developing the Questions About Risk Level |
MICHELE D. WALLACE (California State University, Los Angeles), Andrew Pierce Blowers (Center for Applied Behavior Analysis), Benjamin Thomas Heimann (CABA), Alexis Munoz (Center for Applied Behavior Analysis), Ashley Avalos (California State University Los Angeles), Astrid Yesebel La Cruz Montilla (BCBA), Rick Colombo (University of Washington) |
Abstract: The Risk-Driven Approach (RDA) is a structured approach to Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) service delivery that ensures clients’ rights to effective services towards an improved quality of life by identifying and mitigating the impact of risks (Taylor et al., 2023). The purpose of this research was to develop a standardized assessment tool for identifying and quantifying levels of risk across health and safety, available resources, characteristics of individuals and stakeholders, and efficacy of interventions to support clinicians in service delivery and case management. The Questions About Risk Level (QARL) is a 20-question indirect assessment that assesses and quantifies risk factors to identify risk levels (High, Moderate, Low). We examined the reliability of the tool by having practitioners conduct the assessment with two informants and then comparing the results with respect to individual questions and overall domain scores. In addition, we assessed the social validity of the QARL by asking practitioners (N = 18) how helpful conducting the QARL was in consultation with caregivers and with respect to case conceptualization and programming. Results demonstrated that the scores across the two informants were moderately reliable across all domains and overall scores (R = 61% - 74 %) and that practitioners found it help during consultation with caregivers (89%) and case conceptualization (89%). Directions for clinical dissemination and future research will be discussed. |
|
Treating Severe Interfering Behaviors: Clinical Applications of the Questions About Risk Level |
ANDREW PIERCE BLOWERS (Center for Applied Behavior Analysis), Michele D. Wallace (California State University, Los Angeles), Rachel Taylor Taylor (Center for Applied Behavior Analysis), Benjamin Thomas Heimann (Center for Applied Behavior Analysis), Alexis Munoz (Center for Applied Behavior Analysis), Ashley Avalos (Center for Applied Behavior Analysis), Astrid Yesebel La Cruz Montilla (BCBA) |
Abstract: Behavior analysts have an ethical responsibility to maximize desired outcomes while minimizing risks (BACB, 2020). The Risk-Driven Approach, developed by Taylor and colleagues (2023), offers the only structured framework for conceptualizing risks that can impact an individual’s quality of life. By identifying and categorizing risks across various domains, this approach enables practitioners to develop a socially meaningful case conceptualization with tailored risk-reduction strategies to meet each client’s unique needs. In this way, clinicians using the Risk Driven Approach can deliver services in a manner that reduces risks to the consumer achieving an improved quality of life. This presentation provides clinical examples modeling the utility of the Questions About Risk Level, an indirect assessment tool designed to quantify risks systematically to permit development of related risk reduction strategies. Attendees will gain practical insights through case studies demonstrating the use of the Risk-Driven Approach and the Questions About Risk Level to address severe interfering behaviors in community-based settings. In addition, attendees will be equipped with essential knowledge to enhance their practice and improve client outcomes. |
|
Supporting Adults in Community-Based Residential Care Settings: Integration of the Risk Driven Approach |
ASTRID YESEBEL LA CRUZ MONTILLA (BCBA), Benjamin Thomas Heimann (Center for Applied Behavior Analysis), Michele D. Wallace (California State University, Los Angeles), Andrew Pierce Blowers (Center for Applied Behavior Analysis), Alexis Munoz (Center for Applied Behavior Analysis), Ashley Avalos (California State University, Los Angeles) |
Abstract: California was among the first states to move toward de-institutionalization with the passage of the Lanterman Act (Lanterman Developmental Disabilities Services Act, 1977). Since the enactment, California has seen an exponential increase in adults needing residential support and has consequently opened different types of community-based group homes to answer this need. While the shift to community-based residential settings partially mitigated risks inherent to institutions, practitioners are now faced with a different set of risks not only with the residents, but with the community at large. These residential-care homes pose unique challenges that require specialized approaches to case conceptualization, particularly concerning clients’ rights, federal regulations, and conservatorship. The Risk-Driven Approach (RDA) provides a framework for practitioners to develop a socially meaningful case conceptualization that focuses on maximizing individualized outcomes while mitigating risk. This presentation will walk the audience through direct examples of how to utilize the RDA when working with adults in community-based residential care, emphasizing its alignment with the specific demands of these settings. |
|
|
|
|
|
Fresh Perspectives: Navigating the Academic Landscape as First-Year Faculty |
Sunday, May 25, 2025 |
8:00 AM–8:50 AM |
Convention Center, Street Level, 147 B |
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Jennifer Rebecca Weyman (California State University, Los Angeles) |
BRINEA CHARLES (18101) |
JORDAN DEBRINE (The University of New Mexico) |
ISAAC JOSEPH MELANSON (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: This panel features three first-year faculty members who will share their unique insights and experiences navigating their academic journeys from graduate student to faculty member. Drawing from their recent transitions as graduate students, the panelists will provide information about the faculty application process, including how to select positions that are a good fit for their qualifications and long-term goals, strategies for successful applications, what to expect during the interview process, and what they have learned during their first semesters teaching. In addition, panelists will discuss considerations related to pursuing post-doctoral training versus directly entering a faculty position. Panelists will also discuss how to develop and execute research endeavors and develop their teaching repertoire as new faculty members. The panel will share strategies for engaging with colleagues and identifying mentors at their new institutions, enhancing teaching practices, and establishing a robust research agenda. Attendees will leave with practical tools and valuable insights, equipping them with the knowledge to pursue careers in academia. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): academia, career planning, research, teaching |
|
|
|
|
|
Behavior Analysis in Mexico: From Basic to Applied and Translational Science |
Sunday, May 25, 2025 |
8:00 AM–8:50 AM |
Convention Center, Street Level, 145 B |
Area: EDC; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Rosalinda Arroyo (Universidad Nacional Autónoma de México) |
Abstract: This symposium integrates the work and advances of three research laboratories located in three different universities in Mexico. The first presentation from the Laboratory of Behavioral Processes and Animal Models, located at Guadalajara University, presents an integrated view of the main findings on the problem of recurrence in animal models and its potential implications for human behavior. The second presentation given by the Laboratory of Behavioral Systems and Metacontingency Design, shows the experimental task employed and the latest findings given a behavioral view of participative leadership and the efforts to implement a professional service delivery strategy through small business workshops. Finally, the third presentation is given by the Institute of Psychology and Education at Veracruz University and it describes their interest in developing a Behavior Research Training Program that applies the principles derived from the individual scientific practice model. This symposium shows the broad coverage of behavior analysis in different Universities and different geographical locations in Mexico and their adherence to standard research and training criteria in behavior analysis. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): Applied Science, Basic Science, Laboratorys, Mexican |
|
Studies on Behavioral Recurrence in Mexico: The Case of the Laboratory of Behavioral Processes and Animal Models |
(Basic Research) |
CARLOS JAVIER FLORES AGUIRRE (Universidad de Guadalajara), L. Rebeca Mateos Morfin (Universidad de Guadalajara), Julian Camilo Velasquez (University of Guadalajara), Sofia Flores (Universidad de Guadalajara), Eduardo Meza (Universidad de Guadalajara), Everardo Enrique Durán (Universidad de Guadalajara), Cinthia Hernandez (Universidad de Guadalajara (CEIC)), Kenneth D. Madrigal (Universidad de Sonora) |
Abstract: Behavioral recurrence refers to the increase of previously reduced behaviors under specific conditions. Some of the procedures that allow the assessment of behavioral recurrence include spontaneous recovery, reinstatement, renewal, resurgence, and resistance to change. Each of these procedures, highlights the persistence of behavior despite arranging contingencies aimed at reducing the occurrence of behavior. In recent years, the Laboratory of Behavioral Processes and Animal Models has focused its research on identifying the parameters and contingencies under which recurrence occurs across these different procedures. This body of work spans over multiple studies that provide empirical evidence and set the ground for theoretical insights on how recurrence can be observed in basic and applied settings. The aim of this presentation is to summarize the key findings from our laboratory’s work, as well as to highlight the potential implications of these results for understanding behavioral relapse on the design of more effective interventions in applied behavior analysis |
|
Behavioral Research on Leadership and Professional Service Delivery |
(Applied Research) |
ISAAC CAMACHO (UNAM), Rosalinda Arroyo (Universidad Nacional Autónoma de México, FES Iztacala), KARLENA CARDENAS (Membership), MONICA ARANDA (Universidad Nacional Autónoma de México, FES Iztacala), PABLO MORALES (Universidad Nacional Autónoma de México, FES Iztacala), Felipe Patron Espinosa (Universidad Autónoma de Baja California), Mauricio Ortega (Universidad Autónoma de Baja California), Mario Serrano (UNIVERSIDAD VERACRUZANA) |
Abstract: This presentation shows the development of a research program that started in 2017 with two main focuses: a) The experimental analysis of leadership employing a dyadic task and b) the design and implementation of a training workshop directed towards small business owners. The themes of these main objectives, participative leadership (Camacho, et al., 2017), organizational change (Malott, 2003) and verbal behavior (Malott & Kohler, 2021) have been intertwined in the leadership literature yet few research endeavors (see Komaki, 1998) have bridged the valid gap between applied behavioral research and professional service delivery (Johnston, 1996). The presentation shows the dyadic task employed as well as the main empirical findings in laboratory settings (Camacho, et al, 2017, Camacho, et al., 2021; Camacho & Jimenez, 2020) as well as during the latest training workshop. Also, the presentation includes a component analysis (Goal setting, behavior measurements and easy to follow rules) for the next scheduled workshop based on three organizational leadership functions previously outlined (Camacho & Arroyo, 2024). |
|
Generation and Application of Knowledge: The Interdisciplinary Field |
(Applied Research) |
AGUSTIN DANIEL GOMEZ FUENTES (Universidad Veracruzana), Abdiel Florentino Campos Gil (Universidad Veracruzana), Emanuel Meraz Meza (Universidad Veracruzana), Minerva Perez Juarez (Universidad Veracruzana, Mexico), Enrique Zepeta Garcia Garcia (Universidad Veracruzana) |
Abstract: The Individual Scientific Practice Model (MPCI, acronym in spanish) and the different uses of language in the construction and application of science have guided the 2021 curricular design of a Behavior Research Training Program attached to the Institute of Psychology and Education of the Veracruz University, as well as the development of research projects based on the lines of generation and application of knowledge of a program supported by a behavioral perspective. The purpose of this presentation is, first, to analyze and discuss within the framework of psychology as a scientific discipline from a field logic, the MPCI, and the stages proposed by Toulmin, 1953 and Ribes 2009 on the construction and application of science. The lines of knowledge generation and application of the program are briefly analyzed - language as behavior, psychological and educational processes, psychology and human behavior - as well as the research projects of students from two generations, grouped by problems from a behavior field theory. The analysis of the research process is discussed, based on the logic of the use of language, especially the extension of the categories of the behavior theory in the solution of teaching and learning problems in the educational field from the analysis of behavior. |
|
|
|
|
|
Bringing Behavior Analysis Into the Juvenile Justice and Child Welfare Systems: Academic, Government, and Private Practice Perspectives |
Sunday, May 25, 2025 |
8:00 AM–8:50 AM |
Convention Center, Street Level, 146 B |
Area: OBM/CSS; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Samantha Fuesy, M.A. |
Chair: Caleb Deneb Hudgins (Adapt & Transform Behavior LLC; The OBSI Project) |
KIMBERLY CROSLAND (University of South Florida) |
AUTUMN KAUFMAN (Virginia Department of Juvenile Justice) |
SAMANTHA FUESY (The OBSI Project; Adapt & Transform Behavior, LLC) |
Abstract: There is immense potential for behavior analysis to improve outcomes for at-risk youth, including youth in child welfare and juvenile justice-involved youth. This potential includes direct services to address behavior issues but also includes working with staff and leadership to improve the operations of youth serving facilities, and advocate for changes in surrounding systems (policing, courts) and other youth serving systems (schools). To do so requires more behavior analysts with the passion to work with these populations, but who also have the experiences and expertise necessary to successfully serve vulnerable populations within historically underfunded and broken systems. Our panel of expert behavior analysts from academia, state government administration, and private practice will take audience questions and discuss i) what behavior analysis services look like in these spaces, ii) what strategies improve access to behavior analysis interventions for this population, iii) what training is needed for current and future behavior analysts to successfully serve this population, and iv) how to successfully navigate contingencies within juvenile justice and other child-serving systems. Finally the panel will end with a discussion of the mission and goals of a potential new Special Interest Group dedicated to working with child welfare and juvenile justice-involved youth. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: Audience members should work with, or have an interest in working with, at-risk youth populations in child welfare or juvenile justice systems. Alternatively, audience members should be familiar with principles of behavior analysis and have knowledge of the logistics of providing behavior analysis services for their service population in order to understand and appreciate the differences in how behavior analysis services for juvenile justice and child welfare populations needs to be organized, funded, and the necessary training. |
Learning Objectives: 1. Describe common barriers to providing behavior analysis service for juvenile justice-involved youth 2. Describe common barriers to providing behavior analysis service for youth in child welfare systems 3. Describe common barriers to carrying out research with child welfare and juvenile-justice populations |
Keyword(s): Behavior Systems, Child Welfare, Juvenile Justice, Public Policy |
|
|
|
|
|
Questionable Ethical Practices: Ways to Solve Them and Get Back on the Ethical Path |
Sunday, May 25, 2025 |
8:00 AM–8:50 AM |
Marriott Marquis, M2 Level, Marquis Salon 7-10 |
Area: PCH/AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Thomas L. Zane, Ph.D. |
Chair: Thomas L. Zane (University of Kansas) |
JON S. BAILEY (Florida State University, Ret.) |
YULEMA CRUZ (Rutgers University) |
MARY JANE WEISS (Endicott College) |
Abstract: The ethical practice of behavior analysts remains a very high concern in our field. Although identifying a situation as potentially unethical is relatively straightforward, the more important issue is exactly how a behavior analyst solves unethical situations. That is, what exactly is the strategy and skill sets needed for a behavior analyst to approach a colleague who may be behaving unethically and assist that person in stopping the unethical behavior and getting back to behaving within our field's ethical guidelines. The panelists will present a series of unethical situations in service delivery, and then discuss different ways of solving these dilemmas. The audience will hear how there are different ways of thinking about ethical problems and will hear different ways of solving these issues. The results should be the audience understanding that there may be more than one strategy or approach to solve ethical situations in which they are involved. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Target Audience: All levels - new and veteran behavior analysts confront ethical dilemmas frequently. Our talk should be useful for both new and senior behavior analysts |
Learning Objectives: 1. orally state the importance of ethical service delivery 2. when given an ethical dilemma, orally state the code section(s) that apply 3. when given an unethical situation, will orally describe at least one strategy to resolve it |
Keyword(s): behavior analysis, ethics |
|
|
|
|
|
Paying Attention (or Not) to What You Are Doing: Goal Direction, Inhibition, and Habit in Operant Learning |
Sunday, May 25, 2025 |
8:00 AM–8:50 AM |
Marriott Marquis, M2 Level, Marquis Salon 6 |
Area: SCI; Domain: Basic Research |
Chair: Jonathan W. Pinkston (University of Kansas) |
CE Instructor: Jonathan W. Pinkston, Ph.D. |
Presenting Author: MARK BOUTON (University of Vermont) |
Abstract: This talk will merge two threads of research that begin to suggest that attention to one's behavior may be an important (though usually overlooked) dimension of operant learning. In one thread, we studied how operants can transition from goal-directed to habitual after extended training and practice. The results suggest that the conversion to habit is not permanent, and that habit develops under conditions that theories of associative learning suggest might encourage the animal to pay less attention to the response. In another thread, we studied several discriminated operant paradigms in which organisms learn to stop performing the response. In extinction and punishment, the animal learns to stop performing the specific response; inhibition does not generalize to other behaviors. In contrast, in feature-negative learning, the organism learns a type of inhibition that generalizes across different responses. Consistent again with theories of attention and associative learning, there may be more reason to pay attention to the response in extinction and punishment than in feature-negative learning. Attention to a behavior may be driven by prior learning and recent prediction error. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: Researchers and professionals interested in learning, the development of habits, and response inhibition. |
Learning Objectives: 1. Distinguish between operants that are goal directed vs. habitual 2. Distinguish between situations in which inhibition is response-specific vs. response-general 3. Think about the role of one's attention to behavior during operant learning |
|
MARK BOUTON (University of Vermont) |
 Mark E. Bouton received his BA from Williams College and his PhD from the University of Washington (Seattle). He is currently University Distinguished Professor and Robert B. Lawson Green and Gold Professor of Psychology Emeritus at the University of Vermont, where he has held appointments since 1980. He has done research on the effects of context on conditioning and learning, with an emphasis on behavior change (including extinction, punishment, and the transition of operant behavior from goal-directed to habitual), for over four decades. His research was continuously funded by grants from NSF or NIH between 1981 and 2023. He has received a number of awards, including the Gantt Medal from the Pavlovian Society and the Quad-L Award from the University of New Mexico, and he is a Fellow of several organizations, including the American Psychological Association, the Association for Psychological Science, the Society of Experimental Psychologists, and the Eastern Psychological Association, of which he is a past president. He is the author of a textbook on learning and behavior theory [Learning and behavior: A contemporary synthesis (2nd ed.)], published in 2016 by Sinauer Associates, an imprint of Oxford University Press. |
|
|
|
|
|
Establishing Emerging and Complex Verbal Behavior |
Sunday, May 25, 2025 |
8:00 AM–9:50 AM |
Marriott Marquis, M2 Level, Marquis Salon 12-13 |
Area: VBC/AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Gretchen A. Dittrich (Simmons University) |
Discussant: Simone Palmer (Simmons University and Bierman Autism Centers) |
CE Instructor: Gretchen A. Dittrich, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Social communication deficits are common among autistic people; approximately 63% of autistic children present with language deficits, and language development may be delayed or difficult. Deficits in communicative repertoires may affect other important areas of skill development, including social skills and skills affecting independence. Verbal behavior may be established through a variety of instructional methods, which vary depending on the targets and complexity of the verbal response, and the verbal repertoire of the individual. The current symposium will highlight three different methods to establish emerging and complex verbal behavior. The first presentation will review stimulus-stimulus pairing to establish vocal approximations, the second presentation will review the effects of listener- and tact-training on emergent intraverbal behavior, and the third presentation will review variables affecting autoclitic behavior. The final presentation will review criteria-based planning and readiness behaviors associated with transitioning from intensive early intervention to less restrictive settings. Lastly, implications for training verbal behavior and the role of verbal behavior in transition planning will be discussed. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Autoclitic Behavior, Criteria-Based Transitions, Intraverbal Behavior, Verbal Behavior |
Target Audience: BCBA
BCBA-D
Graduate students
RBT |
Learning Objectives: 1. State the effects of stimulus-stimulus pairing on vocal verbal approximations, as described in the literature 2. Identify possible factors affecting emergent intraverbal behavior following listener- and tact-training 3. Identify possible factors affecting the development of intraverbal tacting following autoclitic frame training |
|
An Update on Stimulus-Stimulus Pairing to Increase Vocalizations in Children With Language Delays |
SHARIQ ULLAH KHAN (Endicott College), Juliana Oliveira (Munroe-Meyer Institute, UNMC), Rebecca Jane Barall (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Alice Shillingsburg (Munroe-Meyer Institute, UNMC) |
Abstract: Stimulus-stimulus pairing is a procedure in which specific vocalizations are paired with the delivery of conditioned stimuli or unconditioned stimuli (i.e., reinforcers), and stimulus-stimulus pairing has been used to increase vocalizations in participants with language delays. Overall, stimulus-stimulus pairing has produced mixed outcomes across studies. Some studies demonstrate an increase in participants’ vocalizations, while other studies demonstrate a partial increase or zero increase in participant’s vocalizations. To clarify these findings, the current study replicates the systematic literature review conducted by Shillingsburg et al. (2015). We included 12 experimental studies, including published peer-reviewed studies, theses, and dissertations, from 2015 and 2024 that investigated stimulus-stimulus pairing to increase vocalizations in participants with language delays. The studies were analyzed according to participants’ characteristics and specific features of the stimulus-stimulus pairing procedures. An effect size estimate (nonoverlap of all pairs) was calculated for a portion of the studies reviewed. Directions for future research are discussed. |
|
Analyzing the Emergence of Intraverbal Behavior Through Listener and Tact Training |
DOMINIQUE COUNOS (Simmons University), Gretchen A. Dittrich (Simmons University), Simone Palmer (Simmons University and Bierman Autism Centers) |
Abstract: Skinner (1957) defined many verbal operants that conceptualize our learning of language and communication. These operants were defined as functionally independent, insinuating that direct training in each operant is required for acquisition. Previous research has challenged Skinner’s notion of functional independence in demonstrating that responses trained in one operant can appear as emergent responses in another operant (e.g., Almås et al., 2022; Smith et al., 2016; Conine et al., 2021). The currect study replicated procedures described by Conine et al. (2021), and analyzed emergent intraverbal responding following Listener and Tact Training conditions. Findings of the study showed an increase in responding across operants for training conditions, as well as some emergent intraverbal relations that appeared after Listener and Tact Training. Ultimately, direct intraverbal training was used to strengthen intraverbal responding to meet mastery criteria, further supporting Skinner’s (1957) notion of functional independence. Tact Training conditions were only implemented after the Listener Training condition; therefore, responding during Tact Training may have depended on acquisition in Listener Training. Implications and suggestions for future research are discussed. |
|
The Effects of Autoclitic Frames on Intraverbal Tacting for Children With Autism |
Kennedy Baca (Simmons University), GRETCHEN A. DITTRICH (Simmons University), Simone Palmer (Simmons University and Bierman Autism Centers) |
Abstract: Many children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) have difficulty discriminating which aspect of a complex nonverbal stimulus they are being questioned about. The inability to discriminate means interventions are needed to help establish intraverbal tacts to questions that are multiple controlled. The current study replicated degli Espinosa et al. 2021 who used Autoclitic Frame Training to establish intraverbal tacting. In the current study, a 3-year-old girl with ASD was taught to answer questions about complex stimuli by responding within the autoclitic frame. Following Autoclitic Frame Training, discrimination and Generalization Probes were conducted to evaluate the effects of Autoclitic Frame Training on the accuracy of intraverbal tacting and the use of autoclitic frames within responses. The intervention resulted in accurate intraverbal tacting across three complex stimulus sets, and within set generalization to new stimuli. This adds support to the external validity of Autoclitic Frame Training as an intervention to teach intraverbal tacting in learners with ASD. Limitations, future research, and clinical recommendations are discussed. |
|
Criteria-Based Transitions: How do you know when your client with autism is ready for a less restrictive setting? |
KATIE COLE STRATHMANN (Bierman Autism Centers), Simone Palmer (Simmons University and Bierman Autism Centers), Ashley Ahlers (Bierman ABA Autism Center), Christina Barosky (Bierman Autism Centers) |
Abstract: Behavior analysts have the responsibility to appropriately transition services. This includes collaborating with other professionals, properly communicating outcomes, and monitoring all aspects of the transition. But how to determine if a child with autism is ready to transition from comprehensive treatment into a less restrictive environment, preferably a school environment, can be somewhat complex and the criteria aren’t always clear. A transition readiness assessment process is hypothesized to inform more clinically appropriate transitions and assist in the appropriate skill planning to prepare a child to learn and maintain skills in the proposed less restrictive settings. Regularly assessing for critical readiness skills regardless of time in services or age, and programming towards those skills, better positions children with autism for smoother and more successful transitions. The purpose of this study was to assess feasibility and effectiveness of training BCBAs on implementing a transition readiness assessment tool used to predict clinically appropriate transition timelines and inform programming for readiness skills within those timelines. The goal was to increase the percentage of appropriate client transitions to less restrictive settings as children age out of early intervention settings. Preliminary results indicate an increase in appropriate transitions from center-based ABA to general education settings. |
|
|
|
|
|
Recent Advancements in Competing Stimulus Assessments |
Sunday, May 25, 2025 |
8:00 AM–9:50 AM |
Marriott Marquis, M4 Level, Independence A-C |
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Nicholas Migliaccio (Rutgers, the State University of New Jersey) |
Discussant: Michelle A. Frank-Crawford (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
CE Instructor: Nicholas Migliaccio, M.A. |
Abstract: Competing stimulus assessments (CSAs) are frequently used to identify items associated with high engagement and reduce automatically maintained challenging behavior. The present symposium will explore four studies evaluating novel modifications and their impact on challenging behavior in adults, adolescents, and children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). The first two studies evaluate adaptions to traditional CSA methods. One explores the use of clothing items to compete with subtype one and three automatically maintained self-injurious behavior (SIB) and provides preliminary evidence of clothing effectively competing with self-injury. Another study compares the effectiveness of a latency-based CSA to traditional CSA methods and discusses the limited agreement between the two methodologies. The second two studies evaluate modifications to augmented CSA (A-CSA). One study evaluates the utility A-CSA for respondent biting and inappropriate sexual behavior (ISB) and discusses the maintenance of A-CSA findings outside of the intensive clinical context. The last study explores subtyping stereotypy based on functional analysis results as well as A-CSA procedures across training and generalization stimuli to determine maintenance effects. Overall, these studies highlight the importance of evaluating methodological adaptations to CSAs to ultimately enhance clinical practice and research. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Automatic Reinforcement, Competing Stimuli, Self-injurious Behavior, Stereotypic Behavior |
Target Audience: Audience should be familiar with the design and implementation of competing stimulus assessments and the functional assessment of automatically maintained behavior. |
Learning Objectives: 1. Design assessments to identify competing stimuli that reduce challenging behavior 2. Utilize methodological adaptions to competing stimulus assessments 3. Identify methodological adaptations not associated with treatment benefits |
|
Clothing Competing Stimulus Assessment in Adults With Automatically Reinforced Self-Injury |
NICHOLAS MIGLIACCIO (Rutgers University), Julia Iannaccone (Rutgers, the State University of New Jersey), Brittany Repak (Rutgers University), Matthew L. Lucciola (Rutgers University), Christopher Manente (Rutgers Center for Adult Autism Services, Rutgers University), Robert LaRue (Rutgers University), SungWoo Kahng (Rutgers University) |
Abstract: Previous research establishes competing stimulus assessments (CSAs) as effective tools to identify stimuli associated with a reduction in challenging behavior in individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) and related disabilities (Haddock & Hagopian, 2020). Research on CSAs, however, is limited within (1) the adult population and (2) subtype three automatically reinforced self-injurious behavior (SIB). The purpose of the present study was to evaluate the use of a competing stimulus assessment of clothing items to decrease automatically maintained self-injury in three applications. Two applications were conducted with a 27-year-old male, Myles, diagnosed with ASD demonstrating two separate topographies of subtype three automatically reinforced SIB. One application was conducted with a 24-year-old male, Tucker, diagnosed with ASD demonstrating subtype one automatically reinforced SIB. A CSA was conducted for each application in which levels of SIB, self-restraint, item engagement, and item avoidance were tracked when wearing various clothing items. Overall, at least one effective competing stimulus (defined by an 80% reduction from baseline) was identified for two of the three applications. Future researchers should continue to evaluate the efficacy of clothing items as competing stimuli for individuals demonstrating automatically reinforced SIB. |
|
A Retrospective Evaluation of Latency to Challenging Behavior in Competing Stimulus Assessments |
SAVANNAH TATE (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Michelle A. Frank-Crawford (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Louis P. Hagopian (Kennedy Krieger Institute), sabrina olivera (University of Florida), Zhibo Rong (UF; UMBC; KKI), Drew E. Piersma (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: Competing stimulus assessments are used to identify stimuli that, when delivered noncontingently, compete with the reinforcer that maintains challenging behavior. Most competing stimulus assessments employ a frequency or a duration to measure challenging behavior. Recently, Imler and Weyman (2024) and Frank-Crawford et al. (2024) evaluated latency to challenging behavior as the primary measure in their competing stimulus assessments. Although the assessments did successfully identify stimuli that competed with challenging behavior, neither of these studies compared the latency to challenging behavior to the actual response measures yielded in traditional competing stimulus assessment methods. Thus, the degree to which the same competing stimuli would be nominated from these two types of competing stimulus assessments is unclear. Therefore, we conducted a retrospective consecutive controlled case series of competing stimulus assessments implemented on an inpatient behavioral treatment unit to evaluate correspondence between the high-competition stimuli identified from the traditional competing stimulus assessment to those derived from the latency to the first response of that same assessment. Preliminary results indicate that latency to the first instance of challenging behavior does not correspond with the extent to which competing stimuli are effective. Thus, further analysis, such as an evaluation of whether latency to second or third responses correspond better, should be conducted. Implications and future directions will be discussed. |
|
CANCELLED: Adaptations of an Augmented Competing Stimulus Assessment |
REBECCA MCCARTNEY (University of North Texas), Joseph D. Dracobly (University of North Texas), Elizabeth Joy Houck (University of North Texas), Natalee Foster (University of North Texas), Isaiah Salazar (76201), Aaron Joseph Sanchez (University of North Texas), Lauren Plewes (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: Hagopian et al. (2020) demonstrated the application of the augmented competing stimulus assessment (A-CSA) to treat automatically maintained self-injurious behavior (SIB). This procedure may be effective for other forms of challenging behavior; however, when integrating the A-CSA with treatments for socially maintained challenging behavior, items are removed, which interacts with complex, operant and respondent biting, and items may not match stimulation produced by less common challenging behavior, such as inappropriate sexual behavior (ISB). Therefore, we adapted A-CSA, to limit removal in the treatment of operant and respondent biting and to compare matched and unmatched stimulation in the treatment of ISB. Using the adapted A-CSA, we identified four competing stimuli that effectively reduced biting. In the comparison of matched and unmatched stimuli, we identified one, matched stimulus, that reduced ISB. Interestingly, with both participants, we observed clinically significant reductions in challenging behavior even when engagement was not continuous, suggesting a potential for maintenance outside of an intensive clinical context. We will discuss implications of adapting the A-CSA for a variety of challenging behavior. |
|
Generalized Item Engagement and Maintenance of Effects Following an Augmented Competing Stimulus Assessment Sequence |
SAMANTHA BREEMAN (Children's Specialized Hospital - Rutgers University Center for Autism Research, Education, and Services), Jason C. Vladescu (SUNY Downstate), Tina Sidener (Caldwell University), Ruth M. DeBar (Caldwell University), Danielle L. Gureghian (Garden Academy) |
Abstract: Competing stimulus assessments are one technology that aids in developing treatment for behaviors maintained by automatic reinforcement. However, these assessments do not always yield robust results. Stereotypic behaviors of different subtypes may require particular procedural modifications to identify competing items successfully. The current investigation recruited children and adolescents with autism spectrum disorder and included functional analyses to determine whether participant responding aligned with proposed stereotypy subtypes. Next, we implemented augmented competing stimulus assessment (A-CSA) procedures across training and generalization stimuli to determine whether (a) responding across either subtype was more likely to require intensive modifications and (b) the A-CSA procedures promoted generalized item engagement within a stimulus class. Lastly, an extended treatment evaluation was conducted to determine the durability of these findings and the generalization of the reduced target behavior to other settings. While participant responding fell into two subtype patterns, the general applicability of the subtyping model remains unclear. Generalized item engagement within stimulus classes was observed across participants, as well as maintenance of target behavior reductions across locations. |
|
|
|
|
|
Advances in the Assessment and Treatment of Automatically Maintained Challenging Behavior |
Sunday, May 25, 2025 |
8:00 AM–9:50 AM |
Marriott Marquis, M4 Level, Liberty L |
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Chelsea R. Fleck (Marcus Autism Center) |
Discussant: Mindy Scheithauer (Marcus Autism Center) |
CE Instructor: Chelsea R. Fleck, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Automatically maintained behaviors, which persist in the absence of socially-mediated consequences, present a significant challenge in applied behavior analysis. Historically, these behaviors have been misunderstood and misclassified, leading to ineffective interventions. The complexity of identifying their functions complicates both assessment and treatment. This symposium will discuss recent advancements in functional analysis methodologies and evidence-based interventions aimed at more effectively addressing these persistent behaviors. Aaron Sanchez will present a study which compared functional communication training and time-based reinforcement to reduce operant and respondent biting. Kira Flynn will present a study which evaluated the use of haptic feedback delivered via a bracelet to reduce idiopathic toe walking across two individuals. Kayleigh Norton will present a study which analyzed the effect of session duration on the detection of automatically maintained behavior during repeated alone or no-interaction screens. Last, Brittany Repak will describe the results of a study which compared the effects of blocking and self-restraint on the occurrence of self-injurious behavior in a functional analysis. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): automatic reinforcement, biting, functional analysis, idiopathic toe-walking |
Target Audience: Presentations in this symposium will be delivered at an intermediate instruction level. Target audience members should have education in behavioral interventions for learners with autism and other developmental disabilities to maximize learning during this symposium. |
Learning Objectives: 1. evaluate the efficacy of functional communication training and time-based reinforcement in the treatment of operant and respondent biting 2. describe contributions of technology in the treatment of automatically maintained idiopathic toe walking 3. assess the effects of session duration on the detection of automatically maintained behavior when conducting alone screens 4. summarize the comparative effects of blocking and self-restrain on self-injurious behaviors in a functional analysis |
|
CANCELLED: An Evaluation of Functional Communication Training (FCT) and Time-Based Reinforcement in the Treatment of Operant and Respondent Biting |
AARON JOSEPH SANCHEZ (University of North Texas; Kristin Farmer Autism Center), Joseph D. Dracobly (University of North Texas; Kristin Farmer Autism Center), Richard G. Smith (University of North Texas; Kristin Farmer Autism Center), Elizabeth Joy Houck (University of North Texas), Natalee Foster (University of North Texas; Kristin Farmer Autism Center), Isaiah Salazar (76201) |
Abstract: Function-based treatments can produce meaningful, long-term reductions in challenging behavior and, most importantly, increases in desirable behavior. These treatments generally fall into two categories: differential reinforcement for behavior maintained by social reinforcement, and time-based reinforcement for behavior maintained by non-social reinforcement. However, challenging behavior, such as biting, may both be operant and respondent (e.g., elicited by aversive stimulation or removal of preferred items). To date, there has been limited applied research on function-based approaches to the treatment of respondent challenging behavior. In this study, we compared the two most common function-based treatments, functional communication training (FCT), and time-based reinforcement, in the treatment of complex, operant and respondent biting. During time-based reinforcement evaluations, we observed near elimination of biting. However, even when alternating time-based sessions and FCT, we continued to observe elicited biting. These results suggest additional research is needed to investigate the integration of respondent-based conditioning procedures with common function-based treatments. |
|
An Evaluation of Haptic Feedback to Reduce Idiopathic Toe Walking |
KIRA ELIZABETH FLYNN (Florida Institute of Technology; The Scott Center for Autism Treatment), David A. Wilder (Florida Institute of Technology), Franchesca Izquierdo (Florida Institute of Technology), Christina Marie Sheppard (Florida Institute of Technology) |
Abstract: Haptic feedback involves the delivery of a vibratory stimulus contingent upon a target behavior. Among other applications, it has been used to prompt initiation of social interactions and increase on-task time in children with disabilities. In the current study, we used a combination reversal and nonconcurrent multiple baseline design across participants to evaluate haptic feedback delivered via a bracelet to reduce idiopathic toe walking exhibited by an adolescent male with autism and a typically developing young adult woman. After informing participants about the device and the feedback it produced, the experimenter delivered private haptic feedback contingent upon each participants’ steps on toes. The feedback was effective to reduce toe walking to low levels for both participants. In addition, in a social validity measure, participants reported that the bracelet was helpful to improve their gait. Participants also noted that they would be willing to wear the device outside of research sessions. The authors also discuss the use of technology to address challenging behaviors. |
|
Do Session Durations Matter When Conducting Alone Screens to Detect Automatically Reinforced Behavior? |
KAYLEIGH NORTON (Marcus Autism Center; Children's Healthcare of Atlanta; University of Georgia), Chelsea R. Fleck (Marcus Autism Center), Mindy Christine Scheithauer (Marcus Autism Center) |
Abstract: Repeated alone or no-interaction screens may be used to rule out the possibility that behavior is maintained by socially mediated consequences (Querim et al., 2013; Slanzi et al., 2022; Vollmer et al., 1995). Previous studies have used blocks of three 5-min sessions or a single 15-min session plotted as fifteen 1-min bins. Our goal is to minimize a client’s time in austere environments while still maintaining the informative value of the alone screen. In the present paper, we re-analyzed data from multiple datasets of previously conducted alone or no-interaction screens to determine whether session duration impacts the interpretability of the data. Participants engaged in disruptive behavior, self-injurious behavior, or destruction. Initial analyses were conducted using 5- or 10-min sessions and were re-analyzed using 5-, 2.5-, and 1-min bins, and data were summarized as responses per min. Data from a single participant are included in this abstract, and data collection is ongoing. Additional data analysis, such as the presence or absence of renewal marked by social breaks in or out of the session room, will also be included. An independent observer collected data for at least 30% of sessions with at least 80% reliability for all target responses. |
|
Comparative Effects of Blocking and Allowing Self-Restraint in Ignore Pairwise Functional Analysis |
BRITTANY REPAK (Rutgers Center for Adult Autism Services; Rutgers University), Julia Iannaccone (Rutgers, the State University of New Jersey), Matthew L. Lucciola (Rutgers University), Nicholas Migliaccio (Rutgers Center for Adult Autism Services), Robert LaRue (Rutgers University), Christopher Manente (Rutgers Center for Adult Autism Services, Rutgers University), SungWoo Kahng (Rutgers University) |
Abstract: Automatically reinforced self-injurious behavior (SIB) has previously been delineated into three subtypes established by the pattern of responding and presence of self-restraint in the ignore/alone and toy play conditions of the traditional functional analysis. Subtype three is classified by the presence of self-restraint; however, recent research questions whether subtype three is a distinct subtype or rather a variant of subtype one or two (Hagopian et al., 2015). Furthermore, it has been suggested that different patterns of responding may occur when self-restraint is blocked compared to when it is allowed. The purpose of the current study was to (1) compare functional analysis results when SIB is blocked to when SIB is allowed and (2) utilize a pairwise functional analysis methodology to determine if responding is more characteristic of subtype one or subtype two in cases of subtype three automatically reinforced SIB demonstrated by two adults with autism spectrum disorder. Results indicated differentiated responding when self-restraint was allowed compared to when it was blocked. Future research should explore similar techniques to determine if subtype three is a unique subtype of automatically reinforced behavior or if it can resemble subtype one or two. |
|
|
|
|
|
Improving Staff’s Implementation of Evidence-Based Practices in Juvenile Justice, Residential, and Childcare Facilities |
Sunday, May 25, 2025 |
8:00 AM–9:50 AM |
Convention Center, Street Level, 158 AB |
Area: CSS/EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Marissa Del Vecchio (University of South Florida ) |
Discussant: Samantha Fuesy (The OBSI Project ) |
Abstract: Individuals who serve youth and adults with disabilities and/or those who engage in challenging behavior often lack the necessary skills to implement reinforcement-based strategies. Research has shown that creating a positive and supportive environment is critical in enhancing the treatment outcomes for those receiving behavior management services. This symposium highlights the effectiveness of staff training interventions to improve the implementation of evidence-based practices across various settings. The first presentation will review the impact of a crisis management training program to increase pre-kindergarten educators’ knowledge and ability to effectively implement behavior analytic strategies. The second presentation will describe the methodology and outcomes associated with training staff to identify functional consequences associated with juvenile justice involved youths’ problematic and replacement behaviors. The third presentation will describe how behavior skills training (BST) and tactile prompts was used to increase positive interactions among staff and youth in a residential care facility. Finally, the fourth presentation will illustrate the use of text message prompts to increase staff’s use of behavior-specific praise in an adult residential care facility. Taken together, these presentations underscore the importance and effectiveness of staff training to support the needs of youth and adults across educational, juvenile justice, and residential care settings. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): BST, residential facilities, staff training, tactile prompts |
|
Empowering Early Childcare Educators: In-Situ Coaching for Behavior Analysis Success |
PAULA PETIT-FRERE (Adapt & Transform Behavior), Jason Guild (Adapt & Transform Behavior; The OBSI Project), Caleb Deneb Hudgins (Adapt & Transform Behavior; The OBSI Project) |
Abstract: Early childhood education teachers, who serve children with disabilities, often lack the necessary training and skills to approach challenging behaviors and create more supportive classroom environments for their students. Oftentimes, teachers resort to negative consequences such as time-out, suspension, and ultimately expulsion. Under a grant contract with a local county early learning coalition, we provided crisis management training to childcare providers in centers across the county. Through this grant we sought to measure the impact of this custom crisis management training on early childhood educators' knowledge and implementation of ABA techniques and strategies. Teachers from preschools for children with diverse learning abilities completed a pretest on their knowledge of ABA principles and skills. They were then presented with a 3-day training module designed to teach basic behavioral principles, functional assessment and other ABA based-skills, including classroom management strategies. Throughout the training, staff were provided opportunities to practice skills and receive feedback using a proficiency checklist. Following training, the test was re-administered. Individuals were also provided follow-up coaching in the classroom setting. We will present outcomes following both the workshop and in person coaching on knowledge of behavior principles, use of ABA techniques and strategies, and workshop feedback. |
|
Training Staff to Provide Function-Based Interventions to Decrease Problem Behaviors With Juvenile Justice-Involved Youth |
EMILY KIEFFER (Adapt & Transform Behavior; OBSI Project), Jason Guild (Adapt & Transform Behavior; The OBSI Project
), Caleb Deneb Hudgins (Adapt & Transform Behavior; The OBSI Project) |
Abstract: There is a need for training staff within juvenile justice residential facilities to replace punitive consequences for problem behaviors, like lengthening time incarcerated, with non-punitive, function-based interventions focused on building skills. Youth time incarcerated is said to be determined by progress in mental health treatment, however a youth’s length of stay is truly determined by compliance with the facility’s Behavior Management System. A large part of this system is tracking when youth engage in behaviors deemed inappropriate, dangerous, or unsafe. Any staff witnessing the behavior can write an incident report. After this occurs, the youth's treatment team meets and determines a “consequence” (more often than not, an attempt at punishment) which are then tracked in the Behavior Management System. In order to increase the use of function-based interventions instead of punitive responses to problem behaviors, we trained staff to identify behavior functions and assess for potential deficits and learning opportunities with the goal of decreasing problem behavior by increasing engagement in replacement behavior. Data on the number of incident reports of problem behavior will be compared before and after training. Individual data on youth engagement, and opportunities to engage in replacement behavior will be compared pre and post intervention. |
|
Using Behavioral Skills Training and Tactile Prompts to Increase Positive Staff Interactions in Residential Care |
KALEIGH CERNOSEK (University of South Florida), Arturo Garcia (University of South Florida), Kimberly Crosland (University of South Florida) |
Abstract: Evidence has shown that youth in residential care are often victims of maltreatment and are more likely to be revictimized. Residential facilities tend to be restrictive and punitive based. Previous research has shown that a positive living climate is essential for increasing residents’ quality of life and enhancing the likelihood that they meet their treatment goals. Building rapport between staff and youth can help promote a positive living climate and positively impact youth behavior. Behavior-specific praise (BSP) has been evaluated in school settings to increase student engagement and compliance. However, there has been limited research on the effects of increasing BSP in residential facilities. Therefore, the current study evaluated the use of behavioral skills training (BST) and tactile prompts to increase staff’s use of BSP within a residential care setting. The results for the three participants will be discussed. Additionally, limitations and future research in residential care will be discussed. |
|
The Evaluation of Text Message Prompts to Increase Staff Behavior-Specific Praise in Adult Residential Care |
MELISSA HERNANDEZ-BAUTISTA (University of South Florida), Kimberly Crosland (University of South Florida), Arturo Garcia (University of South Florida) |
Abstract: Behavior-specific praise (BSP) has been widely utilized in school settings as an intervention to improve social interactions between teachers and students. However, minimal studies have evaluated the use of BSP outside of school settings. One area in which BSP might help to improve is staff and client interactions in group home settings for individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities. Thus, the current study evaluated the effectiveness of text message prompts for increasing staff-delivered BSP to improve the frequency of social interactions between staff and consumers in a group home setting. In addition, this study evaluated staff use of BSP when they received text prompts during times when they were unaware they were being observed. Three direct service providers (DSPs) participated in this study. Data were evaluated using a nonconcurrent multiple baseline across participants design. Results indicate that behavioral skills training and text message prompts increased the use of BSP for all three staff participants when observers were present. When observers were absent, BSP returned to baseline levels for two participants and decreased for the third participant. |
|
|
|
|
|
Expanding Applications of Relational Frame Theory and Acceptance and Commitment Therapy Toward Greater Social Impact |
Sunday, May 25, 2025 |
8:00 AM–9:50 AM |
Convention Center, Street Level, 156 |
Area: CSS; Domain: Theory |
Chair: Shaianne Kealoha (Emergent Learning Centers: Hawaii) |
Discussant: Zhihui Yi (Univeristy of Illinois at Chicago) |
CE Instructor: Shaianne Kealoha, M.A. |
Abstract: This symposium examines the pivotal role of Relational Frame Theory (RFT) and Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT) in promoting cognitive, social, and behavioral growth across a range of populations and contexts. Presentations in this symposium explore how utilization of RFT can promote derived relational responding and expanding linguistic and cognitive abilities, while the application of ACT establishes the necessary psychological flexibility in these relational processes profoundly impacting individuals served. First, we explore how developing these frameworks in the youngest of learners can have life-changing impacts on cognition and language and follow this trajectory throughout childhood, adolescence, and adulthood as prosocial behaviors are established and strengthened by application of these advanced behavior analytic principles. Furthermore, the relationship between developing an appreciation of the arts through advancing repertoires of relational responding is explored and the resulting social impacts. The implications of art education and how it may foster advanced language capabilities is discussed. Finally, Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT) is showcased in correctional rehabilitation, demonstrating how relational processes can facilitate lasting behavioral change and reduce recidivism. Together, these talks provide valuable perspectives on how RFT and ACT can be leveraged to enhance learning, social interaction, and affect impactful behavioral change. |
Instruction Level: Advanced |
Keyword(s): ACT, DRR, RFT |
Target Audience: The target audience has an understanding of Relational Frame Theory (RFT) and derived relational responding, knowledge of Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT) and psychological flexibility, and experience implementing individualized assessments. |
Learning Objectives: 1. describe how enhancing relational skills can impact engagement with abstract art. 2. identify key strategies for developing early relational responding in children with autism. 3. identify strategies for teaching cooperation and psychological flexibility in individuals with developmental disabilities. 4. describe how Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT) uses relational processes like acceptance and defusion to promote behavioral change and reduce recidivism in correctional settings. |
|
Exploring the Relationship Between Derived Relational Responding and Art Appreciation |
JENNIFER POSEY (Endicott College), Mark R. Dixon (University of Illinois at Chicago) |
Abstract: Understanding how individuals appreciate and engage with the arts involves both cognitive and linguistic processes to interpret visual stimuli. Derived relational responding (DRR) refers to the ability to infer relationships between stimuli based on previously learned associations. Given that abstract art often requires higher-level interpretation, this study explores whether advanced DRR abilities correlate with a preference for abstract art. In this study, participants completed a survey about their free time spent on art-related activities and their agreement with values-based statements regarding art. Participants also participated in a series of tasks designed to measure their ability to engage in derived relational responding. They were then presented with sets of five images that shared a common theme but varied in their level of abstractness and were asked to select their preferred image. This task was repeated across 20 sets of stimuli. This talk will explore these findings and discuss the implications for art education, specifically how increasing exposure to abstract art might enhance complex language and conversely, how strengthening complex language skills may deepen appreciation for the arts. |
|
Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT) in Correctional Rehabilitation: Promoting Behavioral Change Through Contextual Flexibility |
KAITLIN M. PRECIADO (Emergent Learning Hawaii Center), Shaianne Kealoha (Emergent Learning Centers: Hawaii), Ruth Anne Rehfeldt (Emergent Learning Centers) |
Abstract: Recent research underscores the need for correctional rehabilitation programs to adopt therapeutic models that extend beyond traditional behavior-analytic interventions. Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT), as conceptualized by Hayes et al. (2019), offers a framework centered on psychological flexibility and contextual behavioral change, particularly suited for populations with high recidivism rates. In the Hawai‘i correctional system, we are implementing ACT principles through individual and group interventions aimed at promoting short-term behavioral compliance and long-term rehabilitation and reintegration. The program seeks to foster adaptive functioning during incarceration and support sustained behavioral change post-release by utilizing key ACT processes such as acceptance, defusion, and committed action. Studies such as Zarling et al. (2019) highlight the potential for ACT to reduce aggressive behaviors and recidivism, forming the foundation of our approach. Our program’s design integrates a culturally responsive framework tailored to the needs of diverse populations, including Native Hawaiian individuals, to enhance engagement and relevance. This presentation will provide an overview of the program’s theoretical basis and practical application, with a focus on how these elements can contribute to reducing recidivism and fostering meaningful, sustained behavioral transformation within correctional populations. |
|
A Relational Framework to Build Language and Cognition for Children With Zero Scores on Verbal Behavior (VB) Assessments |
MARK R. DIXON (University of Illinois at Chicago), Jennifer Posey (Emergent Learning Centers: California), Lindsey Nicole Holtsman (Emergent Learning Centers: St. Louis), Aletha Sutton (Hawaii Department of Education) |
Abstract: This talk will introduce a comprehensive set of methods aimed at building foundational cognitive and language abilities in infants and young children with autism. Topics include procedures for teaching simple and conditional discriminations, developing delay to reinforcement tolerance, understanding cause and effect, identifying preferences, and encouraging non-arbitrary stimulus relations through play. Additionally, key strategies will be presented for fostering social attention and teaching chained task performance through derived stimulus relations. A unique feature includes a structured play-based assessment, which evaluates each child’s current abilities within the contexts common to the childhood experience thus determining the appropriate level of intervention. This assessment ensures individualized planning for learners at every level, providing an essential first step for children on the path to more advanced relational training. Ideal for clinicians and educators, this talk lays the groundwork for early developmental interventions and sets the stage for greater gains in relational repertoires to impact socially significant outcomes. |
|
How the EvoSci and Prosocial Frameworks Can Inform Social Skills Instruction |
RUTH ANNE REHFELDT (Emergent Learning Centers) |
Abstract: This presentation will highlight how recent research on evolutionary science and prosocial behavior, as synthesized within Contextual Behavior Science, can inform the conceptualization and implementation of social skills instruction. The presentation will share perspectives on the need for social community from evolutionary science, and discuss barriers experienced by autistic individuals and individuals with other developmental disabilities to contributing to and benefitting from social community with others. The presentation will further explore the necessity of teaching prosocial behavior as a part of educational curricula, and the role of verbal contingencies in supporting and maintaining this essential repertoire. The ramifications of failing to do so on both the individual and society as a whole will be highlighted. Recommendations will be made for the instruction of basic prosocial skills such as cooperation and collaboration with others, and expanding more complex repertoires of prosocial behavior by targeting psychological flexibility as it pertains to social relationships with others. |
|
|
|
|
|
Bridging Gaps in Health Care: Exploring Service Delivery, Caregiver Engagement, and Health Advocacy |
Sunday, May 25, 2025 |
8:00 AM–9:50 AM |
Marriott Marquis, M4 Level, Archives |
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Patricia El Horr de Moraes (Purdue University) |
Discussant: Ivy M Chong (Little Leaves Behavioral Services) |
CE Instructor: Juliana Aguilar, Ph.D. |
Abstract: This symposium brings together four research studies aimed at enhancing the quality of care and support for individuals with developmental disabilities. The first presentation analyzes Medicaid member demographics and Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) service delivery patterns in Indiana, highlighting disparities and underutilization in certain services. The second study focuses on caregiver acceptability of a multidisciplinary treatment for encopresis in children with ASD, offering insights into practical, non-invasive interventions that improve continence and quality of life. The third presentation addresses healthcare disparities faced by individuals with developmental disabilities, exploring how collaborative approaches between healthcare providers and support systems can create more inclusive and effective health care encounters. Finally, the symposium closes with an exploration of strategies to increase caregiver engagement on a parenting website, emphasizing the importance of proactive, data-driven interventions to reduce waitlist times and improve child outcomes. Together, these studies explore the importance of integrating evidence-based practices, policy change, and collaborative care models to bridge gaps in service delivery, enhance caregiver support, and improve the overall well-being of individuals with developmental disabilities. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: BCBAs, Special Education Professionals, Healthcare Providers, Policymakers and Advocates |
Learning Objectives: 1. Explore strategies to address underutilization of group therapy and other services 2. Understand the effectiveness and caregiver acceptability of a multidisciplinary treatment 3. Recognize healthcare disparities faced by individuals with developmental disabilities |
|
Medicaid Member Demographics and Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) Service Delivery Patterns in Indiana |
JULIANA AGUILAR (Purdue University), Patricia El Horr de Moraes (Purdue University), Yuanfang Liu (University of Cincinnati) |
Abstract: Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) is a developmental condition characterized by challenges in social interaction, communication, and repetitive behaviors. Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) services are a recognized and effective intervention for individuals with autism. In the U.S., Medicaid plays a crucial role in providing access to ABA services for many families, ensuring that children with autism receive necessary support regardless of their financial situation. However, there remains a lack of research on client demographics and service delivery patterns for ASD. Our study sought to address this gap by analyzing data on Indiana Medicaid members to better understand ASD service delivery patterns. Demographic data from 2019-2020 were analyzed using sample size proportions for race, gender, and age. We then examined the percentage under each category across four selected ABA services (assessment, individual therapy, group therapy, and family guidance). Our results indicated that individuals with different demographic characteristics were consistently billed across all service models. However, certain services, such as group therapy, were underutilized despite their potential positive outcomes, possibly due to lower reimbursement rates. These findings highlight the potential for significant improvement in the delivery of ABA services through policy-level changes. |
|
Caregiver Acceptability of a Multidisciplinary Treatment for Encopresis for Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
COURTNEY HANNULA (Marcus Autism Center), Jessica Herrod (Marcus Autism Center), Tracy Argueta (Marcus Autism Center, Emory School of Medicine), Nathan Call (Marcus Autism Center), Mindy Christine Scheithauer (Marcus Autism Center), Joanna Lomas Mevers (Marcus Autism Center) |
Abstract: Toilet training is a common challenge for caregivers, particularly for caregivers of children with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD). Incontinence can negatively impact the hygiene, physical comfort, independence, and quality of life for children with ASD. Encopresis, or incontinent bowel movements, is typically caused by constipation for most children. Children with ASD are 3.8 times more likely to have constipation than their typically developing peers. Recurring bouts of incontinence and constipation can also negatively impact caregivers in the child’s life. We conducted a randomized clinical trial with a treatment as usual group and one intervention group, receiving the Multidisciplinary Intervention for Encopresis (MIE) which involved both medical and behavioral approaches for treating encopresis without the use of laxatives, enemas, and punishment procedures. In addition to these treatments, we conducted the Treatment Acceptability Rating Form-Revised with caregivers to assess the acceptability of the treatment recommendations. Results indicate that the MIE resulted in statistically significant changes in independent continence with a for participants completing the MIE with high acceptability scores from caregivers. Additionally, participants in the MIE group continued to improve post-treatment in follow up. The presentation discusses practical significance and impact for children, caregivers, and practitioners in the treatment of encopresis. |
|
Enhancing Health Care Encounters Through Collaboration With Individuals Who Experience Developmental Disabilities and Their Companions |
MARISOL LOZA HERNANDEZ (University of Nebraska Medical Center: Munroe-Meyer Institute), Mary Halbur (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute), Regina A. Carroll (University of Nebraska Medical Center Munroe-Meyer Institute), Guangyi Lin (University of Nebraska Medical Center Munroe-Meyer Institute), Maryjan Fiala (University of Nebraska), Jessica Gormley (University of Nebraska) |
Abstract: Individuals who experience developmental disabilities, such as autism spectrum disorder, cerebral palsy, or intellectual disability, may face pervasive health disparities and limited access to quality healthcare services. This symposium outlines insights from a recent community research project aimed at identifying the needs of individuals with disabilities as they prepare for and attend healthcare visits. Through a comprehensive survey and in-depth semi-structured interviews, we gathered critical data to support the development of an asynchronous online course designed to enhance healthcare professionals' knowledge and skills in addressing the unique needs of individuals with disabilities and their support systems. The purpose of this talk is to raise awareness about the healthcare disparities experienced by these populations and to explore actionable advocacy strategies. The current survey results indicate that 47 percent of individuals would like providers or healthcare staff to explain procedures to facilitate smoother appointments. Our qualitative analysis revealed preliminary themes related to disparities in healthcare access, the need for patient-centered communication, and the importance of compassionate advocacy. By sharing our findings, we aim to empower healthcare professionals and caregivers to provide better support, fostering a more inclusive and equitable healthcare environment for individuals with developmental disabilities. |
|
Increasing Caregiver Engagement on a Parenting Website |
JACQUELINE MERY (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Jessica L Becraft (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Kissel Joseph Goldman (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Steven Lindauer (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: Families may face long waitlists for behavior analytic services due to high demands and limited resources. Referrals for therapeutic services also vary in intensity and severity, where some families may greatly benefit learning about validated parenting strategies as they wait for their first appointment. To help caregivers begin to address behavioral concerns at home, a parenting website was developed by a team of behavior analysts and psychologists at Kennedy Krieger Institute. Waitlist families (independent users) who were initially offered access to the website showed low engagement with content on the site. As a result, a contingency program was implemented to evaluate the effects between engagement time and frequency of challenging behavior. Thirteen waitlist families were recruited and offered the opportunity to bypass the waitlist contingent on providing daily data, reviewing tutorials on the website, and attending weekly check-ins for a month. Results showed higher engagement for caregivers in the program compared to independent users. Additionally, all caregivers who completed the program reported a substantial decrease in their child’s challenging behavior. |
|
|
|
|
|
Investigations of Bidirectional Naming and Equivalence Relations Across the Translational Spectrum |
Sunday, May 25, 2025 |
8:00 AM–9:50 AM |
Convention Center, Street Level, 150 AB |
Area: EAB/VBC; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Juliana Oliveira (Munroe-Meyer Institute, UNMC) |
Discussant: Anna Ingeborg Petursdottir (University of Nevada, Reno) |
CE Instructor: Juliana Oliveira, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Numerous research studies have investigated teaching methods and potential prerequisite skills that lead to generative learning across different populations. The current symposium includes basic, translational, and applied studies related to bidirectional naming and equivalence relations, with adults and children with autism as participants. The first presentation evaluates whether cover, copy, and compare study strategy could be used to teach equivalence relations to undergraduate students and whether drawing could occur as a form of mediating response in testing. The second presentation assesses the effects of multiple exemplar training on both the development of bidirectional naming and stimulus generalization in children with autism. The third presentation discusses two experiments that examined whether intraverbal bidirectional naming facilitated the formation of generalized equivalence classes with adults. Finally, the fourth study is an applied study that assesses class expansion and transfer of function after instructive feedback training with children with autism. The symposium concludes with thoughtful comments from the discussant. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): bidirectional naming, equivalence relations, MET |
Target Audience: Participants should be able to define and describe stimulus equivalence relations. Participants should be able to define and describe verbal operants. |
Learning Objectives: 1. Describe the steps to complete copy, cover, and compare. 2. Describe intraverbal bidirectional naming as mediating skills 3. Define class expansion and transfer of function |
|
Intraverbal bidirectional naming on the influence the formation of generalized equivalence classes |
(Basic Research) |
HEIDI SKORGE OLAFF (OsloMet - Oslo Metropolitan University), Erik Arntzen (Oslo Metropolitan University) |
Abstract: The present study is an extension of Jennings and Miguel (2017) by investigating whether intraverbal bidirectional naming (I-BiN) facilitated the formation of generalized equivalence classes. This study includes two experiments (E1 and E2), four adults participated in each. Both experiments used a one-to-many training structure, matching-to-sample (MTS) tests, I-BiN tests, post-sorting tests, and social-validity survey. Stimulus generalization was measured across four novel stimulus sets. Pre-MTS test, tact test- and training followed by listener test, intraverbal training, (A´B’ and A´C’) were completed similarly in E1 and E2. After mastery of the training conditions, two different test sequences were introduced: In E1, successive blocks of post-MTS tests of across baseline, symmetry and equivalence relations and I-BiN tests was divided, while in E2, tests were merged into one block I-BiN and MTS-test, respectively. Then, both experiments exposed the participants to sorting tests. The results demonstrated that the establishment of few intraverbals led to correct responding during I-BiN and MTS tests, and the result was confirmed by the sorting tests, as well as all eight participants achieved mastery during the generalization tests. Vocal MTS-test and a post-experimental interview confirmed the use of tacts and I-BiN during MTS-tests. |
|
Teaching Undergraduates to Solve Equivalence Problems by Using Copy, Cover, and Compare |
(Basic Research) |
KY JACKSON (University of Nebraska Medical Center / University of Nebraska Omaha), Sarah Elizabeth Vesely (University of Nebraska Medical Center Munroe Meyer Institute), Sarah Frampton (University of Nebraska Omaha) |
Abstract: Cover, Copy, and Compare (CCC) is a study strategy in which students cover their notes, attempt to copy them, and then compare for accuracy. This translational study evaluated whether CCC could be used to teach equivalence relations to undergraduate students and whether drawing may occur as a form of mediating response in testing. A video training package and experimenter feedback was used to teach participants to engage in CCC with notes in the form of a graphic organizer (GO). During the CCC condition, participants constructed GOs depicting the relations among the three equivalence classes, each consisting of three familiar stimuli. After completing CCC, six of the seven participants scored over 90% on their first matching-to-sample (MTS) posttest. We evaluated generalization of the CCC strategy with a three five-member classes of all abstract stimuli. All participants utilized the CCC strategy, constructed GOs with fidelity, and scored over 90% on the first posttest. Social validity data indicated participants found the approach highly acceptable. These findings provide additional evidence of the benefits of teaching mediating responses to produce high equivalence yields, particularly visual bidirectional naming (V-BiN; Miguel, 2018) as participants visualized the images then reacted to them by drawing them on their GO. |
|
An Evaluation of the Effect on Multiple Exemplar Training on Emergent and Generalized Behavior |
(Basic Research) |
HERDÍS ÁSTA PÁLSDÓTTIR (California State University), Danielle LaFrance (ABA Technologies), Chad Favre (Northshore Autism Center/Endicott College), Joanna Christine Barney (Kadiant), Caio F. Miguel (California State University, Sacramento) |
Abstract: In the past several years, verbal behavior research has focused on teaching methods that lead to generative learning so not every single operant needs to be taught. One of these strategies, multiple exemplar instruction (MEI) is said to lead to the transfer between speaker and listener repertoires consistent with bidirectional naming (BiN). However, MEI is often confused with Multiple Exemplar Training (MET) which has previously been shown to lead to stimulus generalization. As an attempt to distinguish between the kind of generativity obtained with each procedure, a recent study with preschool children diagnosed with autism has demonstrated that MEI produces responding consistent with BiN, but not stimulus generalization. The purpose of the current study was to assess the effects of MET, rather than MEI, on both the development of bidirectional naming (BiN) and stimulus generalization with children with autism. So far results show that MET leads to the development of stimulus generalization, but it is inconsistent in the development BiN for targeted sets, supporting the functional distinction between MEI and MET. |
|
Assessing Class Expansion and Transfer of Function Following Instructive Feedback Teaching |
(Applied Research) |
JULIANA OLIVEIRA (Munroe-Meyer Institute, UNMC), Ky Jackson (University of Nebraska Medical Center / University of Nebraska Omaha), Sarah C Connolly (Munroe Meyer Institute), Alice Shillingsburg (Munroe-Meyer Institute, UNMC) |
Abstract: The current study examined a procedure to teach children with autism to form stimulus classes for nine age-appropriate categories consisting of 4 stimuli each, and to assess class expansion and transfer of function. The participants were three children with autism. Participants were directly taught the tact for one stimulus in each class and were exposed to the name of the class and to two other stimuli that also pertained to the class. Then, tact, intraverbal, and listener probes were conducted. As a result, participants acquired the directly taught tact relations and some of the tacts taught by exposure only. Additionally, most of the relations taught during tact training emerged during intraverbal and listener probes. We exposed participants to two relations between stimuli in each class (e.g., harp-accordion) and to function of a stimulus in each category (e.g., “we use the harp to play music with”). This study suggests a potential assessment that could be conducted in a clinical setting to investigate class expansion and transfer of function when teaching categories to children with autism. |
|
|
|
|
|
High Resolution Behavior Analysis: Cutting-Edge Applications of Artificial Intelligence in Recording and Analyzing Animal and Human Behavior |
Sunday, May 25, 2025 |
8:00 AM–9:50 AM |
Convention Center, Street Level, 151 AB |
Area: EAB; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Varsovia Hernandez Eslava (Universidad Veracruzana) |
CE Instructor: Varsovia Hernandez Eslava, Ph.D. |
Abstract: The rapid advancement of computer technology, artificial intelligence (AI), machine learning, deep learning, and machine vision has created unprecedented opportunities in the study of animal and human behavior. These tools enhance the precision and speed, of behavior data collection and analysis. AI-based systems, particularly those using machine learning and deep learning, automate complex tasks like behavior recognition and movement analysis, reducing human error. Machine vision and pose estimation provide detailed insights into the spatiotemporal dynamics of behavior, allowing for a deeper understanding of both individual actions and broader patterns. This symposium presents four studies demonstrating cutting-edge AI applications in behavior analysis. The first applies real-time tracking, machine vision, and a closed-loop system to develop spatial contingent schedules of reinforcement. The second uses pose estimation to analyze and identify behavioral schedules in rats. The third study compares the accuracy of human observers and AI systems in recording gross motor movements and topography. The fourth introduces machine learning models that automatically measure vocal stereotypy in children with autism and examines the correlation between values measured by machine learning and those recorded by a human observer. Together, these studies show AI’s role in advancing research and applied practices in behavior analysis. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Artificial Intelligence, Machine Learning, Machine Vision, Pose Estimation |
Target Audience: Audience members interested in artificial intelligence applications in the science of behavior will benefit from a basic understanding of computer-related terminology. This includes those seeking insights into integrating AI technologies for enhanced data collection and analysis in behavioral research and practice. |
Learning Objectives: 1. evaluate the effectiveness of AI in accurately collecting behavioral data compared to human observers in recognizing gross motor movements 2. describe machine learning techniques for automating vocal stereotypy measurements in children with autism, emphasizing efficiency and resource reduction 3. understand the use of pose estimation technologies to analyze spatiotemporal dynamics in animal behavior 4. understand how computational applications could broaden Behavior Analysis with new methods and findings |
|
Findings on Spacing Under Contingent Spatial Schedules in Rats From Computational Experimental Analysis of Behavior |
(Basic Research) |
ALEJANDRO LEON (Universidad Veracruzana), Joao Alexis Santibáñez Armenta (Universidad Veracruzana), José Abraham Rivera Uribe (Universidad Veracruzana), Maria Martínez (Universidad Veracruzana), Isiris Guzmán (Universidad Veracruzana), Varsovia Hernandez Eslava (Universidad Veracruzana) |
Abstract: The Computational Experimental Analysis of Behavior (CEAB) is an emerging field that implements Computational Intelligence in methods and data analysis to understand behavioral phenomena. We implemented a novel Reinforcement Schedule (RS), based on real-time tracking with Machine Vision and a closed-loop system, called Spatial Contingent Schedules (SCS), in which reinforcement depends on a given spatial feature, i.e., a reached traveled distance. Two experiments were conducted under an A-B-A-C-A-B design, where A = Extinction, B = SCS, and C = JokedRS. We used a Modified Open Field System (1x1 m) with a servo water-dispenser at the center (Coord. .45, .45). In experiment 1, a Fixed Traveled Distance Schedule (FD) was used as SCS, and in experiment 2, a Variable Traveled Distance Schedule (VD). A Spatial Dynamics Behavioral Analysis, using Machine Learning, was conducted. The rats were sensitive to the contingencies for both SCS, and a variable ranking analysis showed that Spatial Anticipation of Reinforcement (SA) and Giving Up Time of the Reinforcement Zone were the most sensitive variables in distinguishing the effects between SCS. It is highlighted that SA was systematically observed under FD. The implications of CEAB and SCS for pushing the methodological and empirical boundaries of EAB are discussed. |
|
Effects of Spatiotemporal Contingencies on Organization of Rats' Behavior Analyzed by Pose Estimation |
(Basic Research) |
PHILIPPE LEROUX (Université de Montréal), Varsovia Hernandez Eslava (Universidad Veracruzana), Marc J. Lanovaz (Université de Montréal), Alejandro Leon (Universidad Veracruzana) |
Abstract: Traditional behavior research often focuses on discrete responses, but organisms exhibit a wide range of behaviors in natural settings (Skinner, 1966). Spatiotemporal features of behavior are sensitive to reinforcement contingencies (León et al., 2020). Machine learning, both supervised and unsupervised, can detect behavior patterns in uncontrolled environments (Turgeon & Lanovaz, 2020). This study extends machine learning applications to identify behavior schedules in 12 rats using spatiotemporal data. Twelve three-month-old Wistar rats, individually housed with a 23-hour water restriction, were divided into four groups. They were exposed to fixed time (FT) and variable time (VT) schedules with fixed (FS) or variable space (VS) for water delivery over 30 sessions and 10 sessions without a programmed schedule. We utilized DeepLabCut for pose estimation, refining a pre-trained mouse model with our data. The primary measure was joint positions and skeleton representations from DeepLabCut. SimBA provided additional behavior recognition, and CEBRA offered latent behavior analysis. Results include reduced movement and behaviors under variable space and time contingencies due to environmental variability. This study implies that advanced machine learning can revolutionize behavior analysis, offering a more accurate understanding of animal and human behaviors, thereby better meeting species-specific needs in different natural environments. |
|
Comparative Analysis of Human and Artificial Intelligence Data Collection on Discrimination of Motor Movements |
(Applied Research) |
CORY EVAN JOHNSON (Glenwood, Inc.), Mary Katherine Carey (Glenwood, Inc), Michael Gao (Alpaca Health) |
Abstract: Behavior frequency data is collected for individuals with autism to monitor progress and inform decision making by behavior analysts. This data impacts important life decisions, such as restrictive procedures fading, psychotropic medication prescribing, and residential placement (Vollmer et al. 2008). Studies have demonstrated exorbitant training and monitoring hours are required from a behavior analyst to ensure this data collected by direct care staff is accurate (Mozingo et al. 2006; Reis et al. 2013). The current comparative analysis evaluates the effects of human and AI data collectors on the accuracy of human gross motor frequency and topography data collection. Participants to date have consisted of typically developing adults who are prompted to make gross motor movements at latencies which decrease across sessions, and the topography and frequency of the movements are scored by a human data collector, a motion detection camera, and a generative AI system. Preliminary data suggest that the Axis camera system’s ability to discriminate frequency of behaviors decreases as the latency between movements shortens. |
|
Machine Learning to Measure Vocal Stereotypy: An Extension |
(Applied Research) |
Ali Reza Omrani (Institute of Information Science and Technologies; Università Campus Bio-Medico di Roma), MARC J. LANOVAZ (Université de Montréal), Davide Moroni (Institute of Information Science and Technologies) |
Abstract: Repeated measurement of behavior is a process central to behavior analysis, but its implementation occasionally requires hiring observers dedicated exclusively to data collection, which may increase the cost of providing services and conducting research. One potential solution to reduce resources necessary to conduct behavioral observations involves machine learning. Using data previously published by Dufour et al. (2020), we developed and tested novel models to automatically measure vocal stereotypy in eight children diagnosed with autism. In addition to accuracy, we examined session-by-session correlation between values measured by machine learning and those recorded by a human observer. Nearly all our models produced correlations similar to those between continuous and discontinuous methods of measurements (i.e., .90 or more) and resulted in better metrics than those reported by Dufour et al. (2020). Although practitioners and researchers should continue examining their accuracy in measuring vocal stereotypy, the adoption of the proposed models may prove useful. |
|
|
|
|
|
Growing With Breadth and Flexibility: Centering Appetitive Functional Relations in Conceptualizations of Teaching and Learning |
Sunday, May 25, 2025 |
8:00 AM–9:50 AM |
Convention Center, Street Level, 147 A |
Area: EDC/VBC; Domain: Theory |
Chair: Bella Laine Patterson (University of Louisiana at Lafayette) |
Discussant: Victoria Diane Hutchinson (University of Mississippi) |
CE Instructor: Victoria Diane Hutchinson, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Behavior analysis has much to offer in conceptualizing learning or how repertoires emerge from interactions with context. And yet, many of the most common conceptualizations of learning in the classroom and the clinic tend to be limited by mentalist constructs, cultural insensitivity, and disregard for the interlocking functional relations at play. This symposium will explore the effect of centering appetitive functional relations in behavioral conceptualizations of teaching and learning. The first paper will unpack the mentalist construct of fixed vs. growth mindset regarding learned repertoires and the contexts from which they emerge. The second paper will explore the effects of an All Appetitive All the Time approach to culturally sensitive teaching in the university classroom. The third paper will discuss an alternative to the traditional teacher’s stance, embracing the opportunity for teachers to be learners. The fourth paper will consider the therapist as the learner, and how therapists might resource themselves to best serve their clients. Discussion around fostering growth with breadth and flexibility will follow. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Appetitive Control, Learning, Teaching |
Target Audience: Board-certified behavior analytic professionals working in higher education. |
Learning Objectives: 1. Describe how environmental contingencies, including appetitive and aversive stimuli, shape learner behavior and contribute to developing adaptive or rigid behavioral repertoires. 2. Explain how the “All Appetitive, All the Time” approach can create culturally sensitive environments that enhance engagement and success for students from marginalized communities. 3. Identify strategies for teachers to approach educational contexts with curiosity, humility, and a commitment to learning how to leverage their power to resource their students best. 4. Identify ways in which clinicians can actively learn new skills and behaviors from their work with clients. |
|
Context Matters: Influencing “Mindset” |
KAREN KATE KELLUM (University of Mississippi), Emily Kennison Sandoz (University of Louisiana Lafayette), Abbey Warren (Mississippi State University) |
Abstract: The concepts of fixed and growth mindsets have gained widespread attention within educational and psychological fields, often without clear strategies for fostering a 'growth mindset.' While these concepts offer a popular framework for understanding learner behavior, they frequently overlook contextual factors that educators can influence. This paper will reinterpret mindset theory from a behavior-analytic perspective, emphasizing the role of appetitive and aversive stimuli in shaping repertoires. We explore how environments rich in appetitive reinforcement may foster more adaptive, responsive behaviors, resembling what is commonly referred to as a "growth mindset." In contrast, environments dominated by aversive stimuli may produce narrower, more rigid repertoires, akin to a "fixed mindset." By shifting the focus from internal traits to environmental contingencies, this framework offers a behaviorally grounded understanding of mindset. It underscores the importance of creating learning environments abundant in appetitives to promote flexibility, adaptability, and positive responses to challenges and learning opportunities. |
|
Teaching With Humility: Positioning Ourselves to Learn From Our Students |
JANANI VAIDYA (National Louis University), Emily Kennison Sandoz (University of Louisiana Lafayette) |
Abstract: Behavior analysis has focused on effective instructional design and classroom management when addressing the issues with pedagogy (De Souza & Crone-Todd, 2024; Vargas, 2013). From a behavior-analytic perspective, teaching involves the student as a learner, and the same principles used to produce behavior change are applicable in this context (Martens & Kelly, 1993). Every student encountering a learning context has a unique repertoire that likely requires idiosyncratic interventions to foster learning. Ideally, teachers organize the contingencies of the learning context to resource students toward their desired learning outcomes. However, the individual, group, and systemic conditions under which teachers operate create little room to nurture them as learners. An inability to learn from students results in an inability for teachers to meaningfully resource them. The current paper will offer a behavior-analytic conceptual analysis of the conditions under which teachers can be positioned to learn from their students and resource them meaningfully. The conceptualization will discuss the power disparity between teachers and students in a learning context and developing curiosity and humility as aspects of the teacher’s repertoire toward co-creating a socially valid learning context with students. Practical implications of such a perspective and barriers to implementing related practices will be discussed. |
|
The Clinician as the Learner: How We Grow Into What Our Clients Need |
ABBEY WARREN (Mississippi State University; Louisiana Contextual Science Research Group), Emily Kennison Sandoz (University of Louisiana Lafayette) |
Abstract: Both teaching and learning occur in the clinical space. Typically, we think of the clinician as the teacher and the client as the learner, wherein the clinician is a part of the appetitive learning context that fosters growth for the client. Ideally, both are true: the clinician and the client take turns playing the role of teacher and learner. From this perspective, the clinician is learning how to best serve the client. This is not necessarily the case under all conditions, however. Sometimes the conditions in the clinical space instead foster narrowness and rigidity on the part of the clinician, limiting the resources a clinician has access to in order to provide an appetitive learning environment for the client. The current presentation will explore the conditions under which the clinician is able to grow into what the client needs. It will also explore the skills involved in this learning and growth: tracking our own behavior and resourcing ourselves. |
|
|
|
|
|
Accomplishment-Based Performance Improvement Applications: Bringing Tom Gilbert's Concepts Into Practice |
Sunday, May 25, 2025 |
8:00 AM–9:50 AM |
Convention Center, Street Level, 146 A |
Area: OBM/CSS; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Carl V. Binder (The Performance Thinking Network, LLC) |
Discussant: Tahra Jolene Cessna (F.I.T.) |
CE Instructor: Traci M. Cihon, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Since the late 1980s, a methodology that has come to be called Performance Thinking® has evolved among practitioners in the ISPI (International Society for Performance Improvement) and Applied Behavior Analysis communities. Evolving from Tom Gilbert's concepts described in his book, Human Competence, this methodology makes those concepts actionable with two simple visual models plus 21 plain English user-tested words for communicating about the models. Performance Thinking programs and methods have been licensed and applied in large corporations including Amgen, FedEx, Insperity, Anthem, and others, as well as in a growing number of ABA organizations. This symposium brings together users who have applied Performance Thinking in diverse ways and contexts within the ABA community. In juvenile justice facilities, ABAI editorial processes, a university, and an ABA program, presenters will describe both formal projects and informal, ad hoc applications of accomplishment-based performance analysis and performance improvement using the models and logic of Performance Thinking. The Discussant, a seasoned executive and BCBA, who has led growth of two of the larger ABA companies, will reflect on those applications from the perspective of a senior leader, focused on improving productivity, service quality, and culture in a growing enterprise. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): accomplishment based, performance improvement, performance thinking, Tom Gilbert |
Target Audience: Those who will benefit most from this symposium have worked in organizations, either as an individual contributor, a manager/leader, or a talent management/development staffer to appreciate how clear definition and documentation of processes and roles can make a difference in day-to-day performance. While students and newly graduated professionals will gain benefit, until they've encountered the "real world" of organizational performance, the session might be a bit "academic." |
Learning Objectives: 1. Identify accomplishments/work outputs of their jobs or those that they manage. 2. Discuss why defining the outputs of each step in a process enables better measurement, diagnosis, and management of processes. 3. Describe the variables encompassed by the categories of the Six Boxes® Model 4. Discuss possible plications and implications of accomplishment-based performance improvement in their settings |
|
Accomplishment Based Performance Improvement in an Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) Company Working in Juvenile Justice Facilities |
JASON GUILD (Outcome Based Science Informed (OBSI)), Caleb Deneb Hudgins (Adapt & Transform Behavior), Samantha Fuesy (The OBSI Project) |
Abstract: The potential for applying ABA outside the autism and disabilities communities is enormous, including work with youth involved in the Juvenile Justice system. Working with facilities that serve juvenile offenders involves both direct service to them, as well as re-designing systems and processes in a positive and transformative manner. At Adapt and Transform Behavior, LLC (ATBx), we have brought accomplishment-based performance improvement to both formal projects and ad hoc performance problem-solving to streamline and improve processes and re-define roles and management practices for treatment of clients. At The OBSI Project (Outcome Based Science Informed), a newly formed not-for-profit organization, we have begun to apply performance improvement to juvenile justice facilities, implementing evidence-based educational approaches (e.g., The Morningside Model) and best practices management strategies based on the models and logic of Performance Thinking. This presentation outlines a project aimed at defining and improving our initial consultation and assessment processes. It details how our consultants will conduct initial assessments to inform our strategic implementation blueprint. We emphasize the importance of gathering necessary information during these assessments to ensure successful implementation planning and high customer satisfaction. |
|
Accomplishment Based Role Definition and Support in a University-Based Autism Center |
STEPHANIE M. PETERSON (Western Michigan University), Ali Schroeder (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: In most organizations, whether corporate, academic, or in ABA services, job descriptions are mostly marketing documents to attract and set high level expectations for job applicants. Typical job descriptions list strengths, competencies, accountabilities, and so forth, at a relatively high level of abstraction. This presentation illustrates how we can use accomplishments at the level of an Individual Performance Map to fully define jobs by listing the valuable work outputs they produce. With such an accomplishment-based job profile, it is possible to recruit and hire with greater precision -- focused on the specific contributions expected from the role. And by identifying the behavior needed to produce those contributions (AKA work outputs), we can better develop and support the performance of people in the role. An Associate Dean, responsible in both the College of Arts and Sciences, and for the operation of an ABA service affiliated with a major University, has approached job definition and support with a focus on accomplishments. She and her clinical director will share an example, discussing the implications and applications, as well as next steps. |
|
Accomplishment Based Performance Improvement for Processes in an Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) Center |
ALI SCHROEDER (Western Michigan University), Stephanie M. Peterson (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: In organizations of all kinds, including those that deliver Applied Behavior Analysis services, most value is delivered to clients or customers by means of processes, to which multiple people contribute. If those processes are efficient and effective, the return on investment for those processes is positive. However, in so many organizations both business and clinical educational processes are not even identified, let alone documented or improved. This presentation describes how an accomplishment-based approach to performance analysis can help to clarify process descriptions and documents, because it explicitly identifies the accomplishments (AKA work outputs) produced by each contributor at each step of the process. In addition to work done to define and support processes in the organization, this presentation will mention other ad hoc applications where the elements of accomplishment-based performance improvement are making an impact. Overall, the presentation should make obvious how identifying what Gilbert called the “valuable accomplishments” produced and passed on by each step in a process can improve our ability to diagnose and suggest improvements, as well as to measure performance and identify where things went wrong. |
|
Applications of Accomplishment Based Performance Improvement to Streamline and Standardize the Editorial Process |
TRACI M. CIHON (Culturo-Behavior Science Innovation Network & Behaviorists for Social Responsibility), Stephanie M. Peterson (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: This presentation will describe how we applied Performance Thinking®, an accomplishment-based methodology, to standardize and streamline editorial processes for the collection of ABAI journals. It will then summarize how we identified the clusters of behavior influences that comprise an interdependent system of factors, that should be designed to work together. We began by developing a detailed map of the editorial process, and we will describe how doing so supported the identification of improved workflows and new work outputs. Next, we’ll explain how we determined and re-configured the behavior influences needed for each cluster of behavior that support a work output, using the Six Boxes® Model. We’ll include examples of the existing and new tools and resources (e.g., job aids, a standard set of editorial decision categories) we adopted and created to support exemplary performance. Finally, we’ll discuss our next steps, plans and current state, as we implement the changes across the collection of ABAI journals. |
|
|
|
|
|
Discrimination as the Interrelation of Integrated Fields of Stimulus Objects/Events With Behavior |
Sunday, May 25, 2025 |
8:30 AM–8:50 AM |
Convention Center, Street Level, 149 AB |
Area: PCH |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
|
Discrimination as the Interrelation of Integrated Fields of Stimulus Objects/Events With Behavior |
Domain: Theory |
DANIEL ECHEVARRÍA ESCALANTE (University of Nevada, Reno), Matthew Lewon (University of Nevada, Reno) |
|
Abstract: Discrimination as a behavioral procedure/process and the discriminative stimulus (SD) as a technical term, have proven to be useful constructs in the investigative and applied domains of behavior analysis. However, despite their utility, two limitations are encountered: 1) how the construct is defined varies across the literature, showing some conceptual disagreements, and 2) current definitions focus on the applied and investigative domains but do not provide an account more suitable for the interpretative domain, in which the interrelation of integrated fields of stimulus objects/events with behavior is considered. To address the first issue, a historical review of the constructs of “discrimination” and the “SD” was conducted. The presence of a general lack of consensus on how they are defined and a procedural focus suitable for the investigative/applied domains is concluded. For the second, an interpretative account of discrimination/SD in which 1) a clear distinction between stimulus objects/events as something separated from their functions, 2) a separation between process, as the historical circumstances under which stimulus functions are acquired, and outcome, as stimulus functions in the present and 3) discrimination as the interrelation of behavior with a field of objects/events and not discrete stimuli, is proposed. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Virtual Reality to Address Social Skills: A Two Part Study Using Qualitative and Quantitative Methods |
Sunday, May 25, 2025 |
9:00 AM–9:20 AM |
Marriott Marquis, M4 Level, Liberty I-K |
Area: AUT |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Chair: Sunny Kim (University of California, Santa Barbara ) |
|
Virtual Reality to Address Social Skills: A Two Part Study Using Qualitative and Quantitative Methods |
Domain: Applied Research |
SUNNY KIM (University of California, Santa Barbara) |
|
Abstract: Many autistic individuals may desire support and services primarily in the areas of adaptive functioning and social well-being throughout their lifetime. There is a need for community-informed and person-centered social programs targeted for autistic adolescents and adults. New technology, such as virtual reality (VR), is being researched to assess the feasibility of providing therapeutic services to autistic individuals. In this two part study, both qualitative and quantitative methods were utilized to: (1) better understand and explore the perceptions of parents and autistic adolescents regarding social development and thoughts around social skills interventions delivered through technologies such as VR; and (2) investigate the more effective telehealth platform for delivering social skills intervention. The results of the qualitative study provide guidance to the research community on investigating different innovative approaches for offering a social program that is supported by autistic individuals. The preliminary results of the quantitative study provide evidence that VR may be more effective at addressing certain social skills for autistic adolescents. The results of both studies are discussed for future implications regarding social programs for the autism community. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Part 1: Verbal Behavior Special Interest Group (VB-SIG) Student Grant Winners Present Their Findings |
Sunday, May 25, 2025 |
9:00 AM–9:50 AM |
Marriott Marquis, M4 Level, Capitol & Congress |
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Amelia Skye Nelson (Florida Tech) |
CE Instructor: Skye Nelson, M.S. |
Abstract: The Verbal Behavior Special Interest Group (VB SIG) offers annual awards to support graduate students conducting empirical research that advances our understanding of verbal behavior. This symposium consists of three recent winners of the VB SIG student research grant competition. Grace Lafo will present on recent training research in augmentative and alternative communication. Grace’s presentation will highlight the efficacy of behavioral skills training to teach speech language pathologists to conduct augmentative and alternative communication modality assessments. Michelle Castillo will present recent research in conversation skills. Specifically, Michelle will present a descriptive assessment of topic shifts during conversations with neurotypical adults and conversations with adults with autism. Finally, Karina Zhelezoglo will report on recent research of a novel bidirectional naming assessment. In addition to introducing the novel “Box Exposure” assessment, Karina will present data comparing the rate of acquisition of incidental speaker and listener responses after exposure to the novel assessment to typical matching-to-sample assessment. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): AAC, bidirectional naming, conversation skills, verbal behavior |
Target Audience: Gradaute students, BCBAs |
Learning Objectives: 1. Participants will be able to identify effective training methodologies for communication modality selection 2. Participants will be able to describe typical topic shift patterns observed in conversations of neurotypical and neurodiverse individuals 3. Participants will be able to identify effective assessments for bidirectional naming |
|
Using Behavioral Skills Training to Train Clinicians to Conduct Augmentative and Alternative Communication (AAC) Modality Assessments |
GRACE LAFO (University of Nebraska Medical Center) |
Abstract: Augmentative and alternative communication (AAC) is a method for supplementing, enhancing, and sometimes replacing vocal-verbal behavior for populations that present with complex communication needs (CCN), helping individuals potentially contact reinforcement for verbal behavior. Collaboration between speech-language pathologists (SLPs) and behavior analysts can facilitate AAC assessment within the context of mand modality training and preference assessment for individuals with CCN. The current study examined the effects of a telehealth behavioral skills training (BST) intervention on the accurate administration of an AAC assessment methodology incorporating objective measures of independent mands, consideration of challenging behavior, social validity, and preference assessment. Participants included two SLP graduate students, who attended a virtual training with instruction, modeling, rehearsal, and feedback components, in a multiple baseline across participants design. BST resulted in increased performance during administration of the mand training and AAC assessment with both participants, suggesting that virtual BST may be an effective method for disseminating standard practices for AAC assessment to SLPs and other clinicians. Procedures will be replicated with a third participant to further demonstrate experimental control and treatment efficacy. |
|
Investigating the Role of Topic Shifts in the Analysis of Conversation Skills Among Adults With Autism |
MICHELLE VICTORIA CASTILLO (University of North Texas), Karen A. Toussaint (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: Adults with autism often experience challenges in developing social skills, which can result in limited friendships relative to their neurotypical peers. Conversational skills, particularly topic shift strategies, play a crucial role in shaping social interactions. However, lacking essential skills like topic shift strategies can lead adults with autism to persistently experience negative social encounters. Behavior-analytic research suggests effective interventions for improving conversation skills, but areas such as topic shift strategies remain under-researched and has been limited to investigating one type of topic shift – shifting to a new topic when someone is uninterested. Additionally, while conversational analyses have been performed with neurotypical individuals and those with other diagnoses, there is uncertainty regarding whether topic shift behaviors differ among neurotypical individuals and those with autism. The purpose of this study was to conduct as descriptive assessment with neurotypical adults and adults with autism. Participants were instructed to engage in a 30-minute conversation with a novel conversation partner and then were asked to complete a social validity questionnaire regarding their partner’s conversational skills. Conversations were transcribed and coded by antecedent and behavior topographies of topic shifts. Results suggest that adults may response to various topographies of antecedent events and subsequently engage in various topographies of topic shift behaviors, extending beyond what existing literature suggests. These results further inform clinical benchmarks of conversation skills and potential interventions that may be utilized with aduts with autism. |
|
Towards the Functional Analysis of Bidirectional Naming and Other Symbolic Behavior |
KARINA ZHELEZOGLO (Endicott College), Caio F. Miguel (California State University, Sacramento) |
Abstract: Bidirectional Naming (BiN) is a cusp in which speaker and listener responses to stimuli are acquired without direct instruction. Currently, there is no standard assessment for BiN and its corresponding prerequisite skills (Sivaraman et al., 2023). In Experiment 1, four neurotypical 5-7 year olds will be exposed to a novel BiN assessment (i.e., Box Exposure), in a multiple probe experimental design. The participant will initiate tact exposure trials for three stimuli. Frequency of echoics during tact exposure will be recorded for each stimulus. Immediately after, speaker and listener probes will be conducted with the three stimuli. Accurate responding on speaker and listener probes following at least one day after the Box Exposure protocol may indicate the Box Exposure assessment is a sensitive measure of a BiN repertoire. In Experiment 2, an adapted-alternating treatment desing will be used to compare rate of acquisition of incidental speaker and listener responses following the Box Exposure protocol to the rate of acquisition of speaker and listener responses following a standard matching-to-sample BiN exposure (e.g., Gilic & Greer, 2011). |
|
|
|
|
|
Speaking Up: Autistic Voices Leading the Way in Promoting Self-Advocacy |
Sunday, May 25, 2025 |
9:00 AM–9:50 AM |
Marriott Marquis, M4 Level, Liberty M |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Anika Hoybjerg, Ph.D. |
Chair: Anika Hoybjerg (Autism & Behavioral Intervention) |
KAELYNN PARTLOW (Project Hope; Netflix Love on the Spectrum) |
BRIELLE WILLIAMS (Autism & Behavioral Intervention) |
AUDREY VOGEL (The Hangout Spot LLC) |
Abstract: Self-advocacy is a crucial skill for helping individuals develop confidence, increase independence, maintain safety, create boundaries, enhance opportunities, and build relationships. As autistic women, these presenters will share their unique experience of working in and advocating for themselves within the field of Applied Behavior Analysis. Each speaker will bring their own perspective for approaches in increasing self-advocacy for individuals working in the field and for those receiving services. This presentation examines the critical role of self-advocacy in the lives of autistic individuals, highlighting its impact on personal empowerment. Drawing from recent research, case studies, and personal experiences, this session will explore effective strategies for fostering self-advocacy skills for those within the autistic community. Presenters will also share insights into ways to successfully navigate societal barriers, and discuss the importance of community support and mentorship in this process. This presentation will also address the unique challenges faced by autistic women, including gender-specific issues and societal expectations, showcasing a broader understanding of autism. This session aims to inspire attendees to promote self-advocacy initiatives, ensuring that autistic voices are respected, recognized, and empowered. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Target Audience: Target audience should be professionals working within the field of Applied Behavior Analysis who support autistic clients and coworkers and can promote self-advocacy in their practice. |
Learning Objectives: 1. Select, identify, and describe individualized goals for clients based on self-advocacy and meaningful outcomes for increased future independence, employment, and social interactions. 2. Be able to identify and describe more ways to include autistic voices in treatment, therapy, and ABA practice. 3. Describe, identify, and operationally define components of self-advocacy in therapeutic ABA settings. |
Keyword(s): Autism, Mentorship, Self-Advocacy |
|
|
|
|
|
Stimulus Preference and Reinforcer Assessments for Video Content |
Sunday, May 25, 2025 |
9:00 AM–9:50 AM |
Marriott Marquis, M4 Level, Independence E-H |
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Kyle Visitacion (Department of Psychology, Western Michigan University) |
CE Instructor: Hugo Curiel, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Technological devices have played an important role in the identification of preferred stimuli and their reinforcing effects. This symposium presents three experimental evaluations that used preference and reinforcer assessment methodologies to assess video content. The speaker for the first study will present a systematic replication of a web-based stimulus preference assessment that was used to identify video preferences for children diagnosed with autism. The identified preferences were also assessed for their reinforcing effects with socially valid behaviors that are common in early intervention and educational settings. The speaker for the second talk will present a study in which two direct preference assessments were compared for the identification of video content with school-age children. The free-operant and the MSWO were first used to identify video preferences. Reinforcer assessments ensued to determine which assessment identified the videos that functioned as reinforcers. The speaker for the third talk will present data for a study that evaluated a novel web-based paired stimulus preference assessment program with college-age participants. Following the identification of video preferences, the researchers used a web-based reinforcer assessment program with capabilities of arranging synchronous schedules of reinforcement to determine whether the highly preferred videos functioned as reinforcers. These studies, collectively, will showcase how technological devices have been used to assess preferences and reinforcing effects of videos. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: The audience will benefit from the presentation if they have an understanding of stimulus preference assessments, specifically if they know the steps involved in the free-operant, paried stimulus, and multiple stimulus without replacement preference assessment. |
Learning Objectives: 1. identify benefits of using technology to identify video preferences and reinforcers. 2. describe how different stimulus preference assessment procedures can be arranged to identify preferences for video content. 3. describe how to arrange reinforcer assessments to test the predictive validity of preference assessments. |
|
The Use of a Preference Assessment Tool With Young Children Diagnosed With Autism |
EMILY CURIEL (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: Identifying reinforcers is crucial for many evidence-based behavior change programs. Videos may be a type of reinforcer worth considering given the accessibility of small electronic devices and the rates at which children watch and enjoy screen time. The multiple stimulus without replacement preference assessment has been used numerous times to successfully identify preferred stimuli that subsequently function as reinforcers for individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). As such, we used the Multiple Stimulus Without Replacement Preference Assessment Tool (MSWO PAT) to identify high- and low-preferred videos for three children diagnosed with ASD. We then evaluated the predictive validity of the MSWO PAT by arranging a concurrent-operants reinforcer assessment for puzzle and sorting tasks. The results show that the high-preferred video maintained higher levels of responding for puzzle and sorting tasks for two of the three children. One participant engaged in higher levels of responding to access their low preferred video. Implications for using videos as reinforcers for children with ASD, limitations, and areas for future research are also discussed. |
|
A Comparison of Two Stimulus Preference Assessment Procedures for the Identification of Videos Preferences |
Hugo Curiel (Western Michigan University), JOSEPH WILLIAM RYAN (Department of Psychology, Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to compare the free-operant and the multiple-stimulus-without-replacement (MSWO) assessment to determine which procedure had greater predictive validity for identifying reinforcers with school-age children. The preference assessments were conducted sequentially and then were followed by a reinforcer assessment. For the reinforcer assessments, we tested one of two video pairs and a control. If both preference assessments identified the same highly preferred video, we tested the relative reinforcing effects of the high- and low-preferred videos on the completion of academic tasks. If the assessments identified different highly preferred videos, we tested the relative reinforcing effects of both highly preferred videos. The results show that on occasions in which both preference assessments identified the same highly preferred video, it functioned as a reinforcer. However, on occasions in which the assessments were discrepant, the free-operant had greater predictive validity. Implications for using videos as reinforcers for children with disabilities, limitations, and areas for future research are also discussed. |
|
Evaluation of a Web-Based Paired-Stimulus Preference Assessment |
HUGO CURIEL (Western Michigan University), Joseph William Ryan (Department of Psychology, Western Michigan University), Hannah Gripp (Department of Psychology, Western Michigan University), Hoping Raising (Department of Computer Science, Western Michigan University), Sathyanarayana Ramesh (Department of Computer Science, Western Michigan University), Alexander S. Cadigan (Madison, Wisconsin) |
Abstract: The advancement of digital technologies and their accessibility creates an opportunity for behavioral researchers to develop tools for research and practice. We developed and evaluated a novel web-based stimulus preference assessment program. The program was designed with the paired-stimulus (PS) assessment methodology and specifically built with the capabilities to assess preferences for video content. We assessed the program with 15 college-age participants. The program identified robust preference hierarchies for 14 of 15 participants. We then used a web-based reinforcer assessment program to determine the predictive validity of the PS program. The reinforcer assessment program displayed three video options (high preferred, low preferred, control) in a concurrent-chains arrangement, and video access was programmed using independent synchronous schedules of reinforcement. Thirteen of 15 participants allocated their responses to access their high-preferred videos during the assessment, providing support for the predictive value of the PS program. We discuss the progression of PS assessments and technology, limitations, and areas for future research. |
|
|
|
|
|
The Pillars of Effective Clinical Service Delivery: Research, Training, and Care (and a Few Well-Considered Logistics, too) |
Sunday, May 25, 2025 |
9:00 AM–9:50 AM |
Marriott Marquis, M2 Level, Marquis Salon 6 |
Area: AUT/PRA; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Elizabeth J. Preas (Austin College) |
CE Instructor: Elizabeth J. Preas, Ph.D. |
Presenting Author: JESSICA THOMASON-SASSI (New England Center for Children) |
Abstract: The increasing availability of behavior analytic services for individuals with autism is addressing a critical service gap, yet a significant portion of providers are relatively new to the practice, presenting unique challenges and opportunities for the field. Each service delivery model, whether a school, clinic, or consultancy, needs mechanisms to ensure that providers are relying on best practice informed by research, teaching socially relevant and important skills to learners, and contributing to the growth and development of its service providers along the way. This presentation explores the pillars of a strong clinical service delivery model situated in a school for learners with autism. Those pillars include an ecosystem for professional development and research, both of which then offer the opportunity for continuous program improvement; a system for identifying and teaching important skills that relies on the principles of behavior analysis; and a well-considered set of logistical practices that are specifically designed to meet the needs of learners with autism. This presentation highlights NECC's commitment to evidence-based practices and its ongoing contributions to advancing autism education. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Learning Objectives: 1. (1) identify ways to integrate research into practice 2. (2) describe important factors contributing to continuous program improvement 3. (3) offers examples of 2 "logisitical" practices that will support learners with autism |
|
JESSICA THOMASON-SASSI (New England Center for Children) |
 Dr. Jessica Sassi is President and Chief Executive Officer at the New England Center for Children, a school committed to transforming the lives of children with autism through education, research, and technology. Dr. Sassi’s professional interests include the functional analysis and treatment of severe behavior disorders, education and support for those with autism, and public policy advocacy for those most severely affected by autism. Dr. Sassi graduated with her doctorate in Behavior Analysis from the University of Florida in 2007. She taught and mentored master’s and doctoral students as faculty in the Western New England University programs in Behavior Analysis, and served as guest Action Editor and Reviewer for several journals, including the Journals of Applied Behavior Analysis and Behavioral Interventions. Dr. Sassi is a board member of the Massachusetts Association of Private Special Education Schools and serves as Non-Legislative Member of the Massachusetts Autism Commission. |
|
|
|
|
|
Trauma-Informed Care for Feeding Problems |
Sunday, May 25, 2025 |
9:00 AM–9:50 AM |
Marriott Marquis, M2 Level, Marquis Salon 7-10 |
Area: CBM; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Ashley Andersen-Weber, Ph.D. |
Chair: Ashley Andersen-Weber (Clinic 4 Kidz) |
MEETA R. PATEL (Clinic 4 Kidz & Stanford University School of Medicine) |
LISA TERESHKO (Endicott College) |
PETER GIROLAMI (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: Children can develop pediatric medical traumatic stress (PMTS) as a result of various medical procedures that have been paired with negativity. To provide treatment for feeding problems, trauma-informed care practices are warranted. However, very little is known about how to incorporate trauma-informed care in the treatment of feeding problems (Gover et al., 2024). Rajaraman et al. (2022) compiled four tenants of trauma-informed care that can be applied to behavior analytic practice: (1) acknowledge trauma and its potential impact, (2) ensure safety and trust, (3) promote choice and shared governance, and (4) emphasize skill building. Our expert panel will engage in a comprehensive discussion of these tenants and share insights into how behavior analysts can apply them effectively. This session aims to guide behavior analysts, researchers, and practitioners through incorporating trauma-informed care practices into their clinical practice while maintaining evidence-based practices. In addition, this session seeks to facilitate open discussions while exploring emerging trends in research and practice. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: Interested individuals should have a basic understanding of the assessment and treatment of feeding problems. |
Learning Objectives: 1. identify the four tenants of trauma-informed care 2. describe how behavior analysts can apply these tenants to treating feeding problems 3. state strategies for navigating trauma-informed care and evidence-based practice |
Keyword(s): ARFID, feeding disorders, trauma-informed care |
|
|
|
|
|
Application of Behavioral Interventions in Acquired Brain Injury Rehabilitation |
Sunday, May 25, 2025 |
9:00 AM–9:50 AM |
Convention Center, Street Level, 143 A-C |
Area: CBM; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Chris M. Schaub (ReMed) |
CE Instructor: Chris M. Schaub, M.Ed. |
Abstract: Meta-analyses of single case design research have demonstrated that interventions based in applied behavior analysis (ABA) have indicated clinically significant improvements in treating maladaptive behavior in individuals with acquired brain injury (ABI) (Heinicke & Carr, 2014). Despite the demonstrated efficacy of these interventions and high need of clinical support in this population, only 0.1% of behavior analysts reported brain injury rehabilitation as their primary area of professional emphasis (BACB, 2024), and the total amount of published research is a correspondingly small portion of the behavior analytic knowledge base. Furthermore, there are unique challenges that exist for behavior analysts working with this population such as ensuring treatment fidelity, implementing data collection systems, and lack of resources for conducting functional assessments. This presentation will showcase further research on behavioral interventions in ABI and a variety of case studies discussing clinical implementation in both acute and post-acute ABI rehabilitation settings. Presenters will focus on how the philosophical assumptions of ABA can guide the pathway to patient success on an interdisciplinary team, and illustrate barriers and potential solutions to effective replication of behavior analytic literature. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): Brain Injury, interdisciplinary collaboration, neurorehabilitation |
Learning Objectives: 1. Identify areas of growth and opportunity in research in acquired brain injury 2. Identify barriers and potential solutions to applying behavior analytic research in acquired brain injury settings 3. identify barriers and potential solutions to increase treatment fidelity and data collection through interdisciplinary collaboration |
|
Meta-Analysis of Function-Based Behavioral Treatment Outcomes in Acquired Brain Injury Rehabilitation |
KELSEY BURREN (Craig Hospital; Western New England University) |
Abstract: Challenging behavior observed following acquired brain injuries (ABIs) can prevent productive engagement in therapies, create social barriers, interfere with medical treatments, and put the safety of both survivors and care providers at risk. This meta-analysis assessed the use of functional behavioral assessments (FBAs) in the treatment of challenging behavior following ABI and the extent to which function-based treatments contributed to relative differences in treatment effect sizes. Three databases were searched for studies focusing on brain injury and behavioral interventions. Studies meeting criteria for inclusion were categorized by their use of FBA procedures and function-based treatments. The results of each behavior reduction intervention were evaluated using two different measures of effect size. In the majority of cases, interventions produced large or medium treatment effects, indicating clinically significant improvements in behavior. The results of both visual analysis and statistical effect size measures indicated that treatments based on functional analysis outcomes produced the highest proportion of clinically significant improvements. These findings provide further support for the use of behavioral interventions in ABI rehabilitation and illustrate that the use of treatments developed with a functional understanding of behavior informed by an FBA contributes to clinically significant improvements in challenging behavior. |
|
Staying True to the Science: Overcoming Challenges in Interdisciplinary Collaboration |
OLIVIA CRIDDLE (Craig Hospital), Whitney Ann Eigner (Craig Hospital) |
Abstract: This presentation will review single case studies within an acute brain injury rehabilitation hospital that focus on effective treatment planning within an interdisciplinary team to reduce maladaptive behaviors such as lack of safety awareness, lack of insight into deficits, physical or verbal aggression, and decreased attention. Behavior analysts in this setting sit at the round table with clinicians from a variety of fields with a shared goal of patient progress, including the reduction of neurobehavioral challenges that interfere with the ability to participate in an acute rehabilitation program. Successful interdisciplinary collaboration does not come without its own set of barriers that require flexibility to maintain consistency in our approach to increase treatment fidelity, and enhance data collection methods. Within each case study, we will focus on the challenges to the application of behavior interventions as well as how the philosophical assumptions of ABA can be used to overcome adversity and stay true to our science. Authors will highlight interdisciplinary barriers present in the acute setting, successful strategies for integrating behavioral principles, and key pieces of feedback that have allowed for programmatic growth. |
|
Shaping Recovery After a Brain Injury: The Use of a Behavior Analytic Framework in Post-Acute Rehabilitation Settings |
MARLA BALTAZAR-MARS (Collage Rehabilitation Partners; University of North Texas), Chris M. Schaub (ReMed) |
Abstract: Individuals enter post-acute brain injury rehabilitation programs at various points in their recovery, and those involved (e.g. clients, families, and funders) frequently pose critical questions. These can include; whether/when a person can return home or move to a more independent setting, how much support is needed, and/or what resources are necessary for a successful transition? Neurobehavioral complications such as impaired awareness, verbal behavior deficits, and challenging behavior, combined with other factors such as funding, resources, and available discharge options, complicate answering these questions (Schaub, Peters, Peters, 2012). Conceptualizing and integrating treatment plan elements requires consideration of time and readiness. This presentation will focus on a model comprised of phases (i.e. level system) that organizes the goals of the interdisciplinary team, and focuses on shaping the behavior(s) through a variety of behavioral techniques, e.g. behavioral contract, differential reinforcement, token economy (Bauer, Shea, Keppler, 1989). Behavior analysts can utilize this model to target behaviors across treatment areas (e.g. adhering to mobility guidelines, completing activities of daily living, and utilizing coping strategies) in a concurrent manner. Authors will present tools demonstrating this framework, how behavior and progress is monitored, description of key behavior analytic underpinnings, and the challenges associated with implementation. |
|
|
|
|
|
On the Predictive Utility of Discounting Models |
Sunday, May 25, 2025 |
9:00 AM–9:50 AM |
Marriott Marquis, M2 Level, Marquis Salon 1-5 |
Area: EAB/SCI; Domain: Basic Research |
Chair: Darlene E. Crone-Todd (Salem State University) |
CE Instructor: David J. Cox, Ph.D. |
Presenting Author: DAVID J. COX (Endicott College; RethinkFirst) |
Abstract: The traditional process of conducting quantitative analytics in discounting research involves fitting one or more mathematical models of choice to the indifference points obtained for each participant, often using monetary outcomes. Here, the empirical goal is often to see how well the model fits the data and what the interpreted parameters might mean for the basic or theoretical question under study. In contrast, quantitative analytics in other scientific domains involves fitting one or more mathematical models to only a portion of obtained data to see how well the model can predict data unavailable during model building. This approach is particularly useful when the model is deployed in everyday situations where predictions about choice are needed across many unique decision contexts. In this presentation, we review a series of human operant experiments and computer simulations that robustly test the ability of discounting models to predict participant choices outside of the task from which the participant discounting rates were derived. This approach to testing the predictive utility of quantitative analytics in discounting research offers an alternative method whereby translational researchers can continue developing methods that make discounting models more useful for predicting human choice in socially significant situations. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: Attendees should have a basic understanding of what discounting is. The presentation will briefly review the basics of model fitting in discounting so not a pre-requisite per se. But, having some familiarity with how this process currently works will be useful. |
Learning Objectives: 1. Describe the traditional, descriptive methods for fitting discounting models. 2. Describe one alternative, predictive method for using discounting data. 3. Understand the benefits and limitations of each approach for the predictive utility of discounting models. |
|
DAVID J. COX (Endicott College; RethinkFirst) |
Dr. David J. Cox has formal educational training in psychology (B.S.), bioethics (M.S.), behavior analysis (Ph.D.), behavioral pharmacology (post-doc), and data science (post-doc). For the past 12 years, his research methods and tools have focused on quantitative analyses of choice, spanning basic research in human operant experiments to artificial intelligence research using big data. His research goals have aimed at using mathematical models of choice to describe, predict, and improve humans' daily decisions. This work has led to the publication of 60+ peer-reviewed manuscripts and seven books. |
|
|
|
|
|
Professional Networks to Support Research Literacy Skills for School-Based Behavior Analysts |
Sunday, May 25, 2025 |
9:00 AM–9:50 AM |
Convention Center, Street Level, 147 B |
Area: EDC/OBM; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Rose Iovannone, Ph.D. |
Chair: Rose Iovannone (University of South Florida/College of Behavioral and Community Sciences) |
KRISTY PARK (George Mason University) |
ELIZABETH BOYNTON (Stafford County Public Schools (VA)) |
TARYN TRAYLOR (Virginia Commonwealth University Rehabilitation Research and Training Center) |
Abstract: Behavior analysts are tasked with maintaining competence by reading relevant research to promote the use of evidence-based practices for clinical decision making (BACB, 2020). Keeping up with published research requires active involvement and systematic planning to identify barriers and then, arrange antecedent and consequent strategies to support regular contact with the evolving scholarly literature base (Briggs & Mitteer, 2021). The transfer of research-based interventions to actual implementation procedures is more complex, expanding beyond individual research skill sets to environmental variables in the workplace setting (Bank & Ingvarsson, 2024). Although research is valued highly, the majority of behavior analysts in the field have not had the opportunity to engage in research activities in their current work setting (Valentino & Juanico, 2020). This research-to-practice gap may be more prevalent for school-based behavior analysts working in public schools who experience high-demand work settings with little or no expectation to engage in research activities (Layden, 2022). The purpose of this panel is to describe the research literacy activities conducted within a statewide professional network specifically for school-based behavior analysts. At the systems-level, panel members will provide an overview of the statewide network, membership within the research professional learning group, and monthly research skill development activities. At the individual level, school-based behavior analysts will describe their learning experiences to conduct a systematic literature review. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Target Audience: School-based behavior analysts |
Learning Objectives: 1. Identify and address the barriers that prevent behavior analysts from engaging in research activities 2. Develop antecedent and consequent strategies to support active involvement with research literature 3. Support behavior analysts in maintaining professional competence through systematic planning for research engagement |
Keyword(s): Professional network, Public schools, Research literacy, School-based |
|
|
|
|
|
Building Fluency With New Skills Using Goal Setting and Mastery Criteria |
Sunday, May 25, 2025 |
9:00 AM–9:50 AM |
Convention Center, Street Level, 145 B |
Area: EDC/EAB; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Claire C. St. Peter (West Virginia University) |
CE Instructor: Claire C. St. Peter, Ph.D. |
Abstract: This symposium explores innovative goal-setting strategies in skill acquisition and fluency training across diverse populations, learning tasks, and instructional settings. The first presentation examines fluency versus percentage-based mastery criteria in training simple response chains to college students, providing insights into maintenance and generalization of skills. The study has broader implications for behavior-analytic supervision and client outcomes. The second presentation focuses on goal-setting strategies during math fluency interventions in elementary schools, comparing three approaches: "Beat Your Personal Best," the "x2 Minimum Celeration Line," and a no-goal control condition. There were benefits of shaping strategies that emphasized progressive performance goals. The third presentation investigates effects of different reinforcement densities through percentile schedules during math frequency-building interventions. By systematically varying reinforcement density, the study identifies optimal conditions for maximizing performance, though results indicate that individual factors may influence the effectiveness of goal-setting strategies. Taken together, these studies contribute to a nuanced understanding of how varied goal-setting parameters impact training outcomes, maintenance, and generalization, offering practical recommendations for behavior analysts seeking to refine instructional practices and enhance skill acquisition, retention, and fluency. |
Instruction Level: Advanced |
Keyword(s): Fluency, Goal setting, Reinforcement density, Skill acquisition |
Target Audience: Intermediate Knowledge of Behavior Analysis: Familiarity with fundamental concepts in behavior analysis, including mastery criteria, fluency training, reinforcement schedules, and procedural fidelity. Understanding of Experimental Design: Awareness of common experimental designs used in behavior-analytic research, such as adapted alternating treatments designs and systematic replications, as these will be referenced throughout the presentations. Experience with Skill Acquisition Programs: Practical experience in implementing or supervising skill acquisition programs, particularly those involving chaining, fluency-based instruction, or other goal-setting strategies. Competence in Data Interpretation: Ability to understand and interpret graphical data, as findings will be presented using visual data displays (e.g., correct responses per minute across sessions). Interest in Applied Research: A keen interest in applied research that seeks to enhance training methods, retention, and generalization of skills across educational and therapeutic settings. |
Learning Objectives: 1. Describe how fluency-based and percentage-based mastery criteria impact the maintenance and generalization of skills, highlighting implications for behavior-analytic supervision and client training. 2. Compare and contrast different goal-setting strategies, such as "Beat Your Personal Best," "x2 Minimum Celeration Line," and no-goal conditions, and discuss their effectiveness in promoting skill acquisition in educational settings. 3. Evaluate effects of varying reinforcement densities, using percentile schedules, on the effectiveness of skill acquisition and fluency training, considering how individual factors may influence outcomes. |
|
Effects of Different Mastery Criteria on Training Chained Responses |
(Basic Research) |
MARISELA ALICIA AGUILAR (West Virginia University), Claire C. St. Peter (West Virginia University) |
Abstract: In behavior analysis, individuals are often trained to a percentage-based criteria to demonstrate that they have mastered a skill. However, percentage-based mastery criteria may not result in long-term retention of the skill. In other areas of instruction, training to fluency resulted in multiple positive outcomes such as retention, endurance, and application of the skill beyond the training context. It is unclear the extent to which Board Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBAs) train their supervisees to fluency, however it is known that majority of BCBAs train their clients to mastery using a percentage-based accuracy criterion. It seems logical that BCBAs would apply these same criteria to their supervisees. We evaluated the extent to which training individuals to a fluency or percentage-based accuracy criterion resulted in maintenance and generalization of completion of simple response chains. Individuals from a community sample learned to complete two arbitrary response chains in an adapted alternating treatments design. Implications for training to a fluency or percentage-based accuracy criterion when teaching behavior-analytic skills will be discussed. |
|
Comparing Three Approaches to Shape Performance During Daily Math Fluency Building for Urban Public Elementary School Students |
(Applied Research) |
ELIJAH RICHARDSON (University of North Carolina Wilmington; May Institute), Sarah Woodward (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Catherine Williams (University of North Carolina Wilmington) |
Abstract: Precision teaching presently lacks a standard practice for setting daily performance goals. Vostanis et al. (2023) compared two common goal-setting approaches (Beat Your Personal Best and x2 Minimum Celeration Line) for building math fluency with autistic children and found both were similarly effective, but more effective than a control condition. However, their control condition differed from the others in multiple ways. The current experiment was a systematic replication of Vostanis et al. with a different population (urban public elementary school students), academic skill (addition and subtraction facts), and control condition modified to isolate the goal setting variable. Each day, students completed untimed practice, timed practice, and feedback. Using an adapted alternating treatments design, we compared three goal setting (shaping) conditions. In the Beat Your Personal Best condition, we set goals each day based on surpassing scores from the previous five timings. In the x2 Minimum Celeration Line condition, we set each goal based on the score that would be required to double performance each week. In the Control condition, we provided the same instruction, practice, and timings, but told participants to “do their best”, in place of a specific goal. All conditions, including the no-goal control, promoted fluency. |
|
A Parametric Analysis of Percentile Schedule Parameters for Daily Goal Setting Procedures During Math Frequency Building |
(Applied Research) |
SARAH WOODWARD (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Catherine Williams (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Elijah Richardson (University of North Carolina Wilmington; May Institute) |
Abstract: We extended the literature on different percentile schedules parameters to evaluate effects of reinforcement density in a math fluency building intervention. We recruited three 2nd graders who had below grade level math scores at an urban public school. During baseline, participants received no instruction, feedback, or goal. During intervention, participants completed untimed and timed practice with corrective feedback. Timed practice ended after five timings, or they met their goal in that condition. We used an adapted alternating treatment design to compare setting the goal using three percentile schedules with a no-goal control condition. Percentile schedules generally defined by the formula of k=(m+1)(1-w), where m represents the reinforcement criterion, and w represents the reinforcement density. We evaluated three w-parameter values (w=.5, .3, and .1) with a m-value of 10. We measured correct responses per minute and cumulative goals met across sessions. Results generally showed that lower w values (higher reinforcement density) were more effective than a higher value (lower reinforcement density), although the optimal value and effect size were idiosyncratic. The no-goal control conditions tended to be just as effective or better than the other conditions but setting a goal can increase exposure to extinction when not met. |
|
|
|
|
|
Public Speaking for Behavior Analysts: Advancements in Applied and Translational Public Speaking Research |
Sunday, May 25, 2025 |
9:00 AM–9:50 AM |
Convention Center, Street Level, 146 B |
Area: OBM/EDC; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Matthew M Laske (University of North Texas) |
CE Instructor: Matthew M Laske, Ph.D.Ph.D. and Assistant Professor |
Abstract: This symposium includes three talks exploring interventions and analyses aimed at improving public speaking performance and understanding the variables that contribute to effective communication. Goben will describe the effects of remotely delivered group training, which included video-based behavioral skills, training on professional conference presentation behaviors. This study will highlight improvements in public speaking skills and the generalization of those skills to larger audiences and longer presentations. Fu will describe the results of an establishing operation analysis that identifies contextual variables influencing the use of speech disfluencies (e.g., um, ah, er) during public speaking. These variables include audience size, audience type, and the difficulty of the topic. Lastly, Laske will share experimental findings from a parametric evaluation of speech disfluencies, investigating how varying rates of filler sounds (e.g., um, er, ah) and words (e.g., like, so, you know) impact perceived speaker effectiveness. Together, these talks will provide valuable insights into effective public speaking training methods and the influence of different contextual factors on communication success. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): filler sounds, group-based training, public speaking, speech disfluencies |
Target Audience: Prerequisite experience attendees should have are an understanding of single-case design, consequence-based interventions, and conditioned motivating operations. |
Learning Objectives: 1. Explain the effects of remote group-based training and video-based BST on public speaking performance and generalization to professional conference settings 2. Discuss how audience size, audience type, and topic difficulty can function as antecedents influencing speech disfluency rates 3. Describe how varying rates of filler sounds and words impact perceptions of public speaking effectiveness and discuss acceptable thresholds for disfluencies in speeches |
|
The Effects of Remote Group Training and Video-Based Training on Professional Conference Presenting Behaviors |
(Applied Research) |
Matthew M Laske (University of North Texas), ELIZA GOBEN (University of Kansas), Grace Elizabeth Bartle (University of Kansas), Florence D. DiGennaro Reed (Behavior Analyst Certification Board) |
Abstract: This study evaluated the effects of remote group training and video-based behavioral skills training (BST) on conference presentation behaviors across five graduate students. A concurrent multiple-baseline design across participants was used to systematically evaluate training effects. The results demonstrated clear improvements in public speaking behaviors following the remote group training sessions, with all participants achieving high levels of performance during follow-up presentations. Additionally, the generalization of these newly acquired skills to larger audiences and presentations of longer duration was observed during post-training assessments. Social validity measures indicated further benefits of the training package. Participants reported satisfaction with the training and particularly reported value with the group format of the training. Participants reported improved self-efficacy of public speaking skills, reduced self-reported public speaking anxiety, and expressed a high likelihood of using the trained behaviors in future professional presentations. The findings support the efficacy of remote group-based BST for improving public speaking performance for professional presentations. |
|
An Establishing Operation Analysis of Speech Disfluencies in College Students |
(Basic Research) |
Carolina Hernandez Arevalo (California State University, Sacramento), MEGAN R. HEINICKE (California State University, Sacramento) |
Abstract: Past research has shown that speakers are perceived as less credible if they emit high levels of speech disfluencies. Recently, researchers have replicated the effects of simplified habit reversal to treat speech disfluencies for adults. To our knowledge, an antecedent analysis has not been conducted to identify the public speaking conditions that might influence disfluency rates. Therefore, we piloted an establishing operation analysis for idiosyncratic speech disfluencies emitted by five college students by manipulating common stimulus dimensions — audience size, audience type, and topic difficulty — in mock public speaking scenarios. We used a pairwise design and measured speech disfluencies, silent pauses, covariation, and speech rate. The results indicated that a larger audience and an audience including an authority figure functioned as reflexive conditioned motivating operations (CMO-Rs) that increased the reinforcing value of avoiding or escaping silence for most participants, and presenting on academic topics functioned as a CMO-R for one participant. |
|
Um, So, Like, Do Speech Disfluencies Matter? A Parametric Evaluation of Filler Sounds and Words |
(Basic Research) |
MATTHEW M LASKE (University of North Texas), Florence D. DiGennaro Reed (Behavior Analyst Certification Board) |
Abstract: This study evaluated how varying levels of speech disfluencies, specifically filler sounds (e.g., um, er, ah) and filler words (e.g., like, so, you know), affect perceived speaker effectiveness. Speeches with differing rates of disfluencies—0, 2, 5, and 12 per minute—were created and evaluated by participants recruited through a crowdsourcing service for survey research. These participants provided ratings on various aspects of the speaker’s public speaking performance. The findings indicated that as the rate of disfluencies, particularly filler sounds, increased, perceptions of the speaker’s effectiveness declined significantly across most rating categories. Notably, the speech containing 12 filler sounds per minute resulted in the most negative ratings compared to a fluent speech with 0 filler sounds per minute. A low, but nonzero, rate of disfluencies, such as 5 per minute, did not adversely affect perceived effectiveness when compared to a fluent speech, suggesting that a small number of disfluencies may be tolerable to an audience. These findings suggest that although reducing filler sounds is crucial for optimizing perceived speaking effectiveness, a rate of five or fewer disfluencies per minute may be acceptable. |
|
|
|
|
|
Infrastructural Determinism and the Role of Variability in Behavior Across Levels |
Sunday, May 25, 2025 |
9:00 AM–9:50 AM |
Convention Center, Street Level, 154 AB |
Area: PCH |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Chair: Carmen R. Britton (The Arc of Central Alabama) |
|
Radical Behaviorists in Search for the Subaltern: Claiming Power in Infrastructure |
Domain: Theory |
CARMEN R. BRITTON (The Arc of Central Alabama) |
|
Abstract: This paper revisits Marvin Harris’ 1986 call for behavior analysts to examine the primacy of infrastructural determinism. Behavior analysts must study cultural phenomena and “find ways to contribute to the modification of the existing systems of political-economic control and its infrastructural base” (Harris, 1986 in Kangas, 2007, p. 47). Infrastructure means “the etic behavioral modes of production and reproduction as constituted by a conjunction of demographic, economic, technological, and environmental variables” (Harris, 1999, p. 141). An acknowledgement of infrastructure is necessary so the resistance of those cut off from lines of social mobility, the subaltern, can be recognized (Spivak, 2004). Our field should prioritize infrastructural determinism as a critical area of study and focus our efforts on analyzing systems of political-economic control and their maintaining contingencies. The United States’ culture of firearm deaths, the leading cause of death for children (Villarreal et al., 2024), will serve as a case study to operationalize a framework for applying the concepts outlined. Continued efforts to understand pressing sociocultural issues will expand the application and utility of our field, promote interdisciplinary progress, and provide common ground with other disciplines and epistemologies that we have historically failed to engage. |
|
How Contingencies of Selection Produce Variation in Phylogeny, Ontogeny and Sociogeny |
Domain: Theory |
WILLIAM DAVID STAHLMAN (University of Mary Washington), A. Charles Catania (University of Maryland, Baltimore County) |
|
Abstract: You can’t have selection without variations within the populations upon which it operates. To assume that something generates the variations (e.g., mutations) focuses on just one direction. What if selection in turn can operate on variation itself? If a highly variable population is more likely to survive than a stereotyped one, will the variability itself somehow be passed on? At the levels of phylogenic (Darwinian), ontogenic (operant) and sociogenic (cultural) selection, we provide examples in which contingencies of selection have favored variable over stereotyped populations. For example, across a range of species, parents must distinguish each other and their offspring from other individuals (e.g., Emperor penguins can locate their mates among thousands)—they can do so only if each individual has some unique features (like humans, each penguin has its own distinctive voice). Analogous contingencies operate not only in such phylogenic examples but also, as we will show, in ontogeny (e.g., the ubiquity of operant shaping) and in sociogeny (e.g., the advantages of cultural diversity). |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Psychotropic Medication Management, Tapering, and Discontinuation |
Sunday, May 25, 2025 |
9:00 AM–10:50 AM |
Convention Center, Street Level, 159 AB |
Area: BPN/DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Nicholas Lowther (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center) |
Discussant: Nathan Blenkush (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center) |
Abstract: Psychotropic medications are often used in tandem with applied behavior analysis to treat the problem behavior of children with emotional and behavioral challenges in schools as well as those of individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities. Although the Food and Drug Administration approved risperidone and aripiprazole to treat “irritability” associated with autism spectrum disorder, the drugs can have adverse effects such as weight changes, metabolic changes, sedation, acute dystonia, akathisia, tardive dyskinesia, parkinsonian features, and neuroleptic malignant syndrome. Many other off-label drugs are prescribed to manage problem behaviors. In fact, there may be no clear association between psychotropic medication use and psychiatric diagnosis. There is evidence to support the notion that discontinuation of psychotropic medications prescribed to those with intellectual and developmental disabilities can occur without increases in problem behavior. We will explore medication management, tapering, and discontinuation through dose change effect sizes, conditional rates, visual analysis of problem behavior data, and the clinical decision-making process in behavioral psychopharmacology. |
Instruction Level: Advanced |
Keyword(s): medication, pharmaceutical, pharmacology, psychotropic |
Target Audience: Audience members with experience in treating problem behavior alongside psychotropic medication treatment. Attendees should have a general understanding of psychotropic medications effects and their influence on behavioral treatment. |
Learning Objectives: 1. Discuss the benefits of collaborating with stakeholders and psychiatric professionals. 2. Discuss the potential benefits and risks associated with psychotropic medication tapering and discontinuation. 3. Discuss the general behavioral effects of psychotropic medication tapering and discontinuation. |
|
The Good and Bad of Medication Management: Case Studies Demonstrating the Importance of Provider and Caregiver Collaboration |
HILLARY GENOVESE (Bierman Autism Centers), Chrissy Barosky (Bierman Autism Centers) |
Abstract: Psychotropic medications are often used in tandem with applied behavior analysis a recent study suggested that approximately 74% of those diagnosed with autism have a comorbid diagnosis. Due to the high rate of comorbid disorders, it is critical that providers that treat each unique diagnosis work together to better serve the individual, especially when it comes to diagnoses that require treatment with multiple medication types. This presentation will review two case studies that demonstrate the correlational effects of collaboration on medication management (clobazam, lamotrigine, methylphenidate, & dextroamphetamine) on interfering behavior in two clients with autism and comorbid diagnoses of attention deficit hyperactivity disorder and a seizure disorder. The results of the analysis demonstrated that rapid changes in medication without collaboration coincided with increased rates of interfering behavior while collaboration and data review led to decreases in interfering behavior in the clinical setting. The importance of collaboration with medical providers and behavior analysts, review of the data, and medication stabilization will be reviewed in the context of behavioral treatment. |
|
Aripiprazole (Abilify) Tapering and Discontinuation Amidst Comprehensive Behavioral Treatment |
ANAHITA MASOUM (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center), John O'Neill (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center) |
Abstract: Aripiprazole (Abilify) is an antipsychotic medication approved by the Food and Drug Administration for the treatment of "irritability" associated with autism spectrum disorder and is often prescribed for off-label use in the treatment of problem behavior. Behavior analysts have discussed the clear potential value of behavioral analytic methods in clinical psychopharmacology but they are not generally accepted as contributing substantial evidence by the Food and Drug Administration. This is unfortunate because applied behavior analyst's focus on individualized treatment and data monitoring could be utilized to improve outcomes. Unfortunately, there is a severe shortage of adequate training and interdisciplinary collaboration on psychotropic medication decisions in applied behavior analysis. Regardless, psychotropic medications are variables of interest in clinical practice as they may mediate, moderate, or otherwise confound the effects of behavioral treatment. We analyzed 12 clinical cases that involved various psychiatric diagnoses and aripiprazole monopharmacy by way of dose reduction effect sizes and conditional rates of severe problem behavior. Data support previous findings in that medication reductions did not reliably coincide with increased rates of problem behavior and suggest that aripiprazole can be safely tapered and discontinued amidst comprehensive behavioral treatment. |
|
Risperidone (Risperdal) Tapering and Discontinuation Amidst Comprehensive Behavioral Treatment |
JOHN O'NEILL (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center), Anahita Masoum (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center) |
Abstract: Risperidone (Risperdal) is an antipsychotic medication approved by the Food and Drug Administration for the treatment of "irritability" associated with autism spectrum disorder and is often prescribed for off-label use in the treatment of problem behavior. While guidelines for conducting research in applied behavioral pharmacology are available, there is little research on the independent and interactive effects of psychotropic medications and behavioral interventions on problem behavior. There is some evidence to suggest that behavioral function might be affected by medications, that behavioral intervention adjustments may have larger effects on rate of problem behavior than medication adjustments, and that medication reductions may not reliably coincide with increased rates of problem behavior. We analyzed 20 clinical cases that involved various psychiatric diagnoses and risperidone monopharmacy by way of dose reduction effect sizes and conditional rates of severe problem behavior. Data support previous findings in that medication reductions did not reliably coincide with increased rates of problem behavior and suggest that risperidone can be safely tapered and discontinued amidst comprehensive behavioral treatment. |
|
Olanzapine (Zyprexa) and Quetiapine (Seroquel) Tapering and Discontinuation Amidst Comprehensive Behavioral Treatment |
DAWN O'NEILL (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center), Anahita Masoum (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center), John O'Neill (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center) |
Abstract: Psychotropic drugs such as antipsychotics that are prescribed to treat symptoms psychiatric diagnoses can have adverse effects such as weight changes, metabolic changes, sedation, acute dystonia, akathisia, tardive dyskinesia, parkinsonian features, and neuroleptic malignant syndrome. For this reason, systematic medication tapering should be considered when comprehensive behavioral treatment is in place and the potential benefits outweigh the risks. Olanzapine (Zyprexa) and quetiapine (Seroquel) are antipsychotic medications approved by the Food and Drug Administration for the treatment of symptoms associated with psychiatric diagnoses and are often prescribed for off-label use in the treatment of problem behavior. We analyzed 22 clinical cases that involved various psychiatric diagnoses and olanzapine or quetiapine monopharmacy by way of dose reduction effect sizes and conditional rates of severe problem behavior. Data support previous findings in that medication reductions did not reliably coincide with increased rates of problem behavior and suggest that olanzapine and quetiapine can be safely tapered and discontinued amidst comprehensive behavioral treatment. |
|
|
|
|
|
Beyond Realism and Anti-Realism: Metaphysical and Ontological Issues in Behaviorism and Interbehaviorism |
Sunday, May 25, 2025 |
9:00 AM–10:50 AM |
Convention Center, Street Level, 149 AB |
Area: PCH/VBC; Domain: Theory |
Chair: Andres H. Garcia-Penagos (California State University, Chico) |
Discussant: Linda J. Parrott Hayes (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: While often unrecognized, metaphysical and ontological issues are unavoidable in the conduct of science, both in the development of scientific theories and in the conduct of research. As such, these issues have important, though frequently overlooked, consequences on the behavior of theoreticians, scientists, and practitioners. Psychology is no exception; metaphysical and ontological issues have relevance in understanding critical current conceptual and methodological debates in the discipline. Drawing from the pragmatist tradition, both radical behaviorism and interbehaviorism have mostly adopted a skeptical attitude towards the notions like “reality” and “truth.” However, recent debates in the field over the nature and reality of psychological phenomena illuminate important discrepancies and unresolved issues not too separate from those that are the motive of debate in psychology and related sciences like biology. This symposium will discuss four perspectives on such issues. Reflecting on and critiquing the ontological and metaphysical stances in both radical behaviorism and interbehaviorism is essential for understanding the current status of these approaches within psychology and the broader natural sciences, and the promise that they hold as viable alternatives to the current psychological zeitgeist, particularly in light of their growing conceptual isolation. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): behaviorism, metaphysics, ontology, reality |
|
Avoiding Dualism and Developing an Alternative Ontology |
JULIAN C. LESLIE (Ulster University) |
Abstract: In an earlier account of the philosophical and cultural difficulties that go along with behavior analysis’s rejection of the dualism that permeates Western culture as well as contemporary psychology (Leslie, J. C. [2021]. The relevance of metaphysics to behavior analysis. Perspectives on Behavior Science, 44, 29-40), I argued that it is important for us to address and resolve those difficulties, and that some version of neutral monism – an approach favored by William James, Bertrand Russell and other 20th century philosophers - may be the appropriate non-dualistic ontology for behavior analysis. This paper will briefly review some of the earlier account, provide a version of neutral monism and then examine its implications for some issues within the field of behavior analysis, and for the relation of behavior analysis both to approaches to human behavior with a broadly similar conceptual framework, such as ecological psychology and interbehaviorism, and to dualistic approaches, such as cognitive psychology and mainstream psychology more generally. |
|
Reality and Knowing – Reflecting on the Conceptual Journey of One Behavior Scientist |
MITCH FRYLING (California State University, Los Angeles) |
Abstract: This presentation considers the topics of reality, truth, mysticism, and the accumulation of knowledge in science and behavior analysis. In particular, the works of Linda Parrott-Hayes are reviewed, including book chapters (1993, 1997) and publications (1997) focused on these issues. Topics within this broad area include one and two-universe systems, non-verbal and verbal knowing, coherence, and more. The concept of truth is also reviewed, including how truth is assessed and valued within scientific communities (e.g., by way of relative utility). In considering mysticism, additional concepts are described, including their implications for the understanding and accumulation of scientific knowledge. Throughout the review of the work in this area, conventional ideas are highlighted and contrasted with alternative ways of thinking. Additional varieties of behavior-analytic conceptualizations of these issues are also briefly considered. It is argued that a consideration of these sorts of philosophical assumptions facilitates further progress and helps to focus the work of behavior scientists. |
|
Dualism, Monism, Process, and Behavior |
WILLIAM M. BAUM (University of California, Davis) |
Abstract: Dualism proposes two categories of existence, often called material and immaterial. Dualism conflicts with natural science, due to two problems: specious explanations and incoherent subject matter. Realism presents the same problems, because realism is a form of dualism. The alternative, monism, leads to process ontology, which takes the universe as a process and all existences as sub-processes or process-parts. Every process is an integrated whole composed of parts that function together and are themselves processes. An organism is a process. Some of its parts are processes that interact with the environment. These constitute behavior. They are activities. As a process, an activity has temporal extent and function. The function of any activity is the wider activity of which it is a part. Process ontology holds the promise of a true natural science of behavior, based on evolutionary theory and replacing older concepts like the molecular view of behavior based on realism. |
|
You’re Both (Wrong) Right: A Deweyan Perspective on the Realism vs. Pragmatism Debate |
ANDRES H. GARCIA-PENAGOS (California State University, Chico) |
Abstract: John Dewey’s “The Reflex Arc Concept in Psychology “(1896) is often cited as one of the most influential papers in the history of psychology and as a precursor or even a manifesto of what would later be called the Chicago school of functionalism in psychology. Dewey’s work as a psychologist has often been overshadowed by his many contributions in philosophy and education. In doing so, his extensive theoretical contributions to the shaping of modern behaviorism have been mostly ignored or tend to refer almost exclusively to his famous article. As one of the most prominent academic figures of American philosophy and psychology, Dewey was one of the first academics to recognize the implications of evolutionary thinking in the understanding of animal and human action. Dewey developed a distinctive and particular version of pragmatism, both akin and different from that of Peirce and James, but rooted in the pragmatistic rejection of dualism, and in the centrality of action. Not surprisingly, Dewey’s points anticipated many ideas of later behaviorists, and have a large if unrecognized resemblance to some of the views espoused by B. F. Skinner and other modern behaviorists, interbehaviorists like J. R. Kantor, as well as those of many current enactivists in the philosophy of mind. Brown (2012) has likewise made the point that Dewey was fundamentally a philosopher of science. I will argue this aspect of his work (often ambiguously referred to by the name of ‘instrumentalism’) might be illuminating in discussing some of the tensions regarding metaphysic and ontological issues in contemporary behaviorism, strongly rejecting the “God’s-eye view” perspective often associated with realism, while simultaneously rejecting the skepticism often linked with strong anti-realist (instrumentalist) perspectives. Dewey’s views will be shown to be fully compatible with the tenets of modern behaviorism/interbehaviorism, particularly in emphasizing a thoroughly (inter)behavioral approach to science and scientific theorization and research. |
|
|
|
|
|
An Overview of Reviews of Fluency Building Research |
Sunday, May 25, 2025 |
10:00 AM–10:20 AM |
Convention Center, Street Level, 145 B |
Area: EDC |
Instruction Level: Advanced |
CE Instructor: Martin Rasmi Krippendorf, M.S. |
|
A Systematic Overview of Precision Teaching |
Domain: Theory |
MARTIN RASMI KRIPPENDORF (Oslo Metropolitan College), Sigmund Eldevik (Oslo Metropolitan University), Børge Strømgren (OsloMet – Oslo Metropolitan University), Magnus Starbrink (SWABA) |
|
Abstract:
This overview outlines the present status of research into the efficiency of Fluency Building and related methods like Precision Teaching and Frequency Based Instruction. The efficacy of these methods has been demonstrated in multiple papers, covering multiple subjects, curricula and settings (Martinho, Booth, Attard & Dillenburger, 2022). Reviews have, however, been largely anecdotal (ex. White, 1986), not processed numerical data from the primary studies (ex. Doughty, Chase & O'Shields, 2004), or included primary studies with warranting or lacking scientific rigor in the statistical exposition (ex. Ramey, Lydon, Healy, McCoy, Holloway & Mulhern, 2016), all of which may have led to confusion as to actual effect sizes, and thus the status of the methods for educational purposes. In this paper, reviews with relevant, numerical data are included and analyzed as to their scientific rigor and risk of bias (as according to criteria for overviews described by Pollock, Fernandes & Hartling, 2017). Findings from primary studies that are found scientifically valid in the included reviews, are presented.
|
|
|
Target Audience: BCBAs working in education, Precision teachers and policymakers |
|
|
|
|
|
Building Skills Through Peer-Mediated Instruction and Peer Monitoring |
Sunday, May 25, 2025 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM |
Marriott Marquis, M4 Level, Independence A-C |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Courtney Kenney (Rutgers University) |
CE Instructor: Courtney Kenney, M.S. |
Abstract: Peer-mediated interventions are evidence-based practices in which neurotypical peers are trained to provide instruction to individuals with ASD or other disabilities. Peer-mediated interventions might entail the peer serving as a model, teaching the peer to manage contingencies (e.g., deliver a reinforcer), or training the peer to initiate with another learner to increase the number of opportunities for peer interactions. This symposium will review peer-mediated interventions used to teach job interview skills to autistic college students and interactive play skills to a young child with ASD, where the peer interventionist was another young child with ASD. The results indicated both peer-mediated interventions were effective and there were benefits for the interventionist and the target peer. However, peer-mediated intervention may not be effective if the target peer does not attend to the behavior of the peer model. The last presentation reviews peer-monitoring, which involves teaching an individual to attend to and imitate behavior of a model, which in turn could facilitate observational learning (Taylor et al, 2012). Three young children with ASD were taught peer monitoring responses and results indicated an increase in observing responses for all participants along with an increase in new operants. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): BST, imitation, observational learning, peer-mediated |
Target Audience: Participants should have a foundational understanding of behavioral assessments and methods of increasing socially appropriate behaviors and decreasing maladaptive behaviors. Participants should have a general knowledge of imitation skills and the methods of behavior skills training. |
Learning Objectives: 1. Participants will describe the efficacy of teaching interview skills using BST and will explain the impact that teaching has on the teacher. 2. Participants will describe how to implement peer-mediated interventions with an autistic child serving as the model. 3. Participants will explain peer monitoring interventions and describe why they are important to learners with limited imitation or observational learning skills. |
|
Peer Mediated Instruction for Teaching College Autistic Students Job Interview Skills: Benefits to the Peer Instructor |
NICOLE PODLOG (Rutgers University), Courtney Kenney (Rutgers University), SungWoo Kahng (Rutgers University) |
Abstract: Despite the growing literature base evaluating the interview skills of neurotypical individuals (Wirantana et al., 2020), few studies focus on teaching interview skills to individuals with disabilities. Kahng et al. (2023) used behavioral skills training to teach autistic college students to successfully complete job interviews. Although their intervention was effective, it required well-trained experimenters to implement; thus, limiting the scalability of the intervention. One variation may be to teach neurotypical peers to teach autistic college students job interview skills using a pyramidal training method, which may increase resources. Additionally, there may be a secondary benefit to the peer trainers; they may improve their own job interview skills. Research has demonstrated that peer teaching is an effective learning model (Saville et al, 2006) and suggests that teaching someone a particular concept may improve one’s own ability to understand and master a concept. A multiple baseline across participants design was implemented and preliminary data were collected. Following the teaching series there was an improvement in interview skills when pre- and post-teaching probes were compared for peer instructors. The current study will further evaluate if teaching is an effective learning model for neurotypical college students regarding interview skills. We predict an increase in performance when comparing pre- to post-teaching probes. |
|
The Effects of a Training Package on the Correct Implementation of a Peer-Mediated Intervention Using a Preschool-Aged Model With Autism |
SCOTT WESLEY THOMAS (Beacon ABA Services), Daniel Almeida (Cambridge College and Bay Path University), Rebecca Hotchkiss (Evergreen Center), Joseph M. Vedora (Evergreen Center) |
Abstract: As children enter preschool, their peers play an important role in learning social communication and play skills. Typically developing children generally acquire these skills while interacting with their peers in the natural environment. However, children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) often require explicit instruction to learn skills in these areas. Peer-Mediated Interventions (PMIs) is an evidence-based based teaching approach that trains neurotypical peers how to teach children with ASD new behavior, communication, and social skills. Yet, the research on PMIs with preschool-aged children is limited, and all studies have included neurotypical peers as the peer interventionist. The present study evaluated the effects of a training package on the correct implementation of the procedural steps of a PMI with a preschool-aged peer model with ASD and its effects on interactive play with a target participant with ASD. A combined noncurrent and concurrent multiple probe design across activities was utilized. Results demonstrated that the training package was functionally related to the peer models correct implementation of the procedural steps and the percentage of intervals in which the target participant engaged in interactive play. |
|
Increasing Observing Behavior In Young Children With Autism Through Teaching Peer Monitoring |
AMY MUEHLBERGER (Beacon ABA Services), Daniel Almeida (Cambridge College and Bay Path University), Rebecca Hotchkiss (Evergreen Center), Jessica Singer-Dudek (Teachers College, Columbia University) |
Abstract: The current literature focuses on teaching the components of observational learning utilizing peer or adult models. Keohane, Luke, and Greer (2008) examined attending to specific components of social behavior such as responding to voices and faces that may enhance social relationships for children on the spectrum. The current research question addressed is: Can we extend the research by teaching children with autism peer monitoring to increase observing behaviors and develop key components of observational learning in three students utilizing the teaching strategies addressed in Taylor et al. (2012). A non-concurrent multiple probe across behaviors design was used to assess the effectiveness of the peer monitoring treatment on observing responses. The results demonstrated an increase in observing responses across all participants after acquiring three new operants through peer monitoring training and generalization of three more operants with a novel peer. Future research would examine what components of the peer monitoring treatment may be sufficient to increase observing responses in young children with autism. |
|
|
|
|
|
Analyzing Procedural Fidelity in Practice: Insights From Research |
Sunday, May 25, 2025 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM |
Marriott Marquis, M4 Level, Liberty L |
Area: AUT/OBM; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Walberto Resendez (Child Study Center, Cook Children’s Health Care System; University of North Texas) |
CE Instructor: Walberto Resendez, M.S. |
Abstract: Evaluating procedural fidelity—the extent to which procedures are carried out as designed—is essential to providing training and supervision to behavior-change agents and monitoring the quality of behavior-analytic services. Nevertheless, there are barriers to collecting procedural-fidelity data in practice, so more research is needed to enhance our understanding of procedural-fidelity measurement in real-world settings. This symposium presents three studies addressing this topic. First, Resendez et al. will discuss a study examining the use of multiple measurement systems to assess procedural fidelity of discrete-trial instruction procedures, highlighting the differences observed with each system. Next, Blackman et al. will present findings from procedural-fidelity data collection by providers at 29 organizations, providing an overview of the current state of procedural fidelity in ABA services and its implications. Finally, Echeveria et al. will review a study examining an assessment-based intervention designed to increase the frequency with which behavior analysts measure procedural fidelity in practice. These studies collectively offer valuable insights for supervisors to improve fidelity measurement to support staff in providing high-quality services. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): data collection, procedural fidelity, supervision, treatment integrity |
Target Audience: supervising BCBAs and behavior-analytic researchers |
Learning Objectives: 1. Define procedural fidelity 2. Describe various measurement systems for procedural-fidelity assessment 3. Describe how the PDC-HS can be used to increase the frequency of procedural-fidelity assessment |
|
Assessing Procedural Fidelity With Multiple Measurement Systems During Simulated Live Sessions |
WALBERTO RESENDEZ (Child Study Center, Cook Children’s Health Care System; University of North Texas), Samantha Bergmann (University of North Texas), Brandon Navarro (University of North Texas), Valeria Laddaga Gavidia (Action Behavior Centers), Setareh Dehghani-Moslemi (University of North Texas), Kaylee Shields (University of North Texas), Joel Craig Rogers (University of North Texas), Monica Ontiveros (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: Assessing procedural fidelity is essential for evaluating staff performance and treatment effectiveness, yet research comparing different measurement methods remains limited. To address this gap, we systematically replicated Bergmann et al. (2023), which explored how procedural fidelity in discrete-trial-instruction (DTI) sessions varies based on the measurement system and calculation method. In contrast to their approach, our study simulated real-time conditions by viewing recorded sessions without pausing or rewinding, making the process more representative of actual practice. Interobserver agreement was calculated across studies to make conclusions about the reliability of each measurement system in real-time conditions. We will discuss the key differences observed between the systems, with particular emphasis on connecting our findings to the utility of procedural-fidelity assessment in practice. This study highlights the importance of selecting the appropriate measurement system based on the specific goals and needs of the evaluation, ensuring more accurate and meaningful fidelity assessments during supervision sessions. |
|
Industry Fidelity Data as an Indicator of Quality Service Delivery |
ABIGAIL BLACKMAN (Behavior Science Technology), Tricia Glick (Behavior Science Technology) |
Abstract: In the pursuit of excellence, understanding and implementing treatment fidelity (Gresham, 1989) is paramount. Treatment fidelity serves as the backbone of quality service delivery in applied behavior analysis (ABA) therapy, directly impacting client outcomes (e.g., DiGennaro et al., 2007) and organizational standards. Despite its importance, many in the industry face considerable challenges in effectively collecting, tracking, and analyzing fidelity data (Colon et al., 2024). This presentation aims to bridge that gap by offering an overview of aggregated fidelity data from across the industry and highlighting its profound implications. We will discuss findings from an extensive analysis of de-identified fidelity data collected from 29 different organizations, showcasing the real-world state of treatment fidelity in ABA (Blackman et al., under review). These data reveal significant gaps in protocol adherence, and these shortcomings have a direct impact on both the quality of services delivered to consumers and the turnover rates among service providers. |
|
|
|
|
|
Interdisciplinary Collaboration: The Ethics and Efficacy of Emerging Technologies to Reduce Burnout and Enhance Efficiency |
Sunday, May 25, 2025 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM |
Marriott Marquis, M4 Level, Liberty M |
Area: AUT/OBM; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Jessica L Becraft, Ph.D. |
Chair: Jessica L Becraft (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
MICHAEL GAO (Alpaca Health) |
ELLIE KAZEMI (Behavior Science Technology (BST) & California State University-Northridge) |
LAURIE BONAVITA (Positive Behavior Supports Corporation; Bay Path University) |
Abstract: In this presentation, we will explore the importance of collaboration between researchers, clinicians, and technologists in developing and implementing clinical technology tools aimed at reducing clinician burnout, increasing efficiency, and improving service delivery. The discussion will highlight how interdisciplinary partnerships are essential to designing solutions that are ethical, transparent, and meet the needs of clinicians and clients alike. Key topics will include strategies for fostering meaningful collaborations, ensuring that clinical tools are grounded in evidence-based research, and addressing ethical concerns related to data privacy and transparency. By combining the expertise of researchers who understand behavioral principles, clinicians who navigate daily workflow challenges, and technologists who build solutions, this approach ensures the development of tools that truly support clinician well-being, improve patient outcomes, and have a clear impact on service delivery. The session will provide actionable insights on fostering productive partnerships that drive innovation in the healthcare space while maintaining ethical integrity and transparency. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: Audience members should be generally aware of ABA service delivery models and conducting common ABA assessments and interventions for reducing challenging behavior or teaching skills. |
Learning Objectives: 1. Identify key reasons for clinician burnout in service delivery 2. Discuss ways that technology can improve clinician well-being 3. Describe at least one ethical concern with using technology, and discuss ways to remediate the concern |
Keyword(s): burnout, ethics, technology |
|
|
|
|
|
“Yes. No. Maybe.”: Identifying and Navigating the Continuum of Ethical Issues and Responses |
Sunday, May 25, 2025 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM |
Marriott Marquis, M2 Level, Marquis Salon 7-10 |
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Ji Young Kim (Pennsylvania State University - Harrisburg) |
CE Instructor: Kimberly A. Schreck, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Delivering high-quality treatment requires practicing behavior analysts to identify, evaluate, and respond to a variety of different ethical challenges. Balancing ethical expectations within regulatory requirements while protecting themselves, clients, supervisees, employers, and the field can create daily tensions. Balancing organization’s needs and deadlines, individual compensation and work-life balance needs, and clients’ needs can lead practitioners to ethical questions and dilemmas - how many clients can one ethically serve and still remain effective and individually healthy? Balancing behavioral treatment recommendations with those of team members from other professional disciplines can lead to additional ethical questions and dilemmas - how can I best collaborate with other professionals’ theoretical positions or clinical priorities while still ensuring effective and ethical treatment for clients? Balancing organizational financial needs with caseloads and ethical requirements can create contention or incongruity between organizations and behavior analysts’ ethical requirements - how can behavior analysts adapt to organizational needs while ensuring quality client services? Decisions need to be made for when to say “Yes.” “No.” or “Maybe.” within these types of situations. This symposium addresses identifying and matching ethical issues with ethical codes, and developing strategies for responding to personal, collaborative, and organizational situations. |
Instruction Level: Advanced |
Keyword(s): burnout, caseloads, collaboration, ethics |
Target Audience: We submitted within the advanced level as we believed that targeting both BCBA and BCBA-D level candidates would be acceptable. Any certified behavior analyst from junior to the most seasoned would be appropriate for this symposium. Competencies would only require knowledge of the Ethics Code (BACB, 2020) and clinical practice necessities. |
Learning Objectives: 1. identify ethical issues related to personal, collaborative, or organizational decision making 2. match ethical issues to relevant Ethical codes (BACB, 2020) 3. develop implementation strategies for identifying and responding to these ethical situations. |
|
“No. No Thank You. Heck No.”: When “No” is More Ethical Than “Yes” |
KIMBERLY A. SCHRECK (Penn State Harrisburg), Tim Caldwell (Vista Autism Services), Ji Young Kim (Pennsylvania State University - Harrisburg), Jonathan W. Ivy (The Pennsylvania State University - Harrisburg) |
Abstract: In today’s service delivery environment, the demand for behavior analysts far exceeds the supply. Most behavior analysts routinely feel pressure to say “yes” for the many requests they receive to take on additional clients or tasks in the frame of being a helpful team player. However, this practice often disrupts the work/life balance needed by behavior analysts to sustain their well-being and effectiveness within their role. Over time, this pressure and taking on of additional work may lead to high levels of physical and mental stress and burn-out, resulting in problems with service delivery, supervision, personal health, and attrition of behavior analysts from the field. This presentation addresses these ethical issues and provides methods for how to prevent, assess, and adjust workloads for practicing behavior analysts. Decisions need to be made for when to say “Yes.” “No.” or “Maybe.” related to caseloads and work requirements. This presentation addresses identifying and matching ethical issues with ethical codes and developing strategies for responding to personal work-related situations. |
|
“Sure. No Way. Are You Kidding Me.”: Ethical Responding in Collaborative, Multidisciplinary Situations |
JONATHAN W. IVY (The Pennsylvania State University - Harrisburg), Ji Young Kim (Pennsylvania State University - Harrisburg), Tim Caldwell (Vista Autism Services), Kimberly A. Schreck (Penn State Harrisburg) |
Abstract: Collaboration among behavior analysts and professionals from other disciplines (e.g., Speech and Language Pathologists, Nutritionists, and Psychiatrists) offers the potential for optimal clinical outcomes through comprehensive assessments and interventions. However, differences in theoretical orientations, methodologies, and treatment recommendations can make collaboration challenging. In part, these challenges have resulted in behavior analysts gaining a reputation for being difficult to work with in collaborative situations. Ethical dilemmas often arise when professionals from other disciplines propose interventions that are ineffective, lack empirical support, or do not contain reasonable behavior change mechanisms (e.g., differential reinforcement). These situations often necessitate a nuanced ethical decision-making process and response. This presentation explores some of the ethical issues inherent in multidisciplinary collaboration. We will evaluate common scenarios where professional disagreements occur and provide practical suggestions for ethical responding within a collaborative context. Attendees will learn strategies to assess and navigate these situations effectively, determining when to say "Yes." "No." or "Maybe." while maintaining professional integrity and promoting the best interests of clients. |
|
“That’s Helpful. That’s Harmful.”: Ethical Practice Within an Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA)-Based Organizational Business Model |
TIM CALDWELL (Vista Autism Services), Ji Young Kim (Pennsylvania State University - Harrisburg), Kimberly A. Schreck (Penn State Harrisburg), Jonathan W. Ivy (The Pennsylvania State University - Harrisburg) |
Abstract: ABA-based service delivery represents the practical extension of applied behavior analysis as the socially significant research arm of behavior analysis. Practitioners of ABA-based service delivery work within organizations that establish policies and practices that may involve more business models than practice models. Organizational business mandates may help or harm behavior analysts’ ability to provide high-quality behavior analytic services. Behavior analysts must balance financial, regulatory, and clinical needs at the organizational level. However, they must also follow ethical requirements to ensure that client’s needs remain at the forefront of clinical decision-making. This presentation discusses the balance between organizational needs, practitioner needs, and client needs. We will include a review of policies and systems which can be helpful to ethical and effective delivery of treatment as well as those that can be harmful. Methods for assessment of needs, resource management, and problem-solving will be described in order to better prepare practicing behavior analysts to know when to ethically respond with, “Yes.” “No.” or “Maybe.” |
|
|
|
|
|
Shaping the Future of Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA): Minimizing Ableism and Enhancing Practice With Augmented Intelligence |
Sunday, May 25, 2025 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM |
Marriott Marquis, M4 Level, Liberty I-K |
Area: AUT |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Chair: Cas Breaux (University of West Florida) |
|
Minimizing Ableism in Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA): Strategies and Reflections |
Domain: Service Delivery |
CAS BREAUX (University of West Florida) |
|
Abstract: Ableism is a global and systemic issue that impacts all fields and cultures. Ableism is the discrimination of and social prejudice against people with disabilities based on the unconscious or conscious belief that typical abilities are superior. In Applied Behavior Analysis, ableism often manifests through practices prioritizing compliance over autonomy and treating neurodivergent behaviors as deficits to be corrected. This presentation explores how ableism can be minimized in ABA by adopting a neurodiversity-affirming, assent-based approach. Drawing on the neurodiversity paradigm and emphasizing client dignity, this session will define ableism in ABA, offer strategies to recognize and counteract ableist practices, and present methods for promoting client autonomy and choice. Participants will learn strategies for honoring client agency and apply actionable steps to ensure their ABA practice fosters respect for neurodivergent identities. Through case studies and practical tools, attendees will leave with at least five strategies for minimizing ableism within applied behavior analysis and will be equipped to integrate these principles into their everyday practice, thereby fostering more ethical and inclusive ABA services. |
|
Augmented Intelligence in Applied Behavior Analysis: Ethically Integrating Artificial Intelligence (AI) to Elevate Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) Practice |
Domain: Service Delivery |
ADAM E VENTURA (Intraverbal AI) |
|
Abstract: As the field of Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) continues to evolve, the role of technology has become increasingly central to practice. While artificial intelligence (AI) is often viewed as a tool for automation, this presentation introduces a conceptual framework for understanding AI in ABA as “augmented intelligence”, emphasizing its potential to support, rather than replace, behavior analysts. Augmented intelligence refers to AI systems designed to enhance human decision-making, enabling behavior analysts to leverage vast amounts of data and research to inform treatment planning and service delivery. This presentation will explore how AI can improve efficiency in clinical processes such as Functional Behavior Assessments (FBAs), data analysis, and intervention recommendations, while allowing behavior analysts to retain control of clinical judgment. Key ethical considerations will be addressed, including maintaining professional integrity, ensuring data privacy, and managing the human-AI interaction to prevent over-reliance on technology. Practical examples will be drawn from existing AI tools used in ABA, demonstrating their ability to assist clinicians in making informed, research-backed decisions that lead to better client outcomes. By reframing AI as augmented intelligence, this presentation will provide behavior analysts with a new perspective on how to integrate technology into their practice in a way that enhances human expertise, rather than supplanting it. The goal is to promote a balanced, ethical, and effective use of AI, positioning it as a valuable tool for behavior analysts in the future of clinical practice. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Can I See Your Notes?: Exploring Perspectives on Data Collection and Note Taking across Contexts |
Sunday, May 25, 2025 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM |
Convention Center, Street Level, 140 B |
Area: CBM; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Emily Kennison Sandoz, Ph.D. |
Chair: Abbey Warren (Mississippi State University; Louisiana Contextual Science Research Group) |
MICHAEL C MAY (Louisiana Contextual Science Research Group; Mandala House, LLC) |
EMILY KENNISON SANDOZ (University of Louisiana Lafayette) |
MEGAN ELLSWORTH (Salve Regina University) |
Abstract: Data collection is a cornerstone in the field of behavior analysis, and this is especially true in the applied and clinical settings (Wolf, 1978). Behavior analysts must choose between numerous data collection and note taking methods in order to find one that works best for their purposes and practice (Taubman et al., 2013; Wiarda et al., 2014). The current literature suggests that a clinician’s notes may directly impact the therapeutic process (Taubman et al., 2013), and new efforts in this area have begun exploring how note taking and data collection tools function for the clinician’s behaviors when working with clients (Warren, 2023). This panel discussion, led by behavior analysts with expertise in applied and clinical settings, will explore the ways in which clinicians use note taking and data collection in their work. Topics will center around how a clinician’s note taking and data collection processes orient them to client behavior, clinician choices, and moment-to-moment processes of treatment. We will also discuss the pitfalls, contingencies, and harsh realities of what it means to rely on data collection and progress notes to maintain a successful practice. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: Some applied experience with clinical or applied behavior analysis |
Learning Objectives: 1. Describe different approaches to data collection and note taking 2. Identify different clinician repertoires that may be examined through note taking and data collection 3. Expand on the use and function of note taking and data collection in applied and clinical practices |
Keyword(s): Clinical-Behavior Analysis, Data Collection, Note Taking |
|
|
|
|
|
Inspiration in the Eastern Cape, South African Schools: Starts With One & Grows to Sixty |
Sunday, May 25, 2025 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM |
Convention Center, Street Level, 156 |
Area: CSS/EDC; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Kelsia Lauren King (Prospect Academy; PEER International) |
Discussant: Joanne K. Robbins (PEER International; Morningside Academy) |
CE Instructor: Joanne K. Robbins, Ph.D.Ph.D. |
Abstract: The revival of a collaboration between colleagues in Gqeberha, South Africa and PEER, Intl (Partnerships for Educational Excellence and Research) evolved after the pandemic. Our 20-year history of success gave us the courage to experiment with video conferencing. Lead teacher from Charles Duna Primary School invited PEER, Intl to specifically assist in improving the teaching and learning of maths instruction. The school was equipped with internet and a large classroom monitor. Slide presentations functioned as teacher guides; additional material was shared via email and no-cost messaging. Online sessions were followed by one in-person visit which included PEER members assessing learners Grade 4-7 in a 1:1 format. Unlike all prior experiences, an administrator from the Department of Education actively sanctioned our work. A paper-and-pencil assessment was designed by PEER to inform future instruction which then became a tool for 60 schools. The formation and maintenance of Professional Learning Communities are key to these changes. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): assessment, collaboration |
Target Audience: Behavior analysts, psychologists, graduate students |
Learning Objectives: 1. Define a Diagnostic Prescriptive approach 2. Define the function of a Professional Learning Community 3. State the difference between the Eastern Cape's assessments previously used and the newly designed DMAs |
|
Breaking Molds to Change the Maths Education of Primary School Children in South Africa |
JARREN GANGIAH (Charles Duna Primary School; PEER International) |
Abstract: With the focus on the journey of the child from cradle to the world, a catalytic moment of an educator being identified as “Underperforming” is changing the course of Maths instruction. This very local feedback received in a township school in New Brighton, South Africa, led to a collaboration with twelve other primary schools and the formation of a Maths Professional Learning Community (PLC). In a historically broken post-apartheid system, educators discovered the PLC functioned as a beacon of hope, transformation and empowerment. Maintaining the motivation to go above and beyond was one responsibility of this presenter, the PLC Organizer. This presentation will describe how dedicated and driven educators, including Department of Education officials who are willing to break the mold, began addressing teaching and learning in new ways. PEER, International Partnerships for Educational Excellence and Research) unapologetically addressed the call for support and led weekly video conference sessions shortly after the PLC was formed. PEER methodology relies on assessment, and employs analysis and design of efficient and effective instruction ensuring respect for the context and local educational standards. With the leadership and faculty from Charles Duna Primary, and Department of Education officials the new Maths journey will be shared. |
|
|
|
|
|
Navigating Change: Empowering Behavior Analysts in Public Policy Advocacy |
Sunday, May 25, 2025 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM |
Convention Center, Street Level, 158 AB |
Area: CSS; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Deborah A. Napolitano, Ph.D. |
Chair: Emma Preston (Utah State University) |
MARIEL C. FERNANDEZ (Council of Autism Service Providers) |
DEBORAH A. NAPOLITANO (Daemen University) |
RICHARD F. RAKOS (Cleveland State University) |
Abstract: There has been a growing interest among behavior analysts in promoting large scale social change by influencing behavior and practices that impact the communities they serve. While many may recognize the importance of affecting policies at local, state, national, and international levels to facilitate change and promote cultural selection, they often lack training in navigating the world of public policy. This panel aims to highlight the significance of public policy work for behavior analysts while providing opportunities for those new to this area to obtain essential information and tools to effectively navigate policy change. Panelists Christy Evanko, Richard Rakos, and Deborah Napolitano will share their insights and experiences, as well as offer practical strategies for engagement. Through discussion and a question-and-answer session, the panelists aim to support behavior analysts in contributing to the creation of environments that promote meaningful change in behavior and practices, ultimately driving large scale societal transformation. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: Basic understanding and interest in public policy and ABA. |
Learning Objectives: 1. Attendees will identify key players in public policy relevant to behavior analysis, enabling them to build effective advocacy networks. 2. Participants will articulate essential tools and resources for navigating the public policy landscape, thereby enhancing their advocacy efforts. 3. Participants will identify practical strategies for integrating behavior analytic principles into public policy initiatives, fostering meaningful change on a larger scale |
|
|
|
|
|
Promoting Caregiver Involvement in Research and Exploring Perspectives on Barriers to Caregiver Adherence to Behavioral Recommendations |
Sunday, May 25, 2025 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM |
Marriott Marquis, M4 Level, Archives |
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Sacha T. Pence (Stakeholder Partnership for Adherence Research and Collaboration) |
CE Instructor: Sacha T. Pence, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities (IDD) who engage in several challenging behavior often require intensive services to help address and manage their behavioral needs. A key factor in long-term positive outcomes for individuals with IDDs and challenging behavior is caregiver adherence to behavioral recommendations following intensive services. This symposium will discuss the importance of actively engaging caregivers at different levels in our research, including as members of the research team. The symposium will review a model to evaluate research questions that directly involve caregivers who have children with IDDs and severe problem behavior. The symposium will discuss factors that can impact caregiver adherence to behavioral recommendations by summarizing common themes reported through interviews with professionals and caregivers. The symposium will also discuss data collected on caregivers’ views of their behavioral recommendations as well as the extent to which professionals are monitoring caregiver adherence. The symposium will discuss areas of future research on caregiver adherence. |
Instruction Level: Advanced |
Keyword(s): behavioral interventions, caregiver adherence, caregiver perspectives, severe behavior |
Target Audience: Audience members should be familiar with interventions to address severe problem behavior (e.g., FCT, DRO, DRA, schedule thinning). Audience members should be familiar with procedures to train caregivers (e.g., behavior skills training, in-situ feedback, coaching). |
Learning Objectives: 1. Discuss at least three ways to incorporate caregivers into research. 2. Summarize common themes on barriers to caregiver adherence. 3. Describe potential mitigation strategies to address barriers to caregiver adherence. 4. Define adherence. |
|
Engaging Caregivers to Conduct Patient-Centered Research |
SACHA T. PENCE (Stakeholder Partnership for Adherence Research and Collaboration), Katie Brown (Utah State University), Maria Diaz-Myers (Stakeholder Partnership for Adherence Research and Collaboration; Solidarity Parent to Parent), Jim Corbin (Stakeholder Partnership for Adherence Research and Collaboration) |
Abstract: Creating sustainable behavioral health outcomes for individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities (IDD) who engage in severe challenging behavior is important. To achieve this, it is important to consider the perspectives of caregivers of individuals with IDDs who balance caregiving challenges, responsibilities in their everyday life, and implementation of behavior interventions in the home and community. Unfortunately, caregivers and patients in the IDD community have not historically been incorporated and shared in the development and identification of research priorities or implementation of research. This is problematic given engaging stakeholders (e.g., professionals, caregivers) to inform patient-centered research can result in greater understanding of the area of study and lead to the development of higher quality research focused that is most relevant for those in the IDD community. We outline a method our research team has used to successfully engage stakeholders in the IDD community at various levels in the research process. We share data on stakeholders’ willingness and interest to participant in patient-centered research, satisfaction following key events (e.g., trainings, activities), and resources on how researchers can support and engage caregivers’ involvement in research in the IDD community. |
|
Exploring Behavior-Analytic Professionals Perspectives on Barriers to Caregiver Adherence |
ALYSSA HURD (Utah State University), Katie Brown (Utah State University), Sacha T. Pence (Stakeholder Partnership for Adherence Research and Collaboration), Abby Lavin (Utah State University) |
Abstract: Caregiver adherence with behavioral recommendations is necessary to achieve positive outcomes for individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities who engage in severe challenging behavior. Several functional (related to the behavioral recommendations) and contextual (related to the environment) variables may impact caregiver adherence. The purpose of the current study was to gain insight into the variables that can impact caregiver adherence from the perspective of behavior-analytic professionals. Individual interviews were conducted with 24 professionals. Professionals reported that caregiver adherence was impacted by a number of functional variables (e.g., ongoing professional support, treatment alignment, treatment procedures and complexity) and contextual variables (e.g., social support, caregiver mental and physical health, social-economic status). Professionals provided their perspectives on how to promote caregiver adherence. We also gathered data on the extent to which professionals do or do not monitor adherence and strategies to monitor adherence (e.g., verbal report, data-collection systems). The presentation will discuss how these insights can help inform areas of future research on caregiver adherence. |
|
An Examination of Caregivers’ Perspectives on Barriers to Adherence With Behavioral Recommendations |
SHARRUKINA TAMRAZI (Western Michigan University), Sacha T. Pence (Stakeholder Partnership for Adherence Research and Collaboration), Katie Brown (Utah State University), Alyssa Hurd (Utah State University) |
Abstract: Caregiver adherence with behavioral recommendations is vital to long-term positive outcomes for their children with intellectual and developmental disabilities (IDD) and severe challenging behavior. Several variables may impact caregiver adherence, including factors related to the behavioral recommendations (functional variables) and the environmental (contextual variables). The purpose of the current study was to explore caregivers’ perspectives on behavioral recommendations and the variables that can impact their ability to adhere to behavioral recommendations. Individual interviews were conducted with 16 parents of children with IDD and severe challenging behavior. Caregivers discussed the extent to which they do or do not implement behavioral recommendations. Caregivers reported that adherence to behavioral recommendations was impacted by a number of variables related to the recommendations (e.g., treatment procedures and complexity, access to ongoing services) and their personal life (e.g., family and work responsibilities, social supports). We collected data on the caregivers’ reports of the feasibility of the recommendations, the extent to which they thought the recommendations changed their child’s behavior, and if the recommendations aligned with their cultural and community beliefs. The presentation will summarize common themes across caregiver interviews and provide suggestions on areas of future research. |
|
|
|
|
|
Meeting the Need: Challenges and Considerations for Online Behavior Analysis Programs |
Sunday, May 25, 2025 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM |
Convention Center, Street Level, 147 B |
Area: EDC; Domain: Theory |
Chair: Kristin K. Myers-Kemp (ABA Technologies Inc. and FIT ABA Online) |
KRISTIN N. FOLEY (Endicott College) |
DENNIS URIARTE (Florida Institute of Technology) |
ROBIN KUHN (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: The goal of many behavior analysis programs is to immerse students in the science, philosophy, and practice of behavior analysis. As educators, we aim to train analysts, not technicians, to ensure entry repertoires and to instill in our students a passion for the science and practice of behavior analysis. Over the past ten years, the increasing demand for behavior analysts, paired with a need for accessible education, has led to the rapid expansion of online behavior analysis programs. While these programs offer greater flexibility, they also present unique challenges in maintaining academic rigor, fostering student engagement, and ensuring comprehensive training in behavior analysis science and practice. This panel will explore the challenges and opportunities of online education in behavior analysis and the future of online education in our field. Panelists from three institutions will share their approaches to ensuring consistency in curriculum content, ensuring the quality of instruction, tackling practical competencies, and supporting students while managing program growth. |
Instruction Level: Advanced |
Target Audience: University faculty, instructors, supervisors, or others interested in the education of behavior analysts. |
Learning Objectives: 1. A basic understanding of university systems, programs, and program requirements. 2. Knowledge of components of effective instruction 3. Understanding of certification pathways and standards |
Keyword(s): Education, Higher-ed, instruction, Online |
|
|
|
|
|
Organizational Behavior Management: Feedback and Experimental Designs |
Sunday, May 25, 2025 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM |
Convention Center, Street Level, 146 A |
Area: OBM; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Davis Simmons (University of Florida) |
Abstract: Effective feedback provision has been extensively studied in Behavior Analysis and Organizational Behavior Management (OBM). Generally, provision of more immediate, frequent, specific, and accurate feedback will be more effective. Although crucial, feedback provision is only a portion of a dynamic and often interactive feedback process (i.e. communication). Recent investigations of other variables in this feedback process including speaker reactivity, listener acceptance, feedback preferences, and feedback seeking behaviors may advance a fuller understanding of feedback, improve workplace communication and promote better workplace performance. The first study will describe an advancement in teaching feedback reception skills to Registered Behavior Technicians (RBT). The second study will explore the impact of feedback seeking behavior (asking questions) on task performance. Further, understanding common experimental designs in Organizational Behavior Management research is warranted. A third paper will review experimental designs used in OBM research and describe implications for the field. As we seek to answer experimental questions that are harder to measure, concurrent use or expansion of different research designs may allow a more complete answer. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Feedback Reception, Feedback-Seeking Behavior, Research Methodology |
|
Using Task Clarification and Feedback to Teach Feedback Reception Skills to Registered Behavior Technicians |
(Applied Research) |
DAVID WILDER (Florida Institute of Technology), Kira Flynn (Florida Institute of Technology) |
Abstract: Feedback is a common behavioral intervention to address performance issues in a variety of settings. Feedback has been heavily studied in organizational behavior management; most of this research has focused on the parameters of feedback delivery and behaviors of the feedback provider that impact the effectiveness of the feedback delivered. However, only two studies to date have examined how to teach individuals to effectively receive feedback. The current study investigated the efficacy of task clarification and feedback to teach appropriate feedback reception skills to individuals. One participant met mastery criteria of the feedback reception skills with task clarification alone, while two participants required an additional intervention component, performance feedback, to reach mastery criteria. The results of this study show that task clarification was effective in initially increasing feedback reception skills across all participants, however, additional components may be necessary to maintain performance increases. Implications of the present study are discussed and suggestions for future research in the area of feedback reception skills are provided. |
|
Does Feedback Seeking Behavior (FSB) Influence Performance; an Empirical Evaluation of Asking Questions on a Novel Complex Task |
(Applied Research) |
DAVIS SIMMONS (University of Florida), Kelcie McCafferty (University of Florida), Malchijah Williams (University of Florida), Nicole Gravina (University of Florida) |
Abstract: Performance feedback remains one of the most studied and widely effective intervention components to improve workplace performance. Most behavior analytic research on performance feedback involves one-sided top-down delivery by an individual (e.g., a supervisor to an employee) to improve a specific performance target. One-sided delivery may impede information gathering, effective bi-directional communication between the employee and supervisor, mutual problem-solving, and implementation of necessary process-level solutions. A broader analysis that incorporates employee performance feedback seeking behavior (FSB) may encourage employees to seek feedback that is most helpful for them at that time and promote bi-directional communication between them and other employees. For proof of concept, we used a multiple baseline design across undergraduate participants to examine whether asking feedback questions lead to improved procedural fidelity when conducting a preference assessment. Data suggests that asking questions (FSB) can improve performance on a complex task. Implications, future directions, and limitations will be discussed. |
|
An Analysis of Research Designs in the Journal of Organizational Behavior Management (2000-2022) |
(Theory) |
Franchesca Izquierdo (Florida Institute of Technology), DANIEL J CYMBAL (Georgia Southern University), Ronald J. Clark (University of Florida), David A. Wilder (Florida Institute of Technology) |
Abstract: Historically, research published in the Journal of Organizational Behavior Management (JoBM) has largely used single case or within subject experimental designs. However, recent trends in the use of single case versus other research methodologies in JoBM are unknown. In this study, we examined all issues of JoBM from 2000 through 2022 to identify the type of research design employed (single case, between subjects group, correlational) in empirical articles. When a single case design was used, we also identified the specific type of single case design employed. Results show that 60% of empirical studies employed a single case experimental design and about 20% employed a group experimental design. Although single case designs remain dominant, a slight decreasing trend in their use and an increasing trend in the use of group designs is apparent during the last two decades. The most commonly used single case designs were multiple baseline designs, followed by withdrawal / reversal designs, and multielement / alternating treatments designs. We discuss the implications of these findings for the field of organizational behavior management. |
|
|
|
|
|
Harnessing Artificial Intelligence (AI) for Skill Development: Innovations in Behavior Technician Training and Employment Support for Autistic Job Seekers |
Sunday, May 25, 2025 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM |
Convention Center, Street Level, 146 B |
Area: OBM |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Chair: Kaori G. Nepo (NeurAbilities) |
|
The Use of AI-Based Training to Improve Documentation Skills of Behavior Technicians |
Domain: Service Delivery |
KAORI G. NEPO (NeurAbilities) |
|
Abstract: The Advancement of technology has provided more options to support the application of behavior-analytic techniques. This presentation explores the integration of artificial intelligence (AI) into behavior analytic service delivery, focusing on its application in training behavior technicians. Cox and Jenning (2024) underscored the potential benefits AI for customizing services to address the unique needs of clients, increased efficiency in administrative tasks, enhanced decision-making through the synthesis of relevant research, and improved client outcomes through optimized resource allocation. The literature has demonstrated the potential of AI to enhance training within the behavior analytic field (Clark, 2020; Griffen et al., 2024; Huang et al., 2021). In last year’s convention, the presenter shared the results of AI-based training to improve compassionate care skills of BCBAs. This presentation is the extension of the previous study in which the AI-based training will be implemented for behavior technicians. The presentation will discuss innovative AI-driven training methodologies designed to improve the competency of behavior technicians in completing session notes with precision and consistency. Preliminary data from the ongoing study will be presented, providing insights into the effectiveness of AI-enhanced training for behavior technicians. Additionally, the presentation will explore the broader implications of incorporating AI in this capacity, including potential scalability, adoption in clinical settings, and avenues for future research and development. Clark, D. (2020). Artificial intelligence for learning: How to use AI to support employee development. Kogan Page Publishers. Cox, D. J., & Jennings, A. M. (2024). The promises and possibilities of artificial intelligence in the delivery of behavior analytic services. Behavior Analysis in Practice, 17(1), 123-136. Griffen, B., Lorah, E. R., Caldwell, N., Hantula, D. A., Nosek, J., Tincani, M., & Lemley, S. (2024). The effects of artificial intelligence on implementors’ fidelity of instructional strategies during handwashing acquisition in children with autism. Journal of Developmental and Physical Disabilities, 36(5), 793-819. Huang, J., Saleh, S., & Liu, Y. (2021). A review on artificial intelligence in education. Academic Journal of Interdisciplinary Studies, 10(3). |
|
Designing an Artificial Intelligence Interview Coach for Autistic Job Seekers: Stakeholder Considerations and Evaluation |
Domain: Applied Research |
DONALD A. HANTULA (Temple University), Elizabeth Garrison (Temple University), Stephen MacNeil (Temple University), Ray Hong (George Mason University), Slobodan Vucetic (Temple University) |
|
Abstract: Job interviews are intimidating to most job seekers, but for autistic job seekers, the interview process can be especially challenging due to difficulties they may face with social interaction and communication. Some of these difficulties may be addressed with coaching and training, however this approach is limited as coaching and training are resource-intensive and do not scale. An artificial intelligence (AI) based solution does not suffer these limitations and may also be adapted to the individual needs and preferences of the job seeker. To learn how job seekers and job coaches view such an AI tool, we conducted an exploratory study to learn more about these employment interview challenges, conducting structured interviews with five autistic job seekers and five vocational coaches. During the structured interviews, participants interacted with a prototype of an intelligent employment interview coach chatbot to share their perspectives about using a chatbot to prepare for behavioral interview questions. From the themes uncovered in our structured interviews, we provide insight into the unique challenges that autistic job seekers face while interviewing, and the interview preparation support given by vocational coaches. We discuss the potential of an intelligent interview coach chatbot to assist autistic job seekers during the interview preparation process, and also share suggestions for future design considerations of intelligent interview coaches as collaborative assistants for autistic job seekers and vocational coaches. An AI based employment interview coach is well accepted by both the job seekers and job coaches. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Role of Language in the Analysis of Culture and Beyond |
Sunday, May 25, 2025 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM |
Convention Center, Street Level, 154 AB |
Area: PCH/VBC; Domain: Theory |
Chair: Ramona Houmanfar (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Discussant: Julio C. De Rose (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos) |
CE Instructor: Ramona Houmanfar, Ph.D.Holds a doctorate and has substantial formal training in behavior analysis. |
Abstract: Culture is a multifaceted concept that has been the subject of scientific explorations in various fields, including anthropology, biology, psychology, and philosophy, over the centuries. More recently, scientific literature in Cultural Behavior Analysis has provided conceptual and research contributions to the understanding of language in relation to developed concepts in this area of study within behavior analysis. This symposium aims to discuss how behavior analytic explanations of language may impact the expansion of scientific understanding of complex cultural phenomena. By drawing upon the relevant literature, presenters will offer conceptual discussions on how advancements in this area may enhance interdisciplinary and multidisciplinary collaboration between behavior analysis and other scientific disciplines. Thus, it will be emphasized that language is a particularly important factor to consider in our discussion of culture and associated concepts, and this focus may facilitate collaborative efforts pertaining to the analysis of culture and related concepts across various fields. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: Behavior analysts with basic knowledge in Cultural Behavior Analysis and RFT |
Learning Objectives: 1. Describe concepts in behavior analytic accounts of culture and language that offer potential points of entry to alter contextual factors and change cultural practices 2. The participants will be aware of the foundation of how culture is worked on Anthropology and Biology 3. Describe the foundation of rule-governed behavior and how use this concept to work with culture |
|
The Behavioral Analytic Account of Verbal Repertories and Symbolic Behavior in Cultural Behavior Analysis |
MIGUEL ABDALA MACIEL (University of Nevada, Reno), Ramona Houmanfar (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: Culture has been the subject of studies across different scientific fields for centuries, drawing attention from many fields. In Behavior Analysis, culture is commonly defined as 1) set of social contingencies, 2) set of cultural practices and 3) environment that interact with cultural practices. In anthropology, the closest to a consensus on the definition of culture might include: 1) the symbolic aspect present in human behavior, 2) related issues about meaning, 3) the necessity of cultural learning, 4) culture as a unit, 5) behavior as a component of culture; and 6) culture as a symbolic system. In Biology, 3 definitions of culture are common in recent research: 1) information or behavior acquired through social learning, 2) one or more socially learned behaviors shared by the members of a group, 3) socially learned behaviors that are shared by members of a group and improved over successive episodes of social learning. The distinction regarding what constitutes culture between social sciences and biology involves the variety of definitions of culture. This presentation provides a review of how culture is defined in Behavior Analysis and ways this concept is discussed in Anthropology and Biology. We highlight the main points of these definitions to provide an understanding of the concept of culture across different domains. This discussion also accounts for the symbolic behaviors of verbally sophisticated communities interacting with the cultural objects as well as the verbal contexts within which members of cultural groups operate. |
|
Experimental Analysis of Rule-Governed Behavior and Culturo-Behavioral Science: Where is the Link? |
JESÚS ALONSO-VEGA (Universidad Europea de Madrid), Amalie Hylland (Universidad Europea de Madrid) |
Abstract: Despite the concern about this topic on traditional works on Behavior Analysis, rule-governed behavior is a cornerstone of cultural contexts, and its experimental analysis is key to understanding this complex behavioral phenomenon. This type of behavior allows individuals to bypass the control of immediate contingencies in favor of delayed ones, and/or facilitates the establishment of contextual control over specific behaviors. It can be observed in various social contexts such as education, healthcare, and law, as well as in applied settings like organizational, sports, and environmental domains. This oral presentation has two main objectives: first, to discuss the relevance of the experimental analysis of rule-governed behavior for culturo-behavioral science; and second, to introduce an experimental paradigm designed to aid in the analysis of variables that may influence this behavior. Thus, it is stressed that the experimental analysis of rule-governed behavior is crucial for advancing culturo-behavioral science, as it helps explain how individuals relate with complex social environments. |
|
|
|
|
|
Mostrose Wolf/Don Baer Lecture: On the Breadth and Limitations of Behavioral Skills Training: Lessons Learned From 40 Years of Research |
Sunday, May 25, 2025 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM |
Marriott Marquis, M2 Level, Marquis Salon 1-5 |
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research |
CE Instructor: Raymond Miltenberger, Ph.D. |
Presenting Author: RAYMOND MILTENBERGER (University of South Florida) |
Abstract: This talk tells my story as an applied researcher in behavior analysis for the last 40 years, with an emphasis on evaluations of behavioral skills training (BST) and its variants. My research on BST has been applied to several different target behaviors, often chosen as opportunities arose at different times in my career. I conducted early work in behavioral interview skills training as these were important skills in my work as a clinical behavior analyst with outpatient clients. Also early in my career, I because interested in safety skills such as sexual abuse prevention, abduction prevention, and firearm injury prevention and evaluated BST for the acquisition and generalization of these skills. In this research, I discovered the importance of in situ assessments to measure the generalization of skills to natural settings. Due to my consultation in agencies serving persons with disabilities, I became interested in staff training and management and again evaluated BST interventions for promoting the acquisition and generalization of skills exhibited by staff and teachers. This research also emphasized the importance of in situ assessments to measure generalization to natural settings when a supervisor was not present. Finally, my more recent research, fueled by student athletes with whom I worked, has evaluated BST and other feedback approaches for enhancing athletic performance across a variety of sports. The presentation ends with a review of lessons learned from my research on BST. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: The target audience consists of applied behavior analysis researchers, behavior analysts in practice, and graduate students in behavior analysis. |
Learning Objectives: 1. describe behavioral skills training applied to several target behaviors. 2. describe strategies to promote generalization with behavioral skills training. 3. describe in situ assessment to measure generalization following behavioral skills training. |
|
RAYMOND MILTENBERGER (University of South Florida) |
Raymond G. Miltenberger, Ph.D., BCBA-D, is a Professor of Child and Family Studies and the Director of the Applied Behavior Analysis Program at the University of South Florida. He received his PhD in Clinical Psychology from Western Michigan University. He is a Fellow and Past President of the Association for Behavior Analysis International (ABAI) and a Fellow of the American Association for Advancement of Science. His research focuses on behavioral approaches for teaching safety skills, increasing physical activity, and enhancing sports performance. He has published over 280 journal articles and chapters and has written a behavior modification textbook, now in its 7th edition and published in six languages. Dr. Miltenberger has received numerous teaching and research awards including the APA Division 25 Award for Distinguished Contributions to Applied Behavioral Research, the ABAI Outstanding Mentorship Award, and the FABA Award for Outstanding Contributions to Behavior Analysis. |
|
|
|
|
|
Video Games as the New “Virtual” Skinner Box |
Sunday, May 25, 2025 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM |
Marriott Marquis, M2 Level, Marquis Salon 6 |
Area: SCI; Domain: Basic Research |
Chair: Jonathan W. Pinkston (University of Kansas) |
CE Instructor: Jonathan W. Pinkston, Ph.D. |
Presenting Author: MICHAEL YOUNG (Kansas State University) |
Abstract: The ubiquitous “Skinner box” (i.e., operant conditioning chamber) has been in use for nearly 100 years. Evolutions of the box have included new response mechanisms, advances in stimulus presentation, and more refined behavioral tracking. Each of these additions has required significant technological innovation. My laboratory has taken a different approach in studying human behavior – creating tasks and environments using video game engines. This approach makes it easier to enrich the stimulus, response, and outcome mechanisms, simplifies behavioral tracking, and improves assessment of the generalizability of established findings to more complex environments. Well-designed tasks can also increase subject engagement – they’re more fun! – although scientific goals sometimes dictate otherwise. I will share concrete examples from 15 years of using games to study human behavior in my laboratory: causal inference, impulsive behavior, resource limitations, foraging, and loot boxes. I will close with encouragement on how others can enter this new frontier of “virtual Skinner boxes.” |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Target Audience: Researchers and professionals interested in human learning using virtual environments. |
Learning Objectives: 1. Describe the types of research questions that can be answered using video games 2. Delineate the strengths and challenges of using video games to study behavior. 3. Understand the limitations of traditional Skinner boxes. |
|
MICHAEL YOUNG (Kansas State University) |
 Dr. Michael Young is a Professor of Psychological Sciences at Kansas State University. He received his Bachelor’s (U. of Illinois) and Master’s (U. of Minnesota) degrees in Computer Science and his Ph.D. in Psychology (U. of Minnesota). During his 35+ year academic career his research program has included causal learning by humans that was built on the principles of classical and operant conditioning, avian judgment and perception, the integration of reward magnitude, delay, probability, and resource limitations in decision making, and quantitative methods used in data analysis. For the past 20 years, a large portion of his behavioral data has been collected by architecting research-specific video games. His research has been funded by the National Science Foundation, National Institute of Mental Health, Air Force Office for Scientific Research, the Hershey Corporation, and RTI International. He has served as a Graduate Program Director, Department Head, Provost Fellow, and Acting Associate Dean of the Graduate School. |
|
|
|
|
|
Remembering Past Events: A Survey of Recent Basic and Applied Behavioral Research in Episodic Reporting |
Sunday, May 25, 2025 |
10:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Marriott Marquis, M2 Level, Marquis Salon 12-13 |
Area: VBC/DDA; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Jeanne Stephanie Gonzalez (University of North Texas) |
Discussant: Alice Shillingsburg (Munroe-Meyer Institute, UNMC) |
CE Instructor: Jeanne Stephanie Gonzalez, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Reporting on events in the past is ubiquitous in our day to day interactions. Despite the importance of these responses, research in assessing and treating difficulties with these responses has rarely been conducted by behavior analysts. In this symposium, we will present several studies that provide behavioral accounts of memory. First, a series of basic studies will be described that illustrate examples of episodic stimulus control in rats. Second, we will discuss an applied assessment that tests episodic reporting in children without advanced vocal verbal repertoires. Finally, we will discuss two methods that might increase recall responses in children. In one, differential reinforcement alone successfully taught two children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder to respond to events in the past. We will discuss the implications of existing repertoires on these results. In the other, neurotypical children were taught a series of tact to evaluate the effects on recalling past events. Throughout we will review previous behavioral research in remembering and how these new studies extend our existing understanding of these complex responses. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): episodic memory, Recall, remembering |
Target Audience: Audiences should have knowledge on a behavioral approach to verbal behavior. Audiences should also understand the basic components of an operant chamber for rats. |
Learning Objectives: 1. Participants will be able define episodic memory. 2. Participants will be able to apply a behavior analytic account to self-reports of past events 3. Participants will be able to describe potential treatments for skill deficits in recalling events in the past. |
|
Remembering Past Events: Episodic Stimulus Control in Rats |
(Basic Research) |
KATHERINE ELY BRUCE (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Mark Galizio (University of North Carolina Wilmington) |
Abstract: Reporting about past events and behaviors is an everyday activity for most of us and is critical for normal functioning. Cognitive psychologists have dominated research in what they have called episodic memory which has been considered a uniquely-human process. However, studies using complex conditional discrimination training have demonstrated that animals can learn to respond under the control of particular events, that is, when and where the events occurred. We describe several studies that illustrate examples of this What-Where-When remembering in rats. Rats were trained on an incrementing non-matching to sample task with odor stimuli using a five-term contingency under which responding to odors not previously smelled in a particular context during the current session was required for reinforcement. Accurate performance on such trials was demonstrated in all three rats and demonstrated a form of episodic stimulus control. We provide a behavioral account of such remembering in terms of contextual control of generalized conditional discrimination. |
|
An Assessment of Episodic Memory for Children Without Vocal Verbal Repertoires |
(Applied Research) |
KATE LYNNE PUDPUD (University of Maryland, Baltimore County), Jeanne Stephanie Gonzalez (University of North Texas), Ciobha A. McKeown (California State University, Sacramento), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida) |
Abstract: The ability to accurately describe personal experiences is socially significant and refers to episodic memory outside of behavior analysis. However, it is only sometimes clear if someone can not report events in the past if it is a memory problem, a skill deficit, or a stimulus control issue. This talk will discuss a method to assess episodic memory skills in autistic children. Six participants played with three different toys in three different contexts. Later, they were asked to answer questions about what they did outside and inside the room they played in. The questions were asked in terms of what they did (the specific event), the toy (the actions of the event), and the event’s context (the specific place). Episodic memory skill levels were individualized for participants. On average, the participants responded to all three questions more accurately when inside the room rather than outside. We will discuss the implications of the results for treatment considerations. |
|
Testing the Effects of Differential Reinforcement on the Recall Responses of Children |
(Applied Research) |
JEANNE STEPHANIE GONZALEZ (University of North Texas), Kate Lynne Pudpud (University of Maryland, Baltimore County), Ciobha A. McKeown (California State University, Sacramento), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida) |
Abstract: Teaching recall skills to children is a rarely studied subject despite the significance of these skills across several domains of everyday life. This research aims to test the effect differential reinforcement alone has on increasing accurate reporting. Participants in this study were diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder or Down syndrome and did not reliably report events in the past. We used a modified component analysis to determine the effect simple differential reinforcement has on increasing reporting. Results show variable success with only differential reinforcement. We will also review a series of secondary measures that provide alternative ways to interpret the effects of treatment, such as a description of error patterns. The results provide insight into the necessity of more complex teaching methods like probe fading that are paired with differential reinforcement and provide new insight into methods of teaching children complex verbal behavior skills like answering questions about events in the past. |
|
The Effects of Teaching Strategies on Recalling Past Events With Children |
(Applied Research) |
ANNE COSTA CARNEIRO (Guia AC; UFSCar), Mariele Cortez (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos), Caio F. Miguel (California State University, Sacramento) |
Abstract: This study aims to evaluate the effects of tact training and tact overtraining on the accuracy of recalling past events. Three neurotypical children (4-5-years-old) participated in the study and a multiple baseline design was implemented. During probes, participants played with different toys and games, including a card game (critical activity) during which the experimenter presented 10 images and the participant looked at them in silence. After 10min, they were asked to answer questions about past events (e.g., What pictures did you see today at the playing room?). Intervention consisted of two phases: In phase 1 the experimenter implemented tact training to assess the number of stimuli participant could recall after 10min. In phase 2 an over training of tact responses was implemented, in which the participant had to emit tact responses 5 times in the presence of each stimulus. Data collection is still in progress and partial results with participant 1 shows that, so far, tact training alone s did not increase recalling contradicting previous research. |
|
|
|
|
|
Innovations and Advancements in Relapse Research |
Sunday, May 25, 2025 |
10:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Marriott Marquis, M4 Level, Independence D |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Shannon Angley (Children's Specialized Hospital - Rutgers University Center for Autism Research, Education, and Services) |
Discussant: Andrew R. Craig (SUNY Upstate Medical University) |
Abstract: This symposium will highlight advancements in relapse research that aims to mitigate destructive behavior and minimize the occurrence of resurgence or renewal. To begin, Cucinotta and colleagues evaluated the reoccurrence of renewal when exposed to repeated ABA renewal arrangements incorporating differential reinforcement of alternative behavior. Similarly, Pauls and colleagues conducted a retrospective analysis to evaluate the pervasiveness of renewal during setting changes and assessed how different variables (e.g., behavioral function, time) effected the likelihood of renewal. Next, Thompson and colleagues evaluated whether engagement and efficacy of competing items improved as schedules of reinforcement became increasingly lean, to mitigate destructive behavior during schedule thinning. Lambert and Price evaluated the practicality of using progressive ratio analysis- (PRA) breakpoints in a single analysis to determine the function of target behavior and its intensity and pervasiveness during extinction. These studies share a common aim to reduce the occurrence of relapse; through exploring different schedules of reinforcement or renewal arrangements, improving the quality of competing items during schedule thinning, or changing contextual variables, this work furthers our understanding of the prevalence of relapse and offers preliminary investigations into additional mitigation strategies. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Relapse, Renewal, Resurgence |
|
Evaluation of Repeated Exposures to a Three-Phase ABA Renewal Arrangement |
KATHERINE CUCINOTTA (West Virginia University), Haleh Amanieh (West Virginia University), Kathryn M. Kestner (West Virginia University) |
Abstract: Behavioral relapse is the reemergence of a previously reduced response brought about by environmental events such as context changes (i.e., renewal) or the worsening of alternative reinforcement contingencies (i.e., resurgence). Repeated exposures to the three-phase arrangement commonly used to study resurgence have been shown to decrease the magnitude of resurgence across exposures (Kestner et al., 2018; Podlesnik et al., 2020). The present study examined the repeatability of renewal across multiple exposures to a three-phase ABA renewal arrangement with differential reinforcement of alternative behavior. During baseline in Context A, target responding was reinforced, and alternative responding produced no consequences. Target responding was extinguished during the next phase in Context B, and alternative responding was reinforced. The renewal test occurred in the original context (Context A), and the same contingencies as the previous phase were in effect. The colored backgrounds representing the ABA context pattern during the 3-phase arrangement remained identical (Experiment 1) or differed (Experiment 2) between exposures. For both experiments, the magnitude of renewal differed between exposures for 7 of 8 (87.5%) participants, suggesting repeated exposures to three-phase ABA renewal arrangements affect the magnitude of renewal. |
|
Do Breakpoints Obtained From Progressive Ratio Analysis Predict Magnitude and Persistence During Extinction? |
JOSEPH MICHAEL LAMBERT (Vanderbilt University), Caitlin Price (Vanderbilt University) |
Abstract: Progressive-ratio analysis (PRA)-observed breakpoints are known to be significant predictors of demand intensity. In behavioral economics, demand intensity describes the equilibrium between supply and demand and quantifies the total amount of reinforcement a participant consumes when reinforcement is delivered for minimal effort. Relevant to the assessment and treatment of challenging behavior, it was recently demonstrated that persistence in extinction is moderated by baseline reinforcer consumption patterns scaled by demand intensity. Research in substance use has also shown that demand intensity predicts relapse. Given the relation between demand intensity and PRA-obtained breakpoints, and the fact that PRA could feasibly be imbedded into current standard-of-care procedures (i.e., functional analysis) with minimal modification, it may be possible for practitioners to conduct a single analysis in a way that simultaneously implicated behavior function and the viability of extinction as a treatment option. As a first step in exploring the practical utility of PRA-imbedded FA methodology, this study aims to explore correlations between PRA-observed breakpoints and the magnitude and persistence of human responding when it contacts extinction. |
|
Comparison of Renewal Subtypes of Challenging Behavior at an Intensive Outpatient Clinic |
ALEX PAULS (University of Iowa), Matthew O'Brien (The University of Iowa), Yueyi Guan (University of Iowa), Sara R. Jeglum (Blank Children's Hospital), Christopher A. Podlesnik (University of Florida), Lesa Hoffman (University of Iowa) |
Abstract: Challenging behavior that is reduced or eliminated during behavioral treatment may recur following a context change (e.g., change to implementer or setting). This type of relapse—called renewal—has been studied heavily in basic and translational studies but has only recently garnered focus in applied research on severe and challenging behavior. Retrospective analyses of large datasets from behavior clinics have shown that renewal is relatively common. Although there are three different forms of renewal (ABA, ABC, AAB), retrospective analyses have yet to evaluate the prevalence of different forms. Thus, we conducted a retrospective analysis of data from an intensive outpatient clinic with the purpose of evaluating the prevalence of renewal when a context change involves a return to an original training context (ABA renewal) or a novel training context (ABC renewal). Additionally, we examined whether a variety of factors (e.g., age, behavioral function, type of context change, point of occurrence) were more likely to result in renewal. We compare our findings to basic and translational work while discussing implications for future clinical research and practice. |
|
Comparing Competing Stimulus Assessments Conducted Under Dense and Lean Reinforcement |
SAMANTHA THOMPSON (Children's Specialized Hospital - Rutgers University Center for Autism Research, Education, and Services), Samantha Breeman (Children's Specialized Hospital - Rutgers University Center for Autism Research, Education, and Services), Catherine Kishel (Rutgers University), Casey Irwin Helvey (Rutgers University (RUCARES)), Brian D. Greer (Rutgers Robert Wood Johnson Medical School) |
Abstract: When conducting Functional Communication Training (FCT), many clinicians plan to introduce delays to reinforcement, though problem behavior during increased wait times often poses barriers to achieving reinforcement schedules feasible for caregivers. Providing a competing item, as identified via a competing stimulus assessment (CSA), during delays is one way to mitigate problem behavior. However, CSAs do not always yield robust results. One reason for this may be that other stimuli functioning as reinforcers are concurrently available on dense schedules. The availability of functional reinforcers may thus inhibit engagement with potential competing items. The current study recruited children and adolescents with autism with previous exposure to FCT in a multiple schedule arrangement for whom no competing items were identified during a traditional CSA. We progressively thinned the schedule of reinforcement for participants’ functional reinforcers to see if competing items would be identified under leaner schedules. Preliminary results are variable, but generally indicate that leaner schedules of reinforcement for functional reinforcers promote increased engagement with potential competing items. The clinical significance of these findings and implications for practitioners are discussed. |
|
|
|
|
|
Integrating Practical Functional Assessment/ Skills Based Treatment with the Constructional Approach and Nonlinear Contingency Analysis |
Sunday, May 25, 2025 |
10:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Marriott Marquis, M4 Level, Independence E-H |
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Sheila Ann Ann Klick (Endicott College) |
Discussant: Celia Heyman (Capella University / FTF Behavioral Consulting) |
CE Instructor: Awab Abdel-Jalil, M.S. |
Abstract: Practical Functional Assessment (PFA) and Skills Based Treatment (SBT) are currently widely used in Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA). The Constructional Approach has over 50 years of history in ABA. The two approaches to treatment share certain features implicitly. This symposium aims to make the implicit explicit. The first talk will start with brief historical context of both approaches, and a case example of their integration to produce effective treatment. The second talk will focus specifically on the PFA portion, and how parts of the constructional interview may be integrated to reveal more information that could be utilized within intervention. Further, it will highlight the implications of incorporating a nonlinear contingency analysis – as opposed to a linear one – and a cost/benefit analysis. The third talk will focus specifically on the SBT portion, and how more constructional components can be added to elucidate individualized, socially valid, and ecologically valid goals and interventions. Finally, the fourth talk will present experimental data on choice and assent with rats. It will show how alternative contingencies and the aversiveness of teaching environments may influence choice and assent—and will draw parallels to the Enhanced Choice Model. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Constructional, Nonlinear Analysis, PFA, SBT |
Target Audience: BCBAs and RBTs with basic understanding of ABA. |
Learning Objectives: 1. Describe the relation between the constructional approach and skill-based treatment. 2. Describe how nonlinear contingency analysis can be incorporated into the practical functional assessment. 3. Describe how considering degrees of freedom can be utilized in an enhanced choice model. |
|
Thinking Constructionally About the Treatment of Severe Problem Behavior |
KATHERINE GIBSON (Monroe Carell Jr. Children's Hospital at Vanderbilt, TRIAD Kennedy Center) |
Abstract: The behavioral technology for eliminating severe problem behavior has evolved and developed over the past decade from the primary use of punishment and extinction based procedures, to traditional analog functional analyses with function based treatments, to the practical functional assessment (PFA) and skills based treatment (SBT). In both research and practice there are still many unanswered questions and needed developments when working with people who have co-occurring severe problem behaviors within their repertoires. For example, at times problem behavior persists throughout treatment despite clean initial analysis, or when behavior cannot be turned off, HRE cannot be established, or when rule governed behavior and emotions seem to be an interfering element, amongst other common clinical problems. This presentation will review complex case examples treating severe problem behavior and how adding a constructional approach to a treatment package and understanding non-linear contingencies can help answer complicated clinical problems in a novel way from current approaches. Goldiamond’s constructional approach and non-linear contingency analysis marry well with key values of current compassionate and asset-based approaches to treating severe problem behavior pioneered by the PFA/SBT community by seeing all behavior as reasonable and rational for all learners (vocal-verbal, verbal, etc.). Non-linear contingency analysis with an understanding that multiple alternative contingencies maintain behavior, as opposed to a singular contingency analysis, provides an additional way of thinking that may add value to current shifts in the field of behavior analysis and push forward ethical and compassionate treatment for those we serve. |
|
From Problem Behavior to Constructional Solutions: A Nonlinear Perspective on Functional Behavior Assessments |
ANNA LINNEHAN (Endicott College) |
Abstract: Functional behavior assessments typically include one or a combination of functional analyses, descriptive assessments and/or indirect assessments. An analog functional analysis may not be practical in many applied settings; therefore, practitioners often rely on descriptive functional assessments, e.g., direct observations, ABC data, and indirect functional assessments, e.g., interviews, checklists, rating scales, and questionnaires. To improve efficiency in analysis, the Practical Functional Assessment (PFA) was developed which combines an open-ended interview and informal observations which informs a test-control functional analysis in which a test condition is synthesized using multiple contingencies operating simultaneously. Shared among all these approaches is the reliance on a linear (as opposed to nonlinear) contingency analysis, and an emphasis on reduction of problem behavior. This talk will discuss how combining these approaches with a nonlinear contingency analysis, in which the problem behavior is seen as rational given the available alternative behaviors and contingencies, and provides a cost/benefit analysis that further informs the assessment and intervention. Additionally, the integration of Goldiamond’s constructional interview which emphasizes ascertaining (1) repertoires the absence of which is the problem, (2) variables maintaining the problem behavior despite their cost, and (3) a starting point and socially valid programs to reach the stated goals. Implications for both verbal and nonverbal clients will be discussed. |
|
Blending Skill-Based Treatment and the Constructional Approach |
AWAB ABDEL-JALIL (Upstate Caring Partners & Endicott College) |
Abstract: People usually seek help when they are distressed or suffering from what accompanies the presence or absence of certain repertoires. The Constructional Approach (Goldiamond, 1974) is an orientation which offers solutions to problems based on establishment or reinstatement of repertoires, rather than on their elimination or deceleration. Instead of considering problems in terms of pathologies to be eliminated, it attempts to directly increase options and extend repertoires. This is a direct approach to producing “desirables,” rather than the indirect approach of eliminating or accepting pathology to produce desirables as by-products of the elimination or acceptance. Skill-based treatment (SBT, Hanley et al., 2014) is currently a common approach in ABA which includes constructional components such as building contextually appropriate behaviors (CABs). This talk aims to explore how practitioners can explicitly build constructional components into their SBT programs to enhance interventions. Programming tips and considerations will be presented to aid in individualizing CABs and increasing ecological validity. For example, building on current relevant repertoires, an emphasis on shaping, and maximizing the use of program specific consequences (as opposed to extrinsic ones) will be discussed. This presentation aims to show how SBT and the Constructional Approach can be used simultaneously to improve goal selection, programming, and ultimately, outcomes. |
|
Alternative Contingencies, Degrees of Freedom, and Enhanced Choice: An Experimental Analysis of Choice and Assent |
HANNAH DAVIS MCGEE (University of North Texas), Jesus Rosales-Ruiz (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: Providing choices and gaining learner assent have become popular goals in applied behavior analysis. When learners initiate teaching sessions, it may appear that they assent or are choosing to participate. However, participation may be coerced when the alternatives available for a critical reinforcer are limited. In this experiment, rats completed a training task to receive pudding. After five repetitions of the task, the session ended, and the rat was returned to the cage. When noncontingent pudding was available, rats continued to complete the task, indicating assent. However, when the option to end sessions was available, rats withdrew assent from the task, revealing that leaving the session was the critical reinforcer. Additionally, when the option to hide in a tunnel was available, rats did not participate in the training task and instead consumed noncontingent pudding. Results showed that choice and assent were directly related to the availability of alternatives for critical reinforcers and were affected by an aversive teaching environment. This suggests that to understand choice and assent, it is essential to analyze both the alternatives available and the potential aversiveness of the teaching environment. Implications will be discussed in the context of the Enhanced Choice Model and degrees of freedom. |
|
|
|
|
|
Promoting and Enhancing Safety While Providing Services to Individuals With Unsafe Problem Behavior |
Sunday, May 25, 2025 |
10:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Marriott Marquis, M4 Level, Capitol & Congress |
Area: DDA/OBM; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Eli T. Newcomb (The Faison Center) |
Discussant: Byron J. Wine (The Faison Center) |
CE Instructor: Eli T. Newcomb, M.Ed. |
Abstract: Providing services to individuals who engage in self-injurious and aggressive behavior necessitates layered approaches to maintaining safety while function-based treatment is carried out. Approaches must account for the safety of clients, all staff involved in the provision of services, and caregivers at home. Furthermore, they must consider assessment, treatment, and discharge phases of care. Layered approaches must also include risk assessment, application of least-to-most intrusive methods to keep stakeholders safe, and data-based methods for selecting and implementing protective measures. This symposium will illustrate multiple interconnected approaches to promoting and enhancing safety while providing services to individuals presenting with dangerous behavior. It will include a scoping review of protections used while conducting functional analyses of self-injurious behavior, a description of a novel organizational safety assessment, an overview of a data-based procedure for managing aggressive behavior towards staff, and an examination of home-environmental modifications for caregivers during the discharge process. The discussant will identify common themes and offer recommendations about how to integrate multiple safety-focused approaches into a cohesive, organization-wide effort. |
Instruction Level: Advanced |
Keyword(s): dangerous behavior, employee injuries, protective procedures, safety |
Target Audience: The target audience for this symposium is BCBAs and BCBA-Ds with experience assessing and treating problem behavior and overseeing staff who provide services to individuals with problem behavior that be pose harm to themselves or others. Attendees should possess an understanding of functional assessment and treatment, behavior-based safety, and distinguish between treatment vs. safety protocols. |
Learning Objectives: 1. Identify various, contextually relevant protective measures that may be considered for application during a functional analysis of self-injurious behavior. 2. Describe a foundational methodology for analyzing injuries related to the provision of services; and map out future steps to mitigate injuries through data-based decision-making. 3. Arrange conditions to examine efficacy of protective procedures designed to promote safety in service provision. 4. Describe the core elements involved with assessing client and caregiver safety in the home setting. |
|
Protective Procedures in Functional Analysis of Self-Injurious Behavior: An Updated Scoping Review |
MICHELLE A. FRANK-CRAWFORD (Kennedy Krieger Institute; Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Drew E. Piersma (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Nathalie Fernandez (Kennedy Krieger Institute; Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Savannah Tate (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Erik Bustamante (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: Despite the efficacy of functional analyses in identifying the function of challenging behavior, clinicians report not always using them, partly due to safety concerns. Understanding how researchers employ safeguards to mitigate risks, particularly with dangerous topographies like self-injurious behavior (SIB), is important to guide research and practice. However, results of a scoping review of functional analyses of SIB conducted by Weeden et al. (2010) revealed that only 19.83% of publications included protections. We extended the work of Weeden et al. to determine whether reporting has improved. We observed increases in all but two types of protections reviewed by Weeden et al. Additionally, we included new protections not reported by Weeden et al. In total, 69.52% of the studies included at least one protective procedure and 44.39% specified the protections were used for safety. It appears that reporting has increased since Weeden et al. called for improved descriptions of participant protections. |
|
Safety Assessment in a Human Service Organization |
KELCIE MCCAFFERTY (University of Florida), Jessica Nastasi (McREL International), Nicole Gravina (University of Florida), Williams Adolfo Espericueta Luna (University of Florida) |
Abstract: In recent years and post-COVID, injuries to human service staff are on an increasing trend (United States Bureau of Labor Statistics, 2020; United States Bureau of Labor Statistics, 2021). Behavior analysis direct service providers spend a majority of their time working closely with clients. Tasks that human service providers engage in are associated with an increased risk of injury (Thompson, 1998). The present study analyzed Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) reportable injuries that were occurring with direct service staff in an Applied Behavior Analysis organization. Existing OSHA-reportable incidents were analyzed and coded by type of injury, the body part injured, and number of resulting absences. A codebook was developed to analyze data by injury type, student involvement, occurrence of challenging behavior, and restraint use. Results indicated that the most common injuries were to the face, head, and neck. Notably, injuries were found to be most likely to occur when clients engaged in challenging behavior. Recommendations were provided to improve the reporting process and decrease injuries. |
|
“Aggression – Versatile Response Training” and Managing Unsafe Behavior in Human Service Settings |
ELI T. NEWCOMB (The Faison Center), Byron J. Wine (The Faison Center), Matthew R Osborne (The Faison Center), Karen Salazar (The Faison Center), Kimberley Roberts (The Faison Center) |
Abstract: One noteworthy challenge that arises in the provision of behavior analysis services to individuals presenting with dangerous aggression is that staff directly involved in rendering those services are at risk for injury. Although there are a number of commercially available crisis training programs, there is very little empirical research on behavior management procedures and techniques for staff to use when confronted with aggression that cannot successfully be deescalated or evaded. Further complicating the issue is that a segment of this service recipient demographic requires staff to be in close proximity due to needs surrounding daily living skills and other problem behavior such as elopement or wandering. This produces greater risk in that when aggression occurs, staff may be within arm’s length. This presentation will provide further rationale for empirical research in this area, overview a brief procedure referred to as “aggression – versatile response training,” share related data from between and within-subjects research, and provide a demonstration and practical recommendations for practitioners serving individuals with dangerous aggressive behavior. |
|
Improving Safety for Children and Their Caregivers: Examining Home Environmental Modifications |
SAMANTHA HARDESTY (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Dorian Lanni (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Aila K. Dommestrup (Kennedy Krieger Institute; Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Brittney Nicole Workman (Kennedy Krieger Institute; Amigo Care ABA), Trey Ximenez (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: Individuals with autism and intellectual disabilities have an increased risk of developing challenging behaviors such as self-injury and aggression (Mazurek et al., 2013). Some forms of challenging behavior (e.g., elopement) can be so dangerous that it can lead to injury or even death (Anderson et al., 2012). Caregivers may also have an increased likelihood for injury; however, there is little research on safety concerns of families in the home setting (Sahin & Colak, 2023). On an individual level, identifying and ameliorating risk factors in the home environment can ensure children remain in the least restrictive setting and safely under parental care. Collectively, these data can identify frequently encountered safety concerns which can be used to inform advocacy efforts. This study aimed to assess the home safety needs of families following their child’s discharge from an intensive behavioral program. Data were collected on environmental modifications, use of personal protective equipment, and costs associated with recommendations. In an effort to help providers identify the needs of their clients, pertinent patient demographic information (i.e., topographies and function of challenging behaviors, age and size) will also be shared. Implications will be discussed for funding sources and state regulators. |
|
|
|
|
|
Evaluating the Effects of Reinforcer Dimensions on Resurgence |
Sunday, May 25, 2025 |
10:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Convention Center, Street Level, 151 AB |
Area: EAB; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Kyleigh Montague (University of Florida) |
Discussant: Michael Kranak (Oakland University) |
CE Instructor: Michael Kranak, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Resurgence is the re-emergence of a previously extinguished behavior when reinforcement conditions for an alternative response worsen. This phenomenon highlights factors influencing dynamic behavior change and behavioral flexibility, playing a role in adaptive patterns like foraging and problem-solving, along with contributing to relapse in clinical interventions. In this symposium, presenters explore the effects of various reinforcer dimensions contributing to resurgence. The first presentation investigates whether delays to reinforcement alone are sufficient to produce resurgence with rats, clarifying previous findings that did not directly control for decreases in reinforcer rate with increasing delays. The second presentation examines the impact of increases in alternative reinforcer delay or decreases in alternative reinforcer rate on resurgence, providing insights into the effects of reinforcer thinning and informing practical applications. The third presentation evaluates the influence of delivering two qualitatively distinct reinforcers simultaneously versus delivering a single reinforcer on resurgence, discussing implications of the findings for future translational and applied research. The final presentation addresses how physical effort associated with accessing alternative reinforcement affects resurgence in a preclinical arrangement with humans. Collectively, these studies offer important theoretical and practical implications for the development of more robust behavioral interventions aimed at mitigating relapse or promoting behavioral flexibility. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Reinforcer dimensions, Relapse, Resurgence |
Target Audience: This symposium is most suited for individuals who are currently enrolled in or recently completed graduate-level work in behavior analysis. |
Learning Objectives: 1. (1) describe how downshifts in alternative reinforcer magnitude contribute to resurgence 2. (2) describe how increases in delay to alternative reinforcement influence resurgence 3. (3) describe how increased physical effort associated with accessing alternative reinforcement affects resurgence |
|
Isolating the Effect of Delay on Resurgence: A Replication of Jarmolowicz & Lattal |
(Basic Research) |
JULIAN CAMILO VELASQUEZ (University of Guadalajara), Carlos Javier Flores Aguirre (Universidad de Guadalajara), Everardo Enrique Durán (Universidad de Guadalajara), Ana Sofia Flores (Universidad de Guadalajara), Eduardo Meza (Universidad de Guadalajara), Carlos de Anda (Universidad de Guadalajara), L. Rebeca Mateos Morfin (Universidad de Guadalajara) |
Abstract: Resurgence of a previously extinguished response is said to occur when alternative conditions are worsened. Jarmolowicz and Lattal (2014) showed that delayed alternative reinforcement could serve as a worsening condition to produce resurgence, but it is unclear if the recurrence obtained was solely an effect of delay or both increase of delay and decrease of reinforcement rate. The aim of this study was to explore resurgence under delayed reinforcement without affecting the reinforcement rate. The Replication group experienced worsening with increasing delays (FT-Xs) across sessions added to the unchanged schedule of alternative reinforcement (IV-30s). The Only Delay group experienced both increasing delays and adjustments to frequency of alternative reinforcement (IV-Xs + FT-Xs) across sessions to equally maintain the reinforcement rate across sessions. Resurgence was observed in both groups. The present findings suggest that delay of reinforcement is a sufficient condition for developing resurgence, clarifying previous findings that did not directly control the decrease in rate of reinforcement yielded with increasing delays. |
|
A Comparison of Resurgence Following Shifts in Alternative Reinforcer Magnitude and Delay in Rats |
(Basic Research) |
RUSTY NALL (Jacksonville State University), Allison Collins (Jacksonville State University) |
Abstract: Resurgence is relapse induced by a worsening of reinforcement for alternative behaviors and represents a pervasive problem for otherwise-effective behavioral treatments to reduce undesirable behavior. Resurgence can occur when reinforcement for alternative behaviors are removed entirely following treatment or when reinforcement is reduced (e.g., reinforcer thinning). According to current theories of resurgence, any reduction in alternative reinforcement value should precipitate resurgence. Resurgence effects following some reductions to alternative reinforcement are well-studied (i.e., rate, magnitude). However, resurgence following delays to alternative reinforcement is relatively understudied. Thus, we compared resurgence induced by four-fold decreases in alternative reinforcement via decreased alternative reinforcer rate or increases in delays to alternative reinforcement. Rats first received reinforcement for pressing a target lever. Then, target behavior was extinguished while alternative lever pressing was reinforced according to a VI 15 s schedule and pellets were delivered after a 0.5 s delay. Across groups, alternative reinforcement was then reduced by decreasing rate (i.e. VI 60 s; Rate group), increasing delay (2 s; Delay group), or extinction (Extinction group). Finally, alternative reinforcement was removed entirely. Results and implications for reinforcer thinning in practice and theories of resurgence will be discussed. |
|
Downshifts in Synthesized Alternative Reinforcement and Resurgence |
(Basic Research) |
SEAN SMITH (SUNY Upstate Medical University), Courtney Mauzy (SUNY Upstate Medical University, Department of Pediatrics and the Golisano Center for Special Needs), Beatriz Elena Arroyo Antunez (SUNY Upstate Medical University), Jacqueline D DeBartelo (SUNY Upstate Medical University, Department of Pediatrics and the Golisano Center for Special Needs), Thanh Nguyen (SUNY Upstate Medical University, Department of Pediatrics and the Golisano Center for Special Needs), Leondra Tyler (SUNY Upstate Medical University, Department of Pediatrics and the Golisano Center for Special Needs), William Sullivan (Golisano Children's Hospital & Center for Special Needs; SUNY Upstate Medical University), Henry S. Roane (SUNY Upstate Medical University, Department of Pediatrics and the Golisano Center for Special Needs), Andrew R. Craig (SUNY Upstate Medical University) |
Abstract: Synthesized reinforcement (i.e., delivering two qualitatively different reinforcers simultaneously) for alternative responses during differential reinforcement of alternative behavior suppresses target behavior more rapidly than isolated reinforcement (i.e., delivering a single reinforcer); however, suspending synthesized alternative reinforcement produces more resurgence than suspending isolated reinforcement. Downshifts in alternative reinforcement also produce resurgence, so we evaluated the effects of downshifts in synthesized alternative reinforcement across three groups of rats. Rats in the synthesized group experienced synthesized reinforcement (food and sucrose) for alternative responses in Phase 2 and a downshift in alternative reinforcement (i.e., food or sucrose was removed) in Phase 3. Rats in the isolated group experienced isolated alternative reinforcement (food or sucrose) for alternative responses in Phase 2 and extinction in Phase 3, which represents a downshift in reinforcement magnitude that is equivalent to the downshift for the synthesized group. A third group was a control for the synthesized group: rats received synthesized reinforcement throughout Phases 2 and 3. We will discuss the results of planned comparisons between these three groups in terms of their implications for future translational and applied research. |
|
A Parametric Examination of Alternative-Response Distance to Evaluate the Influence of Effort on Resurgence |
(Basic Research) |
CARLA N MARTINEZ-PEREZ (University of Florida), Toshikazu Kuroda (Advanced Telecommunications Research Institute International), Shane Downs (University of Florida), Christopher A. Podlesnik (University of Florida) |
Abstract: Resurgence is the re-emergence of a target response (R1) that was previously reinforced and later eliminated through extinction. R1 resurges when subsequently exposing a more recently reinforced alternative response (R2) to worsening conditions, such as extinction or decreases in the rate or magnitude of reinforcement. Previous research revealed that operant behavior generally is inversely related to the effort required to engage in a particular behavior. Response effort refers to the distance, force, or amount of work required to access reinforcement. Thus, we systematically examined the role of response effort on resurgence by parametrically manipulating the distance between R1 and R2 under laboratory conditions with human participants. Experimental results suggest arranging the greatest R1-R2 distance (Far) showed the highest R2 response rates. Furthermore, resurgence occurred across all experimental groups, with the greatest resurgence for the Far group, and less resurgence observed for groups that arranged shorter (Adjacent) and no (Same) R1-R2 distances. The results of this study support that greater effort required to engage in competing behavior increases resurgence of R1 and provide important theoretical contributions to resurgence. |
|
|
|
|
|
Extending Behavioral Principles to Neurobehavioral Interaction: Comprehensive Insights and Practical Challenges in Neurobehavioral Analysis |
Sunday, May 25, 2025 |
10:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Convention Center, Street Level, 150 AB |
Area: EAB/BPN; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Makoto Suzuki (Faculty of Health Sciences, Tokyo Kasei University; Faculty of Systems Design, Tokyo Metropolitan University) |
Discussant: Jun'ichi Yamamoto (Tokyo Metropolitan University, Faculty of Systems Design) |
Abstract: Behavior analysis has traditionally focused on the whole organism and behavioral contingencies. However, behavior analysts are increasingly uncovering significant principles regarding neurobehavioral interactions and brain plasticity. Advances in neuroscience instrumentation have greatly improved our ability to observe and modulate neural activities. Recently, advanced instruments such as electroencephalography, magnetic resonance imaging, and transcranial static magnetic stimulation have not only enabled the observation of neural activities but also their modulation. These advancements significantly influence expectations, response strength for activation or inhibition, and emotional responses. These neural activities can now be considered manipulable variables that interact with various behaviors. This opens up new possibilities for extending behavioral principles to neurobehavioral interactions through the use of advanced methodologies. At this symposium, experts will present recent experimental and theoretical advances in neurobehavioral analysis, facilitated by these tools. Each presentation will begin with a brief overview to establish a foundational understanding of the interactions between neurobehavioral processes. Additionally, the data described will be analyzed with an eye towards potential future developments in the field of neurobehavioral analysis, particularly influenced by the advanced instruments. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Covert Behavior, Electroencephalography, Neurobehavioral Interaction, Response Strength |
|
Neuroscientific Measures of Response Strength |
(Theory) |
DANIELE ORTU (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: When multiple discriminative stimuli for incompatible behaviors are present simultaneously, the resulting dynamics of response competition and selection within a response system on the neural level dictate the motor outcome. Starting from Sherrington, who showed that when one muscle group is activated during a reflex the opposing muscle group is simultaneously inhibited, we describe here the research on lateral inhibition and physiological inhibition in the cortico-striatal-thalamic loop. In this loop the striatum blocks some neural response patterns and
allows for other ones to be released by motor effectors. The strongest response will ultimately be emitted, and the competing neural activation patterns will be truncated, while still having a broad effect on the repertoire as evidenced by priming research. Here we discuss the limitations of current neuroscientific technologies in providing a live measure of response strength. Moreover, we will attempt to describe how further technological improvements may lead to a near complete match between real-time measurements and the interpretative account on response probability and strength presented by Skinner (1957) and Palmer (2009). |
|
Revealing the Blind Spot: Including Physiological Topography of Private Events in the Analysis Overt Behavior |
(Theory) |
APRIL M. BECKER (University of North Texas; University of Texas Southwestern Medical Center) |
Abstract: A rigid insistence upon independently verifiable measurement of behavior in experimental settings has established and maintained rigor in the science of behavior. As a result, behavior analysts have rightly treated covert behaviors only interpretively. New technologies have expanded the precision and dimensionality of behavioral measurement to include neural activity; an aspect of behavior previously off-limits to analysis. However, neural activity is often dismissed as “physiological”, despite its sensitivity to consequences and relevance for the behavior of the whole organism, not only in the case of what might be considered purely covert behavior, but also as an important part of overt behavior. Embracing such analyses may challenge the field in virtuous ways; understanding the physical reality of previously covert portions of behavior may lead to conceptualizations of phenomena such as trauma and emotion that expand or even alter those based solely upon self-report of covert events. Further, the incorporation of covert behavior considerations in applied settings could be improved using such analyses. This talk will use examples from autonomic and central nervous systems to explore the potential for developing both interpretation and experimentation using a better incorporation of neural activity to truly physically analyze the behavior of the whole organism. |
|
Effect of Transcranial Static Magnetic Stimulation on Rhythmic Finger Movements During Mirror Visual Feedback |
(Basic Research) |
TAKUYA MATSUMOTO (Faculty of Health Sciences, Tokyo Kasei University), Makoto Suzuki (Faculty of Health Sciences, Tokyo Kasei University; Faculty of Systems Design, Tokyo Metropolitan University), Nanaka Arihara (Graduate School of Humanities and Life Sciences Tokyo Kasei University), Kilchoon Cho (Faculty of Health Sciences, Tokyo Kasei University; Faculty of Systems Design, Tokyo Metropolitan University), Naoki Iso (Faculty of Health Sciences, Tokyo Kasei University; Faculty of Systems Design, Tokyo Metropolitan University), Takuhiro Okabe (Faculty of Health Sciences, Tokyo Kasei University; Faculty of Systems Design, Tokyo Metropolitan University), Kazuo Saito (Faculty of Health Sciences, Tokyo Kasei University; Faculty of Systems Design, Tokyo Metropolitan University), Jun'ichi Yamamoto (Tokyo Metropolitan University, Faculty of Systems Design) |
Abstract: Objective: Mirror visual feedback (MVF) technique use a mirror placed in the center of the participant and induced the illusion of bilateral movement during actual unilateral movement. While studies using electroencephalography (EEG) have explored the neurobehavioral mechanisms of MVF during rhythmic finger movements, the effect of non-invasive brain stimulation (NIBS) on MVF-induced cortical oscillations during rhythmic finger movements is unclear. Elucidation of this could lead to the possibility that NIBS modulates MVF-induced cortical oscillation and enhances the effects of rehabilitation such as mirror therapy. This study aimed to investigate whether transcranial static magnetic stimulation (tSMS) applied to the primary motor cortex (M1) modulates neurobehavior interaction of rhythmic finger movements with MVF. Methods: Participants performed an auditory-paced tapping task with their right index finger using a MVF before, immediately after, and 15 minutes after stimulation. Dependent measures: EEG and reaction time were recorded. Results: We found that the difference in beta- and gamma-band power between the left and right M1 was decreased after tSMS, and reaction time did not change. Conclusion: Our findings suggest that tSMS could reduce the imbalance of activity between the left and right M1 during MVF and could be used in combination with mirror therapy. |
|
Brain Network Dynamics for Expectation and Reinforcement in Three-Term Contingency |
(Basic Research) |
MAKOTO SUZUKI (Faculty of Health Sciences, Tokyo Kasei University; Faculty of Systems Design, Tokyo Metropolitan University), Honoka Fukasawa (Graduate School of Humanities and Life Sciences, Tokyo Kasei University), Takako Suzuki (School of Health Sciences, Saitama Prefectural University; Faculty of Systems Design, Tokyo Metropolitan University), Naoki Iso (Faculty of Health Sciences, Tokyo Kasei University; Faculty of Systems Design, Tokyo Metropolitan University), Takuhiro Okabe (Faculty of Health Sciences, Tokyo Kasei University; Faculty of Systems Design, Tokyo Metropolitan University), Kilchoon Cho (Faculty of Health Sciences, Tokyo Kasei University; Faculty of Systems Design, Tokyo Metropolitan University), Jun'ichi Yamamoto (Tokyo Metropolitan University, Faculty of Systems Design) |
Abstract: Objective: Our expectations and responses are influenced by the past history of reinforcement. This study explored brain activities related to expectation and choice outcomes within the framework of a three-term contingency. Participants: Twenty healthy adults. Procedure: Participants were instructed to make a quick choice and press either the right or left button in response to a red cross. After pressing the button, a reward (a picture of a coin) or a response cost (a mauve circle) was randomly presented, indicating earnings or deductions from their total reward. Dependent measures: Electroencephalography was used to track brain activity, and participant choices were also recorded. Results: In the anterior cingulate gyrus, high beta band oscillations increased more following a reward than a response cost, while high gamma band oscillations did the opposite. Furthermore, high beta oscillations were greater prior to choices when the previous trial had included a response cost, in contrast to high gamma oscillations, which increased more following a reward. Conclusion: These results suggest that high beta and gamma activities in the anterior cingulate gyrus are correlated with shaping expectations and reinforcement under contingency. This finding is significant for understanding brain-behavior interactions and may lead to advancements in neurobehavioral analysis. |
|
|
|
|
|
Delay Discounting: A Road With Multiple Implications |
Sunday, May 25, 2025 |
10:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Convention Center, Street Level, 150 AB |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
Chair: Alvaro A. Clavijo Alvarez (Universidad Nacional de Colombia) |
Discussant: Gregory J. Madden (Utah State University) |
Abstract: Delay discounting models describe the tendency of different organisms to choose immediate or less delayed rewards over more delayed rewards. Choices related to substance and behavioral addictions, risky health choices, cue reactivity, and pattern-setting are some examples of topics related to significant impact on the daily lives of humans and their welfare. The first presentation will discuss the effect of an olfactory cue on the delay discounting rates in intermittent and daily smokers. Repeated measures data suggested no effect on daily smokers and variability in intermittent smokers in the areas under the curve. The second presentation will discuss the relationship between the delay discounting model and Rachlin's negative asymptotes model evaluating subjective values for smokers intending to quit and smokers who do not. The third presentation discusses hypersexuality and sex addiction with measures of impulsiveness using a delay discounting task, risk-taking patterns, and psychological distress. The authors' results found a correlation between risk-taking and delay discounting measures and sex addiction with psychological distress. The fourth presentation will discuss the results of generalized reward discounting examined in three temporal discounting tasks, by physical effort and cognitive effort, using the quantity adjustment procedure with five comparable parameters through a descriptive correlational study. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): delay discounting, impulsivity, pattern-setting, risky choices |
|
Effects of an Olfactory Cue on the Delay Discounting Rate in Smokers |
DIEGO ANDRÉS ÁVILA ROZO (University of Florida), Alvaro A. Clavijo Alvarez (Universidad Nacional de Colombia) |
Abstract: Delay Discounting is a model that predicts the tendency of organisms to choose immediate or less delayed rewards instead of more delayed rewards and has been used to predict and explain substance consumption. According to the cue reactivity paradigm, smokers present an increase in craving when they are exposed to cues related to cigarette consumption. Although some studies have evaluated the effects of visual cues on the delay discounting rate in smokers, there is no evaluation of other cues (e.g., smoke) nor a comparison of daily and intermittent smokers. This study evaluated the effect of an olfactory cue (i.e., cigarette smoke) on the delay discounting rate in daily and intermittent smokers with an amount adjusting procedure. Results suggested no effect on the daily smokers and variability in intermittent smokers’ areas under the curve. Also, daily smokers presented lower areas under the curve than intermittent smokers through four measures. Differences between the discounting rate of daily and intermittent smokers are discussed. |
|
Negative Asymptotes in Delay Discounting and Pattern-Setting |
JUAN PABLO MOLANO GALLARDO (Utah State Univeristy) |
Abstract: Delay discounting is a well-known phenomenon that generally describes the tendency to reduce an outcome's value because of delay. This relationship works in that way when the outcome is positive (a gain). However, when the outcome is negative (a loss) it is supposed to increase (reduce the loss) because of delay. A different model of intertemporal choice might make predictions of outcomes that start at a positive value and discount until negative. In this study, we compared smokers who did not want to quit and smokers who wanted to quit with the subjective value assigned to delayed cigarettes on a scale that ranged from -100 (A very unpleasant situation) to +100 (A delightful situation), with zero being indifference. The procedure is similar to a matching procedure (Read & Roelofsma, 2003) for temporal discounting but instead of money, the procedure used the abovementioned scale. Rachlin's model accounting for negative asymptotes (2016) was used to estimate the function of the asymptotes for each group of smokers. We found negative asymptotes for smokers who wanted to quit, while the asymptotes for smokers who wanted to keep smoking generally were = 0. These results show preliminary evidence of different asymptotical valuations for delayed rewards. We suggest some theoretical explanations of how behavioral processes beyond delay discounting would make sense of the results and the model used. |
|
Decision-Making in Hypersexuality: Insights From Delay Discounting and Iowa Gambling Tasks |
DIANA MEJÍA CRUZ (Instituto Tecnologico de Sonora), Laurent Avila-Chauvet (Technological Institute of Sonora), Javier Araiza (Instituto Tecnológico de Sonora) |
Abstract: Excessive sexual behavior is a significant health concern, often linked to impulsivity and risky choices. Research has demonstrated positive correlations between sex addiction and various measures of impulsivity, highlighting the interplay between excitatory and inhibitory mechanisms within the context of hypersexuality. To explore this further, we assessed 326 adults using the Sex Addiction Screening Test-Revised (SAST-R), along with measures of impulsivity (Delay Discounting Task, DD), risk-taking (Iowa Gambling Task, IGT), and psychological distress (Symptom Checklist-90, SCL-90). SAST-R scores were significantly correlated with psychological distress (r = .34, p < .01), and a correlation was also found between delay discounting and IGT performance (r = .37, p < .001). Algorithmic analysis identified psychological distress and impulsivity as key predictors of elevated hypersexuality scores. Our results confirm that multiple factors, including psychological distress, and high impulsivity, contribute to sex addiction. These findings underscore the need for comprehensive assessments when evaluating individuals with hypersexual behaviors and sex addiction. |
|
Devaluation of Results Due to Their Costs: Delay, Physical and Cognitive Effort |
CARLOS ADRIÁN PALOMERO JANDETE (Universidad Nacional Autónoma de México), Silvia Morales Morales-Chaine (National Autonomous University of Mexico) |
Abstract: Discounting refers to the change in the subjective value of a reward with increases in some delivery conditions. The most commonly studied condition is delay discounting, followed by physical effort discounting and, to a lesser extent, cognitive effort discounting. The comparison of discounting rates has been made with parameters that may not be comparable, so generalized reward discounting was examined in three temporal discounting tasks, by physical effort and cognitive effort, using the quantity adjustment procedure with five comparable parameters through a descriptive correlational study with 50 participants of 11-year-old. The correlational pattern was examined using an exploratory factor analysis. A three-factor structure (with separate factors for delay, physical effort, and cognitive effort) described the relationships among the indifference points with all the participants. The results seem to indicate that the different forms of discounting affect the magnitude of the reinforcer to different extents and seem to belong to the same functional class. |
|
|
|
|
|
Programming for Learning Across Restricted-and Free-Operant Arrangements: What We’ve Learned in Basic, Translational, Applied, and Professional Service Explorations |
Sunday, May 25, 2025 |
10:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Convention Center, Street Level, 147 A |
Area: EDC/EAB; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Jennifer Wertalik (Georgia Southern University) |
Discussant: Andrew Bulla (Georgia Southern University - Armstrong ) |
CE Instructor: Andrew Bulla, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Researchers in the field of behavior analysis and precision teaching have long had discussions about the difference between free-operant and discrete-trial performance. Many of these discussions have centered around criticisms of both types of approaches for establishing new behaviors in both human and non-human organisms. Limited research exists comparing what differences exist, if any, between teaching new behaviors under restricted conditions (e.g., discrete trial) and freer conditions (e.g., frequency building). The first talk will discuss a series of basic experimental studies using non-human models (rattus) to isolate a series of variables in understanding the benefits of acquiring novel discriminations under both free- and restricted-operant paradigms. The second presentation will extend what we learned in the lab to a translational paradigm comparing both conditioning procedures to teach numerals in non-native languages. The third presentation will then demonstrate how findings from basic and translational arrangements to inform an applied behavior analytic approach to teaching correct Spanish pronunciation to non-native Spanish speakers. Lastly, the fourth presentation will describe how behavior analysts can use these data to program for learning in professional practice. We will then discuss how we can use the findings of these evaluations across the four arrangements to inform the professional practice of behavior analysis. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): Discrete Trial, EAB, Free Operant, Restricted Operant |
Target Audience: The target audience is behavior analysts of all kinds. We will show the full range of basic, translational, applied, and the professional practice of behavior analysis, all investigating the same research question. |
Learning Objectives: 1. State and give examples of restricted operant arrangements 2. State and give examples of free operant arrangements 3. Discriminate which of their current programs represent restricted or free operant approahces |
|
The Effects of Free-Operant and Restricted-Operant Procedures on the Acquisition, Maintenance, and Stability of Novel Discriminations in Rats |
SODEEQ ADESANYA (University of Nebraska Medical Center), Andrew Bulla (Georgia Southern University - Armstrong), Jennifer Wertalik (Georgia Southern University), Madisen Duke (Georgia Southern University - Armstrong), Kaitlyn Wyllie (Georgia Southern University - Armstrong), Leah Yakabovits (Georgia Southern University), Amanda S Bradley (Georgia Southern University - Armstrong), Laura Micán (Georgia Southern University) |
Abstract: Two common teaching paradigms exist in which one can measure and assess the acquisition and maintenance of learning: Free-operant and restricted-operant (sometimes referred to as discrete trial) procedures. In a free-operant paradigm, the organism freely makes a response at any given time with no restrictions imposed upon them (Hachiya & Masato, 1991). In a restricted-operant paradigm, the organism has restrictions placed upon them and they cannot respond freely; the organism must wait for an external stimulus before they can respond (Hachiya & Masato, 1991). We investigated whether one specific teaching paradigm will lead to better stability (i.e., persistence in the face of distractions), maintenance (i.e., same levels of performance after a period of no practice), and performance of discrimination tasks (i.e., acquisition of the new response). We conducted a preliminary study to identify the specific methodologies researcher should use to identify the effects of the two teaching paradigms while controlling three distinct variables: (1) Time in the teaching environment, (2) The number of responses emitted in both conditions, and (3) the number of reinforcers delivered in each condition. |
|
Comparing Acquisition and Fluency Outcomes Under Restricted and Free Operant Teaching Methods: A Systematic Replication |
AMANDA S BRADLEY (Georgia Southern University - Armstrong), Andrew Bulla (Georgia Southern University - Armstrong), Jennifer Wertalik (Georgia Southern University) |
Abstract: Discrete-trial teaching (DTT), a restricted-operant teaching arrangement, and frequency-building instruction (FBI), a free-operant teaching arrangement, represent two instructional strategies derived from operant conditioning. Researchers and practicing behavior analysts have used both to establish and firm up novel stimulus-behavior relations. Despite the effectiveness of both procedures, few studies have compared the two techniques and assessed the effects on the emergence of fluent responding. The current study extends the research to typically developing college students to directly compare DTT and FBI. We taught participants the numerals 0-10 in unknown foreign languages (i.e., Mandarin, Arabic, and Hindi) using both procedures. Under both conditions, we held constant the number of practice trials and frequency of reinforcement. We replicated Bulla et al. (2024) by also controlled the size of the instructional material, and tested for maintenance of performance. We discuss the results of the study in the context of planning for learning across three stages of learning. |
|
Integration of Video Modeling and TAGteach With Precision Teaching to Improve Articulation in Non-native Spanish Speakers |
LAURA MICÁN (Georgia Southern University), Andrew Bulla (Georgia Southern University - Armstrong), Encarnación Cruz Jiménez (Georgia Southern University - Armstrong) |
Abstract: A learner’s native language impacts the acquisition of a second language (Moreno-Duron, 2019; Broad, 2020). Learners’ habits in their first language hinder the development of habits to learn a second language (Broad, 2020). The current study used the principles of instructional design and behavior analysis to help improve the articulation of specific sounds in Spanish to non-native Spanish speakers. Using a multiple baseline design, we evaluated a sequence of instructional strategies on the application to novel Spanish words. In the first phase, individuals discriminated between video examples and non-examples of correctly pronounced Spanish words in a restricted-operant (RO) paradigm. In phase two, the learners watched a video model of the correct presentation, and attempted to copy the model. We used TAGteach to reinforce correct pronunciation in an RO paradigm. In phase three, learners then built frequencies on non-sense Spanish words that contained the target sounds in a free-operant arrangement. We collected data on the number of correctly pronounced non-sense Spanish words, as well as measured the application of the trained skills to novel words in third-grade-level stories using the Spanish version of the Dynamic Indicators of Basic Early Literacy Skills (DIBELS). |
|
Freeing the Operant in Large Scale Education Settings: Morningside’s Three Phases of Teaching and Learning |
ANDREW ROBERT KIETA (Morningside Academy;
The Wing Institute), Kent Johnson (Morningside Academy) |
Abstract: The concept of a restricted to free operant paradigm underlies the design of the three phases of teaching and learning in the Morningside Model of Generative Instruction: Initial instruction, practice to fluency with celeration using Precision Teaching, and application/simple generative responding to real-world environments. In each of these three phases, instructional designers and teachers systematically design learning materials and contexts such that they shift from restricted to free operant. Initial instruction is necessarily restricted, as students only respond to the external stimuli presented by the teacher. Teachers fade out the frequency of those external stimuli until students respond in a less restricted fashion as they near accuracy. Then, free operant thinking is applied to the design of Precision Teaching materials, as students are given the opportunity to respond as frequently as they can to achieve outcomes associated with fluency. Finally, new restrictions are established as students are taught how, when, and why to apply fluent behaviors to real-world contexts, with those restrictions faded out in favor of more free operant arrangements, permitting students to apply fluent behavior wherever it is possible and likely to be followed by reinforcement. |
|
|
|
|
|
We're Talking About Practice. Practice: A Meta-Analysis of Timed Math Practice |
Sunday, May 25, 2025 |
10:30 AM–10:50 AM |
Convention Center, Street Level, 145 B |
Area: EDC |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
CE Instructor: Corey Peltier, Ph.D.VCS Certified Instructor |
|
We're Talking About Practice. Practice: A Meta-Analysis of Timed Math Practice |
Domain: Applied Research |
COREY PELTIER (University of Oklahoma), Art Dowdy (Temple University) |
|
Abstract: Educators consider many variables when designing math practice. This meta-analysis investigated one variable under educators’ control, timing. To be included, studies (a) included students in pre-k through 12th grade, (b) implemented an intervention focused on timed math practice, (c) occurred in a school-based setting, (d) measured student math performance, and (e) used a group or single-case design. Experimental designs were evaluated using the What Works Clearinghouse Procedures and Standards. Multi-level, multivariate meta-analytic models were used. The mean effect for group designs isolating timed practice was .71 (95% confidence interval = .35, 1.07) and for single-case designs was .90 (95% confidence interval = .37, 1.42). Moderator analyses indicated effects varied based on which motivational components were paired with timed practice, the amount of practice time per day, and the frequency of sessions per week. Limitations of this review include a narrow focus on specific formats of math practice and evaluating generalization. methodological limitations identified through the WWC evaluation, and limited evaluation of student perceptions of intervention components or affective changes because of the experiment (i.e., social validity). The systematic search protocol was pre-registered. |
|
Target Audience: Professionals (e.g., teachers, clinicians) that provide academic interventions to school-aged children or oversee the implementation of academic interventions within systems (e.g., schools, clinics). |
|
|
|
|
|
Behavioral Pharmacology With a Planarian Model: Opportunities for Research and Training |
Sunday, May 25, 2025 |
11:00 AM–11:20 AM |
Convention Center, Street Level, 159 AB |
Area: BPN |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Chair: Thomas P. Byrne (Massachusetts College of Liberal Arts) |
|
Behavioral Pharmacology With a Planarian Model: Opportunities for Research and Training |
Domain: Basic Research |
THOMAS P. BYRNE (Massachusetts College of Liberal Arts) |
|
Abstract: Although their use is rare in behavior analysis, planarians have potential as an animal model for testing the behavioral effects of drugs and toxins. Planarians reliably exhibit negative phototaxis, which is movement from light to dark environments. This provides a stable baseline against which drug effects can be tested in single-case and between-group experimental designs. Furthermore, both planarians and the equipment required to study them are inexpensive, potentially expanding the variety of environments in which behavior analysts can pursue preclinical research in behavioral pharmacology. I will discuss several research projects we have completed in my laboratory on the effects of ethanol, histamine, xylazine, and psychomotor stimulants. We frequently acquire orderly dose-response curves. In addition, I will share some lesson plans describing how planarians can be used to teach hands-on mini labs on multiple-probe and ABAB designs that can be completed during one classroom meeting. Finally, I will provide a brief discussion of some methodological challenges. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Humor Through a Behavior Analytic Lens |
Sunday, May 25, 2025 |
11:00 AM–11:20 AM |
Marriott Marquis, M4 Level, Archives |
Area: VBC |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
CE Instructor: Marianne L. Jackson, Ph.D. |
|
Humor Through a Behavior Analytic Lens |
Domain: Theory |
MARIANNE L. JACKSON (California State University, Fresno) |
|
Abstract: Humor has been shown to have a wide range of benefits for mental health, physical health, and social interactions. Those who make jokes or laugh at others’ jokes are viewed as more confident people, more intelligent colleagues and peers, and more effective leaders. In addition to the benefits correlated with humor, much of the existing literature from across the field of Psychology has focused on the categorization or developmental trajectory of humor. Very little research has focused on the learning history necessary to engage in this repertoire or the effectiveness of teaching procedures to increase humor comprehension and joke-telling. Behavior Analysis seems particularly well suited to this task, and there are a few key conceptual accounts in the literature that provide a solid ground for this work. In addition, a handful of studies have now investigated various aspects of humor from a behavioral perspective. We will review this work and make the case for more behavior-analytic work across several conceptual and applied areas of humor comprehension, humor appreciation, and joke-telling. |
|
Target Audience: Graduate students, researchers, Board Certified Behavior Analysts. |
|
|
|
|
|
Eco-social determinants of health: Considerations and recommendations for behavior analysts/scientists |
Sunday, May 25, 2025 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Marriott Marquis, M2 Level, Marquis Salon 1-5 |
Area: DEI/CSS; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Jovonnie L. Esquierdo-Leal (California State University, Fresno) |
CE Instructor: Paula Danquah-Brobby, Ph.D. |
Presenting Author: PAULA DANQUAH-BROBBY (George Mason University, College of Science) |
Abstract: In the United States, health disparities persist across race, ethnicity, sexual orientation, gender identity, disability, socio-economic status, etc. (CDC, 2020). Black, Indigenous, and Other People of Color (BIPOC), LGBTQIA2S+ individuals, those living in rural areas, and people with disAbilities experience much greater health inequities than their white, heterosexual, cisgender, and non-disAbled, counterparts. People from historically minoritized and marginalized (HMM) groups are often excluded from accessing conditions, factors, and resources associated with positive health outcomes (University of Wisconsin, 2023). Research has shown that health outcomes are influenced by several eco-social determinants of health (eSDoH), which are the conditions in which people are born, live, learn, work, play, worship, and age that affect a wide range of health behavior and quality-of-life outcomes (Johnson et al., 2022). Moreover, eSDoH are fundamental social and structural factors that impact our wellness, well-being, and longevity. When one or more of these conditions pose challenges, it greatly increases the likelihood that they will becoming risk factors for poor health outcomes (Hold-Lundstad, 2022). Discriminatory and othering behaviors often play a role in poor health outcomes. Accordingly, eSDoH can have a significant, negative effect on client care, education and training, the diversity of the health care workforce, inequitable distribution of research funding, and career advancement (New England Journal of Medicine, 2022). This presentation will center the impact of eSDOH on HMM populations, highlight eSDoH considerations for behavior analysts, and provide recommendations for mitigating harmful contingencies that occur on the individual and cultural levels of selection (Danquah-Brobby, 2023; Skinner, 1981). |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Learning Objectives: 1. Define eco-social determinants of health (eSDoH) and its impact on behavior analytic consumers. 2. Explain why eSDoH should be considered when providing behavior analytic services (e.g., clinical practice, higher education, research, organizational culture). 3. Describe concrete eSDoH considerations and recommendations for mitigating bias and discriminatory practices across behavior analytic services. |
|
PAULA DANQUAH-BROBBY (George Mason University, College of Science) |
 Paula Danquah-Brobby (she/they), PhD, BCBA, LBA, IBA is the Associate Dean of Access, Belonging, and Community Engagement for the College of Science at George Mason University. They have dedicated their career to social justice and advocating for historically minoritized and marginalized populations, both in the US and internationally. As a Board Certified Behavior Analyst (BCBA), licensed behavior analyst in the state of Maryland, Culturo-Behavioral Scientist, and International Psychologist, Dr. Danquah-Brobby has worked with children and adults diagnosed with [neuro]developmental delays (in various environmental and cultural contexts) for over 20 years, including 13 years providing sustainable and capacity building consultative services to families, professionals, and organizations in low- and middle-income countries (LAMICs).
Prior to joining Mason’s College of Science, she was the department chair of Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) at a minority serving institution (MSI). In this role, she created and embedded access, justice, equity, diversity, & inclusion (AJEDI) strategic planning initiatives throughout departmental policies, procedures, and systems; this included cultivating culturally responsive teaching/pedagogic approaches and practicum training for ABA students.
Their areas of interest include (but not limited to): ABA capacity-building and sustainability in LAMICs, international psychology, culturo-behavioral science (CBS), access, justice, equity, diversity, & inclusion, othering behaviors (e.g., racism, homophobia, misogynoir), intersectionality, eco-social determinants of physical and mental health, verbal behavior, naturalistic developmental behavioral interventions (NDBI), social validity, cultural competence (comprising cultural awareness, sensitivity, humility, & responsiveness), and mixed methodology research designs.
Dr. Danquah-Brobby has given numerous presentations, interviews, and educational workshops throughout her career, and is the author of the chapter Spiritual Activism, in the book Women in Behavior Science: Observations on Life Inside and Outside the Academy. Moreover, she is an Advisor for the Cambridge Center for Behavioral Studies; serves on the editorial board for Behavior and Social Issues (BSI); a member of the National Association of Diversity Officers in Higher Education (NADOHE) and the Virginia Association of Diversity Officers in Higher Education (VADOHE); and participated on the Council of Autism Service Providers (CASP) Accreditation DEI workgroup. |
|
|
|
|
|
Enhancing Autism Interventions: Expanding Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) Interventions From Research to Community-Based Practice |
Sunday, May 25, 2025 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Marriott Marquis, M4 Level, Independence A-C |
Area: AUT/CSS; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Lindsey Sneed (Catalight Research Institute) |
CE Instructor: Lindsey Sneed, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Community-based interventions grounded in applied behavior analysis (ABA) are common, particularly for children and youth with intellectual and developmental disabilities (I/DD). Many ABA-based interventions are implemented in a tiered model whereby a paraprofessional implements the treatment plan developed by a Board Certified Behavior Analyst or behavioral psychologist. However, this intervention model does not work for every family and is not appropriate for every person. The purpose of this panel is to explore three different behavior analytic intervention models that have been successfully implemented in a community-based setting in the absence of a paraprofessional – RUBI, Caregiver-led ABA, and Compass-Behavioral. Each intervention has a different focus of care, allowing individuals and families to choose an evidence-based treatment that fits their primary reasons for referral (e.g., disruptive behavior, dangerous behavior, communication, adaptive skills, executive functioning) and their personal or family values. This panel will explore each intervention’s implementation model, the primary focus of the intervention, associated clinical training, and outcomes from community-based implementation across ~800 children and youth with I/DD from geographically diverse locations. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): access, autism, community-based, sustainability |
Target Audience: The target audience for this panel is BCBAs, BCBAs in training, and other clinicians who work with the I/DD population. The prerequisites for this talk include basic behavior analytic knowledge as well as a basic understanding of the diagnostic criteria for autism spectrum disorder, intellectual disability, and other commonly occurring developmental disabilities such as Down syndrome. |
Learning Objectives: 1. describe three different models of interventions based in applied behavior analysis. 2. list three benefits to different ABA models which support the sustainability andaccess to evidence-based care. 3. compare and contrast different models of ABA and how these can be applied to different groups based on their reason for referral. |
|
Bridging Implementation of the Research Unit on Behavioral Interventions (RUBI) Parent Training Program From Research to Practice |
KAREN BEARSS (Catalight) |
Abstract: There is a pressing need to close the chasm between intervention efficacy under ideal conditions and community-based effectiveness. The Research Unit on Behavioral Interventions (RUBI) Autism Network developed an 11-session behavior analytic parent-mediated intervention for autistic youth with co-occurring challenging behaviors. As demonstrated by 20+ efficacy trials, RUBI is acceptable to parents and effective in reducing challenging behavior. The current study evaluates RUBI feasibility and effectiveness in clinical practice with caregivers of autistic youth. Analyses included caregivers of 203 autistic children (2-13 years) with challenging behaviors who received >1 RUBI session at the Seattle Children’s Autism Center (SCAC) or Marcus Autism Center (MAC). Data were collected through medical record review. Results from the RUBI clinical trial [RUBI-CT] were used as benchmarks. SCAC/MAC served older [7.2 (±2.2)], more diverse youth compared to RUBI-CT [IQ <70 in 26% RUBI-CT youth vs. 39% at SCAC/MAC; 73% White in RUBI-CT vs. 66% at SCAC/MAC]. Clinical outcomes were comparable [RUBI-CT attrition = 11% vs. 19% at SCAC/MAC; 47.7% reduction in challenging behaviors in RUBI-CT vs. 45.1% at SCAC/MAC; 69% positive response in RUBI-CT vs. 63.6% at SCAC/MAC]. Community-delivered RUBI is acceptable to parents and effective in reducing challenging behaviors, with findings comparable to efficacy trials. |
|
Implementing Parent-Mediated Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) in Community-Based Setting: A Comparison in Effectiveness to Tiered ABA |
JENNI IKOLA (Easterseals Northern California; Catalight Research Institute), Kalina Hatzell (Easterseals Hawai’i and Northern California) |
Abstract: Parent-Mediated applied behavior analysis (ABA) is an evidence-based intervention that focuses on building parenting skills to effectively implement behavioral procedures with their child to teach new skills as well as manage difficult behavior. Parent-Mediated ABA has been shown to produce positive outcomes for autistic children (Anan et al., 2008; Shiri et al., 2020; Sneed et al., 2023) as well as their parents (Simcoe et al., 2024; Sneed & Samelson, 2022). We sought to compare community-based parent-mediated ABA with a comparable tiered, paraprofessional-mediated intervention. We analyzed retrospective clinical data of autistic children in either paraprofessional-mediated (n = 197) or parent-mediated (n = 198) ABA to determine the effect of treatment on adaptive behavior (as measured by the Vineland-3) and goal attainment (as measured by the Goal Attainment Scale; GAS) across three time points spanning 18 months. A two-way mixed ANOVA indicated no significant difference in the adaptive behavior composite nor the socialization, communication, and daily living skills subscales, either between groups or over time. A separate two-way mixed ANOVA showed significant differences in goal attainment between treatment conditions, across time, and with a significant interaction. Overall, the parent-mediated group had significantly higher goal attainment than the paraprofessional-mediated group, although all groups improved significantly over time. The interaction effect indicated that the parent-mediated group improved more and more quickly than the paraprofessional-mediated group. These results suggest that parent-mediated ABA may be an acceptable alternative to paraprofessional-mediated interventions. |
|
Evaluating the Effectiveness of Compass-Behavioral: A Coaching Program for Autistic Youth and Adults |
Doreen Samelson (Catalight Foundation), BEN PFINGSTON (Catalight), Lindsey Sneed (Catalight Research Institute), Brianna Fitchett (Catalight), Jenni Ikola (Easterseals Northern California) |
Abstract: Challenges with executive functioning (EF) is a barrier to wellbeing for autistic youth and young adults (Wong et al., 2022). EF skills are mental skills, including manipulation of ideas, planning, preceptive taking, and flexibility (Diamond, 2013). Wellbeing is the measure of overall happiness, satisfaction, and positive outlook on life and is closely related to self-determination (White et al., 2018). Compass-Behavioral is a non-tiered behavioral “coaching” intervention utilizing applied behavior analysis (ABA) to teach EF skills to autistic youth and adults with the goal of improving wellbeing. Autistic individuals work directly with their Compass-Behavioral coach, a BCBA, to set goals around EF skills that are important to their wellbeing. The coach and client meet weekly to review data, goals, and practice EF skills. The purpose of this study was to investigate the effectiveness of Compass-Behavioral at improving EF skills and wellbeing in a community-based setting. A group of 376 autistic youth and young adults underwent the Compass-Behavioral intervention, producing significant improvement in self-reported EF skills, sleep behaviors, and overall wellbeing (ps < .05). Compass-Behavioral is an effective ABA delivery model for autistic youth and young adults seeking to improve EF and wellbeing and may be a suitable alternative to tiered ABA approaches. |
|
|
|
|
|
Modelling Behavioral Complexity for Clinical Impact |
Sunday, May 25, 2025 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Marriott Marquis, M4 Level, Liberty L |
Area: AUT |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Chair: Richard E Laitinen (Educational and Developmental Therapies, Inc) |
|
Modelling Behavioral Complexity for Clinical Impact |
Domain: Theory |
RICHARD E LAITINEN (Educational and Developmental Therapies, Inc) |
|
Abstract: Complexity Theory provides ABA practitioners with a model for organizing and programming the myriad of listener, speaker, observer, problem solver and participator repertoires that must be acquired and generatively performed by competent learners. This paper will provide a brief introduction to the how Complexity Theory can aid practitioners in systematically implementing a component/composite program for the remediation of presenting learning challenges and deficits. From elemental "behavioral atoms" (Skinner, 1957, Pg. 10) to the emergence of complex "behavioral cusps" the logic of Complexity Theory will be explored as an organizational multi-scale model of repertoire development that is both flexible and comprehensive. Complexity Theory provides both a language and organizational model applicable to behavior analytic programming. It also integrates behavioral phenonmenon from behavioral "atoms" to latent behavioral repertoires (Palmer, 2009) and Cusps (Rosales-Ruiz & Baer, 1997), and suggests how fluency fosters the development of both behavioral complexity and adaptability. Key terms include component, composite, emergent, scale of observation and study, causal closure, and mixed scale effects. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Choice Between Drug and Non-Drug Reinforcers in Rats: A Behavioral Economic Approach |
Sunday, May 25, 2025 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Marriott Marquis, M2 Level, Marquis Salon 6 |
Area: BPN/EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
Chair: Maria Valdovinos (Drake University) |
Presenting Author: DAVID KEARNS (American University) |
Abstract: Many studies over the past 15 years have investigated choice between drug and non-drug reinforcers in rats. This presentation will focus on research manipulating behavioral economic variables in this model. Recent results from a new variation of the model, wherein rats can choose between contexts where the drug and non-drug alternative are available at different prices, and the cost of switching between contexts varies, will be presented. How economy type, income, and reinforcer interactions affect the allocation of behavior between heroin or cocaine and non-drug alternatives including social reinforcement, safety from avoidance, or saccharin will be described. Appreciation of the broader behavioral economic context within which choice occurs can help understand factors that promote or reduce drug-taking behavior. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
|
DAVID KEARNS (American University) |
 David Kearns is a professor and chair of the Psychology Department at American University. He received his bachelor’s degree in psychology from Rutgers University and his Ph.D. in experimental psychology from American University, where his mentor was Stan Weiss, a previous ABA-I B.F. Skinner lecturer. His research takes a learning and behavior approach to the study of drug taking in animal models, seeking to understand those factors that promote or reduce the self-administration of drugs in rats. His current program of research, funded by NIDA (NIH) is titled “Opioid and Psychostimulant Taking: Testing the Impact of Behavioral Economic Contexts.” |
|
|
|
|
|
Enhancing Collaboration and Contextual Fit: Strategies for Sustainable Interventions and Professional Growth |
Sunday, May 25, 2025 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Convention Center, Street Level, 140 B |
Area: CBM |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Chair: Daisy Monterroso (Monterroso Integrative Services, Inc.) |
|
Contextual Fit in Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) Practice: Addressing Family Variables Through Collaboration to Reduce Challenging Behaviors |
Domain: Service Delivery |
STEFAN ANDREW HORBANCZUK (University of Washington) |
|
Abstract: Contextual fit has been utilized in home and school settings to make interventions viable and sustainable for those implementing them within diverse settings. A sizable portion of ABA practice typically involves providing services within home settings and supporting caregivers with child challenging behavior. However, whether these supports and interventions are socially valid is often not measured or assessed. Moreover, the process by which behavior analysts can achieve socially valid goals, interventions and outcomes remains murky. Recent research has pointed towards collaboration tools being an effective mechanism to produce socially valid interventions, but has not explored the utility of contextual fit to achieve similar ends. This study examined that utility of contextual fit and aimed to determine if the use of a contextual fit tool would achieve socially valid goals, interventions and outcomes compared to a prescriptive intervention for caregivers implementing interventions for challenging behaviors in their home routines. Results demonstrate that caregivers implemented strategies more frequently and with a greater percentage in the contextualized phase, and that the mean challenging behavior decreased between baseline and intervention conditions. These results are analyzed and the future practical use of the contextual fit tool is explored |
|
Becoming the Collaborative Professional: Learning the Skills Needed to Work Together With Parents & Other Professional in Our Clients Lives |
Domain: Service Delivery |
DAISY MONTERROSO (MIS Therapt) |
|
Abstract: In the world of professional practice, collaboration is crucial but often overlooked. Many professionals struggle with handling conflicts, aligning goals, and working together effectively. This paper draws on a literature review to provide a proactive guide to understanding what makes an effective collaborative professional and why it’s essential to develop these skills. We explore three critical steps for becoming a collaborative professional: first, boosting your self-awareness to better understand your strengths and areas for growth; second, forging strong, meaningful connections with colleagues to foster trust and open communication; and finally, blending your ideas with others to find common ground and work towards shared goals. This approach not only enhances team dynamics but also promotes innovation and better decision-making. In summary, this paper advocates for a significant shift toward collaborative professionalism, encouraging the creation of a culture where collaboration thrives. This shift not only improves how we work but also significantly boosts outcomes for clients and organizations. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
You Woke Up, Now What?: Building a Momentum of Racial Discourse |
Sunday, May 25, 2025 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Convention Center, Street Level, 158 AB |
Area: CSS/OBM; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Natalie Parks, Ph.D. |
Chair: Shawn Thomas Capell (Capell Behavioral Consulting ) |
FRANCESCA BARBIERI (Behavior Leader, Inc.; Saint Louis University) |
RYAN SAIN (Mary Baldwin University) |
NATALIE PARKS (Dr. Natalie Inc.) |
Abstract: One way to shift culture is to increase the number of people within that culture doing things differently (Glenn, 2003). One area of social justice work that people struggle with is talking openly about race in a way that matters. To change culture, the frequency of these conversations must increase. The conversations must contain specific content and strategies to ensure they effectively target the culture of oppression. As behavior analysts, we understand the contingencies necessary to establish the skill of talking about race and how to maintain it. A larger behavioral intervention framework that can be applied to any conversations regarding social justice will be discussed. Panelists will model a behavior analytic model for building behavioral momentum of racial discourse. They will answer questions about the behavioral contingencies used to begin and sustain meaningful dialogue regarding racial issues. Panelists will use their own friendships to illustrate how they shape and reinforce behavior related to open, honest and direct conversations about race. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: Individuals who have completed at least their first year of coursework in behavior analysis; specifically those who have a strong understanding of the principles and concepts of ABA and how to use them to change behavior. |
Learning Objectives: 1. Participants will learn how to use behavior analytic strategies to increase the frequency and quality of open conversations about race, contributing to cultural change. 2. Participants will describe how modeling, shaping, reinforcement and motivating operations can be used to initiate and sustain meaningful dialogues about racial issues. 3. Participants will identify specific behavioral contingencies that promote (or decrease) effective and ongoing discussions about race, enabling them to model and reinforce similar conversations in their own environments. |
Keyword(s): DEI, racism, stimulus equivalence, verbal behavior |
|
|
|
|
|
National and International Efforts Bringing Behavior Analysis Services to Adults and Youth in Carceral Environments |
Sunday, May 25, 2025 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Convention Center, Street Level, 156 |
Area: CSS/OBM; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: John M. Guercio (Benchmark Human Services) |
Discussant: Autumn Kaufman (Virginia Department of Juvenile Justice) |
CE Instructor: Autumn Kaufman, M.S. |
Abstract: Applications of behavior analysis for individuals who have been incarcerated, and for correctional facility operations, is an underutilized, yet emerging area of service, both internationally and in the United States. However, behavior analysis informed programs and practices for these populations require important considerations and adaptations to be effective in these settings. The three presentations today will cover applications of behavior analysis informed interventions for incarcerated adult and youth populations within carceral facilities in Italy and the United States. Presenters represent multiple domains of service delivery from research, state government administration, and private practice. Systems level and individual interventions will be discussed including the introduction of Positive Behavior Interventions and Supports (PBIS) into adult and juvenile carceral facilities, as well as individual interventions, including academic support in the form of Precision Teaching. Presenters will share relevant data as well as discuss the barriers to implementing and sustaining quality services, and strategies for successfully navigating those barriers. This will include a discussion of relevant policy considerations and advocacy efforts necessary to bring behavior analysis informed solutions into these spaces. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Corrections, Juvenile Justice, PBIS, Precision Teaching |
Target Audience: Audience members should work with, or have an interest in working with, at-risk youth populations in adult correctional and juvenile justice systems. Alternatively, audience members should be familiar with principles of behavior analysis and have knowledge of the logistics of providing behavior analysis services for their service population in order to understand and appreciate the differences in how behavior analysis services for adult correctional and juvenile justice populations needs to be organized, funded, and the necessary training. |
Learning Objectives: 1. Participants will learn how behavior analytic strategies can be scaled to a national level within prison systems, and assess their potential impact on improvingprisoner rehabilitation, reducing recidivism, and enhancing the overall safety and quality of life for both inmates and staff. 2. Participants will be able to identify the key components of non-aversive behavioral interventions, such as Differential Reinforcement of Other behavior (DRO) and self-monitoring in prison. 3. Participants will be able to identify barriers to providing Precision Teaching within a max risk juvenile residential facility |
|
Applied Behavior Analysis to Enhance Prisoner Safety and Quality of Life in Italian Prisons |
VALERIA PASCALE (The Chicago School, ABA For Disability) |
Abstract: Recent Italian legal reforms prioritize rehabilitation over punishment, creating an opportunity to apply behavior analysis in correctional settings. This talk presents results from a pilot study in a maximum-security prison, where a Differential Reinforcement of Other behavior (DRO) intervention combined with self-monitoring was introduced to 16 male inmates. Using a multiple-baseline design across groups, the intervention significantly reduced aggression, self-injury, and property destruction (Milan & McKee, 1976; Gendreau et al., 2014). Inmates also reported improved quality of life and relationships (Wilder et al., 2023). Supported by an international grant from the SABA Foundation, the study is expanding to other prisons in Italy, aiming to reach hundreds of inmates and staff. Preliminary results from this larger-scale implementation suggest that non-aversive interventions are both feasible and effective. This approach could lead to a scalable model for the Italian correctional system, aligning with the country’s shift toward reducing punitive measures and improving life quality in prisons (McDonald & Hanson, 2024). The discussion will also address the intervention’s potential to lower recidivism and promote lasting behavioral changes, to expand its application to juvenile facilities (Bush et al., 2023). |
|
Precision Teaching With Juvenile-Justice Involved Youth |
CALEB DENEB HUDGINS (Adapt & Transform Behavior; The OBSI Project), Jason Guild (The OBSI Project) |
Abstract: Juvenile Justice System Involved Youth face a number of academic challenges that are typically not well addressed using a lecture based instructional approach. Youth who live in these carceral environments are often substantially behind in grade level compared to similarly aged youth who have not been incarcerated. To address these challenges Adapt and Transform Behavior (ATBx) recently partnered with a high/max-risk juvenile justice residential program provider with the primary goal to increase academic achievement for a group of max-risk male youth. Despite limited time with the students, extremely promising results were achieved using Precision Teaching. Students who received tutoring demonstrated a dose dependent improvement in both math and reading skills and grade levels compared to students who did not receive tutoring. Group data will be presented to show average effects, as well as individual student data on changes in learning rates and changes in time required to achieve skill fluency. |
|
|
|
|
|
Educating Together: Common Language and Collaborative Practices to Close the Research-to-Practice Gap in Schools |
Sunday, May 25, 2025 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Convention Center, Street Level, 145 B |
Area: EDC/DDA; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Jennifer Ledford (Vanderbilt University) |
CE Instructor: Lisa Tullo, Ph.D. |
Abstract: This symposium introduces an actionable method of collaboration between behavior analysts and other professionals within special education. The presenter will review high level practices for students with disabilities which were identified by the Council of Exceptional Children (CEC) and the Collaboration for Effective Educator Development, Accountability, and Reform (CEEDAR) to help close the research-to-practice gap in schools. The presenter will explicitly connect special education teacher training to standards in applied behavior analysis, establishing alignment and a common language between behavior analysts and teachers in early childhood through Grade 12. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): collaboration, personnel preparation, school-based, special education |
Target Audience: Knowledge of special education in public schools
Experience with school based behavior analysis
Knowledge of behavior analytic teaching procedures |
Learning Objectives: 1. Describe and identify high leverage practices that are within the scope of practice of school-based behavior analysts 2. Identify ways school-based behavior analysts can collaborate with and support teachers in general and special education classrooms. 3. Describe and Identify similarities across early childhood special education preparation standards and the BACB test content items 4. Discuss how early childhood educators can partner with board certified behavior analysts to promote goals and outcomes within inclusive, everyday settings 5. Describe how misinformation and assumptions across disciplines have hindered successful collaboration. 6. Discuss how a shared focus on child- (and family-) meaningful outcomes in authentic settings supports collaboration. 7. Describe how to evaluate collaboration in practice and research. |
|
High Leverage Practices for Students With Disabilities and Applied Behavior Analysis in Schools |
LISA TULLO (George Mason University), Christan Coogle (GMU), Margaret Weiss (George Mason University), Benjamin Scot Riden (James Madison University), Clarissa Wade (George Mason University) |
Abstract: Only 5% of school-based BCBAs report addressing academic deficits according to a recent survey (Lyons, 2023), yet many evidence-based academic interventions in education have roots in behavior science. Despite the overlap between behavior analytic and typical educational academic interventions, a communication gap remains between behavior analysts and teachers. High leverage practices (HLPs) for students with disabilities, which were identified by the Council of Exceptional Children (CEC) and the Collaboration for Effective Educator Development, Accountability, and Reform (CEEDAR) to help close the research-to-practice gap, are effective practices for students in all settings (McLeskey et al., 2019). HLPs are at the forefront of teacher training in special education though school-based behavior analysts are unlikely to have learned about them in their university training. The authors propose a crosswalk that aligns the Behavior Analyst Certification Board (BACB) test content items to HLPs for students with disabilities to increase collaboration between behavior analysts and special education teachers, address the research-to-practice gap in special education, and bridge behavior analysis and special education. Of the 22 HLPs for students with disabilities, the authors propose that 18 are highly aligned, one is partially aligned, and three are connected to the BACB test content items. |
|
|
|
|
|
PDS: Journal Special Issues & Sections: Dissemination of Scholarly Activities to Broaden Scope of ABAI Journals |
Sunday, May 25, 2025 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Marriott Marquis, M2 Level, Marquis Salon 7-10 |
Area: EDC; Domain: Theory |
Chair: Ramona Houmanfar (University of Nevada, Reno) |
TRACI M. CIHON (Culturo-Behavior Science Innovation Network & Behaviorists for Social Responsibility) |
YORS A. GARCIA (Pontificia Universidad Javeriana) |
STEPHANIE M. PETERSON (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: Special issues/sections often group discussions articles, research articles, and commentaries of selected and timely themes. They can highlight the relevance and importance of experimental work promoting our scientific theory and technology in an ever-changing cultural climate. A challenge lies in the timely alignment of scholarly work with the emerging topics which can engage our scientific discipline and assemble a provocative set of papers. Special issues/sections are beneficial to authors, editors, journals plus the academic and professional readership groups. Authors find that they are niche outlets for their work and encourage other researchers to develop and expand interesting areas. Editors see them as opportunities for leadership and growth for associate editors and guest associate editors who have identified interesting themes to recruit papers and manage the review process for multiple papers. The journal benefits may be observed in increased submissions, increased readership, and potentially broadening their readership base. Readers find valuable knowledge to disseminate in academic training programs, and pursue collaboration with academicians and practitioners who share interests in selected topics. Sometimes editors seek out individuals to propose special issues and sometimes special issues are proposed as a “grass roots” effort. This panel discussion brings together editors from multiple ABAI journals to discuss the benefits of special issues, how to propose a special issue, considerations when proposing them, what makes for an interesting and successful special issue. Finally, potential challenges that may arise when coordinating special issues are considered. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): peer-review process, Publication, scholarly-activities dissemination |
|
|
|
|
|
Classroom-Based Strategies to Improve Student Behavior and Academic Performance |
Sunday, May 25, 2025 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Convention Center, Street Level, 147 B |
Area: EDC |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Chair: Vetle Ryen Berge (Ecura AS) |
|
An Investigation Into the Inclusive Superhero Game |
Domain: Applied Research |
SCOTT GRAHAM (Ulster University), Michael Keenan (Ulster University) |
|
Abstract: In order to ensure that inclusive education (IE) is achieved, it is crucial that teachers have access to effective and easy-to-use interventions. Not only are teachers charged with the task of educating a diverse set of students within IE classrooms, but they are also expected to manage disruptive behavior and ensure all students socially participate. A large body of research shows group contingencies to be effective and efficient in changing student behavior. However, there is a paucity of research examining the effects of dependent group contingencies aimed at improving inclusive interactions between students with and without special educational needs (SEN) in IE classrooms. In Experiment 1, a new classwide intervention named the Inclusive Superhero Game (ISG) was investigated. The ISG utilizes the dependent group contingency, in which students earn points for ‘helping, sharing and caring’, and contingent on meeting a predetermined criterion, earn a reward. Experiment 2 also examined the effects of the ISG, however, with the reward delivered noncontingently. Across both experiments, withdrawal experimental designs were utilized to compare the effects of the interventions, more specifically, the effects on inclusive interactions and disruptive behavior. Overall, the ISG was found to be an effective intervention. |
|
A Comparison of the Effectiveness and Acceptability of the Good Behavior Game With and Without Teams |
Domain: Applied Research |
VETLE RYEN BERGE (Ecura AS), Børge Strømgren (OsloMet – Oslo Metropolitan University) |
|
Abstract: This study aimed to evaluate and compare the effect and acceptability of the Good Behavior Game (GBG) played with and without teams. Traditionally, GBG is played by dividing the class into two, or more, teams. The trend, however, seems to be moving towards dividing the classes into several smaller teams, even though more teams involve more work and organization for the teachers. In recent times, much research has been conducted on various variables in GBG. However, only two studies have evaluated the effect of GBG with the whole class as one team, and it does not seem to have previously been investigated which variation students and teachers prefer. Using six school classes, a withdrawal design with two phase sequences was implemented. Baseline, whole-class GBG, another baseline, and team GBG phases were applied, with the sequence reversed for half of the classes. A final phase allowing teacher choice of GBG variation was also included. After the intervention, teacher and student preferences were collected to identify the preferred intervention variation. This study is part of the PhD-project: “The Good Behavior Game for Norwegian schools”. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ABAI Accreditation: Program Coordinators’ Experiences with Applying and Obtaining Accreditation |
Sunday, May 25, 2025 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Convention Center, Street Level, 149 AB |
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Benjamin N. Witts (St. Cloud State University) |
DARLENE E. CRONE-TODD (Salem State University) |
KENNETH F. REEVE (Caldwell University) |
LESLIE NEELY (The University of Texas at San Antonio) |
Abstract: Behavior analytic training programs of various levels and arrangements are engaging in continuous quality improvement through ABAI’s accreditation system. We invite you to learn about how exemplary training programs engage with the accreditation process to refine their programs and meet accreditation standards. The panelists’ programs represent a diverse range of accreditation experiences, including newly accredited programs and established programs. This session is designed for program coordinators, faculty, and those interested in ABAI accreditation. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
|
|
|
|
|
Use of Behavior Analytic Procedures to Promote Organizational and Community Safety |
Sunday, May 25, 2025 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Convention Center, Street Level, 146 A |
Area: OBM/CSS; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Jonathan K Fernand (Florida Institute of Technology) |
Discussant: Nicholas Matey (ABA Technologies) |
CE Instructor: Jonathan K Fernand, Ph.D. |
Abstract: This symposium highlights innovative applications of behavior-based safety procedures in both organizational and community-based settings. The first study explored the application of a task clarification procedure to improve fire-safety skills of employees working in a health and human service setting. This study also implemented enhancements to onboarding and training protocols for new employees to ensure efficacy in organizational level improvements to safe practices within work culture. The second study investigated the effective and efficient use of antecedent interventions to reduce driver speeding in a community setting. In addition, these procedures were effective in increasing pedestrian safety and ensuring safe community practices. Together, these presentations will showcase effective, low-effort strategies for fostering and maintaining safe behavior across diverse environments. In addition, these studies highlight the importance of ethical consideratations related to safety-based research and applications to solving dangerous behavior and environments. Discussion will focus on practical solutions in applied settings that require minimal resources yet yield lasting safety improvements. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): community-based procedures, OBM, safety |
Target Audience: All individuals interested in promoting safety are welcome. |
Learning Objectives: 1. Discuss pitfalls of common procedures to teach emergency safety skills 2. List low resource interventions to improve safety 3. Discuss considerations in assessing and intervening upon dangerous behavior |
|
Evaluation of Task Clarification in Improving Fire Safety in an Organizational Setting |
JONATHAN FERNAND (Florida Institute of Technology), Alexandra Ewald (Florida Institute of Technology; The Scott Center), Kira Flynn (Florida Institute of Technology; The Scott Center), Kimberly Sloman (The Scott Center for Autism Treatment; Florida Institute of Technology) |
Abstract: Previous research on safety has evaluated the efficacy of a variety of training procedures to teach adults or staff members on steps to take to exit a building safely in the event of a fire. Many organizations train their employees via computer-based instruction (CBI), in which computer technology is used to deliver training to users. However, CBI trainings may not have the greatest utility when organizations need to train a specific set of skills, as many CBI safety trainings provide more general information. In Experiment 1, the researchers evaluated the effectiveness of different training methods to teach fire evacuation skills to participants; computer-based instruction, task analysis and instruction, and feedback. The researchers found that computer-based instruction was not effective in teaching the specific steps that should be taken to exit a building safely in the event of a fire. For majority of the participants, instructions plus a written task analysis to follow?was effective in training the appropriate steps to take to exit a building in a contrived fire scenario. In Experiments 2 and 3, the researchers utilized a group design to teach fire evacuation skills to existing staff (Experiment 2) and incoming staff (Experiment 3) at an early intensive behavioral intervention (EIBI) center using task clarification. The results of these experiments validated the results of Experiment 1, providing evidence that task clarification can be utilized in a group setting to train center-specific fire evacuation skills. Results from this study may provide organizations with a more effective training system for training employees to safely exit a building if a fire were to occur.?? |
|
Investigating the Effects of an Island and a Speed Sign Gateway to Decrease Driver Speeding |
LOUAI SHOMALI (Western Michigan University), Karlie Hinkle (Western Michigan University), Ron Van Houten (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: There are thousands of motor vehicle crashes every year, and the yearly cost of crashes is estimated to be $430 billion dollars. Twenty-eight percent of fatal related crashes in 2020 involve at least one driver speeding. The application of a behavior analytic approach can be employed to reduce speeding, thereby decreasing crashes and increasing both driver and pedestrian safety. One way to reduce driver speeding behavior is the use of prompts. Van Houten and Van Houten and Van Houten et al. demonstrated the cost effectiveness approach of using prompts to decrease driver speeding at speed zones and at cross walks. This study employed an ABCDEB design to systematically investigate the effects of a gateway-like structure with speed signs to reduce driver speeding. The greatest decrease in speeding was when the 3 large signs with a splitter island. This low-cost intervention can be economically placed and requires minimum maintenance over time. |
|
|
|
|
|
The Future of Registered Behavior Technicians (RBT) Support: Exploring Artificial Intelligence (AI) Co-Pilots in Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) Service Delivery |
Sunday, May 25, 2025 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Convention Center, Street Level, 146 B |
Area: OBM/EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
CE Instructor: Rick M. Kubina, Ph.D. |
Chair: Rick M. Kubina (Penn State) |
KELLY KING (CentralReach) |
BOBBY NEWMAN (Proud Moments) |
RICK M. KUBINA (Penn State) |
Abstract: The field of applied behavior analysis faces ongoing challenges with RBT retention and support, impacting both service quality and organizational sustainability. This panel brings together experts from clinical practice, technology development, and workforce research to examine the potential role of artificial intelligence in supporting newly hired RBTs. Panelists will discuss recent pilot studies of AI co-pilot implementations, methodological considerations for evaluating such technologies, ethical implications for the field, and practical challenges in implementation. The discussion will focus on key questions including: How might AI support systems impact RBT retention and job satisfaction? What are the benefits and limitations of current AI co-pilot technologies in behavioral healthcare? How can organizations effectively evaluate and implement these tools while maintaining high clinical standards? This panel aims to facilitate an evidence-based discussion of technology's evolving role in clinical support systems while examining important considerations for the future of the field. Audience participation will be encouraged to explore diverse perspectives on this emerging practice area. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Target Audience: New and advanced behavior technicians (BTs and RBTs), behavior analysts (BCBAs and BCBA-Ds), and administrators (clinical directors) |
Learning Objectives: 1. Compare and contrast at least three potential benefits and three limitations of using AI co-pilot systems for RBT support based on current implementation data 2. Identify five key ethical considerations when implementing AI technology in clinical supervision and RBT support 3. Evaluate the effectiveness of AI support systems using at least three measurable metrics related to staff retention and clinical outcomes |
Keyword(s): Artificial intelligence, Clinical supervision, Technology integration, Workforce retention |
|
|
|
|
|
SQAB Panel: The Contributions of A. C. Catania to Behavior Analysis |
Sunday, May 25, 2025 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Convention Center, Street Level, 154 AB |
Area: PCH; Domain: Theory |
CE Instructor: Timothy D. Hackenberg, Ph.D.Ph.D. |
Chair: Peter R. Killeen (Arizona State University) |
R. DOUGLAS GREER (Professor Emeritus Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate School of Arts and Sciences) |
TIMOTHY D. HACKENBERG (Reed College) |
KENNON ANDY LATTAL (West Virginia University) |
JULIAN LESLIE (Ulster University) |
SUZANNE MITCHELL (Oregon Health & Science University) |
MARK REILLY (Central Michigan University) |
FEDERICO SANABRIA (Arizona State University) |
WILLIAM DAVID STAHLMAN (University of Mary Washington) |
Abstract: In this “Catania-Fest”, we gather to celebrate the many contributions of AC Catania—Charlie Catania. Charlie has been a major figure in our field ab ovo. His contributions range from empirical articles that have been cited over 1000 times; theoretical articles clarifying conceptual foundations; understanding the relation between instructional- and contingency-controlled behavior; demonstration of the preference of animals for free, as opposed to forced choice; and a championing of the seminal papers of BF Skinner. Charlie was an early editor of the Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, and has published notable text books on learning from a behavioral perspective. In this first tutorial session, a number of senior behavior analysts will comment on how Catania’s publications has made a difference in their own work, and in the direction of the field. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Target Audience: All behavior analysists; some behaviorists; and most students of behavior. |
Learning Objectives: 1. Learn to admire fertile genius. 2. Why do so many colleagues admire the contributions of Catania? Name 2 you esteem, and why. 3. Some critics have called behavior analysis rigid and mechanistic. Challenge that evaluation by drawing on the work of Catania. 4. Catania has contributed to our profession by a) being a consummate experimentalist, b) a creative theoretician, c) a philosopher of behaviorism, and d) an able disseminator of our ideas—an early editor of JEAB, an editor alongside Skinner in the Brain and Behavioral Sciences presentation of Skinner’s critical papers, and the author of several successful textbooks of behavior analysis. Which of these is most important, in the sense that if you had one contribution to make, which of these would it be? Why? |
|
|
|
|
|
Gender Bias and Cooperation: Insights From the Implicit Relational Assessment Procedure and a Work-Analogue Task |
Sunday, May 25, 2025 |
11:30 AM–11:50 AM |
Marriott Marquis, M4 Level, Archives |
Area: VBC |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
|
Gender Bias and Cooperation: Insights From the Implicit Relational Assessment Procedure and a Work-Analogue Task |
Domain: Basic Research |
DONNA MARIE WEST (University of Nevada, Reno), Ramona Houmanfar (University of Nevada, Reno) |
|
Abstract: Gender bias is ubiquitous in our society. The term “implicit bias” might be understood from a behavior analytic perspective as Brief, Immediate, Relational Responses (BIRRs) pertaining to a set of stimuli, including gender-related stimuli. Research has demonstrated the Implicit Relational Assessment Procedure’s (IRAP) ability to measure BIRRs and predict Extended and Elaborated Relational Responses (EERRs). Recent literature has captured BIRR-EERR relationships as they pertain to cooperation in a work analogue task. The present series of studies sought to extend these findings by examining the relationship between gender-related BIRRs and participants’ cooperation with pseudo-partners of different genders in an analogue work task. Two pilot studies highlighted the need to enhance the relevancy of the BIRRs being assessed by the IRAP. Therefore, study 1 included an IRAP stimulus-selection survey conducted with a representative sample. Study 2 assessed the predictiveness of two IRAPs including gender-related stimulus sets that demonstrated shared stimulus functions across participants in the stimulus-selection survey. Results demonstrated the predictive utility of the two IRAPs on differential choices to pick a woman or man for a partner in the work task and sensitivity to partner accuracy. Implications and suggestions for future research will be discussed. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Motivational and Discriminative Functions of Context in Renewal and Reinstatement of Operant Behavior in Mice |
Sunday, May 25, 2025 |
12:00 PM–12:20 PM |
Convention Center, Street Level, 151 AB |
Area: EAB |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
|
Motivational and Discriminative Functions of Context in Renewal and Reinstatement of Operant Behavior in Mice |
Domain: Basic Research |
DANIELA GALVIS-QUINTANA (University of Nevada, Reno), Matthew Lewon (University of Nevada, Reno) |
|
Abstract: Context may be defined as the events that are interrelated with the behavior of an organism in the moment. Two classes of events that comprise context are those that have been described as having discriminative and/or motivational functions. Two experiments were conducted to investigate the interactions between discriminative and motivational features of context in the recovery of extinguished responding in operant renewal and reinstatement procedures. In both experiments, two groups of mice received operant acquisition and extinction sessions in two different discriminative contexts. In Experiment 1, all of these occurred under 24 h food deprivation. In Experiment 2, half of these occurred under 24 h food deprivation, and half occurred under 0 h deprivation. Mice were then tested for renewal and reinstatement after the last extinction session. In both experiments, one group was tested under 24 h food deprivation, and another was tested under 0 h food deprivation. In both experiments, there was evidence of discriminative contextual control for both groups (more responding in the acquisition discriminative context), but the 24-h test groups showed significantly more recovery of responding. Results are discussed in terms of the relative contributions of discriminative and motivational contextual factors in the recovery of extinguished behavior. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Implicit Relational Assessment Procedure and Q Methodology: Measurements of Behavioral History and Its Effect on Choice Behavior |
Sunday, May 25, 2025 |
12:00 PM–12:20 PM |
Marriott Marquis, M4 Level, Independence D |
Area: VBC |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
|
Implicit Relational Assessment Procedure and Q Methodology: Measurements of Behavioral History and Its Effect on Choice Behavior |
Domain: Basic Research |
RITA OLLA (University of Nevada, Reno), Ramona Houmanfar (University of Nevada, Reno), Elisabetta Cherchi (New York University Abu Dhabi), Diane Montgomery (Oklahoma State University) |
|
Abstract: Behavioral principles suggest that an individual's interaction history and contextual factors influence choice behavior. This study employed two assessment tools to measure participants' interaction histories in work-related preferences: 1) Implicit Relational Assessment Procedure (IRAP) which provided measurements of immediate relational verbal responses under time pressure, 2) Q Methodology which provided the analysis of verbal responses without time constraints. Two studies, each with 22 participants, followed a two-phase experimental design. Initially, participants completed the IRAP and Q assessments. One week later, they engaged in a simulated data entry task which provided a choice option between human and AI assistance in the context of different accuracy levels. Researchers used the IRAP and Q results with the manipulated accuracy levels to estimate a discrete choice model via panel data analysis. All individuals’ choices across participants were examined. The findings revealed that significant differences in partner accuracy levels influenced choice behavior. Furthermore, specific IRAP and Q Methodology results effectively predicted preferences for human or AI assistance. This research introduces a preliminary methodology for measuring verbally expressed interaction history as predictors of choice preferences. Moreover, it may contribute to the development of models that enhance understanding of human-AI interactions, and decision-making processes in collaborative work environments. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Navigating Early Career Paths for Aspiring Clinicians and Researchers in Verbal Behavior |
Sunday, May 25, 2025 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM |
Marriott Marquis, M2 Level, Marquis Salon 12-13 |
Area: VBC/EDC; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Tianjiao Li (University of Maryland, Baltimore County) |
TOM CARIVEAU (University of North Carolina Wilmington) |
SARAH C CONNOLLY (Munroe Meyer Institute) |
SARAH FRAMPTON (University of Nebraska Omaha) |
Abstract: Early career development is a crucial stage for graduate-level behavior analysts, as the choices they make as students or recent graduates can significantly shape future professional trajectories. This panel, hosted by the Verbal Behavior Special Interest Group Student Group, will bring together experienced clinicians and researchers in verbal behavior to discuss the distinctions between academic and clinical career paths. Participants will gain insight into the key differences between academic and clinical positions, including work expectations, professional values, and required skill sets. Additionally, the panel will provide guidance on how to navigate the job market effectively, with a focus on identifying opportunities that align with personal career aspirations. Attendees will learn about the qualifications valued in different professional roles and how to strategically prepare for these positions. This panel aims to support students in making informed career decisions that align with their goals and interests by highlighting a variety of job opportunities and offering practical strategies for pursuing a career in behavior analysis research and/or practice with a focus on verbal behavior. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Professional Development, Scientist Practitioner, Verbal Behavior |
|
|
|
|
|
The Behavior of (Other) Organisms: Considerations for Nontraditional Animal Research |
Sunday, May 25, 2025 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM |
Marriott Marquis, M2 Level, Marquis Salon 6 |
Area: AAB; Domain: Basic Research |
Chair: Erica N. Feuerbacher (Virginia Tech) |
Presenting Author: CHRISTOPHER VARNON (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: In recent years, there has been a growing interest in using nontraditional organisms in behavior analysis. Several laboratories have begun focusing on pets and other captive species to enhance our understanding of learning, particularly in the context of animal training and human-animal interactions. Others are exploring species that are relatively novel to our field to gain a deeper appreciation of both the species and its behavior. Additionally, some researchers are pursuing the use of invertebrates as practical alternatives to traditional classroom models, such as rat or pigeon laboratories, which have become increasingly uncommon. In this presentation, I will discuss my experiences in these areas, which have led to my current laboratory and classroom work with invertebrates such as bees and cockroaches. I will share valuable lessons I have learned that are applicable for practitioners, scientists, and educators alike. I will discuss strategies for those interested in exploring animal behavior, the impact of species selection, and the importance of understanding the biology and natural history of the animals we study. Finally, I will explore what we can learn from other fields of animal behavior, such as comparative psychology and ethology, and how we can better communicate with those fields. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
|
CHRISTOPHER VARNON (University of North Texas) |
Dr. Chris Varnon is an Assistant Professor of Behavior Analysis at the University of North Texas. He received a PhD in experimental psychology at Oklahoma State University, a master's degree in behavior analysis from the University of North Texas, and a bachelor's degree in biology and psychology from Jacksonville State University. Before joining the faculty at UNT, he was an Assistant Professor of Psychology at Converse University. Dr. Varnon's research interests lie at the intersection of psychology and biology, including the psychological and physiological processes that are conserved across cultures and species. His work falls into the general area of experimental analysis of behavior and comparative psychology. He is also interested in computational approaches to model behavior, as well as behavioral neuroscience and behavioral pharmacology. He has worked with a wide range of species, from honey bees to horses, in homes, farms, zoos, and the wild. Dr. Varnon is fond of many species and topics, including the behavioral ecology of amphibians and reptiles, and the social behavior of birds. Most recently, he has become interested in tropical cockroaches and other invertebrate models of behavior. |
|
|
|
|
|
Pathways to Proficiency: Designing and Measuring Innovative Staff Training Through All Stages of Professional Development |
Sunday, May 25, 2025 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM |
Marriott Marquis, M4 Level, Independence A-C |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Lauren D'Amato (Bierman Autism Centers) |
CE Instructor: Sarah Beth Costa, M.Ed. |
Abstract: The effectiveness of behavioral skills training (BST) and Fluency Based Instruction (FBI) have been well documented into the behavior analytic literature to teach several different skills to a diverse population that includes caregivers, staff members, and more. This event will review the use of BST and FBI to teach skills necessary for new RBT candidates and onboarding BCBAs as well as methods to improve performance post onboarding. We will discuss the use of a variety of training tools to teach skills to both new and current employees, such as gamification in new behavior technician training, fluency based instruction in behavior technician ongoing training, and the use of ongoing training tools that target the specific skills needed for success in BCBA roles. In addition, we will review the implications of a streamlined training sequence and how that transfers to the application of those skills to one’s day to day activities with clients, ultimately impacting client outcomes. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Target Audience: Beginners |
Learning Objectives: 1. Describe behavior skills training and gamification as it relates to behavior technician training 2. Describe competency based training as it relates to behavior analyst trainng 3. Become familiar with outcome measures to determine training effects |
|
Increasing Behavior Technician Rate of Instruction Through Daily Fluency Timings |
KELLY BRNJAS (Endicott College), Lisa Tereshko (Endicott College) |
Abstract: A common conflict reported by ABA) agencies is related to staff performance. Many companies have the common dilemma of low staff rate of instruction. This not only impacts staff performance, but also impacts client outcomes. Studies have shown the rate of instruction is directly related to the rate of learning in students (Barosky et al., 2020). This study first targeted staff’s fluency in presenting teaching opportunities to learners, using daily fluency training in a multiple-baseline probe design embedding changing criterion. Application then was tested through applying the fluency skill demonstrated in the training timing to the real-life full session duration with clients, as well as adaptation, demonstrating the skill with new programs, materials, and clients. Maintenance was checked through the maintenance phases of the study after the intervention phases ended. Results found participants who had overlapping data points in baseline, in other words had displayed their terminal goal during baseline, met their terminal goal quicker during intervention compared to those who had no overlapping data points. Implications include considering if this is the most effective way to improve rate of instruction and if this is the most effective intervention given to staff to increase client progress. |
|
Clinician in Training: Using a Competency Based Training System to Onboard and Prepare Future Board Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBAs) for Best Practice |
NICOLE (DION) PARTRIDGE (Bierman Autism Centers), Simone Palmer (Simmons University and Bierman Autism Centers), Christina Barosky (Bierman Autism Centers), Ashley Ahlers (Bierman Autism Center) |
Abstract: Starting a new job is hard, which makes it necessary for proper onboarding process to support newer clinicians and experience clinicians to learn new skills in a new job. The purpose of this study is to evaluate the effects of a onboarding process for BCBAs or BCBA candidates and to measure the improvement of clients outcomes post initial behavior skills training program. The participants are BCBAs new to company as well as trainee’s transitioning to clinician in training roll to learn the job under a BCBA mentor. Materials include onboarding with video learning, BA modeling, supervisor review of skills and topics and conducts competencies to mastery. Rubrics provide us with data analysis for mastery criteria. The key outcomes are measured by programming changes (i.e., change harder) data and the timeline until a BCBA has a complete caseload. Results support the effectiveness of the process and highlights the key outcomes used as training outcomes measure. |
|
Strategies to Promote Success Pre and Post Initial Staff Training |
SARAH BETH COSTA (Bierman Autism Centers), Simone Palmer (Simmons University and Bierman Autism Centers), Christina Barosky (Bierman Autism Centers) |
Abstract: The requirement for ABA services to be delivered by those holding an RBT certification has been increasing across funders, which led to onboarding and initial training focusing on this requirement by many ABA companies. Typically to meet specific requirements companies will produce a streamlined training system. Streamlined training assists with quality assurance in training processes, promotes similar onboarding experiences, and focuses on success post onboarding. The overall purpose of this study was to determine if streamlined training, including both BST and gamification, would yield to a higher RBT passing rate while still focusing on retention, job satisfaction, and adherence to treatment. In addition, the study expands on initial training and reviews how the transfer from the streamlined onboarding to ongoing training and support in the local level impacts outcomes and job satisfaction for both behavior technicians and behavior analysts.
The results indicated in an overall increase in the RBT exam pass rate across the organization over the years, increased the number of RBTs providing ABA therapy, decreased feedback needed for professional behavior during onboarding, and increased overall training experience satisfaction. |
|
|
|
|
|
Applications of Equivalence-Based Instruction for Skill Acquisition Programming With Individuals With Autism, Other Disabilities, and Typically Developing Children |
Sunday, May 25, 2025 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM |
Marriott Marquis, M4 Level, Independence E-H |
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Terry S. Falcomata (The University of Texas at Austin) |
CE Instructor: Terry S. Falcomata, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Equivalence-based instruction (EBI) focuses on the development of classes of functionally related but physically diverse stimuli and is relevant to skill acquisition programming because it involves teaching minimal numbers of relations to produce classes of stimuli in an efficient manner. The purpose of this symposium was to study EBI procedures to teach a variety of skills with individuals with autism, other disabilities, and typically developing children. The first presentation describes a study examining selection- and production-based EBI on emergent academic skills and verbal behavior exhibited by children with disabilities. The results indicated that EBI procedures produced skill acquisition across participants and potential interactive effects between EBI strategies and verbal behavior levels. The second presentation discusses EBI procedures to teach music skills and promote social interactions in dyads of individuals with autism and typically developing children. The results indicated that EBI was effective at increasing correct taught and untaught relations as well as social interactions within and across child dyads. The last presentation describes a study using EBI-based tactics with video models to teach disguised mands to individuals with autism. The results showed that EBI tactics were effective with most participants; additional components were needed to produce relations with one participant. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): autism, diabilities, equivalence-based instruction, skill acquisition |
Target Audience: This intermediate instructional level symposium will have a target audience of applied behavior analysts, clinicians, practitioners, and behavior therapists who provide clinical services to individuals with autism and other disabilities. Other target audience members will include researchers interested in equivalence-based instruction for skill acquisition programming and other potential applications. |
Learning Objectives: 1. Describe the process of equivalence-based instruction. 2. Describe how equivalence-based instruction may be used to program acquisition of social skills in the form of disguised mands by individuals with autism. 3. Describe how equivalence-based instruciton may be used to program for the acquisition of academic skills by individuals with disabilities |
|
Evaluating Differential Equivalence-Based Instruction Outcomes for Production and Selection-Based Teaching Strategies |
LAUREN SHAPIRO-LINK (Teachers College, Columbia University), Daniel Mark Fienup (Teachers College, Columbia University) |
Abstract: An efficient technology of instruction can be informed by teaching the minimal number of responses to produce the maximum number of outcomes. Equivalence-Based Instruction (EBI) programs for this, but many variables have yet to be studied such as the specifics of instruction. This study examined the effects of selection- and production-based EBI on emergent responding among four second- and third-grade students with disabilities. Using an adapted alternating treatment and multiple probe design, the researcher taught relations between presidents' names, pictures, and numbers. Instructional stimuli were colored red for republican presidents and blue for democrats. In one condition, participants learned selection-based responses and in a second condition they learned all production-based responses. Researchers assessed the acquisition of untaught responses as well as performance on complexity tasks including sorting and sequencing presidents. To address the relation between EBI and verbal behavior development, we measured levels of verbal behavior and found fewer discrepancies in the outcomes of selection and production teaching tactics among participants with higher levels of verbal behavior. Overall, these results suggest the effectiveness of EBI across levels of verbal behavior and some differences in specific tactics for lower levels of verbal behavior. |
|
Using Equivalence-Based Instruction in a Group Instruction Format to Teach Music Skills to Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) and Typically Developing Children |
REMINGTON MICHAEL SWENSSON (Washington State University), Jessica Akers (Baylor University), Monserrat Austin (Baylor University), Lindsey Swafford (University of Memphis), Maxine Parr (Baylor University), Chantel Lucero (Baylor University) |
Abstract: Individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) have deficits in communication, engage in restrictive and repetitive behaviors and may have impairments in socially appropriate behaviors and social interactions. Evidence based practices have been used to teach academic, social and leisure skills to children with ASD. Equivalence-based instruction (EBI) has been used to teach academic skills to children with ASD using individual instruction across a variety of skills. However, less is known about teaching music skills using EBI to individuals with ASD. The current experimental study evaluated the effects of group instruction to teach music skills to two children with ASD and two typically developing children while evaluating social interactions during and following the intervention. The participants were placed into dyads consisting of one child with ASD and one typically developing child. Overall, there was an increase in correct responses for taught and untaught relations for both dyads across instruments, an increase in appropriate social behaviors during session and play outside of sessions between the participants in each dyad. However, some considerations are needed and additional research in this area is warranted. |
|
Using Equivalence-Based Instruction and Video Models to Teach Disguised Mand Relations to People With Autism |
PATRICIO ERHARD (University of Texas at Austin), Terry S. Falcomata (The University of Texas at Austin), Daniel Mark Fienup (Teachers College, Columbia University), Iliana Trevino Contla (University of Texas at Austin), Aarti Haresh Thakore (Central Texas Autism Center), Leslie Onofre (Central Texas Autism Center) |
Abstract: This study used a multiple baseline single-case research design to evaluate the efficacy of equivalence-based instruction (EBI) when used to teach participants with autism the relations between direct mands (e.g., "turn off the light"), disguised vocal mands (e.g., "It's too bright in here!"), and disguised gestural mands (e.g., placing one’s hand in between the trajectory of light and their eyes). We utilized a combination of procedures including video models and matching-to-sample (MTS) tasks, we first taught three participants with autism the relations between these direct and disguised mands. Following the emergence of stimulus equivalence, we tested whether the participants would demonstrate in situ responding to the disguised mands (i.e., transfer of function). All participants demonstrated the emergence of stimulus equivalence, and two of the three participants demonstrated in situ responding. Behavioral skills training was subsequently conducted with the participant that did not demonstrate transfer of function, resulting in successful in situ responding. |
|
|
|
|
|
Evaluating Stimulus Fading Procedures as a Treatment in Pediatric Feeding Disorders |
Sunday, May 25, 2025 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM |
Convention Center, Street Level, 143 A-C |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Ilissa Frye (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute) |
Discussant: Kathryn M. Peterson (Emory University and Children's Healthcare of Atlanta) |
CE Instructor: Kathryn M. Peterson, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Children diagnosed with feeding disorders and avoidant/restrictive food intake disorders have a critical need for intervention, resulting in clinicians and researchers exploring innovative areas of behavioral treatments. One commonly used technique for behavior acquisition involves stimulus fading, which has been utilized as an approach across many areas of behavior analysis, and research has been steadily growing regarding the effectiveness of this method within the context of pediatric feeding (Peterson et al., 2024). Due to the inherent complexity of feeding disorders, many researchers have explored a variety of modifications to this procedure to target fading of different utensils (e.g., spoon-to-cup, syringe-to-cup, etc.) or increasing consumption of solids or liquids (Groff et al., 2011, 2014). The purpose of the current symposium will be to explore two different practices of stimulus fading in the treatment of pediatric feeding disorders. The first presentation will report on the findings of a bolus assessment and treatment package designed to prepare a child for a video fluoroscopic swallow study (VFSS). The second presentation will discuss a retrospective consecutive controlled case series review of spoon-to-cup fading procedures to identify the profiles of children who responded to the stimulus fading procedure. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Assessment, Demand Fading, Feeding, Stimulus Fading |
Target Audience: Individuals interested in learning more about the treatment of pediatric feeding disorders. For BCBAs, BCaBAs, RBTs, and any other practitioners. |
Learning Objectives: 1. Attendees will be able to identify the potential components of the treatment packages used to increase acceptance of solids and liquids in children diagnosed with feeding disorders. 2. Attendees will learn about the profiles of children who may benefit from fading procedures in the treatment of feeding disorders. 3. Attendees will be able to describe two different practices of stimulus fading in the treatment of pediatric feeding disorders. |
|
Determining Appropriate Bolus Size for Bolus Fading Treatment to Prepare for Video Fluoroscopic Swallow Study |
ASHLEY ANDERSEN-WEBER (Clinic 4 Kidz), Meeta R. Patel (Clinic 4 Kidz & Stanford University School of Medicine) |
Abstract: Prematurity is common in children with feeding problems, frequently leading to tube dependence, and these children are often at increased risk of aspiration. Determining swallow safety in these children can be challenging due to interfering mealtime behaviors and limited oral feeding experience. The purpose of this study was to evaluate a treatment package that prepared a child for a video fluoroscopic swallow study (VFSS) by increasing consumption and reducing inappropriate mealtime behaviors while minimizing the risk of aspiration. We conducted an antecedent assessment of differing bolus sizes to determine a starting point for a bolus fading treatment designed to increase food consumption. The assessment was undifferentiated suggesting that treatment should begin with an empty spoon. With the introduction of the bolus fading, nonremoval of the spoon, and noncontingent reinforcement treatment package, acceptance and mouth clean increased and inappropriate mealtime behavior decreased to low levels across increasing bolus sizes. Appropriate eating generalized to thin liquids and the swallow study environment, allowing swallow safety to be assessed. |
|
A Consecutive Controlled Case Series of Spoon-to-Cup Fading |
MEARA X. H. MCMAHON (Marcus Autism Center and Emory School of Medicine), Anna Karen Castro-Alcocer (30324), Ashlynn Payton (Marcus Autism Center), Gabriel Yanez (Marcus Autism Center, Emory University School of Medicine) |
Abstract: Restricted/repetitive behavior exhibited by autistic children may manifest as inflexibility with food and drink presentation. Some children continue drinking from a bottle or sippy cup when it is no longer age-appropriate and demonstrate sensitivity to change with the drink receptacle even when presented with a preferred drink. Prolonged bottle dependence has the potential to lead to dental disease, difficulties with swallowing, and carries a negative stigma for both caregivers and the child. Spoon-to-cup fading is a form of stimulus fading that involves slowly fading an accepted stimulus (spoon) out and fading in the target stimulus (cup). Preliminary research shows that spoon-to-cup fading can increase liquid intake from an open cup for children with feeding difficulties. Researchers conducted a retrospective consecutive controlled case series review to further identify profiles of children who respond to spoon-to-cup fading. Rapid acceptance of liquid increased, and inappropriate mealtime behavior decreased for all three children during spoon-to-cup fading. Shaping with graduated exposure and spoon/cup interspersal were attempted and deemed ineffective at increasing liquid consumption for these children. Implications for long-term health and trauma-informed care will be discussed. |
|
|
|
|
|
Training for Transformation: Empowering Staff With Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) in Brain Injury Care |
Sunday, May 25, 2025 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM |
Convention Center, Street Level, 140 B |
Area: CBM/EDC; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Alison Cox (Brock University) |
Discussant: Eric T Spier (Craig Hospital) |
CE Instructor: Alison Cox, Ph.D. |
Abstract: In 2024, the Behavior Analyst Certification Board (BACB) reported that less than 1% of Board-Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBAs) worked to clinically support individuals who have survived brain injuries. With such a small subset of skilled clinicians within this population, the ability to provide high quality and systematic services is often limited. Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) has no formal Federal funding for individuals with acquired brain injuries (ABI). This creates the occasion for BCBAs who work within this population to lay the foundation for services moving forward. Often, that foundation is started with staff who have little to no experience in ABA. Therefore, BCBAs often start with some of the most basic skills that take place in our field, describing behavior, collecting data and implementing simplistic reactive strategies. The effort to build and solidify an ABA foundation will be discussed in great depth by the symposium’s discussant, a physician with extensive training and expertise in brain injury. This symposium will discuss how to lay an ABA foundation within a hospital-setting, how to build up RBTs skills in a traditionally non-ABA based setting and how to create salience for all learners in relation to behavior management. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): ABA integration, brain injury, staff training |
Target Audience: Beginner |
Learning Objectives: 1. Describe key differences between traditional ABA services and ABI rehabilitation services 2. Describe the principles of ABA most relevant to interdisciplinary team members 3. Generate a foundational plan for settings wherein ABA is not traditionally observed |
|
Integrating Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) Into Brain Injury Rehabilitation Settings |
ARIELLE REINDEAU (Craig Hospital) |
Abstract: Brain Injury Related Behaviors (BIRBs) impact 44-74% of brain injury survivors who have suffered moderate-to-severe brain injuries. The Center for Disease Control has provided best clinical practice recommendations, and these suggest that comprehensive brain injury rehabilitation is a key component to successful healing (Peterson et al., 2019). Despite this, few treatment sites have incorporated evidence-based practices, including Applied Behavior Analysis. This presentation offers a detailed description of how Applied Behavior Analysis was integrated into an interdisciplinary team setting for brain injury survivors. Data related to pre- and post-tests for neurobehavioral management courses taught over three consecutive years will be reviewed for aggregate data and trends. Data on staff injuries resulting from patient aggression will be reviewed, and related trends will be analyzed and discussed. Finally, attendees will be given practical and objective steps to take if they are interested in pursuing careers in which they will train non-ABA specific staff to manage behaviors. |
|
Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) in Brain Injury Settings: A Pragmatic Approach to Building ABA Skillsets in Frontline Implementers |
SALLY KUHN (Craig Hospital) |
Abstract: The acute rehabilitation hospital setting for individuals with traumatic and non-traumatic brain injuries creates a unique and complicated environment in which to deliver effective Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) services. Even though certified behavior analysts are now present within the continuum of care, little to no funding is available to support these positions. This makes it extremely important to demonstrate the clear impact that the utilization of ABA services has on service delivery, as well as client outcomes. In some settings, teams are able to support both Board-Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBAs) and Registered Behavior Technicians (RBTs) in spreading ABA to the larger community. This talk will review how staff have modified RBT trainings and competencies to deliver pragmatic programming to the brain injury patient population. This presentation will include recommendations for topics such as treatment fidelity, least to most prompting hierarchies for verbal competencies, 1:1 supervision, and integration of RBT feedback in novel settings. |
|
|
|
|
|
Más Allá de Las Palabras: Culturally and Linguistically Sensitive Behavior Analytic Services for Latine Clients |
Sunday, May 25, 2025 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM |
Convention Center, Street Level, 158 AB |
Area: CSS/CBM; Domain: Translational |
CE Instructor: Anniette F Maldonado, Ph.D. |
Chair: Jessica Mercado-Anazagasty (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
ANNIETTE F MALDONADO (Children's National Hospital) |
YOREIDY TAVAREZ (Kennedy Krieger Institute/Johns Hopkins School of Medicine) |
ELÍAS LORÍA (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: The growing diversity within the client population necessitates that behavior analysts adapt their approaches to meet the unique needs of Latine clients, who often experience various challenges in accessing evidence-based services. This panel brings together experts in behavior analytic services and cultural competency to engage participants in dialogue on the challenges and opportunities in serving Latine families, fostering an environment that respects diversity and promotes effective behavior change. Key topics include the necessity of bilingual services, the adaptation of intervention tools, and the integration of culturally relevant practices into behavior interventions. As the demand for behavior analytic services grows within Latine communities, it is essential to address the unique cultural and linguistic needs of Latine clients thereby enhancing client engagement and promoting equity in access to services. Understanding cultural contexts can lead to more accurate assessments and more effective interventions. Implementing culturally and linguistically sensitive services can significantly improve client outcomes and satisfaction. This may reduce barriers to care, increase treatment adherence, and enhance overall community trust in behavior analytic services. As practitioners adopt these methods, they contribute to the broader movement towards cultural competence in healthcare, ultimately advancing the field of behavior analysis and promoting social justice. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: Audience should be aware of the growing need for bilingual and/or culturally sensitive services. |
Learning Objectives: 1. Describe the growing need for bilingual behavioral services in the US. 2. Identify existing research-based adaptation frameworks. 3. Identify practical ways to integrate culturally relevant practices into behavior analytic interventions. |
Keyword(s): bilingual services, cultural adaptations, Latin America, linguistic adaptations |
|
|
|
|
|
Evaluating the Relative Effects of Socially Mediated Consequences and Extending the Utility of Sociability Assessments |
Sunday, May 25, 2025 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM |
Marriott Marquis, M4 Level, Capitol & Congress |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Janelle Kirstie Bacotti (University of Miami) |
CE Instructor: Janelle Kirstie Bacotti, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Prior researchers have assessed social interactions and leisure items to determine their relative effects on response rates, acquisition, severe behavior, and overall treatment outcomes. The current symposium will include three presentations that involve extending the utility of sociability assessments (Morris & Vollmer, 2021) and the effects of socially mediated consequences on responding under a progressive ratio schedule. The first study identified the proportion of sociability assessments during which severe behavior occurred and retrospectively compared sociability assessment and functional analysis outcomes with children on the autism spectrum. The second study involved examining the social interactions between feeding therapists and children receiving behavioral feeding services by completing sociability assessments throughout treatment. The third study evaluated a behavioral economic measure of sensitivity to social reinforcement with children with and without disabilities and compared responding when delivering social interactions versus leisure items using a progressive ratio schedule. All presenters will describe their study procedures, findings, contributions, and future research directions. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): behavioral economics, functional analysis, sociability, social reward |
Target Audience: Attendees should be familiar with social interaction preference assessments, functional analyses, a general understanding of behavioral economics, and a general understanding of pediatric feeding disorders. |
Learning Objectives: 1. identify the relevance of measuring severe behavior during sociability assessments. 2. identify the relevance of measuring the function of social interactions while children receive behavioral feeding services. 3. identify the relative effects of social interactions and leisure stimuli on responding under progressive ratio schedules across diagnostic groups. |
|
A Retrospective Evaluation of Sociability Assessment and Functional Analysis Outcomes |
GRACE SIGWANZ (University of Miami), Yanerys Leon (University of Miami), Janelle Kirstie Bacotti (University of Miami), Alexandra Ramirez (University of Miami), Gabriela Salazar (University of Miami), Joanne Li (University of Miami) |
Abstract: Sociability assessments (SA) can be used to identify the function of social interactions (i.e., reinforcing, neutral, aversive) among children on the autism spectrum (Morris & Vollmer, 2021). More than 40% of children diagnosed on the autism spectrum engage in challenging behavior (Edelson, 2021) and previous researchers have shown that social positive reinforcement in the form of adult attention accounts for 14.5% of identified functions of problem behavior across 2,314 outcomes (Melanson & Fahmie, 2023). To date, there are no published studies that report the occurrence of problem behavior during SA. The purpose of this study was to a) report on the proportion of SA during which participants exhibited problem behavior and b) conduct a preliminary analysis of SA and functional analysis outcomes by retrospectively comparing the results for participants who experienced both assessments. In addition to molar outcome measures, we completed analyses to examine the extent to which therapist behavior (i.e., social or avoidant switches; the presence or absence of social interactions) was correlated with problem behavior during the SA. We discuss implications of measuring problem behavior during sociability assessments on the selection of functional analysis test conditions, potential functions of problem behavior, and initial treatment selection. |
|
Examining Social Interactions for Children Undergoing Behavioral Feeding Therapy |
LAURA BEATRIZ DEZAYAS (University of Florida), Ronald J. Clark (University of Florida), Angie Van Arsdale (University of Florida), Nicole Perrino (University of Florida, Florida Autism Center), Vivian F Ibanez (University of Florida), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida) |
Abstract: Approximately 25-35% of typically developing children and up to 80-90% of children with autism (ASD) may experience persistent feeding difficulties. Intervention based on applied behavior analysis and in the context of multidisciplinary care has been highly successful for the treatment of pediatric feeding disorders (Sharp et al., 2017). However, one question that remains is the degree to which participation in this type of treatment impacts a child’s social interactions with their feeding therapists. Recently, sociability testing has been shown to be effective in assessing whether social interactions function as reinforcing, neutral, or aversive stimuli (Morris & Vollmer, 2020). Therefore, the current study extends the literature by examining the social interactions between children with feeding disorders and their feeding therapists throughout their clinical course of treatment. Results of this study demonstrated that the majority of participants found social interactions with their therapists to be reinforcing before the implementation of their feeding intervention, and these findings did not change following the feeding intervention. These outcomes have implications for using sociability testing as one angle from which researchers can evaluate the social validity of behavior-analytic feeding treatment. |
|
Quantifying the Relative Reinforcing Efficacy of Social Versus Leisure Stimuli for Children With Autism |
PIERCE TAYLOR (Louisiana State University), Samuel L Morris (Louisiana State University), Nathan Call (Marcus Autism Center), Joanna Lomas Mevers (Marcus Autism Center) |
Abstract: Researchers have hypothesized that one behavioral mechanism related to autism spectrum disorder (ASD) could be differences in the extent to which social interactions are experienced as sufficiently reinforcing (Chevallier et al., 2012). This study evaluated a behavioral economic measure of sensitivity to social reinforcement in 30 autistic children, 19 children with developmental disabilities, and 19 neurotypical children between the ages of 3 and 12 years old. Participants worked for 30 s of access to social interactions with a novel adult or a leisure item across separate sessions. Each consequence was delivered according to a progressive ratio schedule of reinforcement in which the number of work responses required increased across trials. A high degree of heterogeneity in the absolute and relative value of social interaction was observed within each diagnostic group. Although social interactions were more reinforcing than leisure stimuli for several autistic participants, comparisons across diagnostic groups indicate that the relative reinforcing efficacy for social interaction was lower for autistic participants compared to neurotypical participants, but not participants with developmental disabilities. |
|
|
|
|
|
Nuanced Treatments for Idiosyncratic Forms of Escape and Avoidance Behaviors |
Sunday, May 25, 2025 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM |
Marriott Marquis, M4 Level, Archives |
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Biancé Jasmine Ferrucci (Salve Regina University ) |
CE Instructor: Cody Morris, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Effective treatment of challenging behavior maintained by escape and avoidance functions often requires nuanced strategies that involve adapting treatment to fit clients’ idiosyncratic needs. This symposium will include three talks that evaluate modified treatments for escape and avoidance behaviors. The first study utilized a changing criterion design to evaluate the impact of functional communication training (FCT) and systematic desensitization on aggression following participant errors. Results showed that combining FCT with systematic desensitization was effective in reducing aggression following errors. The second study utilized a pairwise multielement design to compare the frequency of challenging behavior during transitions. Results demonstrated that incorporating moderately preferred activities during transitions between high-to-low preferred activities effectively decreased challenging behavior. The third study utilized an AB design to evaluate the effectiveness of a teacher-implemented intervention package, which focused on increasing appropriate forms of communication to decrease challenging behavior. Results demonstrated that the intervention package was effective at both decreasing challenging behavior and increasing appropriate communicative responses. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Avoidance, Challenging Behavior, Escape |
Target Audience: A basic understanding of functions related to challenging behaviors. |
Learning Objectives: 1. describe the complexities of treating escape and avoidance maintained challenging behavior. 2. identify strategies to nuance treatments to meet client needs. 3. troubleshoot clinical complexities related to escape and avoidance. |
|
Treatment of Challenging Behavior During Physical Transitions: A Case Study |
JESSE PERRIN (Salve Regina University), Jacqueline Wilson (Salve Regina Uinversity), Caitlyn Federico (Salve Regina University), Cody Morris (Salve Regina University) |
Abstract: Caregivers of individuals diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) and other developmental disabilities commonly report concerns about challenging behavior during transitions. One variable that can influence the likelihood of challenging behavior during transitions is a disparity in the relative preference of the contexts being transitioned between. Research has shown that going from rich-to-lean schedules of reinforcement has resulted in longer transition times compared to moderate-to-lean transitions (Wood & Simon, 2023). Thus, it is possible that some clients may engage in challenging behavior when transitioning between highly preferred contexts and low-to-unpreferred contexts and be less likely to do so when transitioning between moderately preferred contexts and low-to-unpreferred contexts. The purpose of this study was to assess whether arranging a moderately preferred activity between a highly preferred and low-to-unpreferred activity would reduce transition-related challenging behavior in a client diagnosed with ASD. Interobserver agreement (IOA) was collected for 100% of sessions with an IOA score of 100%. The results of this study demonstrated that arranging moderately preferred activities during transitions between highly preferred to low-to-unpreferred activities was effective at reducing the participant’s challenging behavior. Implications for future research and clinical practice will be discussed. |
|
Assessment and Treatment of Challenging Behavior Following Client Errors |
JACQUELINE WILSON (Salve Regina Uinversity), Sarah Sullivan (Pathways Strategic Teaching Center), Jesse Perrin (Salve Regina University), Cody Morris (Salve Regina University) |
Abstract: Performance errors by clients are common when learning new skills. Performance errors can be aversive for some clients and may evoke challenging behavior in certain contexts. Therefore, research on decreasing challenging behavior following client performance errors is warranted. The purpose of this study was to evaluate the effectiveness of functional communication training (FCT) plus systematic desensitization to reduce aggression evoked by errors. The participant was a 15-year-old boy diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder. A pairwise multi-element design showed that challenging behavior reliably occurred when errors were made during an adapted physical education activity. During the treatment analysis, the participant was prompted to engage in a functional communicative response (FCR) following errors while the number of errors per session were systematically increased using a changing criterion design. Frequency of challenging behavior and FCR engagement were measured for each session. Interobserver agreement (IOA) and procedural fidelity (PF) were measured across 70% of sessions with an IOA score of 94% and a PF score of 98%. Results showed that FCT plus systematic desensitization was effective at reducing aggression following errors and that intervention effects generalized across settings. Implications for practice and future research will be discussed. |
|
A Consultative Approach to Escape Maintained Challenging Behavior in an Early Education Classroom |
MASHIATH BINTI MAHABUB (Western Michigan University), Leanne Latocha (Western Michigan University), Stephanie M. Peterson (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: Behavior-analytic approaches are adopted in educational settings to address the unique needs of young students displaying increased instances of challenging behavior, such as aggression and disruption (Hanley et al., 2007). Escape from presented tasks is a common reinforcing consequence for young children in educational settings (Luczynski & Fahmie, 2017). Behavioral strategies can be used in classrooms to increase students’ academic engagement (Lekwa et al., 2018) while decreasing escape from academic tasks (Luczynski & Fahmie, 2017). Such strategies may teach students to engage in appropriate alternative behaviors to meet their unique needs. The purpose of this case presentation is to describe a consultative approach to the assessment and treatment of a 4-year-old student's challenging behavior to escape demands and peer interactions in a preschool classroom. The teachers were coached on the implementation of strategies to increase the student's engagement in appropriate alternative behaviors to access their needs while decreasing escape-maintained challenging behavior. Procedural fidelity data were collected for 100% of the observations to determine areas requiring further teacher coaching. The results of the intervention indicated an overall reduction in the student's challenging behavior and demonstrated the benefits of teaching young students to engage in appropriate alternative behaviors in the classroom setting. |
|
|
|
|
|
Recent Research on the Evolutionary Theory of Behavior Dynamics |
Sunday, May 25, 2025 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM |
Convention Center, Street Level, 150 AB |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
Chair: Ryan Higginbotham (University of Florida) |
Abstract: The Evolutionary Theory of Behavior Dynamics (ETBD) is a genetic algorithm and a complexity theory that animates artificial organisms according to Darwinian principles of selection, reproduction, and mutation. The ETBD has been found to generate behavior that closely corresponds with the behavior of live organisms in a variety of experimental contexts and has demonstrated utility in modeling clinical phenomena. The current symposium presents recent advancements in research evaluating the ETBD. The first talk discusses delay discounting within the ETBD and how the parameters of the theory may influence discounting and correspondence with discounting in live organisms. The second talk models reinstatement within the ETBD and replicates the procedures of a previous experiment with live organisms demonstrating that exposure to intermittent reinforcement may mitigate response-dependent reinstatement. The third talk presents a test of the ETBD's predictions about choice under concurrent random-ratio schedules by exposing artificial organisms and human participants to identical schedules of reinforcement. Taken together, these talks expand the evidence in support of the ETBD and suggest many important directions for future computational and experimental research in this area. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): behavior dynamics, computational models, evolutionary theory, translational research |
|
Further Exploration of Delay Discounting With the Evolutionary Theory of Behavior Dynamics |
RYAN HIGGINBOTHAM (University of Florida), Jesse Dallery (University of Florida) |
Abstract: The Evolutionary Theory of Behavior Dynamics (ETBD) is a complex systems theory designed predict adaptive behavior. It uses an algorithm to instantiate rules based on Darwinian natural selection on an artificial organism (AO) that is represented by a population of behaviors. The repeated application of these rules produces a record of behavior that can be compared to live-organism behavior. The ETBD has been shown to produce live-organism-like delay discounting, which is the tendency for reinforcers to lose value as they become more delayed. However, it is currently unknown how different parameters of the ETBD’s algorithm influence discounting and how these parameters might relate to live organism discounting. Understanding individual differences in delay discounting, particularly differences in the rate that reinforcers lose value, is important because these differences have been linked to a wide variety of unhealthy behaviors. We assessed AOs’ delay discounting using an adjusting amount procedure and explored the effects of various parameters of the ETBD’s algorithm. The data show that these parameters influence individual differences in delay discounting. These results suggest ETBD may be useful for modeling and understanding individual differences in live organism’s delay discounting. |
|
Modeling Response-Dependent Reinstatement With the Evolutionary Theory of Behavior Dynamics |
SHANE HIL PHILLIPS (Auburn University), John Falligant (Auburn University) |
Abstract: Reinstatement refers to the reemergence of a target response that was previously diminished following the delivery of the reinforcer originally maintaining that response. Woods and Bouton (2007) found comparatively lower levels of response-dependent reinstatement for organisms whose target response was eliminated with partial reinforcement (PRF) relative to extinction. This could be because occasionally reinforced responses during PRF are associated with both reinforcement and extinction, whereas in extinction, the modulating effects of reinforcement erroneously predict a complete reintroduction of the reinforcement contingency. The present study replicated the procedures described in Woods and Bouton (2007) with artificial organisms (AO) animated by the Evolutionary Theory of Behavior Dynamics (ETBD). Consistent with Woods and Bouton, AOs whose behavior was previously diminished with PRF evidenced lower levels of reinstatement relative to AOs whose behavior was diminished with extinction. Results from the present study suggest that PRF may be a viable tactic for inoculating against response-dependent reinstatement. By replicating Woods and Bouton, the present study is the first to demonstrate reinstatement with the ETBD, further showcasing the generality of the algorithm for modeling dynamic behavioral phenomena. |
|
Testing the Predictions of the Evolutionary Theory of Behavior Dynamics About Choice Under Concurrent Random Ratio Schedules |
EDWARD T BLAKEMORE (LSU School of Psychology), Samuel L Morris (Louisiana State University) |
Abstract: The Evolutionary Theory of Behavior Dynamics (ETBD) has made two specific predictions about choice under concurrent random ratio schedules: preference becomes more extreme with (a) larger differences between the concurrent ratio requirements and (b) smaller absolute values of the ratio requirement for the denser alternative. In this study, we tested the ETBD’s predictions by evaluating human participant’s choice under various concurrent random ratio schedules. Sixty-three undergraduate students participated and were presented with two concurrently available response options on a touch screen monitor. The difference between the concurrently available ratio requirements were manipulated across conditions and the absolute value of the ratio requirement for the denser alternative was manipulated across groups. As predicted by the ETBD, participant’s preference for the denser alternative increased as the difference between the concurrent ratio requirements increased and groups with smaller absolute ratio requirements tended to display more extreme preference. However, a high level of heterogeneity was observed across human participants within each group that was not evident in the behavior of artificial organisms animated by the ETBD. |
|
|
|
|
|
Teaching Compassion and Neurodivergent-Affirming Practices at the Graduate Level |
Sunday, May 25, 2025 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM |
Convention Center, Street Level, 145 B |
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Rachel Taylor Taylor (Center for Applied Behavior Analysis ) |
Discussant: Noor Younus Syed (SUNY Empire State College; Anderson Center International; Endicott College) |
CE Instructor: Leanna Mellon, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Recent changes in the curricular requirements for graduate programs leading to certification as a behavior analyst promote inclusion of topics of diversity, equity, and inclusion (DEI) within several required courses. Disability is an important feature of diversity and must be included in efforts to promote DEI within behavior analytic curricula in pursuit of equity and inclusiveness. Neurodiversity- or disability-affirming applied behavior analysis is ethical behavior analysis that ensures client rights and dignity and is responsive to all forms of client self-advocacy. These practices inform goal selection, assessment, intervention, and analysis to promote behavior analysis that is socially valid and maximizes Neurodivergent client choice, autonomy, and quality of life (Lestremau Allen et al., 2024). Graduate coursework and supervision experiences shape student learning and inform future behavior analysts’ clinical and professional repertoires. Education and training that overlooks disability within DEI initiatives are unlikely to develop the needed repertoires to engage in behavior analytic services delivery and/or research in a manner that is compassionate, culturally responsive, and which affirms Neurodivergent client identities. The symposium will address how higher education faculty can promote neurodivergent-affirming practices, providing specific examples from two graduate programs on how neurodivergent-affirming practices are embedded within coursework and field experiences. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): compassionate care, higher education, neurodivergent affirming, neurodiversity |
Target Audience: The target audience for this symposium includes behavior analysts who have some experience supervising, training, or teaching aspiring behavior analysts. |
Learning Objectives: 1. Define compassionate care and neurodivergent affirming care. 2. Describe the importance of teaching compassionate care and neurodivergent affirming care. 3. Describe three examples of how to teach graduate students about compassionate care and neurodivergent-affirming practices. |
|
A Transformative Approach to Designing Curricula to Teach Compassionate Care and Neurodivergent-Affirming Practices to Graduate Students |
LEANNA MELLON (State University of New York at New Paltz), Lauren Lestremau Allen (SUNY Empire State University) |
Abstract: The Behavior Analyst Certification Board (BACB) will be requiring that topics of diversity, equity, and inclusion are incorporated across three of its required topics courses beginning in 2027 (BACB, 2022). This change will require many programs to revise existing curricula used to teach aspiring behavior analysts. Banks (1993) outlined four models for approaching multicultural curricular reform: (1) contributions, (2) additive, (3) transformative, and (4) social action. This presentation will provide an overview of Banks’ models of curricular reform. The presentation will also include specific examples from two master’s programs that are verified course sequences within the Statue University of New York system that use transformative approaches in its curricular designs. The examples will outline how the topics of DEI, compassionate care, and neurodiversity-affirming practices are included across coursework, programming, and field experiences. The presentation will also include a discussion about how transformative approaches to curriculum design may influence social action. |
|
|
|
|
|
Towards a Technology of Generalization: Current Research Practices and Morningside's Six Ingredients for Effective Design |
Sunday, May 25, 2025 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM |
Convention Center, Street Level, 147 A |
Area: EDC/AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Kayla Randall (Georgia Southern University) |
CE Instructor: Kayla Randall, Ph.D. |
Abstract: The field of behavior analysis has long recognized the importance of generalization. However, inconsistent and contradictory definitions and the lack of established teaching procedures have prevented the emergence of a clear technology of generalization. This symposium will describe current difficulties in terminology and applied practices, will offer suggestions for improving terminology, and will describe an emerging technology of generalization. First, Jennifer Ledford will present a review of inconsistent terminology associated with maintenance, generalization, secondary variables, and social validity in the behavior analytic treatment literature. Second, Bailee Scheuffele will describe the six ingredients in Morningside’s technology of generalization. She will describe a project in which elementary students were taught how to discuss their independent reading with peers and apply those repertoires to voluntarily choose to participate in the Summer Book Bingo of the local library system. Lastly, Daniel Carroll will describe how he applied Morningside’s six ingredients to the design of a project in which elementary and middle-school students in a corrective reading class were first taught narrative retelling repertoires, which they applied to unprompted, retellings of the important events of their day to their parents and guardians. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Application, Generalization, Generative Responding, Maintenance |
Target Audience: The audience should have a basic understanding of behavior analytic principles, specifically generalization. The target audience are behavior analysts working with the treatment of problem behavior, teaching of daily living skills, teaching of special education and general education students, and professionals interested in designing and programming for generalization. |
Learning Objectives: 1. Define generalization and maintenance 2. Define simple and complex generative responding 3. List and describe the six ingredients for designing for generalization |
|
Inconsistent Terminology Use in Behavior Analytic Studies: Influence on Evaluation of Impact |
JENNIFER LEDFORD (Vanderbilt University), Joseph Michael Lambert (Vanderbilt University) |
Abstract: To improve communication and dissemination, science requires accurate and precise use of terms, including those used to describe conditions in research studies. Inconsistency of terminology used in behavior analytic treatment literature may prevent consumers from understanding of the impact of the work and may prevent researchers interested in synthesizing results across studies from effectively identifying and communicating results. This review was specifically focused on the difficulties with terminology associated with maintenance, generalization, secondary variables, and social validity. We use data collected for a systematic review of applied studies designed to reduce interfering behavior to illustrate some of these difficulties. We discuss the findings from this systematic review, especially in relation to outcomes associated with impact. Authors sometimes used different terms to refer to the same concepts and the same terms to refer to disparate concepts. These differences may lead to confusion regarding outcomes in behavior analytic work. We provide suggestions for improving terminology and description of single case design studies, to improve both meaningful evaluations of impact and understanding of the overall impact of research via systematic review. |
|
Morningside’s Six Ingredients for Generalization: Teaching Students to Voluntarily Participate in a Summer Reading Program |
BAILEE SCHEUFFELE (Morningside Academy), Andrew Robert Kieta (Morningside Academy), Kent Johnson (Morningside Academy) |
Abstract: An unequivocal example of effective teaching is when learners engage in previously taught behaviors across varied contexts beyond the classroom. For instruction to be meaningful, a technology of application, or simple generative responding, is necessary. Morningside Academy is developing such a technology, by identifying six ingredients that make application of skills to meaningful real-world contexts more likely, including the use of a series of structured forms to systematically apply those skills to contexts that increasingly share features with real-world environments. For this project, students were encouraged to select texts aligned with their interests and share reflections with peers, eventually broadening their selections according to teacher-selected genres and topics. These structured forms utilized reading as a medium for social interaction, allowing students to reinforce reading comprehension and fluency in authentic settings. Over time, teacher involvement was phased out, with learners independently seeking out a broader range of reading materials, engaging in book discussions, and sharing recommendations in both social and academic settings (as reported by teachers or caregivers). This structured, real-world application of reading promotes essential skills such as critical thinking, effective communication, and social engagement, making the reading experience more meaningful and socially relevant. |
|
Morningside’s Six Ingredients for Generalization: Teaching Students to Retell Their School Day at Home |
DANIEL CARROLL (Morningside Academy), Andrew Robert Kieta (Morningside Academy), Kent Johnson (Morningside Academy) |
Abstract: A home environment in which students describe the events of their day in an efficient and functional manner is one that fosters social connectivity, socially reinforces complex verbal behavior, and creates a context for problem solving discussions. For this project, Morningside’s six ingredients for simple generative responding were used to design a sequence in which students learned effective retelling repertoires in the classroom, then applied those repertoires through a series of contexts that shared more and more features of the home environment. Initial instruction began with students learning a retelling procedure that they used after reading stories in the Corrective Reading: Decoding B2 curriculum. Then, students applied those retelling repertoires to a series of structured forms – or contexts- where they were invited to engage in retelling behavior about various practiced activities. Students then applied the retelling procedure parts of their school day using Morningside's Daily Support Card, which provided a framework to increase both quality and frequency of students' 'kind of day' retells. Lastly, students were taught to apply retelling repertoires when discussing their day with parents or guardians in their home settings. |
|
|
|
|
|
Connections Between Behavior Analysis and the Scholarship of Teaching and Learning (SOTL) |
Sunday, May 25, 2025 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM |
Convention Center, Street Level, 147 B |
Area: EDC; Domain: Translational |
CE Instructor: Kara L. Wunderlich, Ph.D. |
Chair: Kara L. Wunderlich (Rollins College) |
MIRARI ELCORO (Framingham State University) |
CATHERINE WILLIAMS (University of North Carolina Wilmington) |
CATHERINE M. GAYMAN (Troy University) |
Abstract: The Scholarship of Teaching and Learning (SoTL) can be described as systematic investigation into both instructional methods and student learning processes in higher education with the ultimate aims of dissemination across disciplines. Many of the psychological perspectives currently influencing SoTL research emerge from other disciplines, including cognitive psychology. However, there is a relative lack of behavior-analytic perspectives in the SoTL community, despite the expertise in learning and experimental procedures that behavior analysts can provide. This panel aims to discuss overlaps between behavior analysis and SoTL with faculty members who are engaged in both communities. In this panel, we will discuss ways that behavior analysis can contribute to the SoTL discipline and what conducting a SoTL project might entail in a behavior-analytic classroom or practicum. We will also address questions from the audience related to the intersection between behavior analysis and SOTL, how behavior analysts can seek guidance on entering the field of SOTL, and why faculty members would benefit from connecting with SOTL researchers at their institutions. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: Higher education instructors, faculty members with behavior analysis background |
Learning Objectives: 1. describe overlapping concepts between Behavior Analysis and Scholarship of Teaching and Learning (SoTL) fields 2. identify areas in which behavior analytic research can be most helpful in contributing to SoTL research base 3. provide examples of what a SoTL project would entail in a behavior analytic context |
Keyword(s): Higher Education, Teaching/Learning |
|
|
|
|
|
Creating an Ethical Work Culture During Periods of Dynamic Growth in the Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) Profession |
Sunday, May 25, 2025 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM |
Convention Center, Street Level, 146 B |
Area: OBM/AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
CE Instructor: Steve Woolf, Ph.D. |
Chair: Melissa Saunders (Creative Interventions) |
STEVE WOOLF (Butterfly Effects) |
MELISSA L. OLIVE (Simmons University) |
HEATHER O'SHEA (Verbal Behavior Associates) |
Abstract: The presentation addresses how to create an ethical ABA provider culture given the rapid expansion to the ABA-based business. Over the last seven years, ABA providers have been challenged by wage inflation, fierce talent acquisition competition, stagnant reimbursement rates, and stringent regulatory payer requirements. Despite these challenges, the ABA profession continues to be one of the fastest growing sectors of the healthcare industry. Numerous ABA companies have entered the ASD treatment space funded through an infusion of capital by various types of investors. The panel features BCBA-Ds with significant experience operating large-scale ABA-based businesses. The panelists will discuss the applied strategies to create an ethical work culture and build a positive work community with measurable outcomes. These applied strategies will address billing fraud, scope of practice, BCBA retention, training practices, and clinical integrity. The panelist will also address many of the challenges associated with operating large-scale ABA-based businesses given this period of dynamic growth. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: The target are BCBAs working within mid to large size companies |
Learning Objectives: 1. • Participants will identify three challenges influencing professional ethical behavior relative to working with the profession of behavior analysis. 2. • Participants will identify three strategies that promote ethical practice. 3. • Participants will identify critical aspects of ABA-based businesses that determine compliance with BACB ethical code. |
|
|
|
|
|
Behavior Analyst Credentialing Requirements: Considerations related to Ethics and Supervision |
Sunday, May 25, 2025 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM |
Marriott Marquis, M2 Level, Marquis Salon 7-10 |
Area: PCH/AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Shawnna Sundberg (Ball State University) |
CE Instructor: Gordon Bourland, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Licensing and other credentialing requirements for behavior analysts universally include ethical considerations as well as regulations for supervision of trainees and technicians. Across credentialing jurisdictions, some of those regulations vary. That variation poses challenges for practitioners, especially for those working in multiple jurisdictions (e.g., multiple states in the US). The variations can generate confusions and misunderstandings for practitioners in making sure that they practice ethically. Those challenges can include providing supervision, in compliance with relevant laws and regulations whenever a behavior analyst is credentialed. Additionally, practicing ethically and in compliance with credentialing requirements can be complicated by ambiguity in some of the requirements in credentialing requirements as well as by emerging technologies such as artificial intelligence. This symposium will address challenges for behavior analysts regarding engaging in political activities, providing supervision, and using artificial intelligence. Challenges will be reviewed, and recommendations will be made regarding ethical and effective ways to address them for each of the types of challenges addressed. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: - Being familiar with (identifying and/or stating) ethical standards for behavior analysts - Being familiar with (identifying and/or stating) common behavior analyst credentialing requirements - Being familiar with (identifying and/or stating) supervision requirements for behavior analysis trainees - Being familiar with (identifying and/or stating) professional political activities in which behavior analysts can or have engaged - Being familiar with (identifying and/or stating) the general nature of artificial intelligence applications in human services |
Learning Objectives: 1. state at least 2 ethical challenges regarding supervising trainees 2. state at least 2 ethical challenges regarding behavior analysts engaging in professional political activites 3. state at least 2 ethical challenges regarding using artifical intelligence in ABA services 4. state at least 2 possible ways to address ethical challenges regarding supervising trainees 5. state at least 2 possible ways to address ethical challenges regarding engaging in professional political activites 6. state at least 2 possible ways to address ethical challenges regarding using artifical intelligence in ABA services |
|
Ethically Supervising Behavior Analysis Student Trainees: Best Practices for Credentialing, Certification, and Licensure Preparation |
SHERRY L. SERDIKOFF (Savannah State University) |
Abstract: Effective supervision is critical in shaping the next generation of behavior analysts and ensuring ethical practices. This presentation discusses the core responsibilities of instructors and supervisors when supervising student trainees preparing for credentialing, including certification and licensure, in applied behavior analysis (ABA), referencing key requirements of behavior analyst certification and licensing organizations. Key topics will include developing competency-based training, providing meaningful feedback, and fostering professional growth while adhering to ethical considerations. Ethical responsibilities of trainees also will be considered. Challenges in addressing those issues in an ethical and effective manner will be addressed. Recommendations will be made for addressing each challenge in an ethical and effective manner. Attendees will leave with practical strategies to support student trainees in gaining the necessary skills for successful credentialing while upholding ethical principles. The presentation will highlight the long-term impact of ethical supervision on both the student trainee’s career and the field of behavior analysis. |
|
Reasons to Behave Ethically When Taking Professional Political Action |
SUSAN WILCZYNSKI (Ball State University) |
Abstract: In a time when citizenry often observe their politicians motivate the masses through misinformation and mud-slinging, it would be easy for anyone endeavoring to pass legislation to follow these models. Whether involved in passing legislation impacting the profession of behavior analysis, supporting the development of rules and regulations post-legislation, or addressing sunsetting laws, behavior analysts have an obligation to follow ethical practices. This presentation examines ethical codes and guiding principles that are relevant to ethical decision-making as behavior analysts engage in political action. Illustrating examples are offered on how the core principles of benefiting others, treating others with compassion, dignity, and respect, behaving with integrity, and ensuring competence can support ethical decision-making as behavior analysts address needed legislation. In addition, specific ethical codes (e.g., code 5.09 - Using testimonials for nonadvertising purposes) that are more likely to lead to ethical code violations will be described. Armed with an understanding of how ethics are relevant to the legislative process, attendees will be better prepared to take positive and ethical professional actions that support their profession, their clients, and their communities. |
|
Ethical Considerations in Licensed Behavior Analysts Using Artificial Intelligence in Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) Services and Supervision |
GORDON BOURLAND (Trinity Behavioral Associates), Chris Ninness (Behavioral Software Systems), Lee Mason (Child Study Center at Cook Children's) |
Abstract: Artificial intelligence (AI) has evolved into a powerful set of tools that can expand human capacities to create things, control activities, solve problems, etc. Already, numerous AI applications have proven beneficial- sometimes for promoting the common good, sometimes for generating income, etc., but they also have contributed to and have the potential to exacerbate human problems as well as create new ones. Both types of outcomes are apparent in human services areas such as medicine and education. AI is just beginning to be incorporated into applied behavior analysis (ABA). Consequently, for licensed behavior analysts, using AI in ABA work must conform to the ethical requirements for licensed behavior analysts including supervision. Before it is incorporated to a great extent, behavior analysts are well advised to carefully consider how it might be used to make the world a better place (i.e., in socially valid ways) as well as how it might have the opposite outcomes, focusing on ethical issues. This paper primarily addresses ethical considerations related to incorporating AI in ABA, including supervision, after a brief review of how AI might be used in ABA work. |
|
|
|
|
|
Interbehaviorism in Practice |
Sunday, May 25, 2025 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM |
Marriott Marquis, M2 Level, Marquis Salon 1-5 |
Area: PRA; Domain: Service Delivery |
Presenting Author: MITCH FRYLING (California State University, Los Angeles) |
Abstract: Interbehaviorism has not been widely disseminated in behavior analysis. Even when it has been considered, questions about its everyday practical value have always been present. This presentation addresses these questions directly – highlighting the implications of interbehaviorism for practice. This includes practice in the workplace, education, and clinical settings. Most work in applied behavior analysis is dominated by operant concepts and practices. This approach is appealing for several reasons and has been associated with a great deal of success. Still, there are limits to strictly approaching behavior change efforts this way. And while these limits may be experienced in many areas of the science of behavior, they seem particularly present in complex practice settings. This presentation describes some of the core features of interbehaviorism and how they might facilitate a more comprehensive approach to clinical work. The role of language in behavior change efforts is given special attention. Examples from clinical behavior analysis, including a consideration of relationships and psychological flexibility, are provided. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Learning Objectives: 1. Explain the implications of interbehaviorism for case conceptualization 2. Describe how language participates in behavior change efforts 3. Distinguish between operant and field based approaches to understanding behavior |
|
MITCH FRYLING (California State University, Los Angeles) |
Mitch Fryling received his BS and MA in psychology (behavior analysis) from Western Michigan University, and his PhD in psychology (behavior analysis) from the University of Nevada, Reno. Mitch's scholarly interests are diverse, including both applied/clinical and theoretical/philosophical areas. The majority of this work centers on interbehaviorism and interbehavioral psychology and involves efforts to incorporate interbehavioral thinking in behavior analysis. Mitch has provided service to the field in various ways and works at California State University, Los Angeles. |
|
|
|
|
|
Who Said It and Why It Matters: The Motivative Augmental Effects of Rule Sources on Cooperation |
Sunday, May 25, 2025 |
12:30 PM–12:50 PM |
Marriott Marquis, M4 Level, Independence D |
Area: VBC |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Chair: Theo A Fuentes (University of Nevada, Reno) |
|
Who Said It and Why It Matters: The Motivative Augmental Effects of Rule Sources on Cooperation |
Domain: Basic Research |
THEO A FUENTES (University of Nevada, Reno), Ramona Houmanfar (University of Nevada, Reno) |
|
Abstract: Power differentials are increasingly relevant in our society, namely in the workplace. To assess the impact of power differentials, we might consider the role of motivative augmentals, or rules that temporarily alter the reinforcing or punishing effects of events. Motivative augments could be differentially impactful coming from a particular source, such as someone in a position of power. In our first experiment, we surveyed undergraduates to select stimuli for the Hierarchy Implicit Relational Assessment Procedure (IRAP). The IRAP was used to assess Brief, Immediate, Relational Responses (BIRRs) relative to different stimuli related to roles, such as a manager or a coworker. In the second experiment, we aimed to identify how long a motivative augmental effect lasts based on the source of the rule. More specifically, we assessed how the same rule from different sources, or from no explicitly stated source compared to each other in their effects on how long participants will cooperate with their partner. We used an analog work task that simulates time pressure via a pay-for-performance contingency to get closer to identifying BIRRs. Our experimental findings in the survey results, the rule source’s motivative augmental effects, and implications will be discussed. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
LBD Sunday Poster Session |
Sunday, May 25, 2025 |
1:00 PM–3:00 PM |
Convention Center, Lower Level, Hall C |
|
|
130. Can Undergraduate Students Learn to Discriminate Infant Cries? |
Area: LBD; Domain: Applied Research |
ANNA MARIE QUINTERO-GIEGELING (California State University, Sacramento), Ciobha A. McKeown (California State University, Sacramento), Evelin Arredulfo (California State University, Sacramento), Chloe Elizabeth Druckrey (California State University, Sacramento), Jocelyn Maribel Hernandez (California State University, Sacramento) |
Abstract: Discrimination between infant cries is crucial for caregivers to respond to their infant’s needs rapidly, including cries indicating hunger, pain, or sickness. Within the developmental literature, it is suggested that caregivers learn to detect differences between infant cries as their infant ages (Fuller, 1991) and that many variables (e.g., age of infant, caregiver experience, health of infant) affect a caregiver’s accuracy in identifying their child’s needs (Sharma & Mittal, 2017). However, it is possible that caregiver behavior is schedule-induced rather than discriminated and that the ability to differentiate between different cries is due to a history of reinforcement for both the infant and caregiver. Thus, the purpose of this study is to evaluate if undergraduate students can learn to discriminate infant cries. Using simulated infants, we measured changes in latency and response rates to caregiving responses after differential exposure to different infant cries. We discuss considerations for teaching discrimination and how differences in extra-experimental reinforcement history may have produced discrepant results. Finally, we explore future directions, including how teaching discrimination between infant cries may serve as a protective factor for shaken baby syndrome. |
|
|
|
131. The Effects of Motherese Speech on Infant Vocalizations and Indices of Happiness |
Area: LBD; Domain: Applied Research |
GISELLE MORENO (Mount St. Mary's University), Kwadwo O. Britwum (Mount St. Mary's University), Sebastian Garcia-Zambrano (Mount St. Mary's University), Genesis Olivas (Mount Saint Mary's University) |
Abstract: The current study expands the application of operant conditioning procedures to infant development by assessing the effects of compound social reinforcement in the form of motherese speech on infant vocalizations and indicators of happiness (e.g., smiles and giggles). An alternating treatment design with two specific conditions was implemented to assess the effects of (a) contingent delivery of motherese speech versus (b) non-contingent delivery of motherese speech (as a control condition) on both infant vocalizations and evidence-based indices of happiness. Brief 2-minute sessions of each condition were conducted with a typically developing 16-month-old male infant at his home living room. The infant’s mother delivered the contingencies across both conditions based on her conditioning history with the infant. The results supported previous research indicating that contingent social interactions, such as motherese speech, can serve as reinforcers for infant vocalizations. Furthermore, these findings also endorse preferences for contingent versus non-contingent delivery of reinforcers among infants. |
|
|
|
132. Teaching Early Level Play Skills Using Development-Matched Targets |
Area: LBD; Domain: Applied Research |
MELISSA MARTINEZ MUNOZ (University of Nebraska Medical Center’s Munroe-Meyer Institute), Toni Rose Agana (University of Nebraska Medical Center’s Munroe-Meyer Institute), Nicole M. Rodriguez (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Sona Lacoul (University of Nebraska Medical Center’s Munroe-Meyer Institute) |
Abstract: Previous research supports using development-matched targets combined with modeling to teach play skills to autistic children (e.g., Pane et al., 2022). However, most studies have focused on children with higher levels of play skills and required imitation as a pre-requisite. To our knowledge, no studies have examined this approach for autistic children with early play skills and limited imitation. In this study, we evaluated the effects of development-matched play targets and modeling on play skills for four autistic children. Notably, no physical prompts or consequences were used to teach the play skills. Our findings showed that children engaged in the development-matched play targets during the modeling condition. Additionally, we assessed whether the children maintained these play actions without modeling during post-treatment and alone sessions. The results indicated that they continued to engage in play in the absence of modeling and without the experimenter's presence. These results suggest that using development-matched play targets combined with modeling may be an effective approach for autistic children who have limited imitation skills. |
|
|
|
133. Evaluation of the Seven Dimensions of Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) Interventions Employed With Older Adults |
Area: LBD; Domain: Service Delivery |
TANYA HOUGH (The Chicago School
Potential Inc), Jack Spear (The Chicago School), Erica Gadek (The Chicago School
Behavior Services of Western Massachusetts) |
Abstract: Over the past century, life expectancy in the United States has grown. There are over 40 million people over the age of 65, and this figure is expected to double by 2050. Currently, there is limited research exploring how behavior analytic interventions that fit the seven dimensions of behavior analysis (applied, behavioral, analytic, conceptually systematic, technological, effective, and generality) are employed with older adults. Evaluation of whether studies fit the seven dimensions of behavior analysis is necessary to ensuring the development of the field and strengthening of the foundation of evidence-based practices. The purpose of the current review was, first, to summarize and expand a review of the literature on behavior analytic interventions employed with older adults with and without disabilities, and second, to expand the findings of Lucock et al (2019) by analyzing research with older adults to determine whether interventions adhere to the seven dimensions of behavior analysis. The current review found research deficits in several dimensions that could impact the quality of interventions to address the needs of adults as they age, demonstrating a greater need for future research to focus on interventions meeting the seven dimensions to ensure quality treatment of the aging population in the future. |
|
|
|
134. Evaluation of Synchronous Reinforcement on Levels of Physical Activity in Young Children |
Area: LBD; Domain: Applied Research |
ZI WANG (University of Kansas), Kathryn A Gorycki (The University of Kansas), Jonathan W. Pinkston (University of Kansas), Pamela L. Neidert (The University of Kansas) |
Abstract: The Physical Activity Guidelines for Americans (2018) recommends that children engage in at least 60 minutes of moderate-to-vigorous physical activity (MVPA) daily. Early childhood education (ECE) environments can promote physical activity and reduce sedentary behavior in young children (Tonge, 2016). However, research indicates that most preschool-aged children fail to meet these guidelines (Barbosa & de Oliveira, 2016; O'Dwyer et al., 2013; Tandon et al., 2016). Evidence suggests that synchronous schedules can be effective in increasing physical activity (Biddiss & Irwin, 2010). The purpose of the current study is to evaluate the effects of noncontingent reinforcement (NCR) and synchronous schedules of reinforcement (SSR) on the duration and distance of physical activity, specifically riding a stationary bike. Reinforcers include audiovisual stimuli. Target behaviors include (a) total duration exercising per session and (b) overall distance traveled. Videos selected by participants were presented contingent upon, or independent of, target responses (e.g., pedaling), depending on the experimental condition. Preliminary findings indicate that physical activity levels were low and stable during baseline and NCR conditions, whereas SSR condition resulted in significant increases in exercise duration. These results underscore the effectiveness of synchronous reinforcement schedules in promoting physical activity in young children. |
|
|
|
|
|
VBC Sunday Poster Session |
Sunday, May 25, 2025 |
1:00 PM–3:00 PM |
Convention Center, Lower Level, Hall C |
|
|
144. Assessing and Teaching Metaphorical Tact Extensions of Private Events and Scenarios Using Equivalence-Based Instruction (EBI) |
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
GENESIS OLIVAS (Mount Saint Mary's University), Kwadwo O. Britwum (Mount Saint Mary's University) |
Abstract: Children with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) often face significant challenges in expressing their emotions and in responding to others' descriptions of their private events. Previous research has explored how to label emotions within specific contexts and focused on teaching children to label the private events of others. However, few studies have investigated how to teach children with ASD to produce complex tact extensions, such as metaphorical tacts related to private events. The current study developed an Equivalence-Based Instruction (EBI) procedure to teach autistic children to accurately tact metaphorical images of emotions while measuring the emergence of intraverbals in response to hypothetical scenarios. Participants were trained to relate three stimulus classes (A, B, C). A multiple baseline design across participants was employed in this study. After collecting baseline data on tacts of metaphorical pictures (A-B), discrete trial training (DTT) was implemented to teach the metaphorical tacts. Following mastery of A-B relations, baseline data were gathered to assess the correct matching of metaphorical stimuli to hypothetical scenarios (A-C). Match-to-sample training included least-to-most prompting and verbal instructive praise. Additionally, probes were conducted after three trial blocks to evaluate correct intraverbal responses when discussing a hypothetical scenario related to the subject’s emotions (C-B). The results offer significant implications for teaching tacts of private events to children with autism. |
|
|
|
145. Applying Diversity Measures to the Analysis of Verbal Behavior |
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
GABRIEL LUKE ARMSHAW (University of North Texas), Lee Mason (Child Study Center at Cook Children's), Maria Jose Otero (Child Study Center, Cook Children's Hospital) |
Abstract: This study applies ecological diversity indices, commonly used in environmental science, to analyze verbal behavior in children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). Specifically, it uses Shannon entropy and beta diversity measures to assess the richness and abundance of verbal responses over time. The analysis is based on data from three experimental analyses of verbal operants, which assess the occurrence of four basic types of verbal behavior.
The results indicate that these biodiversity indices—beta diversity and Shannon entropy—are effective tools for measuring the variety and evenness of verbal behavior. They capture both the richness (variety) of the verbal repertoire and its distribution across different types of responses over time. This suggests that ecological diversity measures can offer a robust framework for understanding language development and evaluating intervention outcomes in children with ASD.
Overall, the study highlights the potential of integrating ecological models from the natural sciences into behavioral analysis, offering new insights into complex human behaviors like language. The approach may also be useful for more detailed investigations of verbal behavior across individuals and different interventions, advancing the study of language development in children with ASD. |
|
|
|
146. Matrix Training in a Discrete Trial Context: Effects on Acquisition of Multiple Component Tact Skills |
Area: VBC; Domain: Service Delivery |
Christina Scenna (University of Pittsburgh), JESSICA STAMPER (PaTTAN) |
Abstract: This case study applies matrix training in a discrete trial instructional context targeting multiple component tacts of actions. Target selection using matrix training is a practical way to promote the emergence of flexible response combinations through an economy of instruction. Matrices, coupled with errorless, discrete trial teaching practices, allowed instructors to introduce instructional stimuli and targeted skills in a planful manner. As shown by both participants’ consistent acquisition of the directly trained skills and their generalization to novel stimuli, use of matrix training in discrete trial instructional contexts may benefit both teachers and learners. Both participants demonstrated consistent skill acquisition of the directly trained target skills and generalization of these skills to novel stimuli. Utilization of matrix training in a discrete trial context using errorless teaching procedures and a carefully crafted skill sequence facilitated efficient teaching and generalization. The given time-related constraints faced by both learners and instructors, these teaching and instructional design techniques are of potential benefit to both. |
|
|
|
147. An Analysis of Verbal Behavior Within Public Health Prevention Messaging |
Area: VBC; Domain: Theory |
HELEN TECLE KIDANE (University of Nevada, Reno), Anna Ingeborg Petursdottir (University of Nevada, Reno), Jonathan A. Schulz (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: The field of public health aims to protect the health of all people and the communities in which they live. The 10 Essential Public Health Services (EPHS) is a framework for the activities that public health systems should engage in to support communities. One of these 10 services involves communicating effectively to inform and educate. An example of this is the dissemination of campaigns to promote healthy behaviors and prevent unhealthy behaviors. This method of intervention is inherently verbal, and an analysis of the overall framing used in campaigns may allow for a better understanding of the effects of rules on engaging in healthy behavior. Different behavior analytic interpretations of language and verbal behavior will be discussed in the context of anti-tobacco mass media messaging campaigns, namely Relational Frame Theory (RFT) and Skinnerian Verbal Behavior theory. Other language and messaging theories used in public health (e.g., Prospect theory) will also be discussed. This poster will compare and contrast these theories, explain from a behavior analytic standpoint how effective campaigns may be conceptually explained, and discuss experimental methods of studying messaging that could lead to refinements and improve public health. |
|
|
|
148. Emergence of Multiply Controlled Responses to WH-Questions |
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
JESSIE NAEGELE (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Toni Rose Agana (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Nicole M. Rodriguez (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Heidi Heyden (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute) |
Abstract: Answering WH questions is generally conceptualized as an intraverbal response. However, some forms of answering WH- questions may be better described as a multiply controlled verbal operant, controlled by both antecedent verbal stimuli and specific features or aspects of the environment. Bondy et al. (2004) used the term intraverbal-tacting to describe differential responses to questions (e.g., “What’s he doing?” “Who’s this?”) regarding some dimension of a nonverbal stimuli (e.g., picture). This study explores the emergence of intraverbal tacts in children with autism spectrum disorder in response to WH-questions. Building on previous research (e.g., Rodriguez et al., 2022; Aragon et al., 2024), we investigate whether teaching component skills such as element tacts and intraverbal categorization facilitates the emergence of multiply controlled verbal responses. When presented a picture scene (e.g., Mickey eating at the beach), we asked questions like "Who?", "Where?", and "What doing?". We replicated and extended procedures from prior studies, focusing on joint control when participants learned component skills but did not initially produce intraverbal tacts. Our findings indicate that teaching these component skills may be sufficient for the emergence of multiply controlled intraverbal tacts in answering WH-questions. |
|
|
|
149. Cross-Modal Transfer in Braille: Establishing Tactile Reading Through Identity Matching-to-Sample With Compound Stimuli |
Area: VBC; Domain: Basic Research |
DANIELA ROCHA-JURADO (Universidade de São Paulo), Celina Tanaka (Universidade de São Paulo), Roberto Soares Pessoa Neto (Universidade de São Paulo, USP), Paula Debert (University of Sao Paulo) |
Abstract: This paper aimed to develop a systematic procedure employing Identity Matching to Sample (IMTS) with compound stimuli for teaching the Braille alphabet to literate adults. The experiments sought to assess whether this procedure would facilitate cross-modal transfer in the reading of Braille words from printed to tactile modalities. Seven participants engaged in a training condition that established the identity relation between compound stimuli representing Latin and Braille letters (CD-CD). Subsequently, the emergence of identity (C-D), transitivity (B-D), and transfer to tactile Braille reading (C-E) relations was tested. All participants demonstrated the emergence of non-trained relations, successfully transferring their learning to the tactile modality. The results of this experiment suggest that the IMTS procedure with compound stimuli enables the emergence of non-trained relations among class stimuli and facilitates cross-modal transfer. Additionally, the findings indicate that, after learning a limited number of letters, participants were able to identify other letters, suggesting a recombinative reading process among sets of letters. |
|
|
|
150. Improving Collegiate Esports Performance Through Behavior Analysis: Reducing Negative Talk for Better Play |
Area: VBC; Domain: Service Delivery |
ADRIENNE MARIE LAFOND (Florida Insititute of Technology), James Arnold Riswick-Estelle (Florida Institute of Technology) |
Abstract: The purpose of this project is to enhance the in-game performance of collegiate esports players using behavior analytic techniques. The dependent variable, negative talk, is defined as any self-critical or non-constructive verbal—vocal or textual—behavior that typically lacks actionable direction and follows an in-game mistake or challenging situation. Data collection is focused on the rate of player communication and the function of their verbal behaviors with the in-game objectives during game phases. Graduate-level behavior technicians and Board Certified Behavior Analysts will use differential reinforcement to establish a discriminative stimulus to signal players when and how to adjust their gameplay mechanics, promoting on-task behavior, and improving decision-making while reducing nonproductive behaviors like negative talk (e.g., “I whiffed, my bad”). Although the intervention is ongoing, potential results demonstrate an improvement of in-game communication. Social validity measures will continue to be gathered throughout the intervention to showcase social significance and the technique's effectiveness. While there is currently a paucity of behavior analytic research in this area, there is promise in the use of ABA interventions for improving performance in esports players, providing a foundation for future performance enhancement studies in competitive gaming. |
|
|
|
|
|
BPN Sunday Poster Session |
Sunday, May 25, 2025 |
1:00 PM–3:00 PM |
Convention Center, Lower Level, Hall C |
|
|
58. Effects of Prenatal Electronic-Cigarette Aerosol Exposure on Lever-Press Acquisition in Rats |
Area: BPN; Domain: Basic Research |
ERIN E. WYLIE (West Virginia University), Karen G. Anderson (West Virginia University) |
Abstract: Maternal electronic cigarette (ECIG) use during pregnancy raises concerns about potential risks to offspring, yet its behavioral effects remain unclear. The present study was designed to investigate how prenatal exposure to ECIG aerosols, with and without nicotine, influences the acquisition of lever pressing in Sprague-Dawley rats. Dams will be exposed to ECIG aerosols containing base liquid alone, ECIG aerosols containing base liquid with 18 mg/ml nicotine, or filtered air (control) throughout gestation. At 60 days of age, offspring will be tested in a lever-pressing task where pressing the active lever, among two available levers, delivers a food pellet after a 10-s delay. Lever-press acquisition will be determined using cumulative records, while quarter-life analyses will assess the timing of acquisition. A one-way analysis of variance will compare acquisition measures across offspring from the three prenatal exposure conditions. Findings will offer insights into the behavioral consequences of maternal ECIG use, providing evidence for the potential developmental risks associated with prenatal exposure to nicotine and ECIG aerosols. These results will inform public health recommendations regarding ECIG use during pregnancy and contribute to a growing body of research on developmental exposure to ECIGs. |
|
|
|
59. Effects of d-Amphetamine and Win-Paired Cues on Risky Choice in Rats |
Area: BPN; Domain: Basic Research |
ELAINA HERBACK (West Virginia University), Karen G. Anderson (West Virginia University) |
Abstract: Pathological gambling is characterized by persistent, maladaptive risky choice, causing dysfunction in daily life. With technological advances, electronic gambling machines, e.g., slot machines, may increase risky choice using audiovisual cues paired with reinforcer delivery. The putative conditioned-reinforcing effects of these “win-paired cues” may be enhanced with the administration of stimulant drugs, such as d-amphetamine. The current study was designed to compare effects of d-amphetamine and win-paired-cue delivery on risky choice. To assess risky choice, a probability-discounting procedure was used with rats. Rats chose between one food pellet with 100% certainty and four food pellets with varying probabilities that decreased in blocks of trials across the session. Once choice data were obtained without any win-paired cues, varying doses of d-amphetamine (0.1-1.0 mg/kg, i.p.) were administered twice a week. A second dose-response function will then be obtained when win-paired cues (four flashes of the houselight) are presented with the larger reinforcer (a winning trial). Baseline results show that risky choice increased following the administration of d-amphetamine. It is expected that the combination of win-paired cues and d-amphetamine will further increase risky choice. For individuals who gamble, stimulant administration may increase the likelihood of escalated risky choice. |
|
|
|
60. Effects of Environmental Enrichment on Ethanol Self-Administration and Behavioral Economic Demand in Male Long-Evans Rats |
Area: BPN; Domain: Basic Research |
ANERI UPADHYAY (The College of New Jersey), Sabrina Sanchez (The College of New Jersey), Alyssa Ferry (The College of New Jersey), Camille Lansang (The College of New Jersey), Andrew Velasquez (The College of New Jersey), Camila Gomez (The College of New Jersey), Margaret P. Martinetti (The College of New Jersey) |
Abstract: The effects of environmental enrichment (e.g., novel objects or manipulanda) on ethanol (EtOH) consumption in animal models have been mixed. This study examined the effect of a crinkle-paper enrichment packet on EtOH consumption and behavioral economic demand using the Jeanblanc et al. (2019) model, but with retractable sipper tubes. Male Long-Evans rats (N = 36, 8 weeks old) were randomly assigned to an enriched (EE) group with crinkle paper or a non-enriched control (CTRL) group. They were given intermittent, two-bottle choice (IA2BC) access to 20% EtOH vs. water in the home cage for 24 hrs on Mon/Wed/Fri for 4 weeks. Thereafter, responding on FR schedules produced access to 20% EtOH via retractable sipper tubes (3-10 secs per reinforcer) across increasingly shorter sessions (4 hrs, 1 hr, 30 mins, 15 mins). Finally, in 30-min sessions, the FR value (“price”) was increased (3, 5, 8, 16, 32) each week, and the exponential demand equation was fitted to the log consumption data. Overall, EtOH demand did not appear to differ between the groups, and demand curves for both groups displayed the expected inverse relationship between price and consumption. |
|
|
|
61. Assessing the Impact of Psychotropic Medication on Affect in a 13-Year-Old With Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) and Disruptive Mood Dysregulation Disorder |
Area: BPN; Domain: Applied Research |
GUILLERMO ANTONIO SANTAMARIA (21224), Christopher M Dillon (Kennedy Krieger Institute and Johns Hopkins School of Medicine), Lynn G. Bowman (Kennedy Krieger Institute and Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine) |
Abstract: Psychotropic medications are commonly prescribed to manage underlying psychiatric disorders in children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) and intellectual and developmental disabilities (IDD) (Mandell et al., 2008). In cases where children with ASD and IDD display severe problem behavior, the reduction of these behaviors often serves as a primary indicator of medication efficacy. However, additional measures, such as affective observations, may provide valuable insight into the comprehensive impact of psychiatric interventions. This case study examines Jasmine, a 13-year-old girl diagnosed with autism and disruptive mood dysregulation disorder, admitted to an inpatient hospital unit for the assessment and treatment of severe problem behavior. Partial interval data were collected every 15 minutes throughout the day to record Jasmine’s affect as positive, neutral, and/or negative. A novel analytical approach was applied to identify periods of greater mood stability. Conditional probability analysis of affect following medication administration showed that Jasmine was unlikely to exhibit negative affect approximately one hour post-medication, an effect persisting for over an hour. This analytic method holds promise for evaluating psychiatric intervention efficacy, with potential applications for optimizing medication scheduling, therapy sessions, and other therapeutic services. |
|
|
|
|
|
EAB Sunday Poster Session |
Sunday, May 25, 2025 |
1:00 PM–3:00 PM |
Convention Center, Lower Level, Hall C |
|
|
90. Using Multiple Schedules to Investigate Factors that Affect Resurgence and Reinstatement in Rats |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
GRACE BARNES (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Rebecca Collins (University of North Carolina at Wilmington), Elizabeth Ann Persuitte (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Allyson Williams (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Taylor Lewis (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Agastya Atluri (UNCW), Mark Galizio (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Katherine Ely Bruce (University of North Carolina Wilmington) |
Abstract: The current study investigated the impact of different lengths of exposure to differential reinforcement of alternative behavior (DRA) on both resurgence and reinstatement of a target behavior in six rats using a multiple schedule arrangement. In Phase 1, Acquisition, left nose-poking (target behavior) was reinforced in three components signaled by different odor stimuli, using a random-interval 7.5” schedule of reinforcement for 12 sessions. In Phase 2, DRA (reinforcement of the alternative behavior center nose-poking/extinction of target responses) was implemented for varying times under each component: all 18 sessions under Component A, 13 sessions under Component B, and eight sessions under Component C. Phase 3 was the test for resurgence; both behaviors were placed on extinction for 10 sessions. Lastly, Phase 4 tested reinstatement; response-independent delivery of a sucrose pellet occurred during each intercomponent interval for three sessions. Little to no resurgence of the target behavior for all six subjects was observed and it did not correspond with duration of treatment (DRA). However, reinstatement of the target behavior was observed for all subjects; unexpectedly, there was more responding in components A and B that had been associated with longer treatment durations. Implications for translational research are discussed. |
|
|
|
91. The Predictive Variables of a Three-Choice Delay Discounting and Probability Task |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
MEAGAN GRASLEY (Endicott College, Kids on the Move), Mark Dixon (Endicott College) |
Abstract: This study examined the correlations and predictive variables for a three-choice discounting task at assess what components influence selection when there are more than two choices. Twenty-two participants (5 males, 17 females) were offered the choice between a smaller amount now, a larger amount in 6 months, and a probability of getting 1000 dollars in a year. Correlation analyses revealed a large correlation between the difference between money now and six months for selecting the now and six-month choice. Multiple regression analyses showed that the percent chance of receiving $1,000 was only significantly predicted selection of the 1-year option. All main effects were predictive of selecting six months. Selection of now was significantly predicted by the amount now and the interaction between the amount now and in six months as well as the interaction between the percent chance and difference between the amount now and six months. These findings underscore the interplay of three choices with the incorporation of future probabilities in decision-making related to temporal discounting. |
|
|
|
92. Fight Club: Nonlinear Changes In Behavioral And Neural Responses When Contingencies Compete |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
MICHAEL W. SCHLUND (Georgia State University; Center for Translational Research in Neuroimaging and Data Science) |
Abstract: This research project examined behavioral and neural responses to conflict that arises when an appetitive contingency and an aversive contingency compete for behavioral control. In two neuroimaging experiments with healthy adults, conflict was manipulated by presenting participants with repeated choices between approaching a cue associated with a positive reinforcer (money gain) and avoidance of threat cues associated with increasing magnitude of money loss (fixed p(loss)=,33) and increasing probability of money loss (fixed $1 loss). By increasing the threat of punishment relative to a fixed positive reinforcer, conflict gradually rose and fell (i.e., a negative quadratic (⋂) change). Group and individual subject results from both studies showed ⋂ changes in conflict were associated with a shift in behavioral control and transitions from approach to avoidance, and ⋂ changes in decision times (or response rate). In addition, there were ⋂ changes in activation in a frontal-striatal-insula brain network. Importantly, behavioral transitions, peak decision times, and peak activation in brain regions were aligned with each other. Findings suggest conflict that arises when contingencies compete for control impacts response strength and increases activation in a brain network that gates behavioral choice. |
|
|
|
93. “Super-Reinstatement”: Additive Effects of Non-Contingent Reinforcement and Delayed Test |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
ANA SOFIA FLORES (Universidad de Guadalajara), Carlos Javier Flores Aguirre (Universidad de Guadalajara), L. Rebeca Mateos Morfin (Universidad de Guadalajara), Kenneth D. Madrigal (Universidad de Sonora), Cinthia Hernandez (Universidad de Guadalajara (CEIC)), Julian Camilo Velasquez (University of Guadalajara) |
Abstract: Extinguished behavior might recur as a consequence of the delivery of non-contingent reinforcement. This phenomenon is known as reinstatement. Some factors might contribute to an increase of the reinstatement rate. For instance, adding a delayed test has proven to produce behavioral recurrence. The present study had the aim of exploring the effects of adding a delay between the extinction and the test phase on a three-phase reinstatement procedure. Four groups of rats were exposed to an acquisition and extinction phase of a target response. Two groups were tested the day following the last session of extinction and the other two were exposed to the test seven days later. One of each two groups (delay or immediate) received non-contingent reinforcement. Results showed recurrence of behavior for all groups but the Immediate Group. The highest reinstatement rate was obtained by the Delay + Non Contingent Group. These findings suggest an additive effect of non-contingent reinforcement and delayed test. |
|
|
|
94. Brief Assessments of Delay Discounting: Two-Amount Monetary Choice and Delayed Losses Questionnaires |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
HAORAN WAN (Washington University in St. Louis), Leonard Green (Washington University in St. Louis), Joel Myerson (Washington University) |
Abstract: The Monetary Choice Questionnaire (Kirby et al., 1999) and the Delayed Losses Questionnaire (Myerson et al., 2017) are two reliable procedures for measuring the discounting of delayed gains and delayed losses, respectively. The present study examined whether shortened versions, which do not include the 9 medium-sized amount questions, preserve the psychometric properties of the original three-amount, 27-question versions. Results for the brief versions replicated key features of previous findings with the original questionnaires: Group choice proportions changed systematically with delay; there was an amount effect with delayed rewards; there was little effect of amount with delayed payments (see Figure); and discounting measures were highly correlated between the two delayed amounts, providing evidence of alternate-forms reliability. Notably, a positive correlation between the discounting of delayed gains and losses was observed: Individuals who discounted delayed gains steeply tended to discount delayed losses steeply. Our results suggest that when theoretical models of discounting are not being evaluated and when survey time is of concern (notably with online studies), the two-amount version of the Monetary Choice Questionnaire and Delayed Losses Questionnaire provides a reliable instrument for measuring the degree to which individuals discount delayed outcomes. |
|
|
|
95. Effects of Response-Effort and Session-Motivation Manipulations on Avoidance and Escape in a Human Operant Model |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
NICOLE JEAN MARKOFSKI (Northern Michigan University), Haillie McDonough (Northern Michigan University), Cory Toegel (Northern Michigan University), Forrest Toegel (Northern Michigan University) |
Abstract: “Avoidance” and “escape” are descriptors given to behavior that prevents or terminates aversive stimulation. Avoidance and escape can benefit individuals by reducing contact with noxious events. This study evaluates rates of avoidance and escape in a human-operant arrangement. Twenty undergraduate students completed three laboratory sessions. In each session, participants completed three, 30-min segments of a game-like simulation. In each session, participants avoided losing real (n=10) or in-game (n=10) money by clicking on one of three target stimuli that moved about the computer screen. Across the three segments of each session, the size of the target stimuli was reduced from 150 to 50 pixels in diameter. Across sessions, the response-loss interval of the avoidance schedule was manipulated (range: 2-16 s). While the avoidance procedure was in effect, participants could produce 10-s timeouts from avoidance by pressing a computer key that incremented according to a progressive-ratio schedule. Avoidance occurred primarily on the response target that operated the avoidance contingency and rates of avoidance were generally an inverse function of the response-loss interval. Additional results related to avoidance on the free-operant avoidance schedule and escape produced on the progressive-ratio breakpoints will be presented and discussed. |
|
|
|
96. Effects of Timeout Production Schedules on Behavior Maintained by Independent Concurrent Schedules of Reinforcement |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
HAILLIE MCDONOUGH (Northern Michigan University), Elizabeth Brown (Northern Michigan University), Cory Toegel (Northern Michigan University), Forrest Toegel (Northern Michigan University) |
Abstract: Timeout is a signaled, response-dependent, and time-limited period in which the prevailing schedule of reinforcement is suspended. Results from applied and basic research suggest that punitive effects of timeout depend, in part, on the schedule by which punishers are produced. The present study extends this work by evaluating effects of the timeout production schedule on rats’ response rates on two levers, each operating an independent variable-interval (VI) schedule of food reinforcement. During Baseline conditions, no timeouts were delivered on either lever. Across Timeout conditions, 30-s timeouts were produced by lever pressing on one of the levers according to one of the following fixed or ratio schedules: FR1, VR2, VR5, or VR10. Results indicate that the punishing effects of timeout were an inverse function of the ratio programmed on the timeout production schedule. Results and their theoretical implications will be discussed in the context of contemporary and historical research on punishment. |
|
|
|
97. Delay Discounting and Perceived Reward Certainty |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
HAYLEE DOWNEY (Virginia Tech (FBRI)), Wenyan Ji (Virginia Tech (FBRI)), Alicia Lozano (Virginia Tech (FBRI)), Alicia Alvarez (Virginia Tech (FBRI)), Alexandra Hanlon (Virginia Tech (FBRI)), Jeffrey S. Stein (Virginia Tech (FBRI)) |
Abstract: Delayed rewards are perceived as less certain, but most delay discounting tasks do not consider that implicit assumptions about reward certainty could vary. To evaluate the impact of specifying reward certainty on delay discounting, we randomly assigned participants (n = 283) to complete a delay discounting task where reward certainty was either unspecified or specified as 100% in instructions and task trials. We examined 1) the effect of delay and specification group on perceived reward certainty, 2) the relationship between delay discounting and perceived reward certainty, 3) and the effect of specification of certainty on delay discounting. For both groups, as delay increased perceived reward certainty decreased (p < 0.001). Perceived reward certainty was higher for the specified group (p < 0.001), regardless of delay. Greater delay discounting was associated with lower perceived reward certainty (p < 0.001). On average, people in the specified group had lower delay discounting than people in the unspecified group, but this effect was small. Future research could examine other experimental manipulations that could impact perceived reward certainty and the potential moderating role of perceived reward certainty in the relationship between delay discounting and health behaviors like cigarette smoking. |
|
|
|
98. A Preliminary Assessment Comparing Effects of Delayed Reinforcing and Aversive Consequences on Intertemporal Choice |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
JENNA PAIGE WEALTON (Northern Michigan University), Forrest Toegel (Northern Michigan University), Mackenzie Baranski (Northern Michigan University), Hunter Bault (Northern Michigan University), Addie Bailey (Northern Michigan University), Heron Dyer (Northern Michigan University), Cory Toegel (Northern Michigan University) |
Abstract: Research on delay discounting often arranges choice between a small reinforcer and a larger reinforcer that is available only after a delay. Generally, findings indicate that the choice of the larger reinforcer decreases as a function of the relative delay to its receipt. In recent years, researchers have evaluated whether the effects that aversive events exert over choice decrease in a manner that parallels delay discounting of reinforcing stimuli. The present experiment tests the correspondence between the results obtained with each model within rats. Four rats completed two conditions in an ABAB design. In the single-valence condition, rats chose between a small, immediate reinforcer and a large, delayed reinforcer. In each session, the delay was raised (0 to 64 s) across blocks of trials. In the conflicting-choice condition, rats chose between a small reinforcer and a large reinforcer followed by a delayed shock. In each session, the delay to the shock was lowered (64 to 2 s) across blocks of trials. Discounting functions, variance accounted for by hyperbolic and hyperboloid functions, and correlations between the results from each condition will be presented. Procedural limitations and implications for research using these procedures will be discussed. |
|
|
|
99. Effects of Delayed Reinforcement in a Free Operant Psychophysical Procedure With Rats |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
MARIELENA EUDAVE PATIÑO (Laboratorio de Cognición y Aprendizaje Comparado, Centro de Estudios e Investigaciones en Comportamiento, Universidad de Guadalajara; Universidad Autónoma de Aguascalientes), Gloria Ochoa (Laboratorio de Cognición y Aprendizaje Comparado, Centro de Estudios e Investigaciones en Comportamiento, Universidad de Guadalajara), Cristina Dos Santos Thibodeau (Centro de Estudios e Investigaciones en Comportamiento, Universidad de Guadalajara), JONATHAN JAVIER BURITICA (Universidad de Guadalajara) |
Abstract: Understanding the relation between delayed reinforcement and stimulus control in timing increases our comprehension of the conditions, maximizing or reducing reinforcement effectiveness. Delayed reinforcement reduces stimulus control where time is the discriminative stimulus; this has been observed in Fixed Intervals, the Peak Procedure, and Temporal Bisection. The aim was to observe the effect of reinforcement delay in the Free Operant Psychophysical Procedure (FOPP) because no studies have been conducted using FOPP. Ten male Wistar rats were used. The sessions comprised 75 trials with two response alternatives (E1 vs. E2). Responding to E1 was reinforced during the first half of a 60-second trial, and responding to E2 was extinguished. For the last half of the trial, the contingency was reversed. In the first condition, baseline, reinforced responses followed two independent VI 60 s. In the second phase, an unsignaled delay to reinforcement of 6 s was implemented, and the VI was changed to 54 s to keep the rate of reinforcement constant. In the third phase, the baseline was reinstated. Results show that the response rate decreased with delayed reinforcement, and the psychometric curve changed. This result is consistent with previous reports where delayed reinforcement decreases temporal control of behavior. |
|
|
|
100. The Effects of Harm Magnitude on Aggression |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
JOSEPH WILLIAM RYAN (Western Michigan University), Cynthia J. Pietras (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: Aggression is a matter of substantial concern, and for this reason has received much attention in psychological research. While many factors which contribute to aggression have been examined, little attention has been paid to the role of the magnitude of harm that one can inflict. This study sought to determine whether altering the magnitude of harm would impact the frequency of aggression in response to provocation. The magnitude of a steal response varied between sessions of the Point Subtraction Aggression Paradigm (PSAP), a well-validated method of studying reactive aggression with a simulated partner. Out of 10 undergraduate student participants, 4 stole more often during greater magnitude conditions, 2 stole more often during lesser magnitude conditions, and for the rest the magnitude of the aggressive response had no effect. Potential contributions to within and between subject variability will be discussed, with implications for the importance of the magnitude of aggression as well as the PSAP as a whole. |
|
|
|
101. Effects of Different Body Weights on Resistance to Change Under Extinction Conditions |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
JUAN ENCINAS (Universidad de Sonora), Kenneth D. Madrigal (Universidad de Sonora), Cinthia Hernandez (Universidad de Guadalajara (CEIC)) |
Abstract: Resistance to change is defined as the persistence of a response following the introduction of disruptive conditions. One commonly reported disruptive condition is the subject's pre-feeding prior to experimental sessions, where food is provided without considering the specific degree of deprivation before testing. A way to gain further control over this disruptive condition is by varying the subject's body weight across conditions. The present study assessed resistance to change under extinction conditions at 80% and over 100% of the subject's body weight. Four rats were exposed to a two-component multiple schedule, with each subject undergoing two conditions involving two different body weight levels. Each condition consisted of baseline and extinction phases. During each baseline phase, lever pressing was reinforced in both components (VI 30-VI 90). Once stability was achieved, subjects underwent four extinction sessions, followed by a conditioned reinforcer test during the fifth session. The results showed greater resistance in the component with the highest frequency of reinforcement under the 80% condition, while no differences were observed between components in the over-100% condition. Additionally, during the conditioned reinforcement test, responding was greater in the component with the highest frequency of reinforcement. These findings are consistent with, and extend, those reported in the literature on extinction resistance and conditioned reinforcement. |
|
|
|
102. The Role of Olfactory Stimuli in Promoting Suboptimal Choice in Female Rats |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
TRAVIS NEAL (Middle Tennessee State University), Jay Hinnenkamp (Middle Tennessee State University), Annie Galizio (Middle Tennessee State University), Tristan Mitchell (Middle Tennessee State University), Jordan Feild (Middle Tennessee State University), Krish Patel (Middle Tennessee State University), Kaitlyn Thornsbury (Middle Tennessee State University) |
Abstract: Research has shown pigeons will choose an alternative that produces food with a lower probability over an alternative with a higher probability when it contains a colored light that predicts when food will be delivered. This study investigated whether female rats would demonstrate a similar preference when using scents as predictive stimuli. In condition one, rats’ preference for the lower probability alternative was established using 40 forced and 20 choice trials. All forced trials were removed in condition two, and rats were given 60 free-choice trials. The third condition reversed the location of the choice alternatives. In the final condition, the predictiveness of the stimulus associated with the lower probability alternative was removed. Across the first three conditions, four of six rats (C1), five of six rats (C2), and four of five rats (C3) preferred the lower probability alternative with the predictive scent. When the predictive scent was removed in condition four, five of six rats switched their preference to the higher probability alternative. Data on how rats' choices impacted the number of pellets earned across the experiment will also be presented. |
|
|
|
103. Increasing Daily Active Minutes via Visual and Auditory Cues |
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research |
DEINA MARIE ESCRIBANO (Florida State University--Early Childhood Autism Program), Leah Julia Koehler (Florida State University, Panama City) |
Abstract: This self-management project aimed to increase daily physical activity for a four-year-old labradoodle, Roxy, and her owner, Deina Escribano, to promote mutual physical health and strengthen their reinforcing bond. Using a multiple treatment reversal design, the study evaluated the effectiveness of two reinforcement conditions--differential reinforcement with small treats versus full-sized treats or two treats--on Roxy's daily active minutes. Her daily active minutes were measured using a GPS-enabled activity tracker built-in to Roxy's collar; the tracker is affiliated with an smartphone app called "Tractive" which was used as the main data recording method. Antecedent interventions induced placing Roxy's leash visibly by the front door, creating scheduled alerts in my phone, pre-walk rituals, and varying walk routes to encourage engagement. Activity data was recorded daily from baseline to treatment phases, with reversals to baseline to assess functional control. Results demonstrated a significant increase in Roxy's active minutes during treatment phases, particularly under the full reinforcement condition relying on the auditory cues, when compared to baseline conditions. Differential reinforcement with small treats showed moderate effectiveness. The combination of antecedents and reinforcement strategies consistently supported higher activity levels. Findings highlight the practical application of behavioral analytic principles in enhancing human-animal relationships and improving health outcomes. This study contributes to the literature on self-management and applied behavioral analysis, offering a framework for integrating behavioral strategies with technology for improving health and overall quality of life. |
|
|
|
104. Producing Defections in an Animal Model of Impulsive Choice |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
KATHERINE GARLAND (Utah State University), Gregory J. Madden (Utah State University) |
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to create a reliable method to produce defections in a delay discounting choice task in a rodent model. This study used adjusting delay procedures to find the point in time the subjects' preference reversed from the LLR to the SSR by adding a common delay to the delays to a larger later reward (LLR) and smaller sooner reward (SSR) in an impulsive choice task. Once the time of preference reversal (the time between the start of the common delay and the start of the delay to the LLR) was established, a second phase began. Opportunities to defect were presented at the time of preference reversal, when the subjects should show a preference for the SSR over the LLR. Defection responses resulted in a near-immediate SSR, preventing the subject from acquiring the LLR for that trial. Additionally, this study investigated the impact of defections on future impulsivity, to determine whether the opportunity to defect could result in a shift of overall preference for LLR to SSRs (demonstrating an increase . In the preliminary results, all subjects made defection responses every time they were presented. Over the course of the impulsive choice task, preference for SSRs increased. |
|
|
|
105. Extinction and Spontaneous Recovery of Operant Immobility |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
KA'ALA BAJO (West Virginia University), Kennon Andy Lattal (West Virginia University) |
Abstract: The tradition of research in the experimental analysis of behavior generally emphasizes the analysis of overt, discrete responses, such as lever presses or key pecks. Reflecting this emphasis, definitions of behavior involve the observable action or movement of an organism through space. Although continuous responses involving little to no movement, such as “holding still” or “immobility,” fall outside these definitions, immobility is a form of continuous operant responding that can be learned and experimentally controlled. The present experiment was one of a series of three conducted to investigate parameters surrounding immobility as an operant. Standing still on a platform (a standing bout) was shaped for three pigeons. In the present experiment, each pigeon was exposed to a resetting, fixed-duration 10-s schedule of reinforcement during baseline. Bout frequency decreased across the first 30 sessions of extinction, while mean bout duration increased. Each pigeon was then exposed to a 10-day retention interval before being re-exposed to extinction. Mean bout durations throughout the second extinction phase exceeded those in baseline, and more time was spent on the platform during the first session of the second extinction phase compared to the last session of the first extinction phase. |
|
|
|
106. Generalization Outcomes Given Multiple Exemplars or Mediating Response Strategies |
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research |
IRENE LOOI (The New England Center for Children, Western New England University), Cammarie Johnson (The New England Center for Children; Western New England University; Simmons University) |
Abstract: This study examined the recombinative generalization (RG) outcomes in three variations of matrix training conditions: overlapping of training components (MET), non-overlapping of training components (Control), and non-overlapping of training components with a mediating response (MeR). Participants first translated three different sets of Malay words into English on a computer; each training set associated with a training condition. Post-training, participants completed RG probes with written or multiple-choice paper assessments. In Experiment 1, a multielement design across conditions was implemented with four participants. In Experiment 2, a reversal and alternating-treatments design was implemented with six other participants. With the mediating response, all participants demonstrated generalization during RG probes. Although the findings from Experiment 1 suggested that Control and MeR were most effective and efficient, findings from Experiment 2 demonstrated that training MET was most effective in producing positive RG outcomes, and carryover effects from MET in Experiment 1 may have led to the positive generalization outcomes attributed to the other conditions. Interobserver agreement on 51% of probes was above 99%. Limitations of each training condition were assessed with a generalization error analysis. We suggest areas for future research, including the evaluation of an alternative overlapping matrix planner (MET). |
|
|
|
107. The Transformation of Valenced Stimulus Functions Using Frames of Coordination and Opposition |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
MARIAH DIXON (Emergent Learning Center), Craig A Marrer (Endicott College), Mark R. Dixon (Endicott College) |
Abstract: Forty adults (M = 36.55, SD = 10.43) were assigned to one of four experimental conditions. Groups 1 and 2 trained with high-valenced stimuli (e.g., “love” and “hate”), while Groups 3 and 4 used low-valenced stimuli (e.g., “warm” and “cool”). Groups 1 and 3 trained with a coordination frame (e.g., “eget” = “love/warm”), and Groups 2 and 4 with an opposition frame (e.g., “eget” = opposite of “love/warm”). The Affective Slider measured stimulus function transformations, with responses aligning to expected preconditioned relations. Conditioned stimuli (“eget” and “lorp”) were later used to form new 1-node, 3-member networks. All groups successfully acquired trained relations, with statistically significant different rates for A-B (p = 0.0154) and B-C (p = 0.0001) training but not mixed training (p = 0.3010) or tested relations (p = 0.4308). Results indicate that stimuli conditioned with frames of coordination and opposition can function effectively as consequent events, with high-valenced stimuli outperforming low-valenced ones. |
|
|
|
108. Behavioral Economic Demand for Tobacco/Nicotine Products: A Comparison of Quantity- and Probability-Based Purchase Tasks |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
MADELEINE MASON (Fralin Biomedical Research Institute at VTC), Laura Bruckner (Fralin Biomedical Research Institute at Virginia Tech Carilion), Allison Tegge (Fralin Biomedical Research Institute at Virginia Tech Carilion), Tracy T. Smith (Medical University of South Carolina; Hollings Cancer Center), Jeffrey S. Stein (Virginia Tech (FBRI)), Roberta Freitas-Lemos (Fralin Biomedical Research Institute at Virginia Tech Carilion), Warren K. Bickel (Fralin Biomedical Research Institute at Virginia Tech Carilion; Department of Psychology, Virginia Tech) |
Abstract: The tobacco marketplace is growing in complexity, with products such as e-cigarettes, heated tobacco products, and nicotine pouches becoming widely available. Analysis of the conditions that influence purchasing of these products may inform tobacco regulatory policy by providing precise information on consumer behavior under varying price conditions. This study a) examined demand indices for cigarettes and the aforementioned tobacco products, b) compared the outcomes of a quantity-based and a probability-based hypothetical demand task to assess convergent validity, and c) examined associations between task responses and self-reported actual product use. In a within-subjects design, adult cigarette smokers and dual cigarette/e-cigarette users (n = 53) completed two hypothetical demand tasks for each target product offered at a range of prices, one in which they indicated the quantity of a product they would purchase and one in which they indicated the probability that they would purchase a single unit of a product. Demand curves were fitted to the data using an exponential equation. In both tasks, demand intensity (consumption when the product is free) was highest for cigarettes and lowest for nicotine pouches, demonstrating agreement between the tasks. Correlations between tasks in estimates of demand intensity and elasticity (price sensitivity) will be presented. |
|
|
|
|
|
PCH Sunday Poster Session |
Sunday, May 25, 2025 |
1:00 PM–3:00 PM |
Convention Center, Lower Level, Hall C |
|
|
139. Trends in Functional Analysis Durations Over Three Decades: A Review |
Area: PCH; Domain: Service Delivery |
NHU NGUYEN (University of South Florida), Anh Nguyen (University of South Florida), Catia Cividini-Motta Cividini (University of South Florida) |
Abstract: Functional analyses (FAs) are widely recognized as the “gold standard” assessment for identifying environmental contingencies that maintain challenging behavior (Gardner et al., 2012). However, practitioners frequently report time constraints as a primary barrier to conducting FAs (Oliver et al., 2015; Roscoe et al., 2015). Over the past four decades, advancements in FA methodology have emphasized efficiency without compromising accuracy. This systematic review examines trends in FA durations by analyzing single-case studies published between 1994 and 2024. Key variables, including session duration, number of sessions, and total assessment duration, were extracted to identify shifts in practice over time. Results indicate a steady decline in session durations, from an average of 11 minutes in 1994–2004 to 6 minutes in 2015–2024, reflecting a broader movement toward time-efficient methodologies. Differences among FA methodologies—such as standard FA (i.e., FA employing procedures similar to those by Iwata et al., 1982/94), trial-based FA, and interview-informed synthesized contingency analysis (IISCA)—are explored, highlighting how procedural modifications address practitioners' need for efficiency and adaptability while preserving evidence-based rigor. These trends highlight the continued evolution of FA practices to meet the demands of diverse clinical settings. Future research should explore the impact of these adaptations on treatment outcomes to ensure sustained efficacy. |
|
|
|
140. Effectiveness of Functional Assessment Training for After-School Day-Care Staff: Using an Original Role-Playing Card Game |
Area: PCH; Domain: Applied Research |
MAKO ITO (Meisei University), Koji Takeuchi (Meisei University) |
Abstract: Purpose: With the aim of improving support for after-school day-care services, the objective was to conduct functional assessment training using a card game originally developed by the researchers, and to examine how this would affect the number of support ideas participants would come up with for fictitious cases and the quality of these ideas. Participant: A total of 37 staff members from four after-school day service centers were included in the study. Intervention: We created our own role-playing card game aimed at having the participants learn functional assessment and idea generation, and conducted it for 1.5 to 2 hours. Behavioral measures: The number of support ideas and quality of ideas for the fictitious cases and social relevance were used as dependent variables. Results: Comparing the total number of ideas and the quality of ideas for fictitious cases before and after the training, the number of ideas increased and the quality of ideas increased after the training. The results of the validity evaluation of the training by the participants indicated that the content of the training was easy to understand and useful for the participants. |
|
|
|
141. Impact of a Priori Decision-Making and Response-Guided Decision-Making on Obtained Results within Single-Case Designs |
Area: PCH; Domain: Theory |
PAIGE BENNETT EYLER (University of Kansas), Jennifer Ledford (Vanderbilt University) |
Abstract: This study investigated the impact of two decision-making approaches within single-case designs (SCDs) on obtained results. SCDs, often employed in applied behavior analysis, rely on individualized assessments to evaluate intervention outcomes. Researchers and practitioners commonly use response-guided decision-making, adjusting interventions based on real-time data, or alternatively, a priori decision-making, where intervention timings are predetermined before data collection. Through two phases involving 16 preschool participants, this study compared outcomes using 10 A-B comparisons (five response-guided A-B comparisons and five a priori A-B comparisons) and two multiple-baseline designs (MBDs; one response-guided concurrent MBD and one non-concurrent a priori MBD). All response-guided decisions were made by three formative naive experts within the field of SCD, and all a priori decisions were yoked to match the response-guided designs. Determination of an effect (A-B comparisons) and a functional relation (MBDs) were evaluated by an additional three naive experts using visual analysis. In addition to visual analysis, effect size metrics were calculated using log response ratio (LRRi) and standard mean difference (SMD). Findings suggest that design and resource-related factors should primarily influence research decisions rather than relying solely on the perceived advantages of response-guided decision-making. Future research is needed to understand the generality of these results. |
|
|
|
142. There is No Such Thing as Discriminative Stimulus Control |
Area: PCH; Domain: Theory |
RACHAEL HERNANDEZ (Western New England University, The New England Center for Children), Jason C. Bourret (New England Center for Children) |
Abstract: Traditionally, behavior analysts have conceptualized two behavioral processes that entail antecedent manipulation that affect operant behavior, discriminative stimulus control and motivating operations. Discriminative stimulus control increases response likelihood by correlating a stimulus with the availability of reinforcement for a response, while motivating operations increase the likelihood of behavior characteristically maintained by a specific reinforcer. A transitive conditioned establishing operation (CEO-T) establishes another stimulus as reinforcing due to its correlation with reinforcement availability. The defining features of discriminative stimuli and CEO-Ts are functionally identical, as both increase response likelihood through a stimulus’ correlation with reinforcement. CEO-Ts can be identified as distinct from discriminative stimuli. Michael (1982) provides the example of a slotted screw which does not signal reinforcer availability for unscrewing but instead establishes screwdrivers as reinforcing, increasing the likelihood of responses maintained by screwdriver delivery. In contrast, all discriminative stimulus control examples can be interpreted as CEO-T effects. This calls into question the existence of the traditional discriminative stimulus control concept as independent from CEO-Ts. |
|
|
|
143. How Much of the Research on Ethical Decision-Making Includes Measures of Behavior? A Systematic Review |
Area: PCH; Domain: Theory |
SKYLAR ELKINGTON (University of the Pacific), Mariel Montes (University of the Pacific), Devin Thompson (University of the Pacific), Jessica Lacap (University of the Pacific), Madison Blank (University of the Pacific), Gabby Franklin-Hernandez (University of the Pacific), Youyou Xu (University of the Pacific), Carolynn S. Kohn (University of the Pacific) |
Abstract: A great deal of emphasis is placed on teaching and practicing ethical behavior in the helping professions, including behavior analysis. However, how much of what we know is based on experimental data? To examine this question, we followed PRISMA guidelines, searching Psych Info, PubMed, Business Source Complete, and Google Scholar, then searching reference lists of these studies. We identified 349 articles up through 2023, and 28 more from 2024 (we are in the process of coding these). Of the initial 339, only 51 were experimental, with most from the fields of business/marketing (n=26), followed by other (n=11), clinical/counseling psychology/therapy/social work (n=7), bioethics/medicine (n=3), research (n=2), and behavior analysis (n=2). The non-experimental articles included correlational and self-report data and literature reviews or meta-analyses, or they were conceptual articles. Interestingly, business/marketing was the only field to include in vivo ethical dilemmas and measure associated behavioral responses. Vignettes were the most frequently used means of identifying the type of behavior in which participants reported they would hypothetically engage. Few experimental studies are published each year, and most are in the field of business rather than the helping professions. Recommendations for future research on ethical decision-making, with specific recommendations for behavior analysis are discussed. |
|
|
|
|
|
EDC Sunday Poster Session |
Sunday, May 25, 2025 |
1:00 PM–3:00 PM |
Convention Center, Lower Level, Hall C |
|
|
109. Effects of Spelling Flowchart Intervention for Third Grade Students with and At-Risk for Disabilities |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
MARCELLA GALLMEYER (The Ohio State University), Sheila R. Alber-Morgan (The Ohio State University), Moira Konrad (The Ohio State University), Alana Telesman (Ohio State University), Angela Bell Harris (Ohio State University) |
Abstract: This study examines the effects of a spelling flowchart intervention on spelling outcomes for five third-grade students with or at risk for disabilities. A multiple probe across participants design is employed to evaluate intervention effects on three key outcomes: target spelling concept accuracy, whole word spelling accuracy, and participant flowchart step accuracy. This research builds on a pilot study through systematic replication, aiming to extend findings to a new group of students. The intervention focuses on explicitly teaching the long /a/ spelling concept, including its associated spellings (e.g., ai, ay, a_e) through a structured flowchart approach designed to enhance student engagement and support generalization of skills. Preliminary findings indicate that a functional relation has been established across participants, demonstrating that the intervention effectively improves spelling outcomes. Additionally, observations suggest positive trends in students’ ability to generalize spelling concepts beyond trained contexts. Complete results and analyses would be presented at the conference. |
|
|
|
110. Assessing Attention Remotely Online Utilizing Multiple Tests Including Response Latency |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
NANCY H. HUGUENIN (Behavior Analysis & Technology, Inc.) |
Abstract: Discovering manipulations that can determine how complex stimuli are attended to is important because of the attentional deficits that many children possess which interfere with their development. Prior reinforcement histories for separate stimulus components were effective in determining which features of compound visual cues four participants attended to when the stimulus-control procedure was administered online at remote sites. Their response topographies and test performance indicated they selectively attended to only the symbol with an unchanged prior reinforcement history in the compound. The two symbols with a reversed prior reinforcement history were ignored. A loss of stimulus control for the unchanged symbol was shown, however, for three of the participants when it appeared in the conflict compound. This was because of their longer response latencies that occurred for the unchanged symbol in the conflict compound compared to when it was presented alone. By recording response latency, individual differences were discovered in how quickly they shifted their attention not revealed by their response accuracies or response topographies. Recording response latencies could identify attentional disorders in autistic children that might not be revealed by other types of assessment and permit children to be identified at a younger age at risk for developing autism. |
|
|
|
111. Effects of Behavior Skills Training on Teacher Implementation of Evidence-Based Practices for Young Autistic Children |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
HANNAH LYNN MACNAUL (University of Texas at San Antonio), Marie Kirkpatrick (University of Texas at San Antonio), Haley Tapia (University of Texas at San Antonio), David Rehfeld (Kansas State University), Sierra Stegemann (University of Texas at San Antonio) |
Abstract: Autism spectrum disorder (ASD) is a neurodevelopmental disorder that affects social communication skills, social interaction skills, and restrictiveness and repetitiveness of behaviors. While many autistic children may receive early intervention services to support these areas, many are not able to access support until they are of age to attend school. Therefore, it is imperative that educators be trained in evidence-based practices to support the communication needs of young autistic children. This study trained educators to conduct a free-operant preference assessment with young autistic children or children at-risk for autism (Study 1) and implement either mand training or functional communication training (Study 2). A concurrent multiple baseline design across three educators who work with autistic students was used to evaluate the effects of behavior skills training on the target skills. Results indicated that the training was effective across all educators. Additionally, the social validity survey indicated that all the educators found the training and the target skills to be highly acceptable and feasible in their classrooms. Limitations and future research are discussed. |
|
|
|
112. Exploring Special Education Preschool Teacher’s Perceptions of Preference Assessments |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
Hedda Meadan (UNCC), DAVID RAY MIRANDA (Purdue University), Jasmine Begeske (Purdue University), Samira Bashiru (Purdue University), John Augustine (University of Missouri - Columbia) |
Abstract: Reinforcers are used to enhance the effectiveness of interventions aimed at skill acquisition and reducing challenging behaviors (Karsten & Carr, 2009; Tullis et al, 2011). Behavior analysts use preference assessments to systematically identify student preferences and highly preferred stimuli that may function as reinforcers (Kang et al., 2013). Teachers and other school-based professionals may be asked to implement behavioral interventions and my benefit from learning how to identify potential reinforcers (Pence et al., 2012; O’Handley et al., 2021). Currently, there is minimal research on whether these procedures are used by non-behavior analysts but Karsten & Graff (2012) suggest that teachers and other school-based professionals are less likely to know of and use preference assessments. To better understand factors that may affect teacher’s knowledge and implementation of preference assessments, the purpose of this qualitative study is to interview special education preschool teachers about their prior knowledge on preference assessments, their beliefs regarding procedural acceptability and feasibility, and factors that may affect their implementation. |
|
|
|
113. Teaching Self-Management to College Students Help Them Reach Their Goals |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
HELOISA CURSI CAMPOS (University of Central Oklahoma) |
Abstract: College students frequently encounter stressors associated with academic life, impacting their overall well-being and academic performance. This study has explored the efficacy of self-management as an alternative for addressing these challenges. The self-management approach involves (1) selecting a target behavior for change, (2) recording its occurrence, (3) establishing and progressively increasing a reachable criterion, (4) choosing a reward or reinforcer for the target behavior, (5) choosing antecedent stimuli to cue appropriate behaviors, and (6) monitoring and adjusting the strategy as needed. Ten college students participated in a nonconcurrent multiple-baseline design. Participants received instructions on self-management principles, collected baseline and intervention data, and engaged in weekly discussions about their progress and challenges with a researcher. Preliminary findings indicate a decrease in problem behaviors or an increase in desired behaviors from baseline to intervention, suggesting that college students can acquire self-management skills to address behavioral needs. However, the study faced limitations, including extensive participant commitment leading to increased attrition. |
|
|
|
114. The Effects of Morpheme Instruction on Morpheme Definition Fluency and Reading Comprehension for Students With High-Incidence Disabilities |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
MELISSA L HOELLRICH (The Ohio State University), Moira Konrad (The Ohio State University), Sheila R. Alber-Morgan (The Ohio State University) |
Abstract: Students with disabilities often struggle with reading skills including comprehending vocabulary due to difficulties in understanding word meanings, recognizing word relationships, and retaining new terms. These challenges can impact their ability to engage with texts and fully comprehend the content, making it essential to provide targeted vocabulary instruction. Morphemic analysis plays a key role in vocabulary development by teaching students to break down words into their smallest, meaningful components - prefixes, roots and suffixes. By understanding how morphemes are used to form new words, students can understand the structure of words and infer their meanings which supports vocabulary development and comprehension. Fishley et al. (2012) demonstrates a morpheme fluency strategy called GO FASTER and was functionally related to improved performance on morpheme definition fluency for high school students with high incidence disabilities. GO FASTER is a mnemonic strategy that prompts students through the intervention (Graphic Organizers; Flashcards Added up and Self-graphed; Errors Reviewed). This study is a systematic replication of Fishley et al. (2012). Specifically, this study examined the effects of the GO FASTER intervention package on the rate of correct morpheme definitions by secondary students with high-incidence disabilities. A multiple probe across morphemes design demonstrated increased morpheme fluency and generalization to untaught words. This study supports the research of Fishley et al. and extends the findings to middle school students with reading disabilities who received the GO FASTER intervention package during whole class instruction. |
|
|
|
115. Interteaching in Supervisor Training in Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) in Brazil |
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery |
ARLENE KELY ALVES DE AMORIM (Grupo Conduzir), Bruna Ferrari (Grupo Conduzir), Roberta Carolinne Queiroz Dias (Compleat Kidz), Julia Sargi (Grupo Conduzir) |
Abstract: The continuous development of supervisors in ABA is crucial for service quality and professional advancement. This study investigated the effectiveness of interteaching, an active learning approach that employs preparation guides, small group discussions, clarifying lectures, and frequent testing to teach skills during The Supervision Skills Training (SST). It was implemented with 29 professionals from a Brazilian clinic specializing in ABA. Over 20 hours, distributed across 10 sessions, topics such as planning and organization, selecting meaningful goals, measuring progress, online supervision, and interpersonal skills were covered. Pre- and post-tests evaluated content absorption, complemented by a satisfaction survey. The results showed that all participants achieved the established goals, indicating the effectiveness of interteaching in promoting active learning and professional engagement. Participants’ high satisfaction reinforces the positive impact of the training. Limitations include the absence of a control group and the program’s short duration, which limits the generalizability of the results. Future research should explore the impact of interteaching in varied contexts and its long-term effects on supervisors’ performance and clinical outcomes. This study highlights interteaching as an effective teaching strategy for developing the professional skills of ABA practitioners. |
|
|
|
116. Hopping Into Learning: Comparing Video and En Vivo Modeling for Teaching Hopscotch to Elementary Aged Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
JULIANNE BRESNAN (Bucks County Intermediate Unit #22), Kelly McElrath (Bucks County Schools Intermediate Unit #22) |
Abstract: Understanding effective teaching strategies for children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) is essential for promoting engagement and skill development in age- appropriate recreational activities such as hopscotch. This research study investigates the efficacy of video modeling versus en vivo modeling in teaching a hopscotch play sequence to elementary-aged children with ASD. Using a comparative analysis, the research explores whether elementary-aged children instructed through en vivo modeling demonstrate a higher percentage of correct steps in hopscotch compared to those who receive video-based instruction. This study employs an alternating treatment design to assess learning outcomes among a sample of elementary-aged children diagnosed with ASD. The findings from this study could help improve how we teach motor skills to children with ASD, making playtime more fun and accessible. Furthermore, the implications of this research may stretch beyond the classroom, as they assist in enriching the lives of children with ASD, as well as creating more opportunities for inclusion, and enhancing their quality of life. |
|
|
|
117. Embedding Social Skills Instruction Into STEM Lessons With Elementary Students: Preliminary Data |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
JESSICA DEMARCO (Georgia State University), Chelsea Keller (Georgia State University), Monique Pinczynski (Boise State University), Sarah Grace Hansen (30306) |
Abstract: This poster will provide preliminary data for an Office of Special Education Programs (OSEP) funded project called Project Social Code. Project Social Code aims to establish social and communication skills in students via science, technology, engineering, and math (STEM) instruction. Specifically, Project Social Code is designed for elementary-aged students with intellectual and developmental disabilities (IDD). Most commonly, STEM instruction is embedded into a general education curriculum that students with IDD do not have access to. However, about 35% of college students with IDD select coding as their primary study. Given restricted access to STEM instruction during grade school, students with IDD might not be adequately prepared for college-level STEM instruction as their typically-developing peers. Project Social Code's curriculum includes STEM instruction and social skill instruction, as most engineering teams involve more than one person and thus involve complex social skills. Results from two case studies will be reviewed and discussed, including student social skills data and teacher fidelity data. |
|
|
|
118. Making Academic Gains With Direct Instruction & Performance Feedback |
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery |
JUSTIN HALTON (Judge Rotenberg Center) |
Abstract: Direct Instruction and performance feedback have proven to be effective interventions improving the quality of education at the Judge Rotenberg Center. Classrooms at the Judge Rotenberg Center are made up of 6-10 students with variability among students up to 3 years age difference and up to 3 grade levels of separation among students, effective group management and instruction strategies are imperative. Direct Instruction materials and strategies along with performance feedback for teachers have been a supportive component to aid quality instruction for otherwise individualized education for these students. Data showed represents pre and post intervention data using Iready Assessment for Math across two classrooms. Students included in this study range from 9-16 years old with Math grade level equivalency scores from 1st-6th grade. Charts presented show grade level equivalence math scores for up to 20 students before and after participating, along with analysis of performance feedback across up to 5 instructors in the two classrooms. This presentation is aimed to inform educators considering ways to improve overall quality performance in the classroom with behavioral strategies. Additional images for this poster show environmental procedures within the classroom during instruction as well as visuals of performance feedback exemplars. |
|
|
|
119. Global Journeys, Shared Success: International Student Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) Program Experiences |
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery |
KRYSTAL KENNEDY (Tennessee Technological University), Blessing Emilola (Tennessee Tech University), Saressa Spencer (Tennessee Tech University), Wenyong Qu (Tennessee Tech University), Heba Soliman (Tennessee Tech University) |
Abstract: As higher education evolves, institutions must recognize and honor the diverse cultural experiences students bring to the classroom by adapting teaching methods and support services to meet unique student needs. Tennessee Tech's unique ABA learning community in rural Tennessee primarily includes international scholars and first-generation Appalachian graduate students. In this session, our students will showcase a qualitative study and share their journeys, challenges, and triumphs as they navigate cultural transitions, balance family responsibilities, and pursue their academic goals. International students will discuss their experiences adapting to American academic culture, while Appalachian students will reflect on how their rural backgrounds inform their approach to behavioral healthcare. Attendees will gain insights into creating more inclusive and supportive environments for diverse student populations through these firsthand accounts. Join us to hear directly from students bridging cultures and building careers in behavior analysis while maintaining strong connections to their global origins and Appalachian roots. |
|
|
|
120. Supporting New Teachers of Autistic Students Through Mentorship |
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery |
KRISTI MORIN (Lehigh University), Amanda Weir (Lehigh University), Alyssa Blasko (Lehigh University), Demi Rohlfing (Lehigh University), Grace Murphy (Lehigh University) |
Abstract: Mentorship is one of the most crucial aspects to successful new teacher induction programming (Ingersoll & Strong, 2011). However, there are practical and logistical challenges. Challenges include: a) lack of qualified mentors, b) different locations throughout districts, c) lack of autism-specific training, d) misalignment of experience, e) misalignment of training schedules, f) missed training, and g) lack of autonomy and choice. Online learning modules are a popular method of disseminating information among teachers and effectively increasing teachers’ content knowledge (Jimenez et al., 2016; Upendra, 2015). Project STAY (Supporting Teachers of Autism in Years 1-3) developed a dynamic, self-paced, virtual training that specifically targeted these barriers. We developed five modules based on qualitative research from the perspectives of various stakeholders. These modules were designed by a technology-driven research cohort specializing in accessibility and distance education. We will present information on the content, technical development, presentation, and reception of these modules from both new and experienced mentor teachers. |
|
|
|
121. Implementation, Effects, and Social Validity of Using Examples and Non-examples to Teach Mathematics Vocabulary |
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery |
KRISTEN R ROLF (Utah State University) |
Abstract: Mathematics vocabulary (MV) is one component of mathematical language critical to mastering mathematics (Fuchs et al., 2021). This study examined the implementation, effects, and social validity of a manualized intervention for teaching students with disabilities MV. Participants included 30 students in grades 6-8 (ages 11-14) who demonstrated a lack of mastery of third grade MV and were identified with a disability and 3 teachers. Students were randomly assigned to treatment or control groups, and teachers implemented the intervention with the treatment group. The intervention consisted of 46 words/concepts taught in 22 lessons using carefully sequenced examples and non-examples. Intervention sessions producing a mean of 6.8 student responses per minute occurred once per school day for a mean of 11.8 minutes per session (range = 6-21 minutes). The two groups were similar at pretest in mathematics achievement and MV; however, treatment significantly outperformed control on the posttest of MV (p < .001, g = 1.99). Observational data indicate the intervention was implemented as intended and is feasible for use in schools. Social validity data suggest teachers found the intervention acceptable. Results indicate well-designed, manualized instruction using multiple exemplars can be highly effective for teaching MV to students needing remedial instruction. |
|
|
|
122. Development of a Virtual Prevent-Teach-Reinforce Model (ePTR Coach) |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
KWANG-SUN CHO BLAIR (University of South Florida), Kimberly Crosland (University of South Florida), Catia Cividini-Motta Cividini (University of South Florida), Rose Iovannone (University of South Florida), Jennifer Wolgemuth (University of South Florida), Ruby Joseph (University of South Florida), Camryn Collins (University of South Florida), Ariadna Martinez (University of South Florida) |
Abstract: Persistent challenging behavior in children with or at-risk for disabilities significantly impacts their personal, social, and academic success, presenting major concerns for educators and stakeholders. This federally funded research project aims to develop and evaluate the potential efficacy of a virtual Prevent-Teach-Reinforce Coaching model (ePTR Coach) that integrates the efficacious school-based Prevent-Teach-Reinforce (PTR) intervention, behavioral coaching for educators, and telehealth approaches in educational settings. The project team has developed a comprehensive manualized ePTR Coach intervention process and accompanying materials for coaches and teachers. The process and materials were refined through focus groups with 32 participants, including school administrators, potential behavioral coaches, and teachers from 4 Florida school districts, as well as with 6 field experts who reviewed and provided feedback on the model process and materials. Feedback (e.g., hybrid approach, relationship building and sustainability, addressing technical issues, cultural responsiveness, evaluation measures) was incorporated to enhance the quality, feasibility, and usability of the ePTR Coach intervention. This poster presentation will focus on presenting the key feedback from the focus groups and expert reviews, which inform our Phase 2 feasibility study, along with a brief overview of the developed ePTR Coach intervention model. |
|
|
|
123. Intelligent Behavior: Analysis of Contingency Relationships in School Environments |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
AGUSTIN DANIEL GOMEZ FUENTES (Universidad Veracruzana), David Ortega (Universidad Veracruzana), Emanuel Meraz Meza (Universidad Veracruzana) |
Abstract: The concept of functional competence is linked to that of intelligent behavior, as interface notions in the field theory proposed by Ribes (2018) and the interdisciplinary intervention of psychology in education. The purpose of the study is to analyze intelligent behavior as a conditional relationship between an individual who learns and a learning object, as states and transitions between functional levels. Intelligent behavior is identified as varied and effective from a transfer test based on the extension contact of the taxonomy of functions. An intrasubject design was used, with a pretest, a training phase, a posttest, and a transfer test. In the training phase, the participants, students of both sexes in the fifth grade of primary school, were exposed to contingencies of occurrence and function in three different sequences. Group A: coupling, alteration, comparison; group B: coupling, alteration, comparison, and extension; group C: coupling, alteration, comparison, extension, and transformation. The results suggest, based on the results of the transfer test, that training based on extension contact articulates contingencies of occurrence and function that make possible the emergence of functionally effective and varied behaviors. |
|
|
|
124. Correlation Between Caregiver Report and Toilet Readiness Behaviors in Toddlers |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
LAURA B CAMAFREITA (University of Kansas), Pamela L. Neidert (The University of Kansas) |
Abstract: Toilet training is an important step in child development that leads to more independence and control of bladder/fecal elimination. According to the American Academy of Pediatrics, a child usually begins toilet training between the ages of 2-3 years of age, however, a child may start to exhibit toilet readiness by as early as 18 months. Numerous behaviors indicate that a child is beginning to exhibit toilet readiness. These behaviors include interest in wearing underwear, using words related to potty, following simple instructions, imitating behaviors of others, report when needing to be changed, wait patiently for reward, sitting still without prompts, shows interest in the potty, and pulls pants up and down independently. Caregivers are usually the first to identify whether a child is beginning to exhibit toilet readiness behaviors, however, indirect assessments have not been validated to report accurate representations of child behavior. The following study aimed to observe the correlation between successful toileting behavior with a caregiver report for 5 years using a brief checklist of toileting skills in toddlers based on the Kaerts et al. (2012) literature review of toilet readiness skills. Toddlers in an early education setting were the primary participants in this study. |
|
|
|
125. Performance of Mexican Primary Education Students to Learn to Read English as a Second Language Assisted by Technology |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
UNIVERSIDAD DE GUADALAJARA. RFC UGU250907MH5 ELENA MARIA ELENA RODRIGUEZ PEREZ (University of Guadalajara), Erendira Camacho (University of Guadalajara) |
Abstract: Learning to read can be promoted through technology. In this research we evaluated performance of Mexican primary students to learn to read English as a second language assisted by technology. Thus, 23 children were recruited, 14 boys and 9 girls, aged between 9 and 13 years (mean = 9.2, standard deviation = 1.6). They had access to the “Head Sprout” learning platform for 8 months. This platform has proven to be effective in learning to read English as a first language. It consists of 100 episodes. The first 50 episodes promote the basic reading skills expected of K-2 students. The participating children had to study under the supervision of their parents at home due to the COVID-19 contingency. After 8 months, participants studied an average of 28 episodes with an average cumulative time of 578 minutes. The platform recorded an average of 208 interactions (responses using the mouse) for each episode studied. Accuracy in each episode ranged from 80 to 97%. No significant differences were found by sex, age or whether they studied alone or with a sibling. In general, these data suggest a low time of use of the technological resource with high precision performance. |
|
|
|
126. The Effects of Self-Questioning with Systematic Prompt Fading on Reading Comprehension of Middle School Students with Learning Disabilities |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
Paige Riggs (The Ohio State University), SHEILA R. ALBER-MORGAN (The Ohio State University), Moira Konrad (The Ohio State University), Alice Deck (The Ohio State University) |
Abstract: Students with learning disabilities (LD) often struggle with a variety of literacy skills including reading comprehension. Self-questioning, a strategy that requires students to generate questions about segments of a reading passage, is one reading comprehension strategy validated to be effective across a range of age and ability levels. Generating questions can be challenging for all students, especially those with disabilities. Systematic prompt fading is a way to teach students to generate their own questions. Previous research demonstrates that teaching self-questioning using a systematic prompt fading procedure is functionally related to improved reading comprehension. This study examined the effects of a self-questioning with prompt fading intervention package on the reading comprehension of sixth graders with learning disabilities. Specifically, a multiple baseline across participants design demonstrated that self-questioning was functionally related to improved reading comprehension quiz scores. Additionally, all participants demonstrated generalization of the strategy to reading passages in a different content area. |
|
|
|
127. Implementing Evidence-Based Practices in Early Childhood: An Applied Behavior Analysis Approach for Taiwanese Children with Disabilities |
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery |
SZU-YIN CHU (National Tsing Hua University, Taiwan) |
Abstract: The Response to Intervention (RTI) model emphasizes the establishment of students’ learning outcomes through a preventive approach within the three-tiered progress monitoring process, based on a high-quality core curriculum and evidence-based strategies. This study implemented the RTI three-tier model through transdisciplinary collaborative consultation, providing evidence-based interventions and continuously tracking their effectiveness. The three-year study targeted four preschools, where, during the progress monitoring process, children aged 2-6 with medical assessment reports or disability certificates received more intensive intervention in Tier II and Tier III. By the end of this session, participants will gain information about: 1. How to implement the RTI model in early childhood contexts; 2. A comparative analysis of whether the transdisciplinary collaboration model has been applied, and the differences in the performance of children receiving intervention at the three tiers; 3. A review of the performance of children’s intervention outcomes, early intervention effect evaluations across three dimensions, and the quality of family life under interdisciplinary collaboration. The RTI three-tier model in this study, through adjustments and modifications to the transdisciplinary service model, confirms the feasibility of its application in Taiwan's preschools. |
|
|
|
128. Evaluating Differences in Fluency Maintenance Between Different Mastery Criteria |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
NATALIE JANE MORRIS (University of Georgia), Tyler-Curtis Cory Elliott (University of Georgia), Kevin Ayres (University of Georgia) |
Abstract: Mastery criteria for skill acquisition are typically measured using accuracy or fluency (Fuller & Fienup, 2018). Most interviewed practitioners report utilizing accuracy-based mastery criteria (Love et al., 2009) despite literature supporting combined fluency and accuracy criteria because it demonstrates the learner’s accuracy within a time frame (Binder et al., 2002). Studies have demonstrated the number of sessions at some mastery criteria (e.g., 90%) did not impact accuracy maintenance (Schneider et al., 2022). However, they measured and reported the percentage of trials where a learner responded correctly which does not allow for detection of changes in fluency maintenance since there is no time reference. In this study, three elementary-aged males were taught sound blending through multiple exemplar training and constant time delay. We used an adapted alternating treatments design to compare a mastery criteria of 100% for 3 sessions to 100% for 5 sessions and collected data that could detect differences in fluency. We discuss results in relation to repeated practice, mastery criteria, and their effects on maintenance. The study adds to the literature evaluating maintenance at various mastery criteria and how differences in fluency emerge when accuracy is constant. Potential impacts include dissemination of best instructional practices and skill maintenance. |
|
|
|
129. The Effectiveness of Guided Practice and Shaping on Sentence Writing by a Ten-Year-Old Male With Autism Spectrum Disorder in a Self-Contained Classroom |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
JENNIFER M NEYMAN (Gonzaga University), Alivia Nation (Gonzaga University) |
Abstract: This study’s purpose was to evaluate the effects of a guided practice and shaping procedure on developing sentence writing by a 10-year-old male with autism spectrum disorder in a Self-Contained Special Education classroom. The dependent variable was the number of sentences written assessed in four components: number of words from word box, complete sentences written, capitalization/punctuation, and linear writing. Within a changing criterion design, permanent product assessed the participant’s writing using a point system earned from the components met. Within the guided practice and shaping intervention, each of the dependent variable’s components were taught individually to gradually shape the participant’s skill. After one component was mastered, the others were individually introduced. For guided practice, the researcher first modeled the target component showing how to correctly perform the skill. To assist the participant, a rule was given for him to self-direct. As the participant learned, the modeling, guiding, and prompting reduced so the participant performed independently. Throughout all the stages, contingent feedback was given to facilitate correct responding. The study's conclusions demonstrated the effective integration of utilizing guided practice, shaping, explicit rules, and self-monitoring to positively impact the participant's writing to mastery in the intervention and maintenance phases. |
|
|
|
|
|
CSS Sunday Poster Session |
Sunday, May 25, 2025 |
1:00 PM–3:00 PM |
Convention Center, Lower Level, Hall C |
|
|
73. The Impact of Headphone Use on Expressing Interpersonal Gratitude: Behavioral Observations in Campus Dining Facilities |
Area: CSS; Domain: Basic Research |
ELLIE TOWNSEND (Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University), Alexandra Probst (Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University), Emily Gundel (Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University), Phillip Cates (Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University) |
Abstract: Interpersonal gratitude—an expression of thankfulness to another person—enhances the wellbeing of both those who give and receive a "thank you”. The use of headphones has significantly increased and may reduce interpersonal conversations and therefore expressions of gratitude. This naturalistic behavioral science study was designed to determine the potential impact of headphone use on interpersonal expressions of gratitude. At two university dining facilities, trained research students systematically observed and recorded whether customers thanked their cashier and noted their headphone usage: none, one, or two headphones/earbuds. Customers not wearing headphones (55% of 6,116 customers) were substantially more likely to express gratitude than customers who were wearing one headphone (8% of 6,116 customers) or two headphones (12% of 6,116 customers). These results suggest that headphone use influenced fewer expressions of interpersonal gratitude. Of those who expressed gratitude, 50% of 6,116 customers were at the first location, which is a “Student Center,” whereas only 26% of 6,116 customers were at the second location, positioned on the academic side of campus, when paying for their food. The low percentage of gratitude expression at the academic location was likely due to the hurried customers viewing the removal of their headphones to be an inconvenience. |
|
|
|
74. Future Ready: Teaching Justice-Involved Adolescents Interview Skills |
Area: CSS; Domain: Applied Research |
EVEY MARIE KINKADE (Auburn University), Dan John Sheridan (Auburn University), Ashley Anderson (Auburn University), Shane Hil Phillips (Auburn University), Esteban Cabassa (Auburn University), John T. Rapp (Auburn University) |
Abstract: Justice-involved youth may lack the foundational interview skills needed to secure meaningful employment. Employment may decrease recidivism, supporting the need for increasing interview skills prior to their transitions back into the community. Edgemon et al. (2020) used behavioral skills training to improve interview skills for seven justice-involved adolescents. The current study extended Edgemon et al. by evaluating the extent to which a group-based intervention improved interview skills for 47 justice-involved youth. Teaching interview skills in a group setting, rather than individually, may offer a more cost-effective and time-efficient approach to enhancing the acquisition of these skills. The intervention consisted of five modules: future goals, interest in the job, contributions and experience, problem-solving, and working with others. Results showed that adolescents’ responses to targeted interview questions significantly improved along with increases in their correct posture and smiling and decreases in their fidgeting from pre- to post-assessment. Implications and future directions for research are discussed. |
|
|
|
75. Active Nudging Towards Digital Well-Being: Reducing Excessive Screen Time on Mobile Phones |
Area: CSS; Domain: Applied Research |
Marco Tagliabue (OsloMet - Oslo Metropolitan University), Thao Vu (OsloMet - Oslo Metropolitan University), GUNNAR REE (OsloMet - Oslo Metropolitan University) |
Abstract: The excessive reliance and misuse of smartphone has been linked to adverse effects on physical well-being and psychological functioning, such as sleep disturbances and unhealthy lifestyle. As more and more digital users enter conscious awareness and desire to increase productivity and well-being, several digital detox interventions incorporating digital nudges have emerged to assist users to reduce their smartphone usage. However, the effectiveness of nudging approach still lacks sufficient empirical evidence. The aim of this study is to examine the effectiveness of digital nudges as behavioral intervention in mitigating excessive screen time on smartphone, while also exploring the potential relationship between screen time and sleep quality. A within-group experimental design utilizing a randomized control trial was conducted over a seven-day period to compare the effectiveness of a tracking-only condition with an active digital nudge condition. Opposed to findings from previous research, no significant evidence was found to support the impact of active digital nudges on screen time reduction, and no direct correlation between reducing screen time and improved sleep quality was observed. |
|
|
|
76. Measuring What Matters: An Analysis of Social Validity in the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis |
Area: CSS; Domain: Service Delivery |
GUANGYI LIN (University of Nebraska Medical Center Munroe-Meyer Institute), Regina A. Carroll (University of Nebraska Medical Center Munroe-Meyer Institute) |
Abstract: Behavior analysts seek to create behavior changes that are socially meaningful by applying principles that deliver immediate benefits to individuals and stakeholders. One of the most common methods for evaluating the significance and meaningfulness of procedures or treatment outcomes is through social validity measures. However, in applied behavior analysis, particularly within single-case research, there has been criticism regarding the rigor of the methods used to assess social validity. This review summarizes recent literature on social validity measures in the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis from 2017 to 2023. One hundred and forty-two articles met inclusionary criteria for further analysis. Studies were coded on many variables, including population, setting, types of study, setting of study, types of social validity, direct or indirect social validity used, empirically based social validity measures, timing of social validity, social validity dimensions, and stakeholders. Results thus far suggest that fewer than half of the studies reviewed have assessed social validity, and the majority of researchers (73% of studies) used indirect assessments that were not empirically based (80% of studies). Implications of these findings and areas for future research will be discussed. |
|
|
|
77. The Effects of Visual Aids and Visual Feedback on Paper Recycling in Two Kindergarten Classrooms |
Area: CSS; Domain: Applied Research |
MATTHEW A. DAVIDSON (University of Memphis), James Nicholson Meindl (The University of Memphis) |
Abstract: According to the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA, 2023), paper and paperboard made up 23% of municipal solid waste generated and 67% of recycled materials in 2018. This makes paper one of the most recycled materials, far beyond that of plastic, which made up only 4% in 2018. Paper is a commonly discarded item in classrooms and a relatively easy item to teach discrimination in disposal, due to similar features of examples (printer paper, paper bags, paper cuttings) and non-examples (paper towel, plates, napkins, food wrappers). The purpose of this study was to determine the effects of visual aids and visual feedback on paper recycling behavior in two kindergarten classrooms. During baseline, a recycle bin for paper was placed in two classrooms. The first intervention added a visual aid to assist in discriminating recyclable paper materials from non-recyclable materials. The second intervention added a visual feedback chart showing the percentage of correctly and incorrectly recycled paper. Results showed that the visual aid reduced contamination rates, but visual feedback had little effect. Future research should focus on supporting teacher recycling behavior, as they may generate a disproportionate amount of classroom recyclable materials (e.g., graded assignments, unused teaching materials, etc.). |
|
|
|
|
|
OBM Sunday Poster Session |
Sunday, May 25, 2025 |
1:00 PM–3:00 PM |
Convention Center, Lower Level, Hall C |
|
|
135. Optimizing Wellness: A Behavioral Approach to Employee Wellness in an In-Home Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) Setting |
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research |
SHELBY QUIGLEY (Amigo Care ABA), Nicole Marie Burke (Amigo Care ABA), Alex Arevalo (Amigo Care ABA), Melissa Theodore (Amigo Care ABA), Mariah Padilla Beatty (Amigo Care ABA) |
Abstract: Professionals in applied behavior analysis (ABA) face a significant risk of experiencing burnout, specifically exhaustion and disengagement (Slowiak & DeLongchamp, 2022). To mitigate these challenges, wellness programs can serve as a proactive approach by fostering employee engagement, addressing workplace stressors, and promoting well-being. Employee wellness programs vary widely, with limited research available to determine the critical components and optimal strategies for an effective design and intervention. Research on the implementation of behavioral interventions within employee wellness programs remains limited at this time. The purpose of this study was to evaluate and design an employee wellness program for an in-home agency employing 43 RBTs, 11 BCBAs, and 7 administrative staff. The program focused on enhancing employees' eight dimensions of wellness through a gamification-based approach. The assessment phase utilized direct and indirect measures, including surveys, preference assessments (Peterson, Lerman, & Nissen, 2016), and a PIC/NIC analysis, to identify wellness-related needs and barriers. A gamification-based model was utilized to increase employee participation and satisfaction by incorporating elements such as challenges, rewards, and progress tracking. Results will be discussed in more detail on the poster. |
|
|
|
136. Evaluation of an Environmental Safety Checklist in an Inpatient Hospital |
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research |
SAGAR PATEL (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Hunter King (Oakland University), Emily Exline (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Jonathan Dean Schmidt (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: Previous literature has extensively focused on the role of supervisory feedback to ensure employee compliance with organizational safety policies and procedures. The present study builds on the methods employed by Schmidt et al. (2013) and Gianotti et al. (2020) by utilizing a checklist, visual cues, and written corrective feedback to increase adherence to the safety, structure, cleanliness, and organization guidelines on an inpatient behavior unit. After creating an environmental safety checklist detailing criteria for institute guidelines, a reversal design was used to determine the impact of interventions on the percentage of items completed correctly, based on direct observation. Interventions included a) additional staff assigned to monitor rooms, b) visual cues placed in session rooms, and c) written corrective feedback provided by supervisors, which was established based on results of the Performance Diagnostic Checklist – Human Services. Ultimately, mastery criteria of three consecutive sessions with a 90% accuracy score on the environmental safety checklist was maintained with the inclusion of supervisor feedback. Implications for implementing environmental-change procedures in hospital and clinical settings will be discussed. |
|
|
|
137. In It for the Long Haul: 25+ Years of Adapting Behavioral Systems for Higher Education |
Area: OBM; Domain: Service Delivery |
Angela Engbrecht (University of Nevada Reno), MARKUS INGEBRIGTSEN (University of Nevada, Reno), Rita Olla (University of Nevada, Reno), Donna Marie West (University of Nevada, Reno), Theo A Fuentes (University of Nevada, Reno), Ramona Houmanfar (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: Inspired by Keller’s Personalized System of Instruction (PSI), the first version of what is now the Structured-Pace, Personalized, Interactive, & Networked (SPIN) System of Instruction was adopted at the University of Nevada, Reno in 1994. This system of instruction was developed as a variation of PSI to meet the learning demands of the modern college system, while serving as a training opportunity for advanced undergraduate students and doctoral graduate students, providing them the opportunity to deepen content knowledge and associated instructional skills. SPIN has maintained a responsive and adaptive system over its 25+ year history, with changes driven by data and consumer feedback. Since 1999, more than 26 thousand freshman have studied psychology within the SPIN framework. Over 600 undergraduates, and nearly 100 doctoral students, have gained experience in college teaching. Moreover, several graduate research projects have guided the enhancement of SPIN, providing mutual benefit to the system and its consumers, as well as to the graduate students conducting research. This presentation will cover historic and current data related to the impacts of this PSI-informed system of instruction on academic performance and additional outcome measures, providing an overview of SPIN as a sustained behavioral system. |
|
|
|
138. Training and Supervision of Registered Behavioral Technicians in School Settings: A Scoping Review |
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research |
SABRINA OLIVERA (University of Florida), Corina Jimenez-Gomez (University of Florida) |
Abstract: The number of Registered Behavioral Technicians (RBTs) has risen exponentially in recent years (Behavioral Analyst Certification Board, 2024), which has increased access to behavioral services for many consumers. The passing of recent laws (e.g., FL HB 795) has further expanded the ability of RBTs to providing behavior analytic services in the school setting. To ensure the growing number of RBTs deliver high quality, evidence-based services across settings, it is imperative to consider the quality of the training and supervision received by RBTs (Luiselli et al., 2017; Leaf et al, 2017). In an attempt to identify best practices for training, deploying, and supervising RBTs in the school setting, we identified a considerable lack of resources addressing this issue. Thus, the purpose of this scoping review of the literature was to identify practices for the training and supervision of RBTs in the school setting to inform best practice. Criteria for inclusion were peer reviewed and grey literature studies written in English identified in PsycINFO, Scopus, or Web of Science databases using the key terms “registered behavior technician” OR “paraprofessional” AND “school” AND “training”. Data extraction remains ongoing. |
|
|
|
|
|
CBM Sunday Poster Session |
Sunday, May 25, 2025 |
1:00 PM–3:00 PM |
Convention Center, Lower Level, Hall C |
|
|
63. Direct Measurement of Daily Behaviors: Estimating Joint Angles and Moments Through Artificial Intelligence |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
MAKOTO SUZUKI (Faculty of Health Sciences, Tokyo Kasei University; Faculty of Systems Design, Tokyo Metropolitan University), Takuya Matsumoto (Faculty of Health Sciences, Tokyo Kasei University), Kazuo Saito (Faculty of Health Sciences, Tokyo Kasei University; Faculty of Systems Design, Tokyo Metropolitan University), Naoki Iso (Faculty of Health Sciences, Tokyo Kasei University; Faculty of Systems Design, Tokyo Metropolitan University), Takako Suzuki (School of Health Sciences, Saitama Prefectural University, Faculty of Systems Design, Tokyo Metropolitan University), Takuhiro Okabe (Faculty of Health Sciences, Tokyo Kasei University; Faculty of Systems Design, Tokyo Metropolitan University), Airi Tsuji (Institute of Engineering, Tokyo University of Agriculture and Technology; Faculty of Systems Design, Tokyo Metropolitan University), Jun'ichi Yamamoto (Tokyo Metropolitan University, Faculty of Systems Design) |
Abstract: Objective: Performing daily activities requires physical movements, which involve changes in joint angles driven by joint moments. Traditional measurement methods often involve attaching multiple infrared reflective markers and force sensors to participants’ bodies to record these movements. However, such methods significantly limit their clinical applicability. To address this limitation, we developed a system that directly captures daily behaviors by estimating joint angles and moments using artificial intelligence. Method: The system consisted of three web cameras, one infrared camera, and personal computers equipped with ready-made applications, including VisionPose, VP-Ergono, and Leap Log Exporter (Next System, Japan). Participants’ behaviors were recorded by the cameras, and artificial intelligence was employed to estimate the joint angles and moments in real time. Results: The system achieved a time resolution of 0.02–0.13 seconds, a joint angle resolution of 2.8e-6 to 2.4e-5 degrees, and a joint moment resolution of 0.01 Nm during participants’ daily activities. Conclusion: These results suggest that the system can effectively measure participants’ daily behaviors by estimating joint angles and moments in real time, offering significant potential for practical applications in rehabilitation therapies and behavior analysis studies. |
|
|
|
64. Validation of a Virtual Reality System With Real-Time Prompt-Fading for Rehabilitation |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
NAOKI ISO (Faculty of Health Sciences, Tokyo Kasei University; Faculty of Systems Design, Tokyo Metropolitan University), Makoto Suzuki (Faculty of Health Sciences, Tokyo Kasei University; Faculty of Systems Design, Tokyo Metropolitan University), Takuhiro Okabe (Faculty of Health Sciences, Tokyo Kasei University; Faculty of Systems Design, Tokyo Metropolitan University), Kilchoon Cho (Faculty of Health Sciences, Tokyo Kasei University; Faculty of Systems Design, Tokyo Metropolitan University), Kazuo Saito (Faculty of Health Sciences, Tokyo Kasei University; Faculty of Systems Design, Tokyo Metropolitan University), Takako Suzuki (School of Health and Social Services, Saitama Prefectural University; Faculty of Systems Design, Tokyo Metropolitan University,), Nanaka Arihara (Graduate School of Humanities and Life Sciences Tokyo Kasei University), Jun'ichi Yamamoto (Tokyo Metropolitan University, Faculty of Systems Design) |
Abstract: Objective: Visual prompt fading is widely used in rehabilitation but remains difficult to implement effectively during behavioral practice. This study aimed to address this issue by developing VRactice a virtual reality system enabling real-time visual prompt fading for target behaviors like reaching. Additionally, the study validated the accuracy of VRactice. Methods: The healthy adults participated. VRactice used trackers attached to the wrist and elbow, recording three-dimensional coordinates via an optical sensor. Additionally, reflective markers were attached to the participant’s hand, and the position coordinates were measured with high precision using three infrared cameras (VICON) as the gold standard. Participants performed 10 forward-reaching movements while simultaneously measuring VRactice and VICON. However, VRactice was used without fading to assess its validity in this study. The three-dimensional coordinates of the participant's hand position, as measured by VRactice and VICON, were regarded as the dependent variable. Results: The mean hand position error between VRactice and VICON was 4.6 cm, suggesting that VRactice, despite minor errors, reliably reflects body coordinates. Conclusion: VRactice is a valid system for measuring body coordinates. It has the potential to provide real-time feedback on discrepancies between model motions demonstrated by therapists and practitioners’ movements, offering a valuable tool for rehabilitation. |
|
|
|
65. Transferring Reinforcement Contingencies From High-Frequency to Low-Frequency Eating Behavior at the Onset of Feeding Treatment |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
JENNIFER M. KOZISEK (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Ilissa Frye (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Jeremi Aubin (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute; Midland University), Bethany Hansen (Munroe Meyer Institute) |
Abstract: Differential Reinforcement (DRA) has been evaluated as a treatment for increasing acceptance of nonpreferred foods for children diagnosed with Pediatric Feeding Disorder (PFD). Past evaluations have not evaluated DRA in the absence of escape extinction (EE) (Piazza et. al., 2003) or other treatment components (e.g., simultaneous presentation; Peterson, et. al., 2024). Most studies have shown DRA to be ineffective in the absence of EE (Berth et. al., 2019). One reason may be the low rate with which the child is contacting the reinforcement contingency in the absence of another procedure. One way to mitigate this potential limitation would be to establish reinforcement contingencies with an eating behavior that the child is likely to cooperate with (e.g., eating a preferred food) prior to evaluating DRA for an eating behavior that the child is not likely to cooperate with (e.g., eating a nonpreferred food). Thus, for the current evaluation, we established reinforcement contingencies with a high-frequency eating behavior prior to evaluating DRA with a low-frequency eating behavior (i.e., eating 4 novel foods) in the absence of EE for 3-5 children diagnosed with PFD. Overall, DRA alone was not sufficient to increase acceptance to high levels in the absence of EE. |
|
|
|
66. Improving Activity and Social Participation in Frail Older People With Lower Urinary Dysfunction |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
YOSHIMI SAKURAI (Shonan University of Medical Sciences; Tokyo Metropolitan University,), Jun'ichi Yamamoto (Tokyo Metropolitan University, Faculty of Systems Design) |
Abstract: Objective: Urinary symptoms inhibit activity and decrease quality of life. The aim of this study was to evaluate the effects of home physiotherapy and applied behavior analysis on urinary symptoms, muscle strength, quality of life, and activity and participation in frail older people with lower urinary dysfunction. Participants 10 men (77-84 years old) and 15 women (76-88 years old) participated in the study.Study Design: A single-subject design was used. Intervention: A physiotherapist visited the participants' homes every two weeks to teach lower limb strength training and provide feedback on their urinary diaries and strength training performance records. Dependent variables: Lower limb muscle strength, incontinence frequency, and King's Health Questionnaire, TMIG Index of Competence were measured.Results: Three months after the start of the intervention, the average muscle strength of the 25 participants improved, incontinence frequency decreased and their sense of well-being improved. There were also improvements in activity and participation, particularly in the social role items for women.Conclusion: These findings demonstrate the usefulness of improving dysuria to promote activity and participation in older people. They also suggest the effectiveness of integrating physiotherapy and applied behaviour analysis. |
|
|
|
67. Behavioral Skills Training for Medical Staff |
Area: CBM; Domain: Service Delivery |
JOONHO LEE (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Jennifer Reece (Texas Children’s Hospital), Jennifer N. Fritz (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Elizabeth Anne Klinepeter (Texas Children's Hospital) |
Abstract: Children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) increasingly present to acute care hospitals for behavioral crises. Once in the hospital, they are more likely to engage in self-injury or aggression, resulting in safety concerns for themselves and staff. To date, limited studies examine strategies to teach behavior management skills to hospital staff. The purpose of this study is to evaluate the effectiveness and acceptability of using behavioral skills training (BST) to teach hospital staff to respond to challenging behavior of increasing severity. Specifically, BST includes instruction, video model, and role play to implement individualized behavior recommendations based on the observed severity of challenging behavior and as provided by our hospital-based behavior analysts. A multiple baseline design across participants is selected to assess the effects of BST on participant’s correct implementation of individualized behavior recommendations pre and post training and a social validity survey is in place to evaluate acceptability. This study will help researchers and clinicians to design and implement behavior management training for medical staff, with the potential to increase overall safety. |
|
|
|
68. A Review of the Relative Effectiveness of Escalating Schedules With Reset Contingencies |
Area: CBM; Domain: Theory |
JUSTIN VAN HEUKELOM (University of Florida), Lesleigh Ann Stinson (University of Florida) |
Abstract: Escalating schedules with reset contingencies are often considered to be the most effective schedule to use in Contingency Management interventions for substance use disorder. In the current review, several peer-reviewed journal articles were identified in which escalating schedules with reset contingencies were directly compared to any schedule(s) of contingent reinforcer delivery; in all articles, the target behavior was substance use as verified by sampling of biological specimens. Findings from most studies indicated that, as compared to other contingent schedules (e.g., fixed schedules; escalating schedules without reset contingencies), escalating schedules with reset contingencies were the most effective in terms of promoting greater consecutive numbers of drug-negative samples. Some potential reasons as to why escalating schedules with reset contingencies were not always the most effective schedule may have been due to the relative aversiveness of the reset contingencies and/or to large differences in reinforcer magnitudes between contingent schedules. Future directions for translational and intervention research on contingency management are discussed. |
|
|
|
69. Utilizing Applied Behavior Analysis to Address Self-Injurious Behaviors in Adults With an Intellectual Disability or Mental Health Diagnosis |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
KELLEY BIONDO (Endicott College; Fayette Resources Inc.), Julia Ferguson (Autism Partnership Foundation), Roxanne Gayle (Trumpet Behavioral Health, Endicott College, Pepperdine University), Lisa Tereshko (Endicott College) |
Abstract: Persons holding diagnoses of intellectual disability, a mental health condition, or dual diagnoses may display self-injurious behavior. Self-injurious behavior (SIB) is among the most frequent and dangerous acts that are often displayed by persons with intellectual disabilities (ID), a mental health diagnosis (MH) or dual diagnoses (Bird et al., 1989; Mazaleski et al., 1993). Since these individuals are also among the most vulnerable groups of people who are at risk of human rights violations it is imperative that they be provided with effective, evidence-based procedures based on the principles of applied behavior analysis (ABA) that begin with a least-restrictive approach. This literature review includes 28 articles that implement non-restrictive ABA interventions with adult patients holding these diagnoses who were engaging in some form of self-injury. Each article was examined across many dimensions including participant’s ages, diagnoses, behavioral topography, intervention type, setting, and outcome. Based on this analysis, the research shows that least-restrictive procedures can be successful in drastically reducing or eliminating self-injurious behavior. Limitations of the research are discussed, and suggestions are made towards future research. |
|
|
|
70. Post-Intervention Outcomes of a Therapeutic Workplace for Adults With Alcohol Use Disorder Experiencing Homelessness |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
KAY HINTZE (Northern Michigan University), Haillie McDonough (Northern Michigan University), Jeremy Andrzejewski (Northern Michigan University), Matthew Novak (University of Maryland, Baltimore County), August F. Holtyn (National Institutes of Health), Kenneth Silverman (Johns Hopkins University), Forrest Toegel (Northern Michigan University) |
Abstract: Alcohol use disorder and unemployment are concentrated among people living in poverty. The present study evaluated effects of a Therapeutic Workplace intervention in promoting alcohol abstinence and employment, and reducing poverty among homeless adults with alcohol use disorder. As part of a 6-month clinical trial, 119 participants were randomized into two groups and received either standard treatment for alcohol use disorder (Usual Care; n=57) or standard treatment plus Abstinence-Contingent Wage Supplements (ACWS; n=62). All participants wore alcohol biosensors that continuously monitored alcohol use. ACWS participants received abstinence-contingent stipends for working with employment services and abstinence-contingent wage supplements for working at a community job. Hourly earnings depended on recent abstinence from alcohol. In the trial, ACWS participants reported significantly higher rates of alcohol abstinence, employment, and income from employment that exceeded poverty thresholds compared to Usual Care participants. The present study reports on the persistence of treatment effects in the year after the study period, when the intervention was removed. Results from this study will provide information on the lingering effects of the ACWS intervention on alcohol abstinence, employment, and poverty among homeless adults with alcohol use disorder. |
|
|
|
71. Examining Differences in Delay and Probability Discounting Between Primary Care Clinicians and the General Population |
Area: CBM; Domain: Basic Research |
MARY JANE KING (Virginia Tech (FBRI)), John Epling (Department of Family & Community Medicine, Carilion Clinic), Michelle Rockwell (Department of Family & Community Medicine, Carilion Clinic), Jeffrey S. Stein (Virginia Tech (FBRI)) |
Abstract: Delay discounting (DD), the devaluation of consequences based on their delay, and probability discounting (PD), the devaluation of consequences based on their risk, are two behavioral processes that have been studied across various clinical populations regarding their impact on health-related decision-making. These characteristics and their implications for health-related decision-making are often examined in patient populations, but not extensively with clinical decision-making in clinicians, who make hundreds of decisions each day on behalf of others. The present study was aimed at comparing levels of both types of discounting between a previously collected sample of primary care clinicians (n=225) and the general population across two monetary magnitudes. Using Prolific, we recruited an age-matched sample of US residents (n=236) who did not work in healthcare-related fields to complete the same discounting tasks given to the clinicians. After preliminary analysis, we found no significant differences between groups regarding PD rates (measured as ln h), but a significant (p<.001) difference in DD rates (measured as ln k) was found between groups across both magnitudes. Clinicians had lower DD rates compared to the general population, meaning they were less sensitive to delay overall and more willing to wait for larger amounts of money. |
|
|
|
72. Examination of Associations Between Child and Parental Feeding Concerns Related to Avoidant-Restrictive Food Intake Disorder (ARFID) |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
XINGE SHEYLA LI (Marcus Autism Center and Emory School of Medicine), William G. Sharp (The Marcus Autism Center), Valerie M. Volkert (Marcus Autism Center and Emory School of Medicine) |
Abstract: Avoidant/Restrictive Food Intake Disorder (ARFID), marked by feeding difficulties leading to issues such as faltering growth and significant nutritional deficiencies (American Psychiatric Association, 2013), is estimated to affect up to 22.5% of clinical and 15.5% of general populations, respectively (Sanchez-Cerezo et al., 2023), highlighting its significance as a public health concern. While research suggests that familial risk factors may contribute to the development of ARFID (Lucarelli et al., 2018), there is a notable gap in empirical studies examining the transgenerational effects of parental feeding concerns on their children’s feeding behaviors related to ARFID. This study seeks to address this gap by reviewing feeding evaluation records and exploring potential correlations between feeding concerns in children with ARFID and their parents. The dataset includes a sample of approximately N=1430, with behavioral coding currently in progress. In a subset of the sample (N=37), 37.84% of mothers and 18.92% of fathers reported experiencing childhood and/or current feeding concerns. Chi-square tests will be used to assess correlations between child and parental feeding concerns, controlling for demographic variables. We hypothesize that there will be associations between feeding concerns of children and their parents, which could offer insights into the transgenerational impact of feeding difficulties. |
|
|
|
|
|
DDA Sunday Poster Session |
Sunday, May 25, 2025 |
1:00 PM–3:00 PM |
Convention Center, Lower Level, Hall C |
|
|
78. The Stability of Competing Stimulus Assessments Across Applications |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
ELIZABETH FREIBURGER (University of Iowa), Matthew O'Brien (The University of Iowa) |
Abstract: Subtype-2 automatically maintained self-injurious behavior (ASIB) presents one of the most significant clinical challenges for behavior analysts due to its insensitivity to changes in environmental stimuli and social contingencies, and is often more resistant to treatment (Hagopian et al., 2015). Competing stimulus assessments (CSAs) are a pretreatment assessment used to measure stimulus engagement and SIB across various stimuli with the goal of identifying stimuli that may reduce SIB by promoting alternative engagement (e.g., Fisher et al., 2000; Ringdahl et al., 1997; Gover et al., 2019). While CSAs have demonstrated utility in identifying stimuli that compete with the reinforcement obtained from SIB, less is known about how durable the findings are across repeated applications. In this case study, an individual with Subtype 2 ASIB, receiving treatment at an intensive outpatient behavioral clinic participating in two CSAs over 10 days. These results suggest that CSA outcomes may change over time, even within a stable clinical setting. This underscores the importance of repeated CSAs to inform the most effective treatments for Subtype 2 ASIB. Implications for the clinical application of repeated CSAs and their use in the development of robust and effective behavioral interventions will be discussed. |
|
|
|
79. Expanding the Perspective of Functional Communication Training: A Systematic Review of Alternative Quantitative Designs |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
BETH PROVIS (University of Iowa), Seth King (University of Iowa), Collin Glazek (University of Iowa), Alex Pauls (University of Iowa) |
Abstract: Outcomes of functional communication training (FCT) are highly variable and much of the literature cited in support of FCT consists of experimental single-case designs (SCD). Subfields of applied behavior analysis (ABA) are increasingly employing descriptive/correlational (DC) and group design research to investigate factors predictive of treatment outcomes. Although SCD has established the efficacy of FCT, it is not conducive to analyses of factors that predict outcomes. Therefore, this presentation reviews study characteristics and outcomes presented in DC and group design research in FCT. Studies (n = 15) applied FCT across individuals with a variety of disability diagnoses, were mostly DC, used caregivers as treatment agents, implemented thinning procedures, and presented positive outcomes for over 80% of applications. Many studies did not report demographic variables (e.g., gender, ethnicity, socioeconomic status), intervention fidelity, or communication outcomes, leaving uncertainty in interpreting FCT outcomes across applications. Only one study investigated behavioral variables as predictors of outcomes, but did not include demographic variables in their analysis. As researchers continue to examine potential predictors of treatment efficacy, we encourage more comprehensive reporting of demographic, behavioral, and treatment-related variables. |
|
|
|
80. Teaching Visual Perception Tasks to Preschoolers with Cortical Vision Impairment |
Area: DDA; Domain: Service Delivery |
HILARY PINCOLINI (Ivymount School and Programs), Jessica Meyler (Ivymount) |
Abstract: Although Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) is a primary evidence-based approach for individuals with autism, it has produced remarkably powerful interventions across a variety of other fields (Slocum, et. al, 2014), and interprofessional collaboration is critical for reaching under-served communities (Kirby, Spencer, & Spiker, 2022). One area where ABA research remains limited is in supporting individuals with Cortical Visual Impairment (CVI), a condition characterized by CVI “bilateral loss of vision, with normal pupillary response and an eye examination which shows no other abnormalities” (Good et al., 2001). Most children diagnosed with CVI are expected to experience visual challenges for the duration of their lives, which require tailored support to enhance their functional abilities. However, there is emerging evidence that certain non-behavior analytic approaches may result in “visual recovery” (i.e., an increase in skills related to vision not present at baseline) (Malkowicz et al. 2009), which underscores the need to investigate these interventions more broadly. Our study extends these findings by incorporating task analysis, shaping, and differential plus synthesized reinforcement strategies to teach visual perception prerequisites in two preschool aged children with CVI. Following the completion of the teaching program, one child acquired 145 matching and 46 receptive identification tasks in 15 months, compared to zero matching and one receptive identification task at baseline, while data for a second participant remains underway. One major limitation to this study is small sample size. These preliminary findings highlight the need for continued investigation of behavior analytic teaching methods for novel purposes. Kirby, M.S., Spencer, T.D. & Spiker, S.T. (2022). Humble behaviorism redux. Behavior and Social Issues, 31, 133–158. https://doi.org/10.1007/s42822-022-00092-4 Malkowicz, D. E., Myers, G., & Leisman, G. (2006). Rehabilitation of cortical visual impairment in children.?International Journal of Neuroscience,?116(9), 1015-1033 |
|
|
|
81. Focus Group Insights on Advancing Toilet Training Technologies for Children with Developmental Disabilities |
Area: DDA; Domain: Service Delivery |
ILIANA TREVINO CONTLA (The University of Texas at Austin), Laura Estep (The University of Texas at Austin), Ashley Nicole Hempe (TXABA) |
Abstract: Toilet training technology for children with developmental disabilities has significantly advanced, yet research outside of enuresis alarms remains sparse. Adoption by parents, teachers, and practitioners is slow. Closing this gap is essential for providing children with effective, evidence-based toileting independence strategies and technologies. The current study conducted focus groups with parents, teachers, and practitioners to gain insight into their experiences with toilet training. All groups reported minimal to no awareness of toilet training technologies and, thus, almost no use. All groups also shared a need for individualization of the technologies to suit differing child needs. Teachers and practitioners highlight the key role of parental involvement in toilet training success, suggesting a desensitization period for wearable tech acceptance. They mainly use scheduled toilet training methods. Teachers also highlighted the importance of integrating toilet training visits into the child’s daily routines. Parents emphasized the importance of strategies and technology being easy to implement given the logistics of home settings. Future research needs to assess technology's effectiveness across diverse settings and populations, focusing on developing technologies that are wearable, adaptable, and efficient. It's also vital to enhance awareness among stakeholders about these technologies and strategies. |
|
|
|
82. Social Validity of Functional Analysis Variations |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
RITA MARIE DRUFFNER (Mississippi State University; Munroe-Meyer Institute), Kayla BATES-BRANTLEY (Mississippi State University) |
Abstract: The functional analysis was developed to systematically identify the conditions mediating challenging behavior. Modifications to the traditional procedures have been developed to address barriers to implementation. There is a lack of research assessing social validity of functional analysis procedures. Social validity is the assessment of goals, procedures, and outcomes. Thus, the current study sought to evaluate whether functional analysis procedural modifications (i.e., brief functional analysis, latency-based functional analysis) are socially valid means of assessing behavioral function. Additionally, the current study sought to evaluate whether there was a correlation between caregiver preference and functional analysis effectiveness. Three parent-child dyads participated in this study. The brief and latency-based functional analysis were conducted with all participants. Following the administration of each analysis, parents completed a social validity questionnaire. Results from the study suggest both the brief and latency-based functional analyses are socially valid means of assessing behavioral function of challenging behavior. Further, there is a possible correlation between caregiver preference of functional analysis methodology and effectiveness of the analysis as evidenced by higher social validity ratings of the brief functional analysis and a more conclusive findings using that analysis. |
|
|
|
83. Exploring the Impact of a Parent Training Intervention on Turkish Mothers' Implementation of Milieu Teaching Strategies and Child Language Outcomes |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
SERIFE BALIKCI (University of North Carolina Greensboro), Salih Rakap (University of North Carolina Greensboro), Emrah Gulboy (Ondokuz Mayis University) |
Abstract: This study examined the effectiveness of a parent training intervention on Turkish parents' use of milieu teaching strategies and its subsequent impact on child language outcomes. Employing an adapted-multiple-probe across participants single-case experimental research design, three mother–child dyads were enrolled in the study. The intervention comprised a 4-hour parent training session followed by 30 minute home-based coaching sessions twice a week for 8 to10 weeks. Results indicated a notable improvement in the accurate use of milieu teaching strategies following the parent training and home-based coaching. Participating parents maintained a consistently high level of correct milieu teaching strategy implementation after the conclusion of home-based coaching. As mothers demonstrated an increased proficiency in using milieu teaching strategies, there was a corresponding rise in the percentage of correct responses from their children concerning language targets. Both participating mothers and their spouses expressed satisfaction with the parent training intervention. Implications for future research are discussed. |
|
|
|
84. Considerations of the Language of Implementation of Behavioral Assessments |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
JONATHAN M PASTOR (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Olivia Ragheb (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Alejandro Fernandez y Mora (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Yefry D Quinones (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Camila Morales (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Carley Smith (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Amanda Leigh Goetzel (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Jonathan Dean Schmidt (Kennedy Krieger Institute; Johns Hopkins School of Medicine) |
Abstract: The methodology of the functional analysis (Iwata et al., 1994) is valuable to identify variables maintaining challenging behaviors. When conducting assessments, it is important to consider relevant aspects of diversity. Previous research has identified the language used as an influential variable on the results of behavioral assessments, including functional analyses (Rispoli et al.,
2011). In the current study, after identifying an escape function via a functional analysis, a demand assessment was completed with an 11-year-old male diagnosed with intellectual and developmental disabilities and autism, who was bilingual and able to receptively understand directives delivered in both Spanish and English. His caregivers indicated they wanted him to receive most of his academic instruction in English. A reversal design was used to evaluate demands delivered in English and Spanish by bilingual therapists. Results demonstrated consistently higher rates of challenging behavior, along with an overall lower average of compliance, when demands were delivered in English compared to when demands were delivered in Spanish. This indicates that for some individuals, the language in which demands are provided may affect responding. Clinical recommendations for practitioners and applications to future research will be discussed. |
|
|
|
85. A Collaborative and Assent-Based Process Results in an Effective Behavior Intervention for a Student With Autism |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
KATHERINE TACKITT (Mississippi State University; May Institute), Emily Nutting (May Institute), Joseph N. Ricciardi (May Institute) |
Abstract: The behavior analytic research base for interventions targeting severe behavior is substantial, particularly within single-case design (SCD); however, further replication and extension are needed to solidify the evidence base (Walker & Carr, 2021). The use of “assent-based intervention” (Breaux & Smith, 2023) and a collaborative approach (Choy et al., 2025) resulted in a positive response to intervention, reducing all behaviors of concern and decreasing the use of protective holds for a 12-year-old male with autism who engaged in head-directed self-injurious behavior (SIB), aggression, and property destruction. A functional behavior assessment (FBA) was conducted using both direct and indirect methods, with collaboration from the student (Shillingsburg et al., 2019). A compound schedule of differential reinforcement of other and alternative behaviors (DRO/DRA) was used during academic activities, with tokens exchanged for self-reported reinforcers (degli Espinosa & Hackenberg, 2024). The intervention goals were acceptable to the student before implementation, ensuring social validity in advance of the intervention (Carter & Wheeler, 2019). Educators were trained to criteria with behavioral skills training (BST) and a direct observation checklist. Interobserver agreement (IOA) was collected for 59.3% of occurrences using video recordings. The intervention followed an AB design, and social validity measures showed high student acceptance. |
|
|
|
86. An Update to a Systematic Review of Passive Cooperation for Individuals with Disabilities |
Area: DDA; Domain: Theory |
JENA KRAHN (University of Manitoba), Jennifer L Cook (University of Manitoba), Rasha Baruni (University of Manitoba), Mckenna Claeys (University of Manitoba) |
Abstract: Passive cooperation is defined as the toleration of an aversive stimulus or event. Due to the inherently uncomfortable nature of such stimuli, individuals with disabilities often face significant challenges in demonstrating passive cooperation, which can negatively impact their overall well-being. This can have detrimental impacts of one’s overall health, highlighting the need for effective procedures that can teach passive cooperation. The present study offers a comprehensive review of the literature on passive cooperation from 2021 to 2024, complementing an ongoing review in progress. The objective is to conduct a systematic review to identify common themes and effective procedures for teaching passive cooperation. A descriptive statistical analysis revealed several key findings: (a) prolonged tactile contact emerged as the most commonly addressed form of aversive stimulation to overcome, (b) differential reinforcement of other behaviors (DRO) was the most frequently employed intervention, and (c) most interventions involved a single treatment package, underscoring the simplicity of implementation. These results highlight the predominant themes and practices and used to promote passive cooperation among individuals with disabilities, offering valuable insights for future practice and research. |
|
|
|
87. The Effects of Virtual Face Screen Conditioning for Preschoolers With Developmental Disabilities |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Yoojin Yeo (Columbia University Teacher's College), Yifei Sun (Teachers College Columbia University/ Fred S. Keller School), Daniel Mark Fienup (Teachers College, Columbia University), Lin Du (Teachers College, Columbia University), LANTING XIE (Teachers College, Columbia University) |
Abstract: This study investigated the effects of Virtual Face Conditioning on children with developmental disabilities. The participants were four preschool males who attended a self-contained classroom. The study aimed to determine if conditioning children with virtual faces could increase their attention to faces and whether this attention would transfer to live, in-person faces. Researchers measured participants' gaze responses to both virtual and live faces, as well as their orientation to adults' faces and voices in real-world settings. The researchers implemented a structured Virtual Face Conditioning protocol using iPad-based technology. Participants were reinforced with edible treats and praised for maintaining eye contact with virtual faces displayed on the screen. Researchers gradually reduced reinforcement as participants progressed through the next phases of the study. Results showed an increase in participants’ observed responses to both virtual and live faces post-intervention. These findings suggest that virtual face conditioning with iPad-based technology can effectively improve preferential attention to adult faces that can be transferred to live faces and other generalized real-life situations. Future research should explore the use of more salient stimuli, such as caregivers' faces, and investigate longer intervention durations to further strengthen the intervention process. |
|
|
|
88. Applied Behavior Analytical Interventions for Challenging Behavior in Adults With Intellectual and Developmental Disabilities: A Review |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
WYATT EVAN RODGERS (Baylor University), Tonya Nichole Davis (Baylor University), Sarah White (Baylor University), Beyza Cetin (Baylor University), Dylan Kirkwood (Baylor University) |
Abstract: Individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities often engage in challenging behavior (Crocker etal., 2006). If left without intervention, challenging behavior can lead to many negative impacts on the individual’s life such as, higher caregiver turnover rates, higher abuse rates, and higher rates of arrest (Friedman, 2021; McCauley, 20217). The purpose of the present review is to examine the current body of literature regarding challenging behavior in adults to identify interventions implemented with this population, their effectiveness, and social validity. The literature search encompassed the following databases: PsychInfo, Education Research Complete (ERC), Academic Search Complete (ASC), Education Resources Information Center (ERIC), Medline, and Psychology and Behavioral Sciences Collection. Search Terms were entered in three search fields. The first used terms associated with intellectual or developmental disabilities using “OR” inbwteen terms. The second field used terms associated with challenging behavior, and the third field used the terms (intervention* OR “behavior modif*” OR treatment). Inclusion criteria included (a) ID or DD diagnosis; (b) participant 18+ years old; (c) challenging behavior as a dependent variable. Search results across all the databases returned 6,947 results. Initial abstract screening excluded 6,611 studies. 335 studies were screend in full-text. |
|
|
|
89. The evaluation of traditional and latency based functional analyses on the identification of the function of inappropriate mealtime behavior |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
MALLIE DONALD (Mississippi State University), Hailey Ripple (Mississippi State University) |
Abstract: Research indicates that up to 80% of children with developmental disabilities have feeding problems. Feeding problems typically coexist with the presence of inappropriate mealtime behavior which includes behaviors such as aggression, throwing food or utensils, or turning head away from the presented bite. As a result, functional analysis procedures are commonly used to determine the function of inappropriate mealtime behavior to later inform effective function-based treatments. Traditional functional analysis procedures utilize the measurement of the rate of inappropriate mealtime behavior. Several limitations within traditional procedures for the assessment of inappropriate mealtime behavior exists which include demands across all test and control conditions, lengthy total durations, and variable opportunities to engage in inappropriate mealtime behavior. The current study aimed to evaluate an alternative measurement method of the latency to first inappropriate mealtime behavior. A total of three participants participated within the current study and results provided preliminary evidence for the utility of latency based functional analyses in the assessment of inappropriate mealtime behavior. |
|
|
|
|
|
AUT Sunday Poster Session |
Sunday, May 25, 2025 |
1:00 PM–3:00 PM |
Convention Center, Lower Level, Hall C |
|
|
1. Characterization and Outcomes of Profoundly and Non-Profoundly Autistic Youth Admitted to a Specialized Psychiatric Unit |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
ANGELIQUE KOERNER (Cherry Creek School District), Patrick Romani (University of Colorado, Anschutz Medical Campus), Mathew C. Luehring (University of Colorado, Anschutz Medical Campus & Children's Hospital Colorado), Shanna Baikie (Children's Hospital Colorado) |
Abstract: Although much is known about the impact of Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) on family and community functioning as well as treatment outcomes, less is known about a relatively new categorization of ASD, called “profound autism”. Results of caregiver completed measures, patient functional analyses, and function-based treatments were evaluated in 14 consecutively admitted patients who met criteria for profound autism as well as 15 non-profoundly autistic youth admitted immediately before or after each profoundly autistic youth to a specialized psychiatric impatient and partial hospitalization program. Results showed that profoundly autistic youth spent an average of 14 more days admitted to the psychiatric unit and engaged in higher parent-reported severity and frequency of self-injurious and stereotypic behaviors. Results also showed differences in functional analyses outcome and a lower percentage reduction of problem behavior for profoundly autistic patients compared to their non-profoundly autistic peers by the end of psychiatric hospitalization. These results indicate that profoundly autistic youth seem to require a higher level of behavioral support during and after psychiatric hospitalization. A greater emphasis on recognizing these challenges should encourage key stakeholders to invest sufficient resources to meet the diverse patient needs of autistic youth. |
|
|
|
3. A Gradual Exposure Procedure to Eye Examination in a Child With Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
ELISA NICCOLAI (Strabiliaba) |
Abstract: It can be difficult for a child with autism who is unable to read and recognize abstract symbols to understand if he has vision problems. R. is a 7-year-old child with autism who has visual impairments and was unable to undergo a medical examination for his eyes. R. exhibited challenging behaviors and was uncooperative during the examination. We implemented a multi-step procedure that included: 1) preparation of ad hoc material with tact images that he was able to recognize and name 2) shaping of the distance from the visual stimulus that was presented starting from 30 cm up to the distance of 4 meters requested by the ophthalmologist 3) gradual exposure based on shaping and use of differential reinforcement to bring him closer to the instrument needed for the examination 4) generalization in real life and tolerance without problem behaviors R. was able to successfully undergo the eye examination without the need for physical restraint and it was possible for the doctor to understand his vision deficit. |
|
|
|
4. Behavioral Play Interventions for Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder: A Systematic Review of Peer and Adult Involvement |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
CHAIDAMOYO GOODSON DZENGA (University of Montana Western) |
Abstract: This review examines behavioral interventions designed to enhance play for children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) with a focus on utilizing typically developing peers and adults in structured intervention roles. The primary goal was to evaluate the effectiveness of these interventions in teaching play skills and improving behavioral outcomes for children with ASD. A total of 20 studies published between 2000 and 2024 were analyzed, utilizing single-case designs and group design methodologies. Key behavioral strategies identified include following the child’s interests, systematic prompting, video modeling, and live modeling. Less frequently used but notable techniques, such as priming and social stories, were also explored for their potential impact. The findings indicate that behavioral interventions incorporating multiple evidence-based strategies are most effective in teaching play skills. Video modeling and live modeling were particularly impactful in shaping play behavior, while prompting and following the child’s lead enhanced engagement and interaction. These strategies align closely with the principles of Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA), emphasizing observable and measurable improvements in play and social behavior. |
|
|
|
5. Antecedent Manipulation During Instruction Delivery to Support Cooperative Discrete Trial Teaching (DTT) Sessions |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
GRACE BOYLE (Salve Regina University), Hannah Christine Grey (Salve Regina University, Autism Care Partners), Stephanie Hope Jones (Salve Regina University) |
Abstract: Discrete trial teaching (DTT) is a common method used to teach new skills to children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). Best practice is characterized by structured, teacher-led instruction and fast-paced, trial-based delivery. A nuanced approach may be necessary for learners who have multiply controlled challenging behavior, such as incorporating demands within activity settings that have been shown to facilitate learning, which is incompatible with operational definitions of readiness behavior. Thus, the present study evaluated the effects of including interactions with preferred tangibles during instruction delivery on cooperation during a structured DTT context within a reversal design. Results indicated that the participant engaged in cooperative DTT sessions during the no tangible condition for an average of 2.7% of trials across 6 sessions and during the instruction with tangible condition for an average of 96% of trials across 7 sessions. Interobserver agreement (IOA) was collected by two independent observers for 38% of sessions, with a trial-by-trial agreement of 100%. Treatment integrity was collected for 38% of trials with an average of 96.7%. |
|
|
|
6. The Effects of Exposure on Selections During a Concurrent-Chains Preference Assessment: A Replication & Extension |
Area: AUT; Domain: Basic Research |
GRACE SPATH (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Emily Ferris (SUNY Upstate Medical Center), Maya Fallon (Early & Advanced Learner Programs, Center for Pediatric Behavioral Health, Wilmington, North Carolina, United States
fallonm@centerforpbh.com), Toni Rose Agana (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Nicole M. Rodriguez (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center) |
Abstract: Including recipients of ABA-based services in the selection of their behavior-change procedures is vital to supporting their autonomy and enthusiastic participation. Concurrent-chains arrangements (CCA) offer an objective method for assessing preference among behavior-change procedures in individuals with limited language abilities. However, their utility diminishes when patterns of responding suggest that selections are under faulty antecedent control (e.g., equal selection of test and control conditions) rather than the relative reinforcement value of the terminal links. This study replicated Rodriguez et al. (2024), showing that exposure to a 3:1:1 condition favoring reinforcement addressed indiscriminate responding when returning to a 1:1:1 condition (equal exposure to each terminal link). To address concerns regarding the effects of Rodriguez et al. (2024) being attributable to the development of a new bias, we included yoked exposure to a novel 3:1:1 extinction condition. Despite increased extinction exposure, participants continued choosing the reinforcement link during the 3:1:1 extinction condition and the subsequent return to 1:1:1. These results highlight the potential for bias in the CCA and potential methods of mitigating biased responding. |
|
|
|
7. Use of Systematic Pairing to Promote Willing Participation in Intervention Research
Abstract |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
GRACE JAYNE GUNDERSON (54511), Rebecca Jane Barall (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Sarah Frampton (University of Nebraska Omaha), Juliana Oliveira (Munroe-Meyer Institute, UNMC), Whitney Trapp (Munroe-Meyer Institute), Meral Koldas (University of Nebraska Medical Center Munroe Meyer Institute), Alice Shillingsburg (Munroe-Meyer Institute, UNMC) |
Abstract: Minimally verbal autistic children are underrepresented in intervention research and (Stedman et al., 2019) specific efforts are needed to overcome barriers to participation. This study examined the effects of a reinforcement pairing and instructional fading procedure with minimally verbal autistic children, aged 4-8, who used speech-generating devices (SGDs). The nine-stage procedure (Shillingsburg et al., 2014; Shillingsburg et al., 2019) paired the therapist and instructional setting with highly preferred items and activities and gradually introduced therapeutic tasks. We measured the percentage of session time spent in proximity to the therapist, frequency of participant cooperation with therapy tasks, and any harmful/avoidant behaviors (e.g., self-injury). A behaviorally anchored rating scale was customized with caregiver input and used to measure individualized indices of happiness (IH). In baseline, all participants demonstrated variable levels of proximity and cooperation and two participants demonstrated increasing levels of problem behavior. In the terminal stage of the pairing protocol, all participants demonstrated zero rates of harmful/avoidant behavior and high levels of proximity and cooperation. IH ratings indicated an overall positive affect for participants through the pairing progression. These findings suggest that reinforcement pairing and instructional fading can result in willing participation in therapy sessions with minimally verbal autistic children. |
|
|
|
8. Descriptive Data of Caregiver Training Insurance Codes |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
HANNAH CHRISTINE GREY (Salve Regina University, Autism Care Partners), Sofia E. Abuin (Salve Regina University), Elizabeth Bland (Autism Care Partners), Stephanie Hope Jones (Salve Regina University) |
Abstract: Conducting caregiver training increases generalization and maintenance of behavior-analytic interventions. Insurance payors often include caregiver training in their Current Procedural Terminology (CPT) codes and recommend frequent use. Previous research demonstrates effective training strategies to improve caregiver implementation of behavior analytic interventions, as well as the positive impact that caregiver training has on client outcomes. However, there is little research on how much caregiver training is provided by clinic-based behavior analysts. The present study collected descriptive data regarding the average monthly duration of caregiver training provided across 10 clinical locations and 184 clients in New England. Results indicate that caregiver training services are underutilized. Clients received an average of 0.59 hours of caregiver training per month and an average of 53.3% of clients received no caregiver training hours each month. Additionally, an average of 10.34% of clients received a total number of caregivers training hours that met the payor recommendation per month. Potential reasons for underutilization, interventions to address underutilization, and implications will be discussed. |
|
|
|
9. Comparing Paired Stimulus Preference Assessment Outcomes Across Presentations With Minimally Verbal Children on the Autism Spectrum |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
GABRIELA SALAZAR (University of Miami), Joanne Li (University of Miami), Janelle Kirstie Bacotti (University of Miami), Yanerys Leon (University of Miami) |
Abstract: Several investigations support the utility of trial-based preference assessments (e.g., Conine et al., 2021; Goldberg et al., 2022; MacNaul et al., 2023). MacNaul et al. (2023) compared preference hierarchies from single- and double-presentation paired-stimulus preference assessments (PSPA; Fisher et al., 1992) with five target stimuli across seven participants on the autism spectrum. The purpose of this study was to replicate and extend MacNaul et al. by increasing the number of stimuli included in the PSPA and assessing the reinforcing efficacy of stimuli identified as high-preference items. Our participants included minimally verbal children on the autism spectrum whose caregivers or clinicians informed the items selected for the PSPA. An implementer equated and counterbalanced the paired-stimulus combinations and positions (left versus right) for the first and second set of trials (i.e., presentations). Single-item selections resulted in a 30-s access interval. We compared the rank order of stimuli based on the full, first, and second set of trials. We discuss the stability of PSPA outcomes across presentations. |
|
|
|
10. Behavior Skills Training and Staff Implementation of Error Correction Procedure |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
HARMONY AYALA (Penn State University), Jonathan W. Ivy (The Pennsylvania State University - Harrisburg) |
Abstract: Treatment integrity refers to the extent to which an intervention is implemented as prescribed in a treatment plan (Gresham, 1989; Falakfarsa et al., 2021). Prior research has demonstrated that treatment integrity impacts the effectiveness of an intervention and the rate of skill acquisition (Jenkins & Reed, 2015). Three individuals participated in this study. Participants were registered behavior technicians, between the ages of 22 and 30 years, who worked for an applied behavior analysis agency that provided direct one-to-one services for children with autism spectrum disorder. The study procedures were implemented within the course of their scheduled time with their client in the home or daycare setting. The intervention consisted of [here]. Each participant was trained individually using behavior skills training outside their regular scheduled hours. A multiple baseline across participants design was used to examine the effects of the behavior skills training. Compared to the baseline, all three participants displayed an increase in the implementation of the five steps of error correction procedure following the behavior skills training. Therefore, this suggests that behavior skills training could increase staff implementation of error correction procedure during discrete trial training. |
|
|
|
11. Using Virtual Reality to Teach Perspective-Taking to Children on the Autism Spectrum |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Yahui Liu (University of Western Ontario), TIANYUE MA (University of Western Ontario), Gabrielle T. Lee (Western University) |
Abstract: Perspective-taking, the ability to understand others’ beliefs and intentions, is essential for social functioning but poses challenges for children on the autism spectrum. Traditional approaches like video modeling help teach perspective-taking, yet more immersive tools are needed. This study examines a Virtual Reality (VR) program’s effectiveness in enhancing perspective-taking in three children (ages 7-12) on the autism spectrum. Using a non-concurrent multiple probe design, researchers evaluated two skill areas—identifying others' preferences and visual perspectives—within controlled, realistic VR scenarios of varying complexity. Baseline data showed 0% performance across programs for all participants, indicating a clear need for intervention. Early intervention results for one participant show a positive trend in skill acquisition, suggesting VR’s potential as a tool. The study will also assess whether improvements generalize to novel scenarios and are retained over time through follow-ups at 2 and 4 weeks post-intervention. This research highlights VR's promise as an accessible, adaptive training tool for diverse cognitive levels in autism. |
|
|
|
12. A Survey on the Current Status of Primary Caregivers' Perceptions of Echolalia in Children With Autism in China |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
HAIDAN LU (Department of Rehabilitation Sciences, Faculty of Education, East China Normal University), Xinyan He (Department of Rehabilitation Sciences, Faculty of Education, East China Normal University) |
Abstract: Abstract: Objective: This study aims to explore the current understanding of primary caregivers regarding echolalia in children with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD), providing a reference for the work direction of clinicians and researchers. Methods: A survey questionnaire was employed to investigate 107 primary caregivers of children with ASD. Results: (1) Approximately half of the caregivers supported the view that echolalia is a stage of language development, while also considering it as self-talk and stereotyped speech. (2) More than 45% of caregivers identified the primary functions of echolalia in children with ASD as "expressing needs" and "maintaining conversation." (3) Most caregivers become aware of the phenomenon of echolalia around the age of 3-4 years in children. (4) 68.42% of caregivers believe that expressive language ability is the most important predictor of the severity of echolalia in children with ASD. (5) In situations where the conversational content is familiar, the child is engaged in a favored activity, the caregiver repeats instructions multiple times, or corrects the child’s speech, more caregivers report a reduction in the child’s echolalic speech. Conversely, when the child exhibits significant emotions, an increase in echolalia is reported. Conclusion: Caregivers were able to detect echolalia in children with ASD in a timelier manner and had some understanding of its characteristics and changes. However, caregivers' perceptions of echolalia in children with ASD were ambivalent and inconsistent with some foreign parents' reports, which may be related to the complexity of the phenomenon of echolalia and the late start of related research in China. It is recommended that more clinical studies on echolalia should be conducted to explore a more systematic understanding of echolalia and that related popularization education be strengthened to enhance public tolerance and understanding of children with ASD and their echolalia. |
|
|
|
13. Ensuring Excellence: Quality Control and Auditing in Services for Individuals With Autism and Other Developmental Disabilities |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
Fernanda Dib Coutinho (Grupo Conduzir), Caroline Espindola do Nascimento (Grupo Conduzir), Andresa De Souza (University of Missouri-St. Louis), RENATA MICHEL (Grupo Conduzir e Spectra) |
Abstract: The consistency of quality service delivery in healthcare to individuals with autism and other developmental disorders is essential for promoting significant improvements in the intervention process. Excellence in service delivery should encompass all aspects of the client experience with the service provider. As such, it is important to ensure meaningful progress in the clients' goals, guarantee consumer satisfaction, and improve the quality of life for all individuals involved. Quality control processes aim to monitor and evaluate the effectiveness of systems in order to identify aspects of improvement, track outcomes, and mitigate risks. This poster describes the conception and development of the Quality Control and Client Satisfaction Department of a service provider located in a metropolitan city in Brazil. A systematic approach was designed to enhance service quality through periodic audits involving independent examinations and direct measurements of clinical processes. In this poster, we will discuss the quality criteria implemented to improve clients' experience, standardize clinical documentation, and increase the fidelity of intervention. We will also discuss the improvement needs identified and preventive actions for the future. |
|
|
|
14. Interdisciplinary and Comprehensive Evaluations to Increase Service Access for Children Impacted by Autism Spectrum Disorder |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
HALLE BRIANNE PANTER (Pittsburg State University), Paige Boydston (Pittsburg State University) |
Abstract: Identification and treatment of autism spectrum disorder (ASD) in rural communities continues to lag when compared to opportunities in urban areas (e.g., Antezana et al., 2020), with the average age of diagnosis being delayed in both rural communities and in households with limited income (Mandell et al., 2010). Though many factors may contribute to the deficiency of available services, lack of qualified diagnosticians in rural locations presents as a major barrier to families accessing evaluations. Early intervention services have been found to significantly improve symptomology of ASD in children diagnosed prior to three years of age (e.g., Gabbay-Dizdar et al., 2021), yet a diagnoses is required prior to accessing care. Rural areas may benefit from interdisciplinary ASD evaluation and diagnostic mechanisms that increase access to care. The purpose to the present project is to pilot an interdisciplinary evaluation model using faculty and students at a university located in a rural area of the country. The evaluation model includes multiple disciplines engaging in a multi-department collaboration for both collegiate student training and community support, creating a comprehensive evaluation process to support children suspected of having ASD but who are unable to access timely diagnostics and treatment due to geographic location. |
|
|
|
15. Teaching Children With Autism to Report Private Events: Exploring the Link Between Facial Expressions and Self-Reported Feelings |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
ROBERTA CAROLINNE QUEIROZ DIAS (Compleat Kidz), Ana Carolina Sella (Aprendizagem em Pauta) |
Abstract: Children with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) often have difficulty learning to report private events, but teaching these skills is essential to social and communicative competence. This study aimed to assess if children could name what they were feeling in accordance with their facial expression. For this, during 30-minute sessions, a picture scale was used for the observation of facial expressions in two children with ASD: happiness, neutral, and unhappiness. At the same time, a 5-point scale was used so that the children themselves could indicate how they were feeling. A partial interval recording was used for the observation of facial expressions and a Momentary Time Sampling was used for the children's self-report (through pointing). The results showed that, in most cases, in 11 out 15 times there was correspondence between the observation and self-report. The main limitations include the sample size and the lack of individualization of the scales used, since expressions of happiness and unhappiness can be idiosyncratic. Future studies should address these issues. Despite these limitations, the findings indicate that the scale seems to have a good correspondence with what the children were feeling and may be used to measure child's satisfaction during sessions. Keywords: private events, facial expression, autism, picture scale |
|
|
|
16. Leveraging Game-Based Interventions to Enhance Social Communication Skills in Autistic Youth |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
HEBA SOLIMAN (Tennessee Technological University), Krystal Kennedy (Tennessee Technological University) |
Abstract: Recent research indicates that serious games can provide effective platforms for developing social-emotional skills in autistic youth. This presentation examines various literature, apps, and common components for enhancing social communication skills in neurodivergent adolescents, with particular attention to age-appropriate design for students aged 10-15. Drawing on recent studies by Carneiro et al. (2024) and Tang et al. (2019), we'll explore how game-based interventions can facilitate the generalization of social skills from virtual to real-world environments. The presentation will analyze specific features of game-based apps, including trust-building mechanics, conversation scenarios, and emotional recognition exercises. Furthermore, we will analyze the behavior-analytic components of these apps and discuss practical strategies for implementing them in educational and clinical settings. Additionally, we will review the literature associated with game-based apps.
This session will benefit educators, clinicians, and researchers interested in innovative approaches to social skills development in autistic youth. It will offer insights into integrating game-based learning with traditional intervention strategies. Furthermore, we will demonstrate how these apps can be integrated into both individual and group instruction while maintaining fidelity to behavior-analytic principles. Special emphasis will be placed on selecting developmentally appropriate apps that align with adolescents' interests and abilities. |
|
|
|
17. Navigating Challenges: A Systematic Review of Evidence-Based Interventions and Caregiver Training for Managing Aggressive Behavior in Individuals With Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
IVI LUA DOS SANTOS CARDOSO (Endicott College; Butterfly Effects), Lisa Tereshko (Endicott College), Adriana (Adie) Anderson (Easterseals Southern California; Endicott College) |
Abstract: Autism spectrum disorder (ASD) is defined as a neurodevelopmental condition that impacts communication, social interaction, and involves the presence of restrictive and repetitive behavioral patterns (Hyman, 2020). The estimate of children who have autism has significantly grown in the past few years, and as a consequence, the number of individuals requiring Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) services has also increased. Caregiver training is one effective way of giving assistance to support caregivers of autistic individuals, to manage challenging behaviors, including aggressive behavior. This systematic literature review included 23 articles focusing on parent training and aggressive behavior. The analysis of each article encompassed multiple dimensions (participants, intervention, environment, experimental design, training characteristics, treatment fidelity, generalization and maintenance phases, outcomes of the individual with autism, and social validity format). As a result, the evidence-based interventions utilized included Functional Analysis (FA), Functional Communication Training (FCT), and multicomponent training, which incorporated reinforcement, extinction, and antecedent interventions. The data consistently supported that caregiver training led to decreases in aggressive behavior in individuals with autism. |
|
|
|
18. Verbal Behavior Milestones Assessment and Placement Program (VB-MAPP) Assessment of Listener Responding Skills in Bilingual Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
IRENE FELTON (Amigo Care ABA), Shelby Lynne Quigley (Amigo Care ABA, Maryland Association for Behavior Analysis), Alex Arevalo (Amigo Care ABA), Melissa Theodore (Amigo Care ABA) |
Abstract: Children diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) often experience challenges in language development, including delays in speech acquisition and difficulties with receptive and expressive language (Tager-Flusberg & Kasari, 2013). These challenges are further complicated in bilingual children, as varying exposure to each language can impact their development (Peña, Bedore, & Kester, 2016). To assess language skills in bilingual children with ASD, evaluations must consider proficiency in both languages. While standardized tests may not fully capture the range of language abilities, tools like the Verbal Behavior Milestones Assessment and Placement Program (VB-MAPP), which includes direct observation and allows for language assessment in both languages, can offer a more comprehensive evaluation (Arias & Friberg, 2017). In this study, we evaluated the VB-MAPP in both Spanish and English to assess its effectiveness in bilingual children. The study focused on two 5-year-old Latino children diagnosed with ASD, both receiving in-home ABA services, with Spanish as the primary language spoken at home. We explored how language dominance and preference might influence the acquisition of listener responding skills. The findings aim to provide valuable insights for ABA practitioners, helping to develop culturally and linguistically responsive interventions for bilingual children with ASD, ultimately improving communication outcomes. |
|
|
|
19. Incorporating Doll Modeling to Teach Dental Exam Cooperation for a Child With Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
JESSICA LAMB (Somerset Hills Learning Institute), Sandra R. Gomes (Somerset Hills Learning Institute), Taylor Krasnomowitz (Somerset Hills Learning Institute), Tatiana Herr (Somerset Hills Learning Institute), Chelsea Moczulak (Somerset Hills Learning Institute), Emily E. Gallant (Somerset Hills Learning Institute), Kevin J. Brothers (Somerset Hills Learning Institute) |
Abstract: Molly, a seven-year-old girl with autism spectrum disorder, was initially unsuccessful cooperating with any components of a dental exam, precluding access to recommended preventative dental care. Graduated exposure to a simulated dental exam and reinforcement of cooperative behavior initially resulted in Molly successfully entering, waiting, and sitting in the treatment chair in the simulated setting. However, once instructors began handling dental tools, Molly again began attempting to exit the exam setting. To augment existing intervention elements, we chose to add a modeling component. Because resources precluded use of a live confederate, we modeled further dental exam components with a doll and stuffed animal with human-like teeth. The resulting treatment package has successfully produced cooperative behavior from Molly with minimal engagement in non-cooperative behavior. While research literature suggests support for modeling to improve medical procedure cooperation, this is the first known demonstration of doll modeling to teach dental exam cooperation to a child with ASD. Instruction is ongoing and will continue to systematically add and shape cooperation for remaining dental exam steps contingent on Molly’s successful performance. Generalization assessments to novel persons, settings, and without the doll model are planned with caution, to limit opportunities for non-cooperative behaviors and contacting escape. |
|
|
|
20. Descriptive Analysis of Pairing Skills: Identifying Trends Across Behavior Technicians |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
JACOB OLIVEIRA (Salve Regina University), Sophia Blomberg (Salve Regina University; Autism Care Partners), Lindsay Honeycutt (Salve Regina University; Autism Care Partners), Grace Boyle (Salve Regina University; Autism Care Partners), Sofia E. Abuin (Salve Regina University; Autism Care Partners), Stephanie Hope Jones (Salve Regina University) |
Abstract: Pairing is a rapport building strategy during which a therapist provides appetitive stimuli to a client and withholds putative aversive stimuli (e.g., demands) to establish themselves as a conditioned reinforcer. Pairing is an essential component of developing instructional control. Clients exhibit less challenging behavior when instructional sessions are preceded by pairing sessions (Kelly et al., 2015) and prefer sessions with pairing (Lugo et al., 2019). Despite its importance, prior studies have not examined how pairing is implemented in clinical settings by behavior technicians (BTs), including potential commission errors during pairing (e.g., removing tangibles, providing reprimands, or providing instructions). The purpose of this study was to assess pairing skills of nine BTs who work at an early intervention ABA center. BTs were instructed to “pair” with their client for five minutes. Two independent observers collected descriptive data on pairing across twelve variables during 100% of sessions. Interobserver agreement was 77%, with component variables ranging from 49% to 100%. Procedural fidelity was also assessed by two independent observers for 100% of sessions and was 100%. Results indicated center-wide deficits and strengths across component pairing skills. Limitations, implications, and future research directions will be discussed. |
|
|
|
21. A Comparison of Positive and Negative Reinforcement With Self-Feeding in Children With Feeding Disorders |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
JOCELYN DESTINY CASTRO (University of Maryland Baltimore County; Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: Previous research on the treatment of self-feeding did not evaluate reinforcement before their manipulations to response effort (Kerwin et al. 1995) and bite sequences (Rivas et al., 2014). Lalli et al. (1999) compared reinforcement in a non-feeding context and found positive reinforcement without the use of escape extinction to be effective. The aim of this study is to extend our current research on self-feeding by evaluating the effects of positive and negative reinforcement on the target behavior. Three children attending an intensive day-treatment pediatric feeding disorders program participated in this study. The design included a combined alternating treatment and nonconcurrent multiple baseline across participants. During the positive reinforcement condition, self-feeding resulted in access to a preferred tangible item or reinforcer. During the negative reinforcement condition, self-feeding a programmed number of bites resulted in the removal of the response effort of self-feeding. All participants demonstrated variable levels of acceptance in both conditions. These findings suggest reinforcement to be ineffective to increase self-feeding. |
|
|
|
22. Individualized Analyses Enhance the Effects of a Protocol to Reduce Darting: A Case Study |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
JESSICA CICCARELLA (Alpine Learning Group), Amira EL-Boghdedy (Alpine Learning Group), Jaime DeQuinzio (Alpine Learning Group), Bridget A. Taylor (Alpine Learning Group) |
Abstract: A 15-year-old with autism engaged in darting from work areas to arrange the environment (e.g.,
close cabinet doors, turn on or off computer monitor). During Intervention 1, a DRO was
implemented to reinforce remaining in work areas and functional communication training to teach
requests to leave work areas and arrange the environment (i.e., “Can I fix it?”). Although frequency
decreased to low levels over time, it remained variable. Following this, an individualized analysis
was conducted to identify more specific information regarding the conditions under which darting
occurred and were maintained. Results showed that the participant was more likely to dart to fix or
arrange the environment during baited conditions when alone and during demand. It was noted that
the target behavior occurred in the demand condition during transitions between work tasks.
Frequency decreased to near zero levels and showed less variability when the intervention was
modified to include leisure tasks that promote engagement in between work tasks, as well as a
dense schedule of reinforcement in the form of teacher attention between work tasks. |
|
|
|
23. Transdisciplinary Alternative and Augmentative Communication Assessment: A Team Approach to Assessing Preference in Applied Settings |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
JENNIFER KENT (20854), Hilary Pincolini (Ivymount School and Programs), Jessica Meyler (Ivymount), Danielle Evans (Ivymount) |
Abstract: Behavior analysts often support beginner communicators who lack an effective and robust form of functional communication and who would benefit from Alternative and Augmentative Communication (AAC) systems. However, clinicians working in the field often choose AAC assessment procedures based on past experiences, their clients’ skills and preferences, and available resources, rather than following an explicit set of decision-making procedures. Notably absent from the AAC assessment research is incorporation of an individual's modality preference (Dietz et al., 2012). We aimed to design and investigate the effectiveness of an explicit AAC selection process which incorporates matching a learner’s current skills (e.g., visual discrimination, motor imitation) and other relevant factors (e.g., parent vocabulary selection) to an appropriate communication modality. The protocol, implemented by an interdisciplinary team led by BCBAs, SLPs, and dually credentialled providers, has two primary objectives: 1) assess the most appropriate communication modality for each individual based on their learner profile and current skill set, and 2) determine the individual’s preferred communication method . In 66% of participants (six autistic individuals ages 3-17), a differentiated preference for one modality or application emerged. One participant did not show a clear preference for either modality. Continued research is necessary to evaluate use of this protocol to select a communication modality and identify if a preference emerges across additional participants and modalities. Data collection for additional participants is currently underway.
Dietz A, Quach W, Lund SK, McKelvey M. AAC assessment and clinical-decision making: the impact of experience. Augment Altern Commun. 2012 Sep;28(3):148-59. doi: 10.3109/07434618.2012.704521. PMID: 22946990. |
|
|
|
24. The Effectiveness of Scripts and Script Fading Procedure in Teaching Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) to Ask Using "Who," "What," and "Where" Questions Patterns |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
BINYAMIN BIRKAN (Biruni University), Osman Tanriver (Biruni University) |
Abstract: In the study, a multiple probe desing across-behaviors was used. A child diagnosed with ASD participated in the study. In the implementation process of the study, the participant was taught the skills of asking questions using the "who, what, where" question patterns with scripts and script fading procedure. The procedure were conducted using the basaline for each question pattern. The participant's performance was evaluated in the baseline, Intervention, generalization and follow-up sessions. The results of the study showed that the procedure was effective in helping the child acquire question-asking skills using "who, what, where" question patterns. The participant acquired question-asking skills with the procedure and was able to generalize these skills to different people and settings. In addition, the data obtained from the follow-up sessions revealed that the participant maintained the acquired skills 2, 4 and 6 weeks after the end of the instruction. The findings of the study show that script and scripts fading procedure increases the asking questions using the "who, what, where" question patterns of children with ASD. In addition, the positive effect of the procedure on generalization and follow-up reveals the importance of using this procedure in teaching of children with ASD. |
|
|
|
25. Self-Assessment of Achievable Goals for Treatment Plans |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
JENNIFER OREN (Butterfly Effects), Elise Escobar (Butterfly Effects) |
Abstract: New clinicians require training to write treatment goals that are individualized and achievable. Common errors include writing goals that are: 1) clinically inappropriate, 2) fail to align with the individual’s skill level, and 3) overly ambitious (i.e., beyond the individual’s reach). Study’s design and procedures: This will be a basic A-B experimental design. In the baseline condition, BCBA performance will be assessed in writing appropriate treatment goals. In the intervention condition, BCBAs will receive Behavior Skills Training (BST) to improve goal writing proficiency. BST consists of 4 components: instruction, modeling, role-play and feedback. BST has been shown to be effective across various job skills (Cruz et al., 2023). Current research also suggests that remote feedback with rehearsal can enhance supervisee skill acquisition when paired with written instruction (Cruz et al., 2023). The modifications to the previous intervention procedures (see 2024 poster) will be: adding a Goal Analysis Job Aid to the BST. BCBAs will use the Goal Analysis Job Aid to self-assess and graph their performance at 1 or 2-month intervals throughout the 6-month treatment plan. Trainers will also assess the BCBAs performance and provide intermittent supplemental monitoring and feedback · Post training the BCBAs will complete a social validity scale survey. |
|
|
|
26. An Evaluation of the Efficiency of Expressive and Receptive Instructional Sequences |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
JULIA VIRGINIA PERRYMAN (Salve Regina University), Biancé Jasmine Ferrucci (Salve Regina University ; J. Arthur Trudeau Memorial Center), Jesse Perrin (Pathways), Cody Morris (Salve Regina University) |
Abstract: In applied behavior analysis, the development of verbal behavior is a critical piece of programming for many clients. The methods utilized in programs targeting deficits in this area commonly follow the recommendations of models which recommend teaching receptive identification separately and prior to expressive identification (Lovaas, 2003). Despite these recommendations, some studies suggest that teaching expressive identification first is generally a more efficient method of instruction (Petursdottir & Carr, 2011). However, other studies have found that results may be idiosyncratic across participants as the sequences may lead to the same rate of acquisition (Delfs et al., 2014; Sprinkle & Miguel, 2012). The current study utilized an adapted alternating treatments design to compare the effects of receptive-first and expressive-first teaching sequences on the rate of acquisition of receptive and expressive identification of verbs as measured by trials to criterion for a four-year-old diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder. IOA data reflected 97.5% agreement and average procedural fidelity was 99.4%. The results of the study showed that the expressive-first teaching sequence was more efficient and led to emergence of receptive identification without teaching. These results suggest that, in clinical treatment planning, practitioners should sequence expressive teaching prior to receptive teaching. |
|
|
|
27. How to Select Augmentative and Alternative Communication (AAC): Further Evidence From Children With Complex Communication Needs |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
KARLI ANNE WRIGHT (Southern Illinois University), Lesley A. Shawler (Southern Illinois University Carbondale), Juhi Kidwai (Southern Illinois University Carbondale), Valerie Boyer (Southern Illinois University Carbondale), Grace Lafo (University of Nebraska Medical Center), Denise Croft (Southern Illinois University Carbondale) |
Abstract: Up to 30% of autistic children may not develop natural speech, making augmentative and alternative communication (AAC) a critical tool to support functional and symbolic communication. This study aims to evaluate proficiency and preferences for various AAC modalities among young children with complex communication needs (CCN). The study explores the integration of interdisciplinary protocols and family-centered assessments to inform AAC modality selection. Eight children were assessed using multiple high- and low-tech AAC modalities. A single-case multi-element design was employed to assess modality proficiency, followed by a concurrent-operant design to measure preference. Caregivers were consulted regarding their preferences. All participants demonstrated proficiency with at least one AAC modality, and caregiver preferences generally aligned with the child's preference. Findings corroborate past research highlighting the importance of integrating objective data and participant preferences in the AAC-selection processes. A structured, interdisciplinary approach, involving both child and caregiver input, facilitates more individualized AAC interventions, improving communication outcomes. Future research should explore formalized caregiver preference assessments to enhance long-term adherence and outcomes. |
|
|
|
28. Functional Communication Teaching (FCT) and Delay to Restored Rigid Play |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
SOFIA E. ABUIN (Salve Regina University), Hannah Christine Grey (Salve Regina University, Autism Care Partners), Stephanie Hope Jones (Salve Regina University) |
Abstract: Within clinical settings, culturally responsive practices are especially relevant when intervening upon communication. Functional Communication Teaching (FCT) is an effective intervention commonly used to increase communication while reducing challenging behavior. However, limited research has reported on considerations related to supporting clients with bilingual histories in clinical settings during FCT. This study evaluated the use of FCT to intervene upon behavior maintained by access to tangibles associated with rigid play. Further, this study sought to extend the FCT literature by teaching two FCRs of differing languages (e.g., English and Spanish) to facilitate potential generalization in the home setting. A multielement design was used to establish acquisition of FCRs in both languages. Response allocation to FCR language was measured following initial teaching. Following FCT, delay and generalization trials were introduced to increase the latency to target behavior when access was not immediately restored. Results demonstrate suppression of target responding following intervention and generalization. Social validity data collected from a speech language pathologist (SLP) suggest reciprocal collaboration between disciplines produced meaningful client outcomes. Interobserver Agreement (IOA) was calculated for 60% of FCT trials, with 100% agreement. Procedural fidelity data was calculated for 44% of FCT trials and averaged 100% across those trials. |
|
|
|
29. Addressing Avoidant Behavior Related to Sound Sensitivity and the Efficacy of Functional Communication Training |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
KATE LYNNE PUDPUD (University of Maryland, Baltimore County; Kennedy Krieger Institute), Carley Smith (University of Maryland, Baltimore County; Kennedy Krieger Institute), Nathalie Fernandez (Kennedy Krieger Institute; Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Kaitlyn Connaughton (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: Sensory sensitivity to auditory stimuli is a prevalent concern amongst individuals diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). Effectively managing sound sensitivity for individuals with noise reactivity is crucial to mitigating associated behavioral challenges, including socially avoidant and challenging behaviors. Desensitization may be an appropriate intervention when auditory stimuli are unavoidable. However, alternative treatments should be considered first when noise is avoidable. In the current study, a 14-year-old autistic male presented with challenging behavior maintained by a synthesis of antecedent events (i.e., noise and demands). Prior to treatment, he engaged in high levels of ear plugging to escape naturally-occurring noise. He was taught to emit different functional communication responses (FCRs) to escape (i.e., “quiet”) or reduce (i.e., “headphones”) auditory stimuli. As a social validity measure, demand compliance assessment was conducted to determine if headphone use impeded his ability to engage in essential activities. Results indicated that he maintained high levels of cooperation with demands with and without headphones. With the combination of behavioral and psychiatric intervention, the patient engaged in fewer outbursts of challenging behavior and lower levels of ear plugging by the end of his hospital admission. Clinical considerations and treatment implications for individuals with noise sensitivity will be discussed. |
|
|
|
30. Treatment of Perseverative Speech in an Adult With Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
KATHLEEN GRACE CHANCE (Rutgers University), Julia Iannaccone (Rutgers, the State University of New Jersey), Nicholas Migliaccio (Rutgers The State University of New Jersey), Shuangyu Zhao (Rutgers The State University of New Jersey), Robert LaRue (Rutgers University), Christopher Manente (Rutgers Center for Adult Autism Services, Rutgers University), SungWoo Kahng (Rutgers University) |
Abstract: Perseverative speech is a relatively common referral concern for individuals diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) and related developmental disabilities. Perseverative speech can often interfere with skill acquisition, the development of social relationships, and employment. Several researchers have evaluated strategies for addressing perseverative speech in young children (e.g., differential reinforcement). However, few studies have addressed perseverative speech in adults diagnosed with ASD. In the current investigation, we evaluated the efficacy of differential reinforcement of other behavior (DRO) for the treatment of perseverative speech in a 25-year-old male diagnosed with ASD and Obsessive Compulsive Disorder (OCD). Specifically, we started with a two-minute resetting DRO to reduce perseverative speech using a visual timer. That is, the participant had the opportunity to earn three minutes of access to perseverative speech for two minutes in the absence of the behavior. The schedule of reinforcement was subsequently thinned. Implications for future research and clinic practice will be discussed. |
|
|
|
31. Increasing Tolerance of Medical Devices for a Young Boy Diagnosed With Medical Fragility and Autism Spectrum Disorder |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
KATIE RENEE PHILLIPS (Butterfly Effects), Evan Delahaye (Butterfly Effects) |
Abstract: We evaluated two behavior analytic interventions to increase tolerance behavior and reduce property destruction of two necessary medical devices with a medically fragile child diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). Prior to intervention, physical restraint by caregivers and medical staff was necessary for the use of medical equipment. Systematic graduated exposure of a cough-assist device, which simulated coughing to clear bronchial secretions, was conducted in four phases, resulting in toleration of the device across several sessions. A differential reinforcement of other behavior (DRO) procedure was implemented to effectively increase acceptance and duration of wearing an oxygen cannula. The effects of the interventions generalized to usage of the cough-assist device and other medical equipment within the hospital setting. Following intervention, the client no longer requires physical restraints when using the equipment. The next step will be to implement caregiver training for data collection in the home and hospital settings outside of sessions. |
|
|
|
32. Sibling SUCCESS Practitioner Workshop: A Model for Inclusive Service Delivery |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
KELSEY MARIE SPARKS (Baylor Univerisity), Jessica Akers (Baylor University) |
Abstract: The sibling relationship is crucial for autistic children, often serving as a lasting social bond. Siblings frequently act as primary playmates and caretakers. Research shows that involving siblings in behavioral interventions enhances their understanding of autism and strengthens sibling interactions. However, traditional behavior programs may not always prioritize fostering the sibling relationship. The Sibling Success Practitioner Workshop equips professionals —teachers, BCBAs, and others — with strategies to include siblings as key members of the intervention team. Participants are introduced to the Sibling Success model (Supporting Unique Collaborative Care to Encourage Shared Success), which promotes collaboration and positive interactions. The workshop outlined the program’s three levels, introduced strategies to improve sibling relationships, and included hands-on activities and discussions to deepen participant understanding. A social validity assessment evaluated participant perceptions of the workshop’s effectiveness, while a post-workshop survey gathered feedback on how often participants applied the strategies discussed and how valid they found them in practice. This workshop enhances professionals’ ability to provide family-centered care that supports both autistic children and their siblings, ultimately strengthening the family unit. |
|
|
|
33. Increasing Instructional Intensity in Early Intervention Services |
Area: AUT; Domain: Translational |
MACKENZIE MANSEL (Integrated Behavioral Technologies, Inc) |
Abstract: Early, intensive behavioral intervention for children with autism is characterized by fast-paced instruction with many learning opportunities per minute (e.g., Smith, 2001). A myriad of benefits are evident following intervention services (e.g., Cohen et al., 2006; Waters et al., 2020) yet ensuring high rates of instruction in clinical settings can be time intensive. One method for creating and maintaining high rates of instruction includes programming for and including instructional strategies that naturally produce many learning opportunities, such as the Verbal Card Sort method. The purpose to the present study was to compare direct service provider instructional rates in traditional discrete trial methods to the Verbal Card Sort method. Six service providers and four children with autism were recruited and placed into dyads. A multiple baseline across dyads design was used to evaluate instructional intensity. Rate of instructions per hour was calculated across historical, baseline, and intervention conditions. Results indicated that the use of the Verbal Card Sort method led to increased instructional rates in five of the six dyads (increases in instructional trials ranging from 27-127%). Continued research should evaluate the impacts of increased instructional opportunities, such as reductions in problem behavior and child preference for instructional methods. |
|
|
|
35. Synthesized Antecedents and Carryover Effects: Methodological Adjustments Following Inconclusive Functional Analysis Results |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
KAITLYN CONNAUGHTON (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Kate Lynne Pudpud (Kennedy Krieger Institute; University of Maryland, Baltimore County), Carley Smith (Kennedy Krieger Institute; University of Maryland, Baltimore County), Jenna Schechter (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Nathalie Fernandez (Kennedy Krieger Institute; Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine) |
Abstract: A functional analysis experimentally evaluates isolated variables that may occasion challenging behavior. However, some behaviors may be evoked by idiosyncratic variables not captured in functional analysis conditions (Iwata et al., 1982/1994) or other assessments of isolated contingencies. The current study involves a 14-year-old autistic male admitted to an inpatient hospital unit for the assessment and treatment of severe challenging behavior whose results across multiple isolated contingency assessments were inconclusive. Caregiver reports suggested that a combination of antecedent variables, including noise, damaged materials, interruptions, and demands, may evoke challenging behavior. A trial-based synthesized contingency assessment was conducted, incorporating all identified variables in the test condition and systematically removing one component at a time to identify the specific combination of antecedent stimuli that reliably evoked challenging behavior. Results indicated that the patient’s challenging behavior was maintained by the synthesis of noise and demands. Notably, self-biting was observed during the control condition, suggesting this topography may be partly respondent in nature rather than solely operant. This finding led to adjustments in methods and data analysis, such as adding calm criteria to account for suspected carryover effects. Clinical recommendations and implications for future research will be discussed. |
|
|
|
36. Comparing Stimulus Set Size on Intraverbal Instruction for Preschoolers |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Xiaoyuan Liu (Teachers College, Columbia University), KRISTINA CHEN (Teachers College, Columbia University), Daniel Mark Fienup (Teachers College, Columbia University) |
Abstract: The size of a stimulus set plays an essential role in the effectiveness of teaching in educational settings, as it impacts skill acquisition. The importance of effective instructional approaches on skill acquisition influences how efficiently a child can acquire a new skill by managing the number of stimuli presented during instruction. This study investigated the effects of stimulus set sizes on intraverbal instruction for preschoolers with disabilities. Our study utilized an alternating treatment design to compare the effects of set size 3 and set size 12 on acquiring WH-questions. Researchers taught the WH-questions using learn unit instruction, where correct responses received reinforcement, and incorrect responses underwent a correction procedure involving an echoic model followed by an opportunity for independent responding. For both set size 3 condition and set size 12 condition, each operant received equal amounts of exposure per session. The study employed a teaching criteria of 90% or above accuracy across two consecutive sessions and the researcher stopped the intervention once the participants reached mastery for the set. The study is ongoing. The current resulting data indicate that larger stimulus set sizes lead to faster acquisition but require more instructional trials to reach the mastery criterion. However, additional data are needed to further compare the effects of stimulus set size on acquiring intraverbal questions. |
|
|
|
37. A Review of Academic Articles That Cite a Paper That Claims Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) Causes Post-Traumatic Stress Disorder (PTSD) |
Area: AUT; Domain: Theory |
CHLOE A CALKINS (Salve Regina University), Dana B. Morris (Warren Alpert Medical School of Brown University), Sarah Sudhoff (Salve Regina University), Nicole Marie Nenninger (Salve Regina University), Biancé Jasmine Ferrucci (Salve Regina University), Cody Morris (Salve Regina University) |
Abstract: Identifying and addressing misinformation about behavior analysis is a critical component of behavior-analytic practice and research. One commonly cited source of misinformation about behavior analysis is a study by Kupferstein (2018), which claims that applied behavior analysis (ABA) causes post-traumatic stress disorder (PTSD) in individuals diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder. A review by Morris et al. (2024) indicated that some behavior-analytic articles cited Kupferstein (2018) as a source of concern without a caveat. The purpose of this project was to expand the review conducted by Morris et al. (2024) by evaluating how Kupferstein (2018) has been cited within scholarly publications outside of behavior analysis. A literature review was conducted by searching “Kupferstein (2018)” on Google Scholar. Interrater reliability data was collected for coded variables with an exact agreement score of 93.85%. Results demonstrated that 66% of articles cited Kupferstein as a legitimate study to support concerns about ABA. The second category included 15% of articles, which cited Kupferstein when referring to a perspective about ABA. The final two categories each included 9% of articles which cited Kupferstein as either a problematic, anti-ABA source or a source of concern without a caveat. |
|
|
|
38. Evaluating Possible Interactions Between Problem Behavior and Pain and Discomfort States |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
LAUREN PLUMMER (Florida Autism Center Specialty Clinic at University of Florida), Janae' A. Pendergrass (University of Florida), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida), Lindsay Lloveras (Marcus Autism Center), Kerri P. Peters (University of Florida), Kacie McGarry (University of Florida), Justin Boyan Han (University of Florida) |
Abstract: Children with autism spectrum disorder are more susceptible to a range comorbidities than their neurotypical peers (Al-Beltagi, 2021). These comorbidities, such as gastrointestinal discomfort, migraines, or infections, may significantly impact their behavior and quality of life. Previous research has provided evidence for a potential relationship between pain or discomfort and problem behavior using both direct and indirect measures of problem behavior including surveys and questionnaires (Carr & Owen-DeSchryver, 2007), structured descriptive analyses (Lloveras & Vollmer, in prep), and functional analyses (Kennedy & Meyer, 1996). Using more direct measurements of behavior provides the basis for a more accurate account of the relation between periods of pain/discomfort and problem behavior. The current study aims to (1) identify periods of pain and discomfort in children with autism using reliable measures of symptoms associated with the identified illness and (2) to evaluate rate of challenging behavior when symptoms are present or absent during ongoing clinical activities. |
|
|
|
39. Combating Counter Control, Does Your Phrasing Make a Difference? |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
MADISON LYNN SHEPPARD (Florida State University) |
Abstract: Many children with Autism have deficits rooted in following directions and compliance. Specifically, some may struggle when told what to do or what not to do. Delprato (2002) defined counter control as “a response to aversive control.” To further understand counter control, the clinical team has implemented an Increasing Compliance program. This program focuses on the wording of your statement tied together with prompting and differential reinforcement to expand one's compliance repertoire. Clinicians will increase the duration of demands to assist in deferring counter control. The full results of this program are currently still being observed with mastery of three targets within the first month of implementation. With this progress, clinicians have observed more overall compliance with demands. Acquisition of this skill may increase independent living skills as well as improve caregiver’s home life. Due to the nature of the client's deficits, this program has only been implemented for one child in hopes of exploring and understanding compliance behavior. |
|
|
|
40. Multiple-Schedule Reinforcer Assessment on a Child With Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
LAUREN LIGHTNER (The Scott Center for Autism Treatment; Florida Institute of Technology), Amelia Skye Nelson (Florida Tech), Kira Elizabeth Flynn (The Scott Center for Autism Treatment; Florida Institute of Technology), Kimberly Sloman (The Scott Center for Autism Treatment; Florida Institute of Technology) |
Abstract: Skill acquisition research often includes differential reinforcement of correct responding as an independent variable; however, in order for differential reinforcement to be an effective intervention, structured assessments should be used to identify reinforcers. This poster will present an example in which researchers observed no progress in acquisition of target skills for one participant when differential reinforcement using participant selected items (preferred toys) was implemented. The researchers hypothesized that the toys may not function as reinforcers in this context. We then conducted a multiple schedule reinforcer assessment using procedures similar to Smaby et al. (2007). During the reinforcer assessment, we compared two potential reinforcers (i.e., participant-selected toys and an edible item) to an extinction condition. Responding increased in the contingent edible condition whereas response patterns in participant-selected toys condition were similar to extinction. When the edible item was used in the differential reinforcement procedure for skill acquisition, correct responding increased to mastery levels. |
|
|
|
41. A Systematic Review: Evidence-Based Practices to Increase Physical Activity Engagement in Individuals With Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Theory |
LAUREN PALMATEER (Western New England University, The New England Center for Children), Eileen M. Roscoe (The New England Center for Children) |
Abstract: The Centers for Disease Control and Prevention recommends that children and adolescents engage in 60 min of moderate-to-vigorous physical activity daily (CDC, 2021). Previous reviews on increasing physical activity described the use of mechanical measurement instruments (i.e., heart rate monitors), direct observation coding systems, and interventions (e.g., self-management or exergaming; VanCamp & Hayes, 2012) for increasing physical activity engagement. The current review extended the previous literature by presenting an overview of current research on physical activity engagement in individuals with autism spectrum disorder between 2015 and 2025. The authors described the prevalence and utility of assessing progress through multiple dependent variables, including physiological measures. The article identification and inclusion process followed PRISMA guidelines, with a detailed discussion of which articles did and did not meet inclusion criteria. In addition, interobserver agreement of article identification and article categorization was used. The review focused on the dependent variables measured, procedures used for the selection of physical activity tasks, treatment components that were most efficacious for increasing physical activity engagement, and the extent to which social validity assessments were conducted. The implications for future research questions on this topic were discussed. |
|
|
|
42. Error Characteristics of Synthesized Contingency Assessments |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
LIAM MCCABE (Rutgers University-Center for Autism Research, Education, and Services), Brian D. Greer (Children’s Specialized Hospital¬–Rutgers University Center for Autism Research, Education, and Services (CSH–RUCARES); Rutgers Brain Health Institute; Department of Pediatrics, Rutgers Robert Wood Johnson Medical School), Casey Irwin Helvey (Children’s Specialized Hospital–Rutgers University Center for Autism Research, Education, and Services (CSH–RUCARES); Department of Pediatrics, Rutgers Robert Wood Johnson Medical School), Adam M. Briggs (Eastern Michigan University) |
Abstract: The comparability of synthesized contingency assessments (SCAs) to isolated functional analyses has been questioned due to the assumption that SCAs uniquely identify interactive effects. Interactive effects occur when individual contingencies combine to produce a reinforcing effect greater than the sum of their individual effects. McCabe et al. (2024) investigated these effects by comparing within-participant responding during and after SCAs. They found that interactive effects are rare, suggesting that SCAs and isolated functional analyses are comparable in most cases. One method of assessing correspondence involves evaluating the sensitivity and specificity of functional behavior assessments conducted with isolated or synthesized contingencies. However, these measures have not been quantitatively examined to date. This study aims to fill that gap by graphically representing true and false positive rates of SCAs relative to functional analyses using binary receiver-operating-characteristic (ROC) plots. These analyses clarify the accuracy of SCAs in identifying (sensitivity) and excluding (specificity) behavior functions. Implications for assessment and treatment practices are discussed. |
|
|
|
43. Using Guided Goal Selection and Self-Management to Teach Daily Living Skills and Promote Independence in Autistic Adolescents |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
LINDSEY SWAFFORD (University of Memphis), James Nicholson Meindl (The University of Memphis), Remington Michael Swensson (Washington State University) |
Abstract: Adolescence is a distinctive developmental stage characterized by a growing sense of independence and a heightened desire for autonomy. Over 50,000 autistic adolescents in the U.S. transition to adulthood each year, often facing challenges in acquiring daily living skills, such as personal hygiene, cooking, and money management. Self-management interventions have shown promise in improving independence with various skills for individuals with autism spectrum disorder. Involving adolescents in goal-setting has been shown to support autonomy and decision-making. Few interventions have used either self-management or goal-setting to increase independence with daily living skills. No known studies have examined the combined effects of guided goal selection and self-management to teach daily living skills to adolescents. We evaluated the effectiveness of an intervention package of guided goal selection and self-management techniques to improve daily living skills for autistic adolescents. Results will be reported and the implications for autistic individuals and other stakeholders will be discussed. |
|
|
|
44. Effects of Differential Reinforcement on Mean Mand Length |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
LINDSAY HONEYCUTT (Salve Regina University
Autism Care Partners), Jacob P. Oliveira (Salve Regina University
Autism Care Partners), Sofia E. Abuin (Salve Regina University
Autism Care Partners), Stephanie Hope Jones (Salve Regina University
Autism Care Partners) |
Abstract: Manding is an essential verbal operant that needs to be taught such that mands are likely to contact reinforcement outside of the clinical environment. One step in teaching effective manding is increasing the length of mands (e.g., from “Truck” to “I want the red truck”). Differential reinforcement successfully results in increased mand length. The current study replicates previous research using a differential reinforcement (DR) procedure to teach a child with Autism to emit longer length mands in a changing criterion design. The DR procedure specified high-quality reinforcement delivered contingent on independent mands at target length while mands shorter than target length resulted in a prompt followed by lower quality praise and tangible delivery. Interobserver agreement (IOA) was obtained by two independent observers, for 33% of sessions and yielded 78.3%. Total procedural fidelity (PF) data yielded 86.07% for 33% of sessions as collected by two independent observers via video recording. Results of the study showed the participant met predetermined response requirements for each phase. The client reached the terminal goal of independently emitting 4-word mands across 3 implementers displaying generalizability of the client’s mand repertoire. |
|
|
|
45. A Systematic Review of Post-Secondary Transition Interventions and Outcomes for Adults With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
Area: AUT; Domain: Basic Research |
LOUISE NG (University of Texas at Austin), Terry S. Falcomata (The University of Texas at Austin) |
Abstract: All young adults with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) graduate from secondary education with a transition plan, yet research has shown that individual outcomes for individuals with ASD start declining after they exit from high school. As ASD is a lifelong condition, supporting adults with ASD who are experiencing major transitions is vital to help them achieve their ideal outcomes after exit from secondary education and can assist them in maximizing autonomy and dignity in their lives. The purpose of the current study was to conduct a systematic review of the effects of post-secondary transition interventions on outcomes for adults with ASD who have gone through a major transition. Overall, results showed that interventions were effective across several domains such as adaptive functioning, executive functioning, employment outcomes, job- specific skills, social skills, self-efficacy skills, self-determination and depressive symptoms. No results were observed regarding a college transition program significantly decreasing anxiety symptoms. Implications for further research, practice, and limitations are discussed. |
|
|
|
46. Components of Compassionate Care: An Integrated Treatment Approach of PFA/SBT, Essentials for Living (EFL), Event-Based Teaching, and CABAS and the Development of Verbal Behavior Cusps and Capabilities |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
VICTORIA BEAMAN (Proud Moments ABA; Capella University; Texas A&M- San Antonio; Troy University; University of West Florida) |
Abstract: An integrated treatment package was employed for autistic children, who had previously experienced significant barriers in their skill development related to “traditional” ABA programming. Three autistic participants (ages 7, 13, 14) of varying verbal behavior skill repertoires were assessed using the Early Learner Curriculum and Achievement Record (ELCAR) Verbal Behavior Development Assessment Chart before and after the shift in the programming. The integrated treatment package was comprised of PFA/SBT, assent and dissent measures, event-based teaching, Essentials for Living (EFL), and Comprehensive Application of Behavior Analysis in Schooling (CABAS) protocols. While none of the participants conducted programming directly related to the development of verbal behavior cusps and capabilities, all participants experienced substantial changes in their verbal behavior development. All participants experienced an experienced an increase in their speaker and listener behavior, with some experiencing the development of higher level verbal behavior operants like incidental bidirectional naming, unidirectional naming, and auditory matching. |
|
|
|
47. Utensil Fading to Increase Liquid Acceptance |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
MAYRA ALEY (Children’s Specialized Hospital—Rutgers University Center for Autism Research, Education, and Services (CSH—RUCARES)
), Emma Auten (Children’s Specialized Hospital—Rutgers University Center for Autism Research, Education, and Services (CSH—RUCARES)), Brittany Jean Martino (Children’s Specialized Hospital), Casey Toutoungi (Caldwell University), Kathryn M. Peterson (Emory University and Children's Healthcare of Atlanta) |
Abstract: Children with change-resistant feeding behavior may display rigid behavior during the mealtime such as only eating a select few foods, eating in specific settings, or using certain utensils with no alternatives (Crowley et al., 2020; Flygare et al., 2018; Levy et al., 2019). Researchers have demonstrated that utensil fading may be an effective strategy to increase acceptance and decrease inappropriate mealtime behavior (Groff et al., 2014; Rivas et al., 2013). For example, Groff et al. (2014) increased acceptance of liquids and purees in a 4-year-old child by increasing acceptance first with a syringe and subsequently implementing demand fading to increase acceptance from a spoon. The current study evaluated the effects of syringe-to-cup fading to increase the consumption of Ensure for a 9-year-old child who previously refused Ensure from an open cup. Syringe-to-cup fading was effective, and acceptance and independent self-drinking of Ensure maintained across settings. Future research should continue to evaluate antecedent based treatments, as well as assessments that could inform fading interventions. |
|
|
|
48. Initial Outcomes from the Protective Procedures Assessment |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
SEAN CONOR MADDEN (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Louis P. Hagopian (Kennedy Krieger Institute; Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Michelle A. Frank-Crawford (Kennedy Krieger Institute; Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Jonathan Dean Schmidt (Kennedy Krieger Institute; Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Drew E. Piersma (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: Automatically maintained self-injurious behavior (SIB) that is classified as being Subtype 2 or Subtype 3 is typically treatment resistant and is associated with a higher risk of severe injuries compared to SIB that is socially maintained. The protective procedures assessment (PPA) is useful in identifying appropriate, effective, and minimally intrusive individualized protective equipment and procedures. The PPA can be implemented as a formal assessment or as probes to determine the least amount of protective equipment needed to allow and treat SIB without increasing the risk of injury. Based on the topography of SIB and types of injuries that may occur, several potential protective procedures are identified. Interviews and caregiver beliefs are also taken in to consideration in determining appropriate protective procedures. Following this, a control condition where protections are maximized is conducted to compare responding to test conditions that employ variations of protective procedures. We aimed to identify protective procedures that allow the participant to engage in some level of SIB (to allow for further assessment and treatment evaluation), while maintaining a low risk level. Outcomes across two individuals, one with Subtype 2 and another with Subtype 3 SIB, will be discussed. |
|
|
|
49. Design Artificial Intelligence (AI)-Generated Interactive Video Social Stories for Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
WING YEE HO (Hong Kong Metropolitan University, School of Education and Languages) |
Abstract: Children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) often demonstrate a pronounced inclination towards visual learning over auditory learning, highlighting the necessity for instructional approaches that leverage video and technology. Social stories, coupled with self-care theory principles, are widely acknowledged as beneficial educational aids for children with ASD. By adhering to essential criteria and fostering collaborative partnerships with generative artificial intelligence (GenAI), the amalgamation of video-based social stories and interactive gaming holds promise in enhancing the learning motivation of children with ASD, thereby enriching their educational journeys and promoting better knowledge retention. This research endeavor sought to offer a practical demonstration that underscores the utilization of GenAI in crafting interactive video-based social stories featuring gaming elements. Through the utilization of video modeling methods, children can observe and emulate speech patterns and behaviors depicted in social stories. This process can be further enriched by including interactive games, enabling children to actively practice the skills they have acquired. The study delineates the specific types of GenAI to incorporate, along with the techniques and procedures involved in developing gamified video-based social stories. |
|
|
|
50. Evaluation of Burnout and Job Satisfaction With Early Intensive Behavioural Intervention (EIBI) Service Providers in Canada |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
MARIA PONGOSKI (Manitoba Association for Behaviour Analysis, University of Manitoba), Geneviève N. Roy-Wsiaki (Université de Saint-Boniface), C.T. Yu (University of Manitoba) |
Abstract: Burnout and job satisfaction have been shown to impact a clinician’s ability to perform their duties at work. To date, there have been six studies that have measured burnout and job satisfaction for clinicians working in early intensive behavioural intervention (EIBI) programs supporting children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). However, none of these studies focused on clinicians in Canada or distinguished between the different roles (e.g., behaviour therapist, behaviour analyst). This ongoing study seeks to expand on the current knowledge of burnout and job satisfaction by examining the effects of training satisfaction, previous experience, and supervisor support through an online survey offered in both French and English to EIBI clinicians across Canada. Results will help to inform EIBI programs and organizations on protective and risk factors pertaining to burnout and job satisfaction. Additionally, results may provide valuable insight into the effects of each variable as they relate to each role. Given the importance of EIBI services for children with ASD, it is important to identify variables that may help to prevent possible negative outcomes such as staff turnover, service disruption, and decreased quality of care for children with ASD, at all levels of service provision. |
|
|
|
51. Immediate Effects of Behavioral Skills Training on Pairing Implementation by Novel Therapists |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
MARIE-JOCELINE CONANT (UTSA San Antonio), Leslie Neely (The University of Texas at San Antonio) |
Abstract: While pairing is recognized as an essential therapeutic skill there is limited research that explores the most effective methods for training therapists to implement pairing skills and evaluate the immediate impact pairing may have on idiosyncratic child behaviors. The purpose of this study was to extend previous research and add to the limited existing research literature by implementing a behavioral skills training (BST) protocol and video-modeling to teach novel therapists pairing skills using a concurrent multiple-baseline design across three participant dyads of novel therapists and autistic children. We explored the efficacy and efficiency of behavioral skills training as a training model and assessed the immediate effects on child indices of happiness (IOH) and sadness (IOS), as well as approach and escape behaviors. Results suggest that behavioral skills training is an effective and efficient training protocol that allows therapists to implement pairing skills at high fidelity and improves idiosyncratic child behaviors that serve as indicators of mood and relationship building. Implications for practice and recommendations for future research are discussed. |
|
|
|
52. Evaluation of Scorecards and Targeted Training to Increase Staff Performance in an Adult Residential Care Facility |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
MATTHEW FREY (Eden Autism Services), Lauren Alicea (Eden Autism Services), Clare Posey (Eden Autism Services), Marli Siciliano (Eden Autism Services), Brendan Smith (Eden Autism Services), Lisa M. Toole (Eden Autism Services), Timothy Nipe (Eden Autism Services) |
Abstract: Direct support staff working in residential group home settings face unique challenges in balancing several critical clinical responsibilities. The purpose of the current investigation is to evaluate the effects of an intervention to increase staff performance of critical clinical responsibilities in residential group home settings for adults diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder. Previous studies in the Organizational Behavior Management (OBM) literature have described using scorecards, targeted training packages, lotteries, monetary incentives, and public posting to increase staff performance (Griffin, et.al., 2019; Szabo, et.al.,2012). We developed a clinical checklist to assess staff performance across multiple indicators. Checklist results are aggregated into a weighted scorecard, producing an overall program score on a range between 0-100%. The intervention will employ a multiple baseline design across settings to evaluate the impact of the scorecard and targeted training package on staff performance. Preliminary baseline data from three houses suggest the need for a comprehensive treatment package to achieve a minimum program target score of 80%, enhancing staff performance and overall program scores. |
|
|
|
53. Topographical Differences in Perseverative Behavior and Their Relation to Severe Problem Behavior |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
MCKENNA DOUGLASS (Rutgers University), Julia Iannaccone (Rutgers, the State University of New Jersey), Matthew L. Lucciola (Rutgers University), Sydney Hannah Hall (Rutgers University), Christopher Manente (Rutgers Center for Adult Autism Services, Rutgers University), Robert LaRue (Rutgers University), SungWoo Kahng (Rutgers University) |
Abstract: Perseverative speech/behavior surrounding specific topics, items, and activities is a common issue observed in individuals with developmental disabilities. However, little research has been conducted regarding different topographies of perseverations and its connection to more severe problem behavior. The purpose of this present study was to (1) investigate multiple different preservation types in four adults diagnosed with comorbid autism and obsessive-compulsive disorder and (2) review preliminary results of a function-based intervention for severe problem behavior maintained by attention specific to perseverative topics in one participant, Jessica. All participants engaged in perseverative behavior surrounding ritualistic behavior, but the topography of perseverations varied across participants. Topographies observed included vocal (speech), gestural (non-vocal requests for another person to complete a ritual), and physical/visual (inspection of clothing). For Jessica, a functional analysis was conducted to determine if problem behavior was maintained by access to discussing perseverative speech with others. A functional relationship between problem behavior and attention specific to the perseveration was identified, resulting in an effective function-based intervention. Implications of these results and the discussion surrounding different perseveration types could assist clinicians in the treatment of adults with comorbid autism and Obsessive-Compulsive Disorder displaying similar behavior. |
|
|
|
54. The Acceptability of Data Collection Methods: Electronic versus Pen and Paper |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
MEGAN JACQUES (Florida State University), Sigmund Eldevik (Oslo Metropolitan University) |
Abstract: With the expansion of technology in applied behavior analysis (ABA), there has been an increase in methods used to collect in-session data. As the variety of data collection methods grows, understanding the acceptability of these methods becomes essential. A voluntary survey was distributed from September 1, 2024, to September 30, 2024, to ABA professionals, parents, and support staff from various ABA, early intervention, and early childcare organizations across five countries (Italy, Norway, Sweden, the United States, and the United Kingdom) to assess the acceptability of electronic and pen-and-paper data collection methods. The survey consisted of 26 questions, including multiple-choice, short-answer, and Likert scale ratings, which evaluated participants’ experiences and opinions on the data collection method they most commonly use. A total of 37 participants completed the survey. Results show that, while 59.5% of participants primarily use pen-and-paper for data collection, 54% prefer electronic data collection. These findings provide valuable insight into the acceptability of data collection methods, which can guide practitioners, consumers, and program developers in customizing practices and advancing effective methods for the future. |
|
|
|
55. Menstrual Cycle as a Possible Biological Setting Event for Severe Challenging Behavior: A Case Review |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
MEGAN BICKEL (32601), Justin Boyan Han (University of Florida), Kacie McGarry (University of Florida), Janae' A. Pendergrass (University of Florida), Kerri P. Peters (University of Florida), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida), Takahiro Soda (University of Florida) |
Abstract: Assessment and treatment of problem behavior like aggression and self-injury have primarily focused on the influence of environmental and social contingencies. There is a growing literature base and renewed interest on states of pain and discomfort's effect on these operants. This issue is especially important considering that Individuals with autism and other developmental disabilities are more likely to experience acute and chronic pain and discomfort symptoms (e.g., Kennedy et al., 2024; Walsh et al., 2013). Some health conditions like sleep dysregulation (e.g., Bramble, 1995; Kennedy et al., 2024), otitis media (e.g., de Lissovoy, 1962; O’Reilly, 1997), and allergies (Kenney & Meyer; 1996) have been shown to function as biological setting events for self-injury and other problem behaviors (e.g., Carr & Smith, 1995; Kennedy & Meyers, 1996; Kennedy, 2021). One such biological variable that is less discussed is the menstrual cycle (Carr et al., 2003). The current project is a case evaluation to examine the relationship between severe problem behaviors and the menstrual cycle in a severe behavior day treatment clinic. |
|
|
|
56. Evaluation of Competing Stimulus Assessments Targeting Distinct Tangible Mands
to Reduce Challenging Behaviors |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
MARY E. MIDDLETON (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Michelle A. Frank-Crawford (Kennedy Krieger Institute; The Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Hannah Marian Roth (Kennedy Krieger Institute, The University of Maryland Baltimore County) |
Abstract: Competing stimulus assessments (CSAs) for socially maintained behaviors use a systematic approach to identify stimuli that compete with the reinforcer maintaining challenging behavior. Delivering the functional reinforcer contingent on each instance of challenging behavior during test and control conditions, however, poses a risk of injury due to the potential for high levels of the target behavior. Reinforcing mands for the functional reinforcer can be a safer alternative to reinforcing challenging behavior. Additionally, combining competing stimuli with functional communication (FC) can reduce challenging behavior during schedule thinning, specifically when reinforcement cannot be delivered for the FC response (Hagopian et al., 2005). This study evaluated CSAs targeting distinct tangible mands to identify high competition stimuli and compared their efficacy with low competition stimuli in treatment. Charlie, a 10-year-old male diagnosed with severe intellectual disability and developmental disabilities, presented with challenging behaviors maintained by access to food and toys. Charlie was taught to request food and toys by exchanging the corresponding picture icon on a red/green board. Separate food and toy CSAs identified stimuli associated with lower rates of mands and challenging behavior. High competition and low competition items from each CSA were then compared during treatment, while systematically increasing periods when items are unavailable. |
|
|
|
57. The Effects of Preferred Stimuli on Trends of Dissent Behaviors in Adults With Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
LAUREN ALICEA (Eden Autism Services), Brendan Smith (Eden Autism Services), Ashley McHugh (Eden Autism Services), Thomas L. Zane (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: Practitioners in the field of behavior analysis have been increasingly concerned with issues of assent and dissent displayed by the people they serve. Individuals with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) often lack effective communication skills and for these individuals, the expression of assent and dissent is often in the form of challenging behavior. This is often more difficult to determine than in someone who can effectively communicate assent or dissent. Thus, the purpose of this study was to identify preferred stimuli that might decrease dissent behaviors displayed by adults with ASD during nonpreferred activities. After conducting parent and staff surveys, researchers implemented preference assessments to identify preferred stimuli and nonpreferred activities that evoked high levels of dissent. Although we are in phase 1 of the project (assessing levels of assent and dissent during preference assessment), our hypothesis is that when the participants are given preferred tangible stimuli; levels of dissent will decrease. Our hope is that through utilization of staff and guardian surveys in conjunction with a paired-stimuli preference assessment we will have determined a hierarchy of highly preferred stimuli that will help assist in decreasing dissent behaviors and increasing assent behaviors. Results will be discussed in terms of procedures practitioners can use clinically, and ethical issues related to assent for individuals who demonstrate poor or no effective communication. |
|
|
|
|
|
Behavior Analysis Intervention Strategies in Addressing Quality of Life Issues in Assisted Living Facilities |
Sunday, May 25, 2025 |
3:00 PM–3:20 PM |
Convention Center, Street Level, 140 B |
Area: CBM |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Chair: Parsla Vintere (CHE Behavioral Health Services) |
|
Behavior Analysis Intervention Strategies In Addressing Quality Of Life Issues In Assisted Living Facilities |
Domain: Theory |
PARSLA VINTERE (CHE Behavioral Health Services) |
|
Abstract: The population of individuals aged 65 and older is growing fast. With advanced age, increase in chronic diseases and cognitive and physical impairments, individuals often lose their ability to live independently. Assisted living facilities provide alternative for older adults who no longer can remain at home but do not require a higher level of care provided by nursing homes. The significant life changes that are associated with leaving a familiar environment and moving into an assisted living facility often affect quality of life issues of the residents. Many of them report experiencing loneliness, anxiety, depression, frustration with physical limitations and loss of independence. The focus of the current paper is on examining: (a) a concept of quality of life and its components; (b) characteristics of support provided by assisted living facilities to their residents; (c) behavior analysis intervention strategies in improving quality of life of the assisted living facility residents; and (d) behavior analysis research directions addressing quality of life issues of people residing in assisted living facilities. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Strengthening the Behavior Analytic Supervisor-Supervisee Relationship Through Reflective Supervision |
Sunday, May 25, 2025 |
3:00 PM–3:20 PM |
Convention Center, Street Level, 145 B |
Area: EDC |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Chair: Nasiah Cirincione-Ulezi (Nasiah Cirincione-Ulezi) |
|
Strengthening the Behavior Analytic Supervisor-Supervisee Relationship Through Reflective Supervision |
Domain: Service Delivery |
NASIAH CIRINCIONE-ULEZI (Capella University), Irene Abrego Nicolet (Capella University) |
|
Abstract: In the field of behavior analysis, the supervisor-supervisee relationship is fundamental to the development of competent and ethical practitioners. Integrating reflective supervision into the supervisory process can enhance this relationship by fostering an environment of trust, empathy, and mutual respect that is bidirectional. Reflective supervision—characterized by critical reflection, self-awareness, and constructive dialogue—not only supports professional growth but also contributes to the overall well-being of both the supervisor and supervisee, helping them navigate the challenges and complexities inherent to behavior analytic practice. This concept presentation examines the role of reflective supervision in strengthening supervisory relationships within behavior analysis. Building on the framework by Sellers, Valentino, and LeBlanc (2016), which emphasizes relationship-building as essential for effective supervision, this presentation explores how supervisors and supervisees can use reflective practices to facilitate their skill development and growth. Additionally, reflective supervision aligns with ethical guidelines in the most recent Behavior Analyst Certification Board (BACB, 2022) Ethics Code, specifically Code 1.07, which promotes cultural responsiveness and respect in interactions. By adopting reflective supervision practices, supervisors can improve engagement and resilience within the supervisor-supervisee relationship, ultimately leading to better outcomes for those they serve. References: Behavior Analyst Certification Board. (2022). Ethics code for behavior analysts. Retrieved from https://www.bacb.com/ethics/ Sellers, T. P., Valentino, A. L., & LeBlanc, L. A. (2016). The value of feedback in shaping effective supervision practices. Behavior Analysis in Practice, 9(4), 60-70. https://doi.org/10.1007/s40617-016-0116-x |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Trends in Verbal Behavior Research |
Sunday, May 25, 2025 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM |
Convention Center, Street Level, 159 AB |
Area: VBC/DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Aarti Haresh Thakore (Central Texas Autism Center) |
CE Instructor: Aarti Haresh Thakore, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Behavioral intervention programs for young children who present challenges with social, language and communication skills often focus on establishing basic vocabulary prior to establishing intermediate and advanced language skills. Often behavioral account of language is used as a foundation for establishing and expanding overall language and communication skills in young children with language delay. Skinner’s (1957) taxonomy of verbal operants has been empirically evaluated by many verbal behavior researchers in the past, but there is still a need for more research to understand the assessment tools used by behavior analytic researchers 1) to determine socially relevant and developmentally appropriate verbal behavior goals, and 2) role of Observation Learning (OL) on the acquisition of language. Thus, the purpose of this symposium is to discuss recent trends in verbal behavior research (e.g., Observation Learning, assessment tools employed in verbal behavior research, and developmental prerequisites in mand training) including the limitations, clinical recommendations, and future directions. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Assessment Tools, Developmental Considerations, Literature Reviews, Verbal Behavior |
Target Audience: Intermediate |
Learning Objectives: 1. Participants will be able to label and define Skinner's taxonomy of verbal operants. 2. Participants will be able to select clinically relevant assessment tools to evaluate the clients verbal behavior repertoire. 3. Participants will be able select socially valid and developmentally appropriate goals while creating goals to establish verbal behavior repertoire.Participants will be able select socially valid and developmentally appropriate goals while creating goals to establish verbal behavior repertoire. |
|
Assessment Tools in Verbal Behavior Research: A Systematic Review of the Literature |
DANIELLE, NICOLE KOLIBRI (University of Missouri - St. Louis), Andresa De Souza (University of Missouri-St. Louis) |
Abstract: Assessment tools are an essential component of applied behavior analysis (ABA), offering critical data to assist in the design of intervention strategies for individuals with developmental disabilities. While previous research (e.g., Dixon et al., 2017; Padilla & Akers, 2021) has investigated the validity, consistency, and effectiveness of some of these assessment tools, providing insights into their attributes, shortcomings, and relevance, there is a lack of publication focusing on the use of these tools within behavior analytical research. The current systematic review of the literature identified and analyzed assessment tools employed in verbal behavior studies published in major behavior analytic journals. We included empirical articles focusing on the acquisition of verbal behavior in human participants, published between 2019 and 2024, across three key behavior-analytic journals. Only studies employing assessment tools to characterize participants or as a dependent variable were fully coded. Of the 116 articles included, 86 were coded for various study variables. Results were analyzed to provide a comprehensive overview of the methodological foundations and practical implications of these assessment tools in both research and clinical practice within behavior analysis. |
|
A Literature Review of Mand Training Procedures With Developmental Considerations |
JENNYLEE ACIU (Caldwell University), Aarti Haresh Thakore (Central Texas Autism Center), Adrienne Jennings (Daemen University), Saloni Razdan (UMASS) |
Abstract: Skinner’s analysis of verbal behavior outlines a verbal taxonomy that both the speaker and listener’s verbal behavior are influenced by the same environmental variables as any other behavior. The functional account of verbal behavior is often disregarded in the conventional account of language. Nonetheless, this functional approach is instrumental in understanding the role of motivation in teaching a mand repertoire. Several studies in the behavior analytic literature have illustrated the importance of motivating operations in establishing a mand repertoire. However, there are still inconsistencies within the field when it comes to selecting and teaching developmentally appropriate mand targets. Thus, the main purpose of this paper is to conduct a review of studies on mand training, and categorize these studies based on developmental hierarchy of language progression as outlined in the VB-MAPP. This presentation will provide a preliminary snapshot comparison from the earliest 10 studies to the most recent 10 studies. Overall, the results suggest that there is sparsity of literature focusing on building foundation for a mand repertoire before advancing to CMO-T mands. Thus, there is a need for further research on selection and teaching developmentally appropriate mand targets. Recommendations for clinicians will be provided. |
|
A Systematic Review of Behavior-Analytic Research on Observational Learning and the Acquisition of Verbal Behavior |
SARAH KERN (University of Missouri St. Louis), Andresa De Souza (University of Missouri-St. Louis) |
Abstract: Observational learning (OL) refers to the acquisition of skills as a result of observing the behavior of others and their outcomes. While some researchers use OL interchangeably with “imitation,” the behavior analytic interpretation of OL includes more than simple observation. OL involves the observation of a model, the discrimination between contingencies, and the delayed imitation of the model’s behavior according to those observed contingencies. Due to its generative capacities, OL can facilitate behavior generalization, reduce instructional time, and promote the emergence of novel skills. The purpose of the current systematic review was to investigate behavior-analytic research focusing on OL and the acquisition of verbal behavior. We conducted a search on major databases to identify empirical studies focused on OL, as defined by MacDonald and Ahearn (2015). Additional articles were identified through reference and citation checks. Studies were coded based on participant demographics, characteristics of dependent and independent variables, and major outcomes. The outcomes of this review will be discussed with a focus on the empirical demonstration of OL for the acquisition of verbal behavior and recommendations for practitioners focused on skill acquisition programs. |
|
|
|
|
|
Verbal Behavior Special Interest Group (VB-SIG) Student Paper Winners Present Their Findings |
Sunday, May 25, 2025 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM |
Marriott Marquis, M4 Level, Capitol & Congress |
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Giulia Ferrazzi (University of Modena and Reggio Emilia; ABA ITALIA) |
CE Instructor: Rachel Thomas, Ph.D. |
Abstract: The Verbal Behavior Special Interest Group (VB SIG) offers annual awards to support graduate students conducting empirical research that advances our understanding of the acquisition and development of verbal behavior. This symposium consists of three recent winners from the previous year, exploring innovative research related to public speaking, foreign language learning, and observational learning. The first study compared the effectiveness of two clicker training methods in reducing filler words and extraneous sounds during public speaking. The second study explored the impact of testing on the retention of foreign language vocabulary, specifically examining the effect of spaced practice tests with corrective feedback. The third study aimed to develop assessment and training procedures for observational learning component skills, focusing on a combination of learning contexts. Collectively, these studies highlight the importance of effective learning techniques and strategies in various domains, with implications for improving communication, language acquisition, and skill acquisition in diverse settings. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): verbal behavior |
Target Audience: Audience members should be familiar with the basic verbal operants outlined in Skinner's (1957) functional analysis of verbal behavior. |
Learning Objectives: 1. Attendees will be able to identify the differences between positive feedback and error correction via clicker training, and describe their respective effects on improving correct sentence emission in public speaking. 2. Attendees will be able to differentiate between free-operant and restricted-operant test trials, and explain their respective effects on retention outcomes in vocabulary learning. 3. Attendees will be able to define observational learning and differentiate it from generalized imitation, as well as be able to identify the component skills of observational learning. |
|
Evaluating Clicker Feedback as Positive or Corrective: A Preliminary Study for Public
Speaking |
RACHEL THOMAS (Caldwell University; The Chicago School of Professional Psychology-Dallas), Sharon A. Reeve (Caldwell University), Kenneth F. Reeve (Caldwell University), Jason C. Vladescu (SUNY Downstate), April N. Kisamore (Hunter College) |
Abstract: Public speaking is a skill that may benefit career and academic advancement of people across different fields. One speaking behavior issue is using filler words and extraneous sounds. Although such speaking behaviors may be acceptable in everyday conversation, they are typically undesirable in professional and/or academic settings (Friman, 2014). The aim of the current study was to compare the efficacy of positive feedback versus error correction via clicker training on improving correct sentence emission with university students using pretest-posttest between-groups with control group and a randomized block design. A 3x2 mixed, factorial
ANOVA, a post hoc Tukey’s Honestly Significant Difference, and partial eta squared/Hedge’s g for effect size measurements showed significant differences in both correct sentence, filler words, and extraneous sound emission. Social validity survey results showed participants rated both types of clicker training highly, which provides evidence that it may be advantageous for practitioners to carefully discuss feedback types (i.e., pros and cons of each style) with their clients before using clicker training with public speaking. |
|
More is Not Always Better: The Testing Effect on Retention of Emergent Korean Vocabulary |
JOHN ROGER WOODERSON (Lojic), Lewis A. Bizo (Charles Sturt University), Kirsty Young (University of Technology Sydney, Australia) |
Abstract: Traditionally, testing is seen as a tool for assessing learning. However, research suggests it also enhances retention. Despite abundant research on the testing effect, its specific role in foreign language vocabulary learning remains unclear, particularly its effect on retention of emergent untrained verbal relations. To address this gap, the current study compared the retention outcomes of free-operant (fluency practice) and restricted-operant (accuracy practice) test trials with two English-speaking adults learning Korean vocabulary. Dependent variables included retention accuracy and response rates for emergent and directly trained vocabulary over a six-month period. Results from the first experiment revealed no functional relation between testing type and retention. However, the second experiment demonstrated that retention improved to criterion levels when practice tests with corrective feedback were spaced weekly. These results suggest that increasing the dosage of practice tests had a minimal impact, while spacing practice sessions enhanced the retention of both directly trained and emergent vocabulary. The findings provide important considerations for foreign-language vocabulary learning. |
|
|
|
|
|
Early Intensive Behavioral Intervention (EIBI) for Young Learners With Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD): Most Effective intensity, Dosage, and Content |
Sunday, May 25, 2025 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM |
Marriott Marquis, M4 Level, Liberty M |
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Jill E. McGrale Maher, M.A. |
Chair: Britany Melton (Journeys Autism Center; Endicott College) |
JILL E. MCGRALE MAHER (McGrale & Associates Consulting Group) |
IAN MELTON (Journeys Autism Center; Endicott College) |
COURTNEY MAHER (Michigan State University) |
Abstract: Recently the intensity and dosage of treatment hours and content of teaching targets in Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) programs for young learners with ASD has come under question. This panel explores the evidence supporting 30-40 hours per week of ABA therapy, for young learners with ASD (Reichow, Whalen, & McConnell, 2010), as well as recent discussions that fewer hours are as adequate (Sneed, Little, & Akin-Little, 2023). The panel will also discuss utilization of a developmentally appropriate curriculum being essential for providing effective EIBI services as well as more recent discussions to the contrary (McCarty & Brumback, 2021). Specifically, the panelists will discuss the importance of a curriculum based on a developmental scope and sequence that ensures treatment targets skills that are relevant to the child's age and developmental level. Discussions will include teaching children to discriminate behaviors applicable to particular settings, people, and situations, and that providing intensive therapy and targeting skills that are relevant to the child's developmental level, EIBI can help children with ASD achieve significant gains in language, social skills, adaptive behaviors, and overall quality of life (Leaf, R & McEachin, J., 1999; Taylor, B.A., & McDonough, K.A., 1996; Lovaas, 1987; ). |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: Supervisors or BCBA's with a minimum, of 5 years of experience; Special Educators and Early Chilhood Educators |
Learning Objectives: 1. Participants will identify number of treatment hours most applicable for clients they serve. 2. Participants will identify factors that contribute to focused and comprehensive ABA treatment programs for children with ASD. 3. Participants will identify 10 essential teaching targets for EIBI ABA treatment programs for children with ASD. |
Keyword(s): ASD Programming, Developmentally Appropriate, EIBI Intensity, Treatment Dosage |
|
|
|
|
|
Considerations for Embedding Choice Into Clinical Practice |
Sunday, May 25, 2025 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM |
Marriott Marquis, M4 Level, Archives |
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Cody Morris (Salve Regina University ) |
Discussant: Stephanie M. Peterson (Western Michigan University) |
CE Instructor: Cody Morris, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Facilitating opportunities to empower clients to engage in choices related to their therapeutic services is an incredibly important aspect of ethical and effective behavior-analytic practice (Morris et al., 2024; Peterson et al., 2020). Although decades of research on choice in behavior analysis have been conducted, relatively little is known about the best practices for incorporating choice into assessment and intervention practices in applied behavior analysis. Thus, clinicians interested in helping maximize their clients’ opportunities to engage in choices may not have the resources necessary to do so. The purpose of this symposium is to discuss considerations for embedding choice into clinical practice based on recent literature reviews of published research on the topic choice in clinical practice. The first talk will review choice-based assessment and interventions discussed in behavior-analytic literature. The second talk will review considerations for increasing choice by reviewing studies that compared choice and no-choice conditions to evaluate the impact of choice. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): choice, concurrent chains, concurrent operants |
Target Audience: Anyone with a basic understanding of choice in behavior-analytic practice. |
Learning Objectives: 1. Describe the current state of research related to choice arrangements in applied behavior analysis. 2. Describe the benefit of including choice in clinical practice. 3. Select strategies to increase choice in their clinical practice. |
|
A Review of Choice-Based Assessments and Interventions |
KATHRYN M. KESTNER (West Virginia University), Kacey Renee Finch (StepOne Neurodiversity Services), Rebecca Kolb (University of Minnesota) |
Abstract: In applied clinical work and research, behavior analysts can arrange opportunities for choice (i.e., concurrent operants) as an independent variable, and response allocation among choice options can be measured as a dependent variable (i.e., engaging in one response given two or more concurrently available options). Choice assessments arrange options among multiple stimuli or conditions to gather information to inform treatment planning. Choice-based interventions arrange opportunities to allocate responding among concurrently available operants with the goal of increasing or decreasing clinically relevant behavior. Choice-based procedures provide behavior analysts with tools to promote their clients’ rights to autonomy and self-determination by incorporating client preference and choice. We systematically reviewed over 35 published articles over 20 years, coding for characteristics of the articles, participants, independent variables, and dependent variables. The reliability of coding was evaluated for over 40% of articles resulting in an agreement score of 94%. In this presentation, we will highlight the ways clinicians can incorporate choice-based assessments and interventions into their work to address versatile clinical goals across populations and settings. |
|
Choice Versus No Choice: Practical Considerations for Increasing Choices |
JI YOUNG KIM (Pennsylvania State University - Harrisburg), Cody Morris (Salve Regina University), Megan Ellsworth (Salve Regina University), Xiaoyuan Liu (Teachers College, Columbia University), Nicole Seacord (Penn State Harrisburg) |
Abstract: Choices can be incorporated into many components of behavior-analytic assessment and treatment, such as providing clients with a choice between multiple items, activities, or tasks. We reviewed key characteristics of 38 behavior-analytic articles that compared choice and no-choice conditions. We coded the experimental arrangements of choice and no-choice conditions and analyzed potential factors affecting preferences for choice and no-choice. Intercoder agreement was evaluated in 34.15% of the experiments included in the reviewed studies with a mean agreement score of 94.44%. The findings of the review suggest that the sizing of alternatives from which to choose, the timing of choice opportunities, and the timing of the delivery of the chosen option varied widely across the studies. Further, preferences for choice shifted with differential reinforcement history and response effort manipulations of choice or no choice. The findings suggest that individual variables should be considered when providing choices, but more research is needed. |
|
|
|
|
|
Recent Developments in the Study of Mechanisms Underlying Suboptimal Choice |
Sunday, May 25, 2025 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM |
Convention Center, Street Level, 151 AB |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
Chair: Paul Cunningham (University of Minnesota) |
Abstract: Research in suboptimal choice has shown that some organisms are willing to forgo reinforcement in exchange for signals of reinforcement. Pigeons and starlings consistently prefer an alternative associated with stimuli that reliably signal the presence or absence of food over an alternative that do not reliably signal reinforcement, even if the former has a lower probability of reinforcement than the latter. In this symposium, presenters explore variables linked to theoretical assumptions that contribute to understanding the mechanisms underlying suboptimal choice. The first presentation explored the role of incentive salience of stimuli on conditioned inhibition and found that using tones instead of illuminated keys reduced suboptimal choice but did not have a systematic effect on conditioned inhibition. The second presentation presented the alternatives sequentially instead of simultaneously and evaluated rates of responding when an observing response was required to view the terminal stimuli, showing that suboptimal behavior remained. In the final presentation, a mathematical model for understanding and predicting suboptimal choice based on Delay Reduction Theory is presented and illustrates the importance of temporal parameters in the procedure. Collectively, these studies show variables that influence suboptimal choice that might contribute to elucidate broader behavioral processes governing preference for signals of reinforcement. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Conditioned Reinforcement, Information, Pigeons, Suboptimal Choice |
|
Using Tones Reduces Suboptimal Choice in Pigeons: No Evidence of Systematic Effects on Conditioned Inhibition |
ANGEL M. VILLALOBOS (University of Florida), Cristiano Valerio dos Santos (University of Guadalajara) |
Abstract: Pigeons prefer an alternative that reliable signals the presence or absence of reinforcement, but with a low probability of reinforcement, over an alternative associated with a higher probability of reinforcement with stimuli that do not reliably signal the reinforcer. This suboptimal choice has not been successfully replicated with rats. It has been suggested that the differences might be due to the incentive salience of the stimuli employed with each species or to a difference in the sensitivity to the stimulus that signals the absence of reinforcement, a presumed conditioned inhibitor. The aim of the study was to evaluate the effects of the incentive salience of stimuli on suboptimal choice and conditioned inhibition in pigeons. Six pigeons chose between two alternatives associated with a 0.2 and a 0.5 probability of reinforcement, respectively. The discriminative stimuli were illuminated keys in one condition and tones in a second condition. Summation tests for conditioned inhibition were conducted for each condition. We found lower suboptimal choice in the tone condition relative to the keys condition. We did not found evidence of a systematic effect on conditioned inhibition. The results are discussed in terms of the enhanced conditioned reinforcement by stimuli attributed with incentive salience. |
|
The Paradox of Information: Food-Information Preferences and Observing Responses in Pigeons and Starlings |
MARCO VASCONCELOS (University of Aveiro), Susana Vieira (University of Aveiro), Armando Machado (University of Aveiro, Portugal) |
Abstract: Recent research shows that some species behave sub-optimally by "trading" food for information. Suppose animals choose between two options, one Informative and the other Non-informative. If they choose the Informative option, food is delivered in the 20% of trials where an S+ appears, while an S- in the remaining 80% results in no food. If they choose the Non-informative option, one of two stimuli appears, and food is delivered 50% of the time, regardless of the stimulus. Even though the overall probability of food in the Informative Option is 2.5 times lower than in the Non-informative option (20% vs. 50%, respectively), pigeons and starlings strongly prefer the Informative option. In this series of experiments, we investigated whether the suboptimal preference observed in previous studies persisted when choices were presented sequentially rather than simultaneously (Experiment 1) and whether starlings would engage in an observing response to view the terminal stimuli (Experiment 2). Our results showed that suboptimal preferences remained when choices involved either accepting or rejecting a single option presented in isolation. Additionally, we found a high overall rate of observing responses. These findings are discussed in light of current theoretical models. |
|
Why Choose Less Reinforcement Instead of More? |
JEFFREY PISKLAK (University of Alberta), Maggie A. McDevitt (McDaniel College), Marcia Spetch (University of Alberta), Roger Dunn (San Diego State University) |
Abstract: Nearly half a century ago, an intriguing discovery emerged: Under some conditions, hungry pigeons learn to prefer choices offering significantly less food over those offering more. Since that initial work, considerable research has been directed at understanding the reasons for this behavior which has been variously dubbed suboptimal, maladaptive, or paradoxical because it seems to violate conventional views about the nature of foraging and reward. The behavior has been consistently replicated in birds and appears to parallel the more general literature on choice between smaller sooner and larger later reinforcers. Drawing on insights from a robust theory of choice called Delay Reduction Theory, we demonstrate that suboptimal preference in pigeons can be understood and predicted using well established principles of conditioned reinforcement, as outlined in a new mathematical model known as the Signal for Good News (SiGN) model. Data will be presented to illustrate the importance of temporal parameters in suboptimal choice, in accordance with predictions of the SIGN model. |
|
|
|
|
|
Building Resilient Practitioners and Programs: Training Staff and Cultivating Self-Compassion in Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) |
Sunday, May 25, 2025 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM |
Convention Center, Street Level, 147 B |
Area: EDC |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Chair: Reva L. Mathieu-Sher (Duquesne Univeristy) |
|
Help Me Help Myself: The Role of Self-Compassion in Behavior Analysts |
Domain: Applied Research |
REVA L. MATHIEU-SHER (Duquesne Univeristy), Duaa Alzahrani (Umm Al-Qura University) |
|
Abstract: Self-compassion is treating yourself with empathy and care. Self-compassion can be operationalized as a behavioral skill where individuals engage in behaviors that intentionally prioritize self-care. In the field of applied behavioral analysis (ABA), practitioners are reporting experiences of burnout, compassionate fatigue, and vicarious trauma. If behavior analysts cannot care for themselves, their ability to care for others can be negatively affected. Research in related fields has indicated that lower levels of self-compassion can correlate with behaviors related to anxiety, depression, and may contribute to lower job satisfaction and burnout in the workplace. Additionally, higher reported self-compassion behaviors have correlated with improved resilience, increased coping skills, and use of behavioral regulation strategies. This study explored current levels of self-compassion present in eight graduate-level ABA students using the Self-Compassion Scale (Neff, 2003). Results include composite self-compassion scores and subscale items in areas of self-kindness, self-judgment, common sense of humanity, isolation behaviors, mindfulness, and over-identification. The role of self-compassion in the field of ABA is discussed and implications for ABA students and behavior analysts in practice are discussed. Examples of ways to teach self-compassion behaviors within a behaviorally-analytic lens using behavioral skills training and acceptance and commitment training are explored and shared. |
|
Pyramidal Behavioral Skills Training to Increase Behavior Specific Praise in Juvenile Residential Staff |
Domain: Applied Research |
TREVOR MAXFIELD (University of South Florida), Kwang-Sun Cho Blair (University of South Florida), Lynette Kamachi Johnson (University of South Florida) |
|
Abstract: Ensuring consistent and effective behavioral treatment services for youth in juvenile residential facilities remain a challenge. In recent years, behavioral skills training (BST) has been combined with pyramidal training to teach behavior analytic procedures to staff in various settings. This study examined pyramidal BST with supervisor and floor staff in a juvenile residential setting for high-risk youth exposed to various forms of trauma and victimization. The study employed a multiple baseline design across participants, involving one supervisory staff member and three floor staff members. The objective was to evaluate the impact of pyramidal BST on Level 2, floor staff's delivery of BSP and their perceived levels of youth problem behavior. The results showed that the Level 1, supervisory staff successfully implemented the BST procedures in training the floor staff after receiving training from the researcher. Floor staff demonstrated improvement in the delivery of BSP to youth following training received from the supervisor. One out of three staff members' perceptions of youth problem behavior decreased following intervention. Generalization of the staff's delivery of BSP was observed during a non- |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Building Expertise Together: Training, Supervision, and Parent Collaboration in Behavior Analysis |
Sunday, May 25, 2025 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM |
Convention Center, Street Level, 146 A |
Area: OBM/DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Astrid Yesebel La Cruz Montilla (BCBA) |
CE Instructor: Astrid Yesebel La Cruz Montilla, M.A. |
Abstract: Supervision and training are critical variables in the application of evidence-based behavior analytic services. Application of programming by inadequately supervised, trained, and/or mentored professionals or caregivers can lead to increased risks for consumers. Such circumstances could pose risks to clients achieving an improved quality of life and compromise their safety. These risks are further compounded by the surge in newly certified behavior analytic professionals across certificate levels. A potential solution involves utilizing evidence-based supervision and training procedures to support clinicians and caregivers. This symposium features three presentations aimed at building expertise in the application of behavior analysis services with both clinicians and caregivers. The first presentation will describe an agency-wide fieldwork support model designed to enhance professional development for analysts in training. The second presentation will provide a literature review of pyramidal training. The third presentation will focus on an evidence-based approach for training parents to conduct preference assessments to identify reinforcers for their autistic child. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): Fieldwork, Preference Assessment, Pyramidal Training, Supervision |
Target Audience: The target audience should have the prerequisites necessary to provide supervised fieldwork or be in the process of gaining the necessary certifications to do so. Audience members should also have prior knowledge on staff training approached (e.g., BST and pyramidal training) and preferences assessments. |
Learning Objectives: 1. Participants will be able to describe components of a fieldwork support model targeting supervision of analysts in training. 2. Participants will be able to summarize critical variables pertaining to the application of pyramidal training. 3. Participants will be able to detail how they can use behavioral skills training to teach parents to conduce preference assessments. |
|
Fostering Competence via the Fieldwork Support Model for Behavior Analysts in Training |
ALLYSON MOORE (Center for Applied Behavior Analysis), Alexis Munoz (Center for Applied Behavior Analysis), Matisse Rose Lovett (University of Nevada, Reno), Astrid Yesebel La Cruz Montilla (BCBA) |
Abstract: In recent years, our profession has experienced an exponential increasing demand for Applied Behavior Analytic (ABA) services and these conditions have set the occasion of limited available expertise and a wide range of challenges, including lack of skilled ABA practitioners (Batt et al., 2023) and challenges related to protecting the integrity of ABA (Tayler et al., 2023). The Behavior Analysis Certification Board’s (BACB) 2024 data shows 69,645 credentialed individuals in 2024, with 54% of these certified in the past 5 years, and 76% in the past 10 years. In addition, the BACB Annual Data Report (2023) indicated only 56% of examinees passed the exam on their first attempt. This presents with a herculean effort for supervisors to provide effective behavior-analytic supervised fieldwork experience that meets the minimal requirements described by the BACB (2023) in the development of case conceptualization and problem-solving and decision-making repertoires, as well as the more practice-oriented skills within the Applications section of the BACB Task List, 5th ed (2017). This presentation will cover the Fieldwork Support Model within the Center for Applied Behavior Analysis, including the structures, competencies, exam rates, and performance criteria both as a trainee and within the first year of BCBA credentialing. |
|
A Literature Review of Pyramidal Training: Who, What, and Where |
ASHLEY AVALOS (California State University, Los Angeles), Michele D. Wallace (California State University, Los Angeles), Rick Colombo (University of Washington), Alexis Munoz (Center for Applied Behavior Analysis), Andrew Pierce Blowers (Center for Applied Behavior Analysis) |
Abstract: Behavior analysts are expected to train support staff on behavior-analytic services, procedures, and interventions per the Ethics Code for Behavior Analysts (Behavior Analyst Certification Board, 2020) to provide consumers with the best treatment possible. One common method of training is pyramidal training, which entails having a skilled expert (i.e., Tier 1) train a small group of individuals (i.e., Tier 2) to implement a skill/procedure who in turn train another group of individuals (i.e., Tier 3) to implement the same skill/procedure. We conducted a review of the literature from 2000 through 2024 and identified 11 articles pertaining to the use of pyramidal training, which were subsequently analyzed across several variables considered critical including: number of participants, number of tiers, settings, target skills trained, teaching approach, generalization, maintenance, and impact on consumers. Results will be discussed with respect to the use of pyramidal training in the scope of implementing a range of behavior analytic procedures. In addition, avenues for future research will be discussed as well as practice-based implications. |
|
Evaluating the Effects of Behavioral Skills Training to Teach Parents to Implement Preference Assessments |
JENNIFER REBECCA WEYMAN (California State University, Los Angeles), Julie Anne Williams (California State University, Los Angeles), Rick Colombo (University of Washington) |
Abstract: Preference assessments are essential tools used to identify items that may function as potential reinforcers. Items identified as preferred are then delivered following desired appropriate behaviors to increase the likelihood of those socially appropriate behaviors for individuals with autism spectrum disorder occurring in the future. There is a wide selection of research on teaching individuals such as school staff, practitioners, college students, psychologists, and trainees of behavior analysis on how to conduct and implement preference assessments. However, there is little research on training parents of children with autism on how to implement preference assessments within the home setting. Therefore, the current study evaluated the effects of behavioral skills training (BST) to teach parents how to conduct a multiple stimulus without replacement (MSWO) preference assessment, and to assess the social validity of parent implemented MSWOs. The results showed BST was successful in training all parents, and the MSWO was rated as highly acceptable and practical. |
|
|
|
|
|
Intractable Head-Directed Self-Injurious Behavior: A Functional Reconsideration |
Sunday, May 25, 2025 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM |
Marriott Marquis, M2 Level, Marquis Salon 1-5 |
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research |
CE Instructor: Gregory P. Hanley, Ph.D. |
Presenting Author: GREGORY HANLEY (FTF Behavioral Consulting) |
Abstract: When head-directed self-injurious behavior occurs under most or all conditions without any reliable antecedents, behavior analysts often describe the behavior as being automatically reinforced (Vollmer, 1994). Contemporary approaches attempt to differentiate sub-types of automatic reinforcement with the aim to improve treatment outcomes (Hagopian, Rooker, & Zarcone, 2015), but automatically reinforced HD-SIB remains among the most treatment-resistant types of problem behavior confronting behavior analytic practitioners. Despite the general utility of the concept of automatic reinforcement (Skinner, 1953, 1957, 1968, 1969; Vaughn & Michael, 1982), an argument for abandoning the concept when assessing and treating HD-SIB will be presented. An alternative framework will be described that relies on the assumption of multiple control by socially-mediated reinforcers and additional consideration as to whether the HD-SIB is tic-like, avoidant-type, or both. Several case studies will provide support for the utility of this alternative framework. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Learning Objectives: 1. The attendee will be able to describe the reasons why the concept of automatic reinforcement should probably be abandoned when assessing and treating HD-SIB. 2. The attendee will be able an alternative set of assumptions for assessing HD-SIB that allows for effective skill-based treatment. 3. N/A |
|
GREGORY HANLEY (FTF Behavioral Consulting) |
 Dr. Hanley has been applying the principles of learning to improve socially important behaviors of children and adults with and without disabilities for over 30 years. He worked and trained at the Kennedy Krieger Institute, was degreed at the University of Florida, was tenured at the University of Kansas, and directed the Behavior Analysis Doctoral Program and Life Skills Clinic at Western New England University. Dr. Hanley has published over 100 book chapters and articles in peer-reviewed journals in areas such as the assessment and prevention of problem behavior, teaching tactics for young children, and evidence-based values. Dr. Hanley is a Fellow of the American Psychological Association (Div. 25), past Associate Editor of The Behavior Analyst, and past Editor of the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis and of Behavior Analysis in Practice. He currently serves as a Research Professor at Western New England University and as CEO of FTF Behavioral, an international training and consulting group based in Worcester, Massachusetts. |
|
|
|
|
|
Identity, Advocacy, and Autism Pseudoscience |
Sunday, May 25, 2025 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM |
Marriott Marquis, M2 Level, Marquis Salon 6 |
Area: SCI/AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Jonathan W. Pinkston (University of Kansas) |
CE Instructor: Jonathan W. Pinkston, Ph.D. |
Presenting Author: STUART VYSE (Independent Scholar) |
Abstract: This presentation will describe how several social movements have changed the way autism and other mental disorders are construed with particular attention to the challenges these changes create for treatment providers, parents, and family members. Topics covered will include, the history of the autism diagnosis and the current implications of the spectrum concept; the conflict between the autism self-advocacy and neurodiversity movements and people on the severe end of the autism spectrum; the resurgence of facilitated communication and its many variants (e.g., rapid prompting method, spelling 2 communicate, and simply “using a letter board”); the spread of the identity-based neurodiversity movement to schizophrenia; and the effort to introduce a diagnosis of severe autism. Finally, although for the last decade or more unsupported and discredited therapies have been spreading with impunity, recently we’ve seen a few modest signs of progress in the effort to discourage pseudoscience and promote evidence-based methods. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Target Audience: Autism practitioners at all levels. |
Learning Objectives: 1. Be able to identify and describe facilitated communication and its variants. 2. Be able to describe the strengths and weaknesses of autism spectrum concept. 3. Be able to describe the drawbacks of autism Identity based advocacy for people with severe autism. 4. Be able to describe some of the current efforts to combat pseudoscience in autism treatment |
|
STUART VYSE (Independent Scholar) |
Stuart Vyse, PhD, is a behavioral scientist, teacher, and writer. He taught at Providence College, the University of Rhode Island, and Connecticut College. Vyse’s book Believing in Magic: The Psychology of Superstition won the 1999 William James Book Award of the American Psychological Association, and his 2020 book Superstition is part of the Oxford University Press’s Very Short Introduction series. He is a contributing editor of Skeptical Inquirer magazine, where he writes the “Behavior & Belief” column, and a Fellow of the Association for Psychological Science and of the Committee for Skeptical Inquiry. |
|
|
|
|
|
An Analysis of Speaker and Speaker as Own Listener Cusps on the Acquisition of Language and Learning |
Sunday, May 25, 2025 |
3:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Marriott Marquis, M2 Level, Marquis Salon 12-13 |
Area: VBC/AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Ginger Harms (Teachers College, Columbia University ) |
Discussant: R. Douglas Greer (Professor Emeritus Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate School of Arts and Sciences) |
CE Instructor: Ginger Harms, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Within the verbal behavior literature from and since Skinner’s groundbreaking work, it is clear that listener behavior and speaker behavior first developed as independent repertoires. The joining of listener and speaker, in which the individual can act as speaker as own listener, has also been extensively studied. This symposium includes experiments that studied the outcomes related to the development of and acquisition of the speaker repertoire and the joining of listener and speaker behavior. One experiment tested the effects of an intensive tact procedure on the number of verbal operants emitted in a non-instructional setting. The next experiment expanded on the intensive tact procedure to incorporate measures of intelligibility in addition to frequency of vocal verbal operants. The next study investigated the outcome when listener and speaker behavior are joined in self talk. In the fourth study, the pedagogy of how children who are listeners and speakers most efficiently and effectively learn was analyzed, in which trials to criterion for identification programs under several conditions (learn units, corrections only, reinforcement only) were calculated. Understanding what children can learn and how they can learn when they come under the stimulus control for a certain set of contingencies is essential to furthering the field of behavioral analysis and education. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Articulation, Intensive Tact, Learn unit, Self-talk |
Target Audience: Target audience members include graduate students pursuing a master's degree and board certification and/or a PhD in behavior analysis. |
Learning Objectives: 1. Describe the intensive tact intervention (ITI) and outcomes. 2. Describe the self-talk immersion protocol (STIP) and outcomes. 3. Describe the benefits of teaching using the learn unit. |
|
Evaluating the Effects of Intensive Tact Instruction With Stationary and Animated Images on the Emission of Vocal Verbal Operants in Students With Neurodevelopmental Disorders |
CLAIRE S. CAHILL (CABAS - The Fred S. Keller School - Teachers College, Columbia University), Flavia Borgonovo (SOLE scs - Nicholls State University), veronica baroni (PRISMA Centro per l’Apprendimento), Grant Gautreaux (Nicholls State University), Bruno Angeli (SOLE onlus and Nicholls State University) |
Abstract: Children with Developmental Disorders may not use verbal language on their own initiative, but only in the presence of verbal antecedents or prompts. However, since in the natural environment most of the communicative initiations occur in presence of non-verbal antecedents, it is crucial to teach and promote the use of verbal behavior under these contingencies. Intensive Tact Instruction (ITI) is a procedure demonstrated to be effective in increasing the number of verbal operants emitted in non-instructional context. The aim of these two studies was evaluating the effectiveness of ITI with stationary and animated images on the emission of mands, tacts, sequelic initiations and reactions in three non-instructional settings. ITI involves the presentation of 100 additional tacts. Compared to previous studies, the stimuli used for tact emissions included also animated images, instead of only static ones. In Experiment 1, the participants were 3 children between 3 and 5 years old with Specific Language Impairment, while Experiment 2 included 3 children with Autism Spectrum Disorder and comorbidities. A multiple probe design across participants was used for both studies. The results replicated the findings of previous research; considerations regarding the use of animated images, treatment intensity and changes in probes length were discussed. |
|
What Did You Say? The Effect of Articulation-Based Intensive Tact Instruction in Increasing Vocal Verbal Operants and Speech Intelligibility |
HAN YAN (Fred S. Keller School/Teachers College, Columbia University), Claire S. Cahill (CABAS - The Fred S. Keller School - Teachers College, Columbia University), Jennifer Longano (Fred S. Keller School) |
Abstract: Tacts are foundational to social communication, and this social contact requires the presence of a listener. But if the tacts are produced infrequently or are unintelligible to the listener, the critical component of social reinforcement from a listener will not occur. For this experiment, we selected preschool participants who emitted few vocal verbal operants and whose utterances were often unintelligible to the listener. Using a multiple-probe design, we examined the effects of Intensive Tact Instruction (ITI) with targeted tacts for articulation errors on the frequency and intelligibility of vocal verbal operants emitted during free-play sessions. During the ITI, the experimenters provided 100 tact opportunities for the participants to tact with an echoic-to-tact procedure across stimuli to target the mis-articulated sounds identified on the Goldman-Fristoe-2 assessment. The experimenters found that the ITI increased the number as well as the intelligibility of vocal verbal operants. The procedure provided 100 opportunities per day for participants to contact reinforcement for tact operants and specifically to contact reinforcement for intelligible utterances. Increases in vocal verbal operants, and specifically tacts, in the non-instructional setting indicate an establishment of conditioned reinforcement for tacts. |
|
The Effects of the Self-Talk Immersion Protocol on Self-Talk During Fantasy Play, Social Verbal Behavior and Social Learning in Children Diagnosed With Autism |
VERONICA BARONI (PRISMA Centro per l’Apprendimento), Kate Hewett (Jigsaw School), Hayley Louise Locke (Jigsaw CABAS School), Grant Gautreaux (Nicholls State University) |
Abstract: Self-talk during fantasy play allows children to function as listener and speaker within the same skin and is a crucial step in verbal development. This study evaluates, with two experiments, the effects of the Self Talk Immersion Protocol (STIP) on the emergence of self-talk sequelics and conversational units (STCU) and social verbal behavior during fantasy play. A multiple probe design staggered across participants was used in both experiments. The participants of Experiment I were four 5- to 8-years old children with Developmental Disorders, in Experiment II the study was replicated with two 6-years old twins with Developmental Disorders. Results of the study further support the use of the STIP as an intervention to induce self-talk behavior for children with Autism Spectrum Disorder and other Developmental Disorders. In Experiment II, emergence of self-talk led to increased social verbal operants and conversational units with peers during fantasy play for both participants. Additional research is needed to evaluate the relation between the emergence of STCU as a verbal behavior cusp and the emergence of social verbal behavior between children. |
|
A Component Analysis of the Learn Unit on Acquisition and Maintenance Responses |
GINGER HARMS (Teachers College, Columbia University), R. Douglas Greer (Professor Emeritus Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate School of Arts and Sciences), Daniel Mark Fienup (Teachers College, Columbia University) |
Abstract: We analyzed the components of the learn unit- praise and correction- to test their effect on skill acquisition separately and jointly. Participants were 6 listener/speakers with the unidirectional naming cusp. An adapted alternating treatments design counterbalanced across stimuli was used. Stimuli were taught as a listener response using either the learn unit, corrections for incorrect responses, or praise for correct responses. Following mastery of 2 out of 3 sets at 100% accuracy across a single session, we tested the untaught speaker responses, and conducted bi-weekly maintenance probes. All participants learned listener responses more rapidly and had greater accuracy in the learn unit condition. Few participants acquired the set to mastery through praise only. Though the correction procedure alone resulted in mastery of the stimuli, the combination of praise and corrections together was the most effective method for teaching. Probes for the unconsequated speaker response and maintenance of the acquired stimuli have mixed results. |
|
|
|
|
|
The Incorporation of Differential Reinforcement of Alternative Behavior in the Treatment of Challenging Behavior |
Sunday, May 25, 2025 |
3:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Marriott Marquis, M4 Level, Independence A-C |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Jessica Pham Tran (University of Nebraska Medical Center) |
Discussant: Daniel R. Mitteer (Rutgers University (RUCARES)) |
Abstract: Differential Reinforcement of Alternative Behavior is a commonly used intervention to decrease challenging behavior while increasing appropriate alternative responses (DRA; Vollmer & Iwata, 1992). The current symposium includes four papers that evaluate treatments with a DRA component. The first talk presents a study on the comparison of positive and negative reinforcement to increase medical compliance while reducing disruptive behavior. The second talk presents a study that focuses on the treatment of challenging behavior to escape or avoid social interactions by using an intervention that includes a DRA component. The third talk presents a study that evaluated a break-to-choice treatment on multiply maintained challenging behavior. The final talk presents a study that evaluated the effectiveness of Functional Communication Training in reducing challenging behavior by manipulating various parameters of reinforcement. All four studies will be discussed by Dr. Daniel Mitteer who has extensive experience in the assessment and treatment of challenging behavior. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): challenging behavior, DRA, medical compliance, social avoidance |
|
The Efficacy of Contingent Positive and Negative Reinforcement in the Treatment of Compliance and Reduction of Disruptive Behavior With Medical Demands |
MICHELLE REBECCA DAVIDSON (Rollins College), Rachel Commodario (Rollins College), Llyana Vu (Rollins College), Stephanie Trauschke (Rollins College), Kara L. Wunderlich (Rollins College) |
Abstract: Disruptive behavior with medical demands presents a significant challenge to accessing appropriate medical care, jeopardizing overall health and well-being, especially for autistic children and children with intellectual and developmental disabilities. Many times, doctors revert to invasive measures to perform medical exams such as chemical and physical restraints (Wong & Chien, 2005). The purpose of this study was to compare positive and negative reinforcement to increase medical compliance and reduce disruptive behavior. A multielement functional analysis was run prior to treatment sessions with the following conditions: control, tangible, escape and attention. A reversal embedded with an multielement design was used to evaluate treatment efficacy, followed by a novel person probe using the treatment that was most effective. Results demonstrate that positive reinforcement in the form of a preferred edible was more effective in reducing disruptive behavior and increasing compliance with medical demands for both participants. Clinical implications and future research were discussed to strengthen this study. |
|
Assessment and Treatment of Target Behavior Maintained by Social Avoidance |
ESTHER LEE (Children's Healthcare of Atlanta- Marcus Autism Center), Sarah Slocum (Marcus Autism Center and Emory School of Medicine), Emily Gottlieb (Marcus Autism Center, Children's Healthcare of Atlanta), Mindy Christine Scheithauer (Marcus Autism Center), Colin S. Muething (Marcus Autism Center) |
Abstract: Past research has identified that some individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities who engage in target behavior (e.g., aggression, self-injury) maintained by negative reinforcement engage in the behavior to escape or avoid social interactions specifically (i.e., social avoidance). However, assessment and treatment strategies for this function are understudied when compared to target behavior maintained by other forms of negative reinforcement. The current study builds on this limited research and demonstrates (a) a replication of functional analysis conditions and a negative reinforcement latency assessment to identify the specific types of social interaction that evoke target behavior, and (b) an intervention that includes stimulus fading, social conditioning, and differential reinforcement for five participants with autism spectrum disorder. Participant target behavior decreased within the intervention phase for 4 out of 5 participants. The implications of strategies to guide the use of antecedent-based treatment strategies are discussed for target behavior maintained by social avoidance. |
|
Generalization of a Break-to-Choice Treatment to Isolated Contingencies for Children Who Engage in Problem Behavior |
MCKENNA REILLY (University of Nebraska Omaha; Munroe-Meyer Institute), Cynthia P. Livingston (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute) |
Abstract: Functional communication training has been shown to be a highly effective treatment for socially maintained problem behavior (Tiger et al., 2008). For problem behavior maintained by multiple social variables, a package of isolated treatments is often utilized to address each variable which is effective but time-consuming (Tsami & Lerman, 2020). A more efficient option of a synthesized treatment utilizing FCT with chained schedules of reinforcement, break-to-choice, has been shown to be effective in decreasing multiply maintained problem behavior (Livingston et al., 2023). However, it is unclear whether effects of the synthesized treatment will transfer to isolated contingencies of each functional reinforcer. In this study, a break-to-choice treatment was implemented with children determined to have multiply maintained problem behavior and the schedule of reinforcement was thinned to caregiver-informed terminal schedules. Additionally, this study extended previous research by implementing isolated contingency tests following schedule thinning criteria being met in the break-to-choice condition. The results of the study showed that the break-to-choice intervention was effective in decreasing multiply-maintained problem behavior and increasing functional communication responses and compliance. Additionally, these effects generalized to the isolated contingencies for each functional reinforcer for 2 out of 3 participants. |
|
An Evaluation of Functional Communication Training (FCT) Procedures Without Extinction in Adults With Developmental Disabilities |
LINDSEY CICALESE (Rutgers University), Daniel R. Mitteer (Rutgers University (RUCARES)), Jenna Budge (Rutgers University), Samantha Van Dean (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center), Xinyue Wang (Rutgers University), Chantal Taluba (Rutgers University), Robert LaRue (Rutgers University) |
Abstract: Functional Communication Training (FCT; Carr & Durand, 1985) is a commonly used strategy for the treatment of challenging behavior. FCT generally involves teaching a communication response to replace maladaptive behavior. In most cases, communication responses contact reinforcement, while target behavior contacts extinction. These procedures have overwhelming support for their use (Ghaemmaghami, et al., 2021). Concerns sometimes arise when treating escape-maintained behavior in autistic adults. While escape extinction may be clinically indicated, the side effects can present significant risks for older individuals, as well as the therapists implementing the procedure. These risks highlight the need for the development of strategies for teaching communication skills in the absence of extinction. In the current study, we evaluated the effectiveness of FCT in reducing the challenging behavior of adults with ASD. We manipulated the quality and magnitude parameters of reinforcement to favor task completion. We started with symmetrical arrangements (communication/task completion resulting in equal quality/magnitude of reinforcement) with challenging behavior not contacting extinction and shifted to asymmetrical arrangements (arrangements favoring communication). The modified FCT procedure (without extinction) successfully reduced escape-maintained challenging behavior to near-zero levels while increasing on-task behavior for an adult male with ASD. |
|
|
|
|
|
Advances in Transition Planning: Preparing Autistic Adolescents and Adults for Life After Graduation |
Sunday, May 25, 2025 |
3:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Marriott Marquis, M4 Level, Independence D |
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Robert LaRue (Rutgers University) |
Discussant: John M. Guercio (Benchmark Human Services) |
CE Instructor: Robert LaRue, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Graduation from high school represents an exciting time for students and their families. In most cases, their educational experience has prepared them for their transition to adulthood. While those of us who are neurotypical are often well prepared for what awaits us in this next phase of life, outcomes for autistic adults are less positive. Autistic adults often transition from their educational experience with significant gaps in their communication skills, employment/vocational skills, and leisure repertoires. Taken together, these deficits contribute to poor quality of life for autistic individuals and their families. The purpose of the current symposium is to share novel assessment and intervention strategies to help improve outcomes for autistic adults of transitional age. Topics in the current symposium will include a review of the last 30 years of adult clinical research, teaching autistic adults to mand for information (“Wh” question), using direct vocational assessments to repair faulty job placements, and using direct assessment procedures to effectively identify matched leisure activities for older learners diagnosed with ASD. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): adolescence, adulthood, autism, transition |
Target Audience: intermediate |
Learning Objectives: 1. Describe how to repair poor job matches with proper assessment 2. describe strategies for identifying appropriate leisure activities in adults with ASD 3. describe strategies to teach adults with autism to mand for information |
|
Behavior Analytic Interventions for Adults With Autism: A Literature Review |
JENNA JUMA (Rutgers Center for Adult Autism Services), Julia Iannaccone (Rutgers, the State University of New Jersey), Emily A. Jones (Queens College, The Graduate Center, City University of New York), Robert LaRue (Rutgers University) |
Abstract: The number of children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) has drastically increased since the turn of the century leading to a crisis as these individuals enter adulthood. Although there is considerable behavior analytic research on children with autism, little research has been conducted with adults with the same disorder. Through a hand search of eight autism and behavior analytic journals, qualities of behavior analytic treatment articles including participants 21 years or older were assessed; studies targeting the increase of socially appropriate behavior and decrease of problem behavior were evaluated. Results revealed a low number of articles involving adults with autism compared to articles involving children with the same disorder. Within the included articles, many effective treatment strategies were identified such as task analyses, prompting methods, behavior skills training, and self-monitoring. Based on results of this review, clinicians have effective procedures to use, researchers know gaps in the literature to explore, and policy makers have evidence to include Applied Behavior Analytic (ABA) in adult services and laws. |
|
Teaching Mand for Information “Why?” to Adults With Developmental Disabilities |
Mya White (University of Missouri-St. Louis), ANDRESA DE SOUZA (University of Missouri-St. Louis) |
Abstract: Mand for information (MFI) plays an important role in language development as a means of acquiring new knowledge from one’s environment. Due to its generative effects and the possibility of leading to reinforcers, MFIs are considered a behavioral cusp essential for advanced language. However, many individuals, including adults with developmental disabilities, fail to effectively emit MFIs. Most research on behavior strategies for teaching MFIs has focused on “Where?” and “Who?” questions, with relatively few studies addressing “Why?” and “What?” (Cengher et al., 2022). The purpose of this study was to conduct a systematic replication of Valentino et al. (2019) by evaluating a procedure to teach the MFI “Why?” to three adults with developmental disabilities using a multiple baseline design. Various scenarios were developed to evoke the MFI “Why?” and teach the response under the control of relevant establishing operations (EOs). Response generalization was assessed using untrained scenarios. Results showed that the procedure was effective in establishing the MFI “Why?” under the control of EOs for all participants. Furthermore, all participants demonstrated response generalization to novel scenarios. The outcomes of the study are discussed in the context of service delivery for adults with developmental disabilities, along with recommendations for future research. |
|
An Analysis of Environmental Components to Identify Leisure Preferences Among Adults With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
GABRIELLE PIGNATELLI (Rutgers University, Graduate School of Applied and Professional Psychology), Robert LaRue (Rutgers University), Robert W. Isenhower (Rutgers University), Kate E. Fiske Massey (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University), Jenna Budge (Rutgers University), Arielle R Marshall (University of Florida), Chantal Taluba (Rutgers University), Lindsey Cicalese (Rutgers University) |
Abstract: Adults with a diagnosis of autism spectrum disorder (ASD) often have a range of differences in their adaptive behavior repertoires and may subsequently require continued support throughout the lifespan. Given the importance of adaptive skills, deficits in this area can impact an individual’s ability to engage in a range of leisure activities and thus impact their quality of life. The current study aims to examine the leisure preferences of up to five participants over the age of 18 with a diagnosis of ASD. A concurrent operants assessment was utilized to determine whether preferences for specific aspects of leisure activities and environments could be identified, and whether this identification led to increased engagement and participant choice to continue engaging with these activities that matched these preferences. The current data of one participant is beginning to replicate the findings of Isenhower et al. (in prep). Specifically, the participant had a clear preference for leisure and environmental components, demonstrated greater engagement when activities and environments matched these components, and the participant selected matched activities and environments more often than non-matched activities and environments. This assessment continues to show promise as a potential method to identify leisure preferences among adults with ASD. |
|
Utilizing Vocational Assessments to Repair Performance Issues at
Community-Based Job Placements of Autistic Adults |
James Maraventano (Rutgers University), Robert LaRue (Rutgers University), Jenna Budge (Rutgers University), KIET TRAN (Rutgers, The State University of New Jersey), Jenna Juma (Rutgers Center for Adult Autism Services) |
Abstract: Autistic adults experience challenges acquiring competitive employment, suggested by statistics indicating unemployment rates of approximately 75% (Holwerda et al., 2012). Of those employed, some settle for positions not matching their skill level, offering fewer hours, or providing a lower pay rate compared to their neurotypical counterparts (Scott et al., 2019). As such, service providers may feel compelled to accept positions for their autistic clients not matching their employment preferences/aptitudes. Autistic adults employed in positions unmatched to their strengths/interests may demonstrate performance issues which could adversely affect their employment, given the presentation of non-preferred activities and difficulty communicating preferences. LaRue and colleagues (2020) demonstrated the benefit of establishing a “vocational profile” to determine positions autistic adults could thrive in, based on choice and performance with tasks matching/not matching their “profile”. For this study, researchers extended research of LaRue and colleagues (2020), identifying three severely impacted autistic adults presenting performance/behavioral issues at their community-based jobs, and compared the “profile” of their job tasks to their “vocational profile”. If unmatched, tasks were modified to fit the individual’s “vocational profile”. Initial results suggest modifications to unmatched tasks more closely matched participants’ “vocational profile”, reduced rates of challenging behavior and increased on-task behaviors at work. |
|
|
|
|
|
Recent Research in the Application of Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) to Sports and Fitness |
Sunday, May 25, 2025 |
3:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Convention Center, Street Level, 143 A-C |
Area: CBM/CSS; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Heather Zerger (University of South Florida) |
Discussant: Jennifer L Cook (University of Manitoba) |
CE Instructor: Raymond G. Miltenberger, Ph.D. |
Abstract: In this symposium, researchers will describe studies in which they evaluated ABA approaches to increase physical activity and enhance sports performance. Ellie Warmund will discuss her study comparing video feedback (VF) and video self-evaluation (VSE) for enhancing tap dance performance of 10 to 14-year-old dancers. The results showed that VF was superior to VSE for increasing performance with two of three participants. Shreeya Deshmukh will describe her study evaluating the effects of the Good Behavior Game (GBG) for decreasing disruptive behavior for 6- to 13-year-old girls in three dance classes. Her results show substantial disruptions from baseline to intervention for all three classes. Maddy McCullen will describe her research evaluating self-tailored deposit contracts for increasing physical activity in neurotypical adults and reinforcement thinning for maintaining intervention gains. Her results show increases in step count for all three participants and some degree of maintenance for all participants. Sofia O’Leary will present her research evaluating self-monitoring and feedback for increasing exercise among older adults in a senior living facility. The results showed increased steps, as measured by pedometers for all four participants. Dr. Jennifer Cook will serve as discussant and provide comments on the papers. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Fitness, Sports |
Target Audience: The target audience is practicing BCBAs and researchers in the field of health, sports, and fitness. |
Learning Objectives: 1. Describe video feedback and video self-evaluation applied to sports performance. 2. Describe the Good Behavior Game implemented in dance classes. 3. Describe self-monitoring and feedback procedures for increase exercise. 4. Describe the use of self-tailored deposit contracts to increase physical activity. |
|
A Comparison of Video Feedback and Video Self-Evaluation to Improve Tap Skills |
ELLIE WARMUND (University of South Florida), Raymond G. Miltenberger (University of South Florida), Shreeya Deshmukh (University of Central Florida) |
Abstract: Within sports, various feedback-based interventions have been evaluated to enhance performance of skills. Research has demonstrated the effectiveness of video feedback (VF) to improve performance across a variety of sports. In VF, the researcher reviews the video of the athlete’s performance and provides feedback. Video self-evaluation (VSE), though less studied, is also a feedback method that is proven to improve sports skills. IN VSE, the athlete learns to review the video of their own performance and provide feedback based on the steps of a task analysis. By using a multiple baseline across participants with an embedded alternating treatments design, this study compared VF to VSE to improve the performance of tap skills. We evaluated three skills for each dancer. One skill received VF. One skill received VSE. One was the control skill and did not receive an intervention. The results showed that VF yielded a more rapid improvement in skill performance. |
|
Using the Good Behavior Game to Reduce Disruptive Behavior in Dance Classrooms |
SHREEYA DESHMUKH (University of Central Florida), Raymond G. Miltenberger (University of South Florida), Mallory J. Quinn (University of South Florida) |
Abstract: Group contingencies are one of the most effective behavioral procedures in reducing classroom disruptions. One type of group contingency is an interdependent group contingency called the Good Behavior Game (GBG). Researchers have found the GBG to be effective in reducing classroom disruptions, increasing appropriate social behavior in a physical education class, and increasing the number of steps taken during recess. In this study, the researchers evaluated to effectiveness of the GBG to reduce disruptive behaviors in three dance classes at a local dance studio. In each class, the students were divided into two teams. The team with the least amount of disruptive behavior won the game and earned small prizes. Data collectors recorded data on the percentage of intervals with disruptive behavior using momentary time sampling with 20-s intervals. Using a nonconcurrent multiple baseline design across classes, researchers demonstrated an immediate decrease in the percentage of intervals with disruptive behavior across the three classes. Social validity from the students indicated that they enjoyed the GBG and earning prizes for their behavior. Future directions and implications for clinical applications in Applied Behavior Analysis and sports will be discussed. Keywords: good behavior game, dance, disruptive behavior |
|
An Evaluation of Reinforcement Thinning Using Deposit Contracts to Increase Physical Activity |
MADELINE MCCULLEN (University of South Florida), Heather Zerger (University of South Florida) |
Abstract: Due to the health risks associated with a sedentary lifestyle, behavioral interventions such as contingency management and deposit contracts have been used to increase physical activity. Although these interventions have been effective, researchers have depicted the lack of maintenance of the target behavior. One way to address the maintenance of behavior, such as physical activity, is with reinforcement thinning. The current study evaluated the effects of self-tailored deposit contracts and reinforcement thinning on daily step count with sedentary adults using a nonconcurrent multiple baseline across participants design. Researchers and participants designed a self-tailored deposit contract by identifying a step goal and a predetermined amount of money to earn back contingent on meeting their goal daily, every three days, and once per week. Results showed an increase in step count in intervention across all phases as well as maintenance effects. These results suggest that sedentary adult’s daily step count can be maintained at an increased level with the implementation of self-tailored deposit contracts and reinforcement thinning. |
|
Evaluating Goal Setting, Self-Monitoring, and Feedback to Increase
Physical Activity in Older Adults |
SOFIA O'LEARY (University of South Florida), Bryon Miller (University of South Florida), Emma Jean Walker (University of South Florida) |
Abstract: Adequate levels of physical activity in older adulthood are associated with many positive health outcomes which support healthy aging. However, most older adults do not meet the current physical activity recommendations associated with healthy aging. Generally, inadequate physical activity is associated with a variety of health risk factors, for example, overweight and obesity, cardiovascular disease, Type 2 diabetes, and certain types of cancer. Although older adults share these same risk factors for inadequate levels of physical activity as adults, there are additional risk factors that are unique to this population that may negatively impact health aging. For example, older adulthood is correlated with decreased bone and muscle mass, as well as changes in gait, which for some, drastically increases the risk of accidental falls, which can be permanently disabling or even fatal. Previous applied investigations have
demonstrated the utility of package interventions consisting of goal setting, self monitoring, and feedback, in both children and adults. The purpose of the current study was to evaluate a package intervention consisting of these components in increase daily step totals in older adults. The results of this investigation, as well as implications and recommendations for physical activity research with older adults, will be discussed |
|
|
|
|
|
Special Edition Spotlight: Behavior Analysts' Role in Public Policy Advocacy Part II |
Sunday, May 25, 2025 |
3:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Marriott Marquis, M2 Level, Marquis Salon 7-10 |
Area: CSS; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Traci M. Cihon (Culturo-Behavior Science Innovation Network & Behaviorists for Social Responsibility) |
Discussant: Gordon Bourland (Trinity Behavioral Associates) |
CE Instructor: Traci M. Cihon, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Behavior analysts engaged in public policy advocacy do so with the intended purpose of improving socially significant behavior for those we serve. Public policy advocacy has not been a part of most behavior analysts’ formal training. However, some behavior analysts have realized that international, national, state, and local public policy impacts the way applied behavior analytic (ABA) services are delivered and contributes to the betterment of society more generally. Behavior analysts have addressed policies that affect the provision of behavior analytic services and those related to issues that make the world a better place for all people. Across the world, behavior analysts are meeting with legislators to educate them on behavior analytic solutions to societal problems. Incorporating a behavior analytic perspective into policies supports best practices in many areas and can create a more humane, reinforcing environment for all. This symposium highlights four contributions to the special section in Behavior Analysis in Practice on Public Policy Advocacy and sheds light on the public policy advocacy efforts related to the practice of behavior analysis that have occurred across a variety of jurisdictions and settings, and have promoted macro level policy changes that benefit society more generally. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): advocacy, public policy, regulation, service capacity |
Target Audience: The target audience is intermediate. It is helpful for attendees to have competence in foundational knowledge related to behavior analytic concepts, principles, and theory |
Learning Objectives: 1. state how local, state, and provincial advocacy affect national and macro level issues. 2. describe how to begin public policy initiatives. 3. provide at least two examples of how to effectively advocate. |
|
Applied Behavior Analysis in Mexico: Efforts and Challenges in Public Policy, Advocacy, and Autism Intervention |
MARIANA DE LOS SANTOS (Instituto de Investigaciones Psicológicas, Universidad Veracruzana), Varsovia Hernandez Eslava (Biomedical Research Center at Universidad Veracruzana, Xalapa, Veracruz, México), Maria Guerra (Monterrey, Nuevo León, México Juan Francisco Lozano-Ramirez- Tecnológico de Monterrey; Escuela de Medicina y Ciencias de la Salud, Monterrey, Nuevo León, México
), Janet Sanchez Enriquez (The University of North Carolina at Charlotte), Ana Paula Martinez (Kommati, Monterrey, Nuevo León, México; University of Kansas, Lawrence, KC, USA), Berenice de la Cruz (Texas A&M University-San Antonio) |
Abstract: Behavior analysis has a long tradition in Mexican academic institutions, yet Applied Behavior Analysis remains underdeveloped in public policies related to health care, education, and welfare. This presentation will assess the current state of Applied Behavior Analysis in Mexico, including its practice, recognition, regulation, and integration into public policies. An overview of the healthcare and education systems will be provided, highlighting how Applied Behavior Analysis services should be incorporated. A specific focus will be on the management of developmental disabilities and autism spectrum disorder, where Applied Behavior Analysis has been historically used. Recent advancements in Mexican legislation regarding the protection of individuals with developmental disabilities and autism spectrum disorder, and their right to effective treatment, will be discussed. Additionally, efforts to create a professional association recognizing Applied Behavior Analysis's effectiveness in designing empirically validated interventions will be covered. The potential impact of Applied Behavior Analysis on public policy in health and education will be highlighted. Finally, challenges and recommendations for expanding the reach of Applied Behavior Analysis in Mexico will be presented and shared. |
|
CANCELLED: Behavioural Economic Analysis of Demand for Regulation of Behaviour Analysts in Ontario to Inform Public Policy |
ALBERT MALKIN (Western University), Karl Fannar Gunnarsson (University of Iceland /The National University Hospital of Iceland), Kendra Thomson (Brock University), Promise O Tewogbola (Southern Illinois University), Eric A. Jacobs (Southern Illinois University Carbondale) |
Abstract: We applied behavioral economic methods to assess the effects of regulatory cost on demand for the opportunity to practice behavior analysis in Ontario using a hypothetical purchase task. The government of Ontario passed legislation to expand the psychology regulatory body to include behavior analysts. This is an important step in public protection policy, the professionalization of the practice of applied behavior analysis (ABA), and standards of practice in the province. This study aimed to inform part of the process using an operant demand framework because fees are required to operate regulatory bodies, which implies that professionals interested in becoming regulated health professionals must pay initial and ongoing fees. Demand was analyzed using the exponentiated model of demand. Participants included 60 practitioners, who indicated they were board certified behavior analysts and Ontario residents. The findings indicated that participants’ mean Pmax value (the price at which consumption becomes elastic) was $624.65 at the aggregate level. These results may indicate Ontario behavior analysts’ perceptions of the acceptability of varying costs associated with regulation. Further, the study demonstrates the applied utility of behavioral economic methods to assess demand for commodities within behavior analysis. |
|
Science Over Cynicism: The Race to Preserve Best-Practice Applied Behavior Analysis Through Expanded Awareness, Advocacy, and Enforcement of the Mental Health Parity and Addiction Equity Act |
JULIE KORNACK (Center for Autism and Related Disorders) |
Abstract: Widespread insurance funding of applied behavior analysis (ABA) as a medically necessary mental health benefit in the treatment of autism spectrum disorder (ASD) has placed behavior analysts in the role of health care providers. Behavior analysts who work with insurance and/or Medicaid have increasingly encountered payor guidelines that interfere with their efforts to implement treatment plans that reflect generally accepted standards of care. When these arbitrary limits are integrated into ABA practices, payors–not science–are shaping ABA. Many common payor guidelines, such as location exclusions, caregiver participation requirements, and age and hour limits, violate the federal Mental Health Parity and Addiction Equity Act (MHPAEA). For the first time since MHPAEA became law, federal agencies are scrutinizing payor guidelines and practices through the lens of MHPAEA and working to increase compliance. In this new climate of MHPAEA enforcement, behavior analysts are uniquely positioned to identify, reject, and report improper guidelines that constrain their ABA practices and promote best practices to optimize patient outcomes. This review of MHPAEA in the context of ABA highlights common violations and current advocacy and aims to equip behavior analysts with the tools to free their practices from improper limits. |
|
The Right to Effective Behavioral Treatment Revisited: Ethical Expectations for Behavior Analysts Today |
AMANDA N. KELLY (Unumb Center for Neurodevelopment / Behaviorbabe) |
Abstract: In this presentation, Dr. Kelly will discuss the article, "The Right to Effective Behavioral Treatment Revisited: Ethical Expectations for Behavior Analysts Today” recently published in the special section on Public Policy Advocacy in Behavior Analysis and Practice. This presentation revisits the foundational work of Van Houten and colleagues from 1988, exploring how the original principles of effective behavior intervention are still relevant in today’s evolving landscape. Dr. Kelly will examine how these ethical expectations explored by Van Houten and colleagues continue to safeguard the rights and welfare of clients and caregivers, emphasizing the importance of reaffirming these commitments in modern practice. By addressing current challenges and barriers, this presentation seeks to ignite meaningful dialogue within the field, encouraging behavior analysts to critically assess and enhance their application of these rights. Ultimately, this talk serves as a call to action, inviting collaboration and innovation to ensure ethical, effective, and client-centered behavior services. |
|
|
|
|
|
Basic and Applied Research on Extinction Bursts and Resurgence |
Sunday, May 25, 2025 |
3:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Marriott Marquis, M4 Level, Independence E-H |
Area: DDA/EAB; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Wayne W. Fisher (Rutgers Robert Wood Johnson Medical School) |
Discussant: Dorothea C. Lerman (University of Houston-Clear Lake) |
CE Instructor: Wayne W. Fisher, Ph.D.I am both a licensed psychologist (NJ 35SI00626400) and BCBA-D (1-08-4742) |
Abstract: Differential reinforcement of alternative (DRA) behavior is an effective intervention for decreasing problem behavior. However, DRA with extinction can produce extinction-induced adverse side effects, such as extinction bursts and resurgence. Extinction bursts involve an increase in the frequency of a target response at the start of extinction for that response. Resurgence is an increase in a previously extinguished target response when reinforcement conditions for the alternative response worsen. The studies in this symposium evaluated predictions of the temporally weighted matching law, which may account for both extinction bursts and resurgence (Shahan, 2022). First, Avellaneda and colleagues investigated extinction bursts following changes in magnitude of alternative reinforcement with rats. Kishel and colleagues evaluated extinction bursts following magnitude manipulations among children with intellectual and developmental disabilities. Next, Calabrese and colleagues evaluated extinction bursts following rate manipulations of alternative reinforcement in children with intellectual and developmental disabilities. Finally, Thuman and colleagues conducted a retrospective analysis of extinction bursts of alternative behavior and resurgence of target behavior during terminal probes for schedule thinning in applications of functional communication training. The symposium will close with a discussion by Dr. Dorothea Lerman. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): extinction burst, matching law, resurgence, translational research |
Target Audience: This symposium is for graduate students, practitioners, and researchers who have at least a basic understanding of the processes of differential reinforcement and extinction. |
Learning Objectives: 1. describe the most common definition of the extinction burst 2. list three parameters of reinforcement that can influence the probability of an extinction burst 3. describe at least one similarity and one difference between the extinction burst and resurgence |
|
The Extinction Burst: Effects of Alternative Reinforcement Magnitude |
(Basic Research) |
MATIAS ALEJANDRO AVELLANEDA (Utah State University), Timothy A. Shahan (Utah State University) |
Abstract: An extinction burst is a transitory increase in an operant behavior soon after it is placed on extinction. A recent quantitative model based on the matching law posits that the extinction burst is the result of the elimination of competition from reinforcement-related behavior that accompanies the transition to extinction. Consistent with this suggestion, reviews of clinical cases suggest the extinction burst might be mitigated by the availability of alternative sources of reinforcement during the transition to extinction, but there has been no basic research on this question. In this experiment, lever pressing of rats was reinforced with one food pellet during baseline before a within-session transition to extinction. For one group, no alternative reinforcement was available during extinction. For two other groups, an alternative lever was provided and produced either one or six pellet reinforcers. The extinction burst was only observed for the group without alternative reinforcement. Furthermore, target lever pressing was lower during extinction for the 6-pellet group than for the 1-pellet group. The data were well described by the model, providing support to the competition-based approach in accounting for the extinction burst. |
|
Effects of Magnitude of Reinforcement on Extinction Bursts of Destructive Behavior During Treatment |
(Basic Research) |
CATHERINE KISHEL (Rutgers University), Wayne W. Fisher (Rutgers Robert Wood Johnson Medical School), Brian D. Greer (Rutgers Robert Wood Johnson Medical School), Timothy A. Shahan (Utah State University), Casey Irwin Helvey (Rutgers University (RUCARES)), Daniel R. Mitteer (Rutgers University (RUCARES)) |
Abstract: This study is part of a larger collaborative research project that examines the effects of various parameters of reinforcement (i.e., reinforcer rate, magnitude, quality, and combinations thereof) on the prevalence and magnitude of extinction bursts of target responding during treatments implemented with differential reinforcement of alternative behavior. The present study examined changes in reinforcer magnitude in the clinic for individuals referred for the treatment of destructive behavior. We examined extinction bursts of destructive behavior and relative treatment effects when treatment procedures arranged extinction for destructive behavior and (a) no change in the magnitude of alternative reinforcement relative to baseline, (b) a drop in the magnitude of alternative reinforcement relative to baseline, or (c) extinction for alternative responding. Preliminary results from the clinic suggest that reinforcer magnitude affects treatment efficacy when treatment procedures arrange differential reinforcement and extinction for target responding. Analysis of these early findings will be discussed in context of the present study and with respect to the larger aims of the collaborative project. |
|
Effects of Rate of Reinforcement on Extinction Bursts of Destructive Behavior During Treatment |
(Applied Research) |
TRICIA LYNN CALABRESE (Rutgers University), Wayne W. Fisher (Rutgers Robert Wood Johnson Medical School), Brian D. Greer (Rutgers Robert Wood Johnson Medical School), Timothy A. Shahan (Utah State University), Catherine Kishel (Rutgers University), Casey Irwin Helvey (Rutgers University (RUCARES)), Daniel R. Mitteer (Rutgers University (RUCARES)) |
Abstract: This study is part of a larger collaborative research project that examines the effects of various parameters of reinforcement (i.e., reinforcer rate, magnitude, quality, and combinations thereof) on the prevalence and magnitude of extinction bursts of target responding during treatments implemented with differential reinforcement of alternative behavior. The present study examined changes in reinforcer rate in the clinic for individuals referred for the treatment of destructive behavior. We examined extinction bursts of destructive behavior and relative treatment effects when treatment procedures arranged extinction for destructive behavior and (a) no change in the rate of alternative reinforcement relative to baseline, (b) a drop in the rate of alternative reinforcement relative to baseline, or (c) extinction for alternative responding. Preliminary results from the clinic suggest that reinforcer rate affects treatment efficacy when treatment procedures arrange differential reinforcement and extinction for target responding. Analysis of these early findings will be discussed in context of the present study and with respect to the larger aims of the collaborative project. |
|
Extinction Bursts and Resurgence during Schedule Thinning With the Terminal Schedule Probe Method |
(Applied Research) |
ELIZABETH PAIGE THUMAN (Kennedy Krieger Institute; Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Michelle D. Chin (The Kennedy Krieger Institute), Craig Strohmeier (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: Schedule thinning with compound schedules of reinforcement (e.g., multiple schedules) is effective for reducing reinforcement density during treatment of severe problem behavior. Extinction programmed within the compound schedules may induce transient increases in behavior. When an alternative behavior (i.e., functional communication response [FCR]) is trained and then contacts extinction during schedule thinning, increases in target behavior (i.e., severe problem behavior) may be considered resurgence; whereas increases in alternative behavior may be considered an extinction burst. Transient increases in alternative or target behavior may be problematic and lead to treatment integrity errors. Contemporary quantitative formulations suggest that resurgence and extinction bursts may result from the same principles governing choice (Shahan, 2022), therefore, a better understanding of these processes may inform treatment for severe problem behavior. In the current retrospective analysis, we examined the prevalence of extinction bursts of alternative behavior and resurgence of target behavior during terminal schedule probes (Strohmeier et al., 2024) for 69 consecutively encountered participants. Within session data analysis indicated extinction bursts of alternative behavior and resurgence of target behavior for some participants, but neither were uniformly present. We describe the characteristics and report the prevalence of each process and discuss clinical implications for schedule thinning. |
|
|
|
|
|
Recent Evaluations of Timeout Procedures in Basic and Applied Research |
Sunday, May 25, 2025 |
3:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Convention Center, Street Level, 150 AB |
Area: EAB; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Haillie McDonough (Northern Michigan University) |
Discussant: Michael Perone (West Virginia University) |
Abstract: Timeout is a commonly used punishment procedure within clinical and parental practices, and when implemented properly, can be effective in reducing problematic behavior. Depending on the procedure, timeouts can function as either reinforcing stimuli or aversive stimuli. Despite the prevalence of timeout in practice, there is still much to learn about the conditions that make timeout an effective aversive or reinforcing stimulus and thus, the conditions under which timeout procedures will be effective behavior management strategies. The present symposium arranges four recent basic and applied timeout studies. The first presentation describes a laboratory evaluation of the effects of response-independent pellets delivered during timeouts on the effectiveness of timeout punishment of rats’ lever-pressing. The second presentation describes a laboratory evaluation of the effects of the timeout duration and food delivery rate during time-in on rats’ timeout avoidance. The third presentation describes a laboratory evaluation with pigeons to disentangle the confounded components (e.g., contingent work and timeout) that underlie positive practice overcorrection procedures. The fourth presentation describes a clinical evaluation of combining a differential reinforcement of other behavior with a timeout procedure to reduce unsafe playground behavior of young children. The symposium will conclude with a discussion led by Dr. Michael Perone. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): Avoidance, DRO, Punishment, Timeout |
|
Effects of Response-Independent Food Delivery During Timeout on Timeout Punishment |
(Basic Research) |
HAILLIE MCDONOUGH (Northern Michigan University), Forrest Toegel (Northern Michigan University), Cory Toegel (Northern Michigan University) |
Abstract: A timeout is a signaled, response-dependent, and time-limited period in which the prevailing schedule of reinforcement is suspended. Timeouts are one of the most frequently used punishment procedures in clinical and parental practices. Even though timeout punishment is a common practice, recent research suggests that implementation errors, integrity failures, occur at high rates in practice. The present study aims to evaluate how failures in treatment integrity alter the efficacy of timeout as a punisher by evaluating conditions in which response-independent reinforcers are provided during timeouts. During baseline conditions, no timeouts were delivered and rats’ lever-pressing produced food reinforcers according to a Variable-Interval (VI) 30 s schedule. During timeout conditions, the VI reinforcement schedule remained in effect, and 30-s timeouts were overlaid according to a Variable-Ratio (VR) 2 schedule. Across timeout conditions, pellets either were not delivered or were delivered response independently according to one of the following Variable-Time (VT) schedules: VT 15 s, VT 30 s, VT 60 s, or VT 120 s. Results indicate that degrading the integrity of the timeout by delivering response-independent food reinforcers during timeouts reduces the effectiveness of timeout punishment. |
|
Parametric Manipulations of Timeout Duration and Rate of Food Delivery During Time-In With Rats |
(Basic Research) |
LILLIAN LOUISE SKIBA-THAYER (West Virginia University), Michael Perone (West Virginia University) |
Abstract: Research has been concerned with the conditions that make timeout from positively reinforcing contexts most effective as a negative reinforcer. Toegel et al. (2022) found that the quality and rate of food delivery during time-in affected the aversiveness of timeout as measured by rats’ avoidance behavior. The present experiment replicated and extended this work. During time-in, non-contingent food pellets were delivered to rats on a variable-time 30-s schedule. Signaled timeouts were scheduled every 30 s. Each lever press postponed the onset of timeout by 30 s. The time-in and timeout components were signaled by the presence or absence of white noise and general illumination by the houselight, respectively. The duration of timeout and rate of pellet delivery during time-in were manipulated across conditions, and the aversiveness of timeout was measured by avoidance response rate and avoidance proficiency (the percentage of timeouts that were avoided). The effect of timeout duration depended on the rate of pellet delivery during time-in. |
|
An Animal Model of Positive Practice Overcorrection: Disentangling Contingent Work and Timeout From Positive Reinforcement |
(Basic Research) |
ALANNA FERGUSON (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Chris Hughes (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Raymond C. Pitts (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Elizabeth Thuman (Kennedy Krieger Institute; Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine) |
Abstract: Positive practice overcorrection (PPOC) is a procedure used to decrease challenging behavior in academic, clinical, and home settings (Doleys et al., 1976; Carey & Bucher, 1983; Cole et al., 2000). When challenging behavior occurs, an individual is required to complete a task, which requires effort and often involves practicing appropriate behavior. The procedure involves both contingent work and timeout (TO) from the reinforcing environment. The purpose of the current study is to examine the mechanisms underlying the effectiveness of PPOC procedures by disentangling the confounded components of the procedure within an animal model. In Experiment 1 (single response), there is only 1 source of reinforcement; the same behavior occasionally produces reinforcement and PPOC/TO. In Experiment 2 (concurrent), there is an alternative source of reinforcement without PPOC/TO. In both experiments, a TO without work is yoked to the average duration to complete the terminal PPOC work (i.e., FR) to determine if the reduction in the behavior is due to the contingent work or the TO from reinforcement. In Experiments 1 and 2, both PPOC and TO suppressed responding, however in Experiment 2, PPOC produced more suppression than the yoked TO of the same duration. Limitations and implications are discussed. |
|
Effects of Differential Reinforcement and Time-Out on Unsafe Playground Behavior in Young Children |
(Applied Research) |
JEANNE M. DONALDSON (Louisiana State University), Elizabeth Kay Linton (Louisiana State University), Gabriela Gomes (Louisiana State University) |
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to examine the effects of differential reinforcement of other behavior (DRO) without extinction on reducing unsafe playground behavior of young children at school, and subsequently, if necessary, the additive effects of a brief time-out. The DRO procedure was effective in eliminating unsafe behavior for 1 of 4 participants. The other 3 participants experienced the addition of a time-out procedure in combination with DRO (DRO+TO). The DRO+TO condition nearly eliminated unsafe playground behavior for all 3 participants who experienced the condition. Additionally, those participants engaged in higher levels of positive social interactions with peers during DRO+TO sessions relative to DRO and baseline sessions. Following experience with all conditions, a choice phase was implemented in which participants selected the condition they would experience via a concurrent chains preference assessment. All 3 participants selected an intervention condition at every opportunity, and 2 of 3 participants selected DRO+TO most often. |
|
|
|
|
|
Current Research on Group Contingencies in Education |
Sunday, May 25, 2025 |
3:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Convention Center, Street Level, 147 A |
Area: EDC/CSS; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Ray Joslyn (West Virginia University) |
Discussant: Jennifer L. Austin (Georgia State University) |
CE Instructor: Ray Joslyn, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Some current research on group contingencies focuses on examining procedural variations and novel approaches to improve effectiveness, contextual fit, and social validity. Working toward these goals may increase teacher adoption of group contingencies and improve implementation rates. Researchers in this symposium will discuss studies that have furthered these research directions in education. The first presenter will discuss the effects of a group contingency arrangement of synchronous reinforcement on disruptive behavior in elementary school classrooms. The second presenter will discuss a study that examines student and teacher preference for group contingency arrangements (i.e., Good Behavior Game) with and without feedback. The third presenter will discuss a study examining teacher-led procedural modifications of the Good Behavior Game to improve social validity and intervention maintenance. The final presenter will discuss a study examining the effectiveness of a dependent group contingency on disruption in alternative elementary education. The researchers and discussant will also provide some directions for future research and implications for clinical practice. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): education, goodbehavior game, group contingencies |
Target Audience: The target audience is behavior analysis researchers and practitioners, teachers, and other school personnel. Audience members should have a basic understanding of the principles of behavior |
Learning Objectives: 1. Describe current research directions on group contingencies. 2. Describe procedural variations to group contingencies that may improve effectiveness or social validity. 3. Discuss the role of teacher preferences in designing and modifying group contingencies in education. |
|
Effects of a Group Contingency Arrangement of Synchronous Reinforcement on Disruptive Behavior in Elementary Classes |
GABRIELA GOMES (Louisiana State University), Elizabeth Kay Linton (Louisiana State University), Jeanne M. Donaldson (Louisiana State University) |
Abstract: Synchronous schedules of reinforcement are a type of schedule of covarion in which the onset and offset of the response are aligned with the onset and offset of the reinforcer. In this study, we used multiple baseline across classes and reversal designs to determine the effects of a synchronous reinforcement schedule, arranged as a group contingency, on disruptive classroom behavior and time spent following rules during independent work periods in three elementary classrooms: 2 first grade and 1 fourth grade. Additionally, we compared the effects of a synchronous reinforcement schedule with a continuous noncontingent schedule in the fourth-grade classroom. The synchronous schedule was effective in decreasing disruptive classroom behavior and increasing students’ time spent following rules across all classes. Furthermore, the effect in the fourth-grade classroom could not be attributed to access to the reinforcing stimulus alone, as the noncontingent delivery of those stimuli did not produce changes in behavior relative to baseline. Students in the 2 first-grade classes reported preferring the synchronous reinforcement condition over baseline. Students in the fourth-grade class reported preferring the noncontingent access condition over baseline and synchronous reinforcement. |
|
Efficacy and Social Validity of the Good Behavior Game With and Without Feedback |
MILAD NAJAFICHAGHABOURI (Utah State University), Emma Preston (Utah State University), Emily Slater (Utah State University), Ray Joslyn (West Virginia University) |
Abstract: The Good Behavior Game (GBG) is an effective class-wide intervention that has been shown to improve various student outcomes across different settings and student populations (Bowman-Perrottee et al., 2016; Groves et al., 2023). Teachers have previously reported concerns about one component of the game, delivering feedback following instances of rule violations (Joslyn & Vollmer, 2020, Joslyn et al., 2019; Najafichaghabouri et al., accepted). Previous research shows that GBG may still be effective when feedback is omitted or only one type of feedback is delivered (e.g., Chotto et al., 2024; Wiskow et al., 2019). However, to date no studies have directly compared the GBG with and without feedback and assessed implementer preference for the different variations of the intervention. The current study we implemented the GBG with four elementary classrooms,
and assessed implementer and student preference the GBG under different feedback conditions. Results showed that both interventions were similarly effective in reducing disruption in all four classrooms. Implementer preference for the intervention was mixed across classrooms, but students always preferred the GBG with both visual and vocal feedback. Students and teachers both reported overall positive social validity of the intervention. |
|
Teacher-Led Procedural Modification of the Good Behavior Game |
CIARA RODRIGUEZ (West Virginia University), Amina Boukhris (West Virginia University), Ray Joslyn (West Virginia University) |
Abstract: The Good Behavior Game (GBG) is a well-established classroom management intervention that utilizes group contingencies to improve student behavior. Despite its robust nature and consistent effectiveness, teachers have reported that elements of the procedure present implementation barriers, reducing the likelihood that they will maintain implementation. Although researchers have examined numerous procedural variations to the GBG, they are typically selected by the researchers without meaningful input from teachers. In the current study, researchers examined the decisions that teachers make to modify the GBG to best fit their preferences. Following a “business as usual” baseline, teachers were trained to implement the traditional arrangement of the GBG and implemented it until we saw consistent reductions in disruptive behavior. Then, researchers conducted qualitative interviews with the teachers to learn about their perceived implementation barriers and elements of the game they wanted to change. The researchers then helped the teachers modify the procedure and implement it. This process was repeated until the teachers were satisfied with the procedures and reported that they were happy with the intervention. Qualitative and follow-up data indicated that the teachers preferred the modified version over the traditional version and continued to implement the modified version over time. |
|
Effectiveness of a Dependent Group Contingency in Elementary Alternative Education |
KARA SAMAJ (Monongalia County Schools), Marisela Alicia Aguilar (West Virginia University), Ray Joslyn (West Virginia University) |
Abstract: Group contingencies have an extensive literature base indicating their effectiveness in alternative education, with interdependent and dependent group contingencies being the most common. Although there have been many demonstrations of interdependent and dependent group contingencies in alternative education, a recent literature review (Groves et al., 2023) indicated that there has not been a published evaluation of a dependent group contingency in alternative education. This represents a considerable gap in the literature because of the numerous potential benefits of dependent group contingencies in alternative education. In the current study, researchers evaluated a dependent group contingency arrangement referred to as the “Hero Game” in an elementary alternative education classroom. The classroom teacher implemented the game by tracking each student’s disruptive behavior during the game, drawing a random name at the end of the game, and delivering rewards to the whole class if the selected student met the criterion. The Hero Game produced marked reductions in disruptive behavior and the students never lost the game. |
|
|
|
|
|
Self-Assessment Accuracy in Behavior Analytic Contexts |
Sunday, May 25, 2025 |
3:30 PM–3:50 PM |
Convention Center, Street Level, 145 B |
Area: EDC |
Instruction Level: Advanced |
Chair: Alan Kinsella (The Manhattan Childrens Center; Endicott College) |
|
Self-Assessment Accuracy in Behavior Analytic Contexts |
Domain: Applied Research |
ALAN KINSELLA (The Manhattan Childrens Center; Endicott College) |
|
Abstract: An accurate self-assessment repertoire is crucial for maintaining high standards of practice, or a scope of competence, among behavior analysts. However, procedural means to achieve this remain underexplored. Medical communities have investigated these effects and largely found that accuracy in self-assessment is poor, with an inverse relation between ratings of adequacy and experience. Regular self-assessment strengthened by feedback from standardized rubrics or expert raters is key to maintaining ethical practice and engaging in self-guided learning. Drawing on foundational values and BACB ethical standards, this study extended research from medical communities to assess self-assessment accuracy and confidence among ABA graduate students with three skills: mock exams, mock caregiver interviews, and discrete trial training with actual clients. These represented a range of familiar and unfamiliar activities for ABA professionals. Where deficits in self-assessment accuracy were found, behavior analytic tactics related to feedback and reference tools were implemented to close the gap. Several participants met criteria across the skill types for intervention, and the intervention quickly improved self-assessment across all participants. Implications for fostering a more defined scope of competence and the durability of these findings as they relate to confidence levels are discussed to inform future research on this topic. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Training Advanced Verbal Operants: A Multi-Population Investigation |
Sunday, May 25, 2025 |
4:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Marriott Marquis, M4 Level, Archives |
Area: VBC; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Tatiana Zhirnova (Monarch House) |
Abstract: This symposium presents three studies across a variety of populations demonstrating methods to teach complex verbal behavior and begin to understand the mechanisms responsible for their establishment. The first study examined the role of bidirectional naming in analogical reasoning among children aged 5 to 7. Results indicated that tact training, involving the identification of categories and relationships, effectively facilitated analogical reasoning, supporting the need for both speaker and listener behaviors. The second study sought to explore the variables which control autoclitic behavior with typically developing adults. Participants were exposed to varying levels of visual distortion in Japanese Hiragana characters, demonstrating that some could learn autoclitic tacts through modeling while others required direct feedback. The final study focused on teaching children with ASD to discriminate between autoclitic frames like “is” and “is not.” Results showed that structured training led to successful differentiation and generalization to novel contexts. These findings highlight the importance of tailored training approaches to foster complex verbal skills, contributing to the understanding of the establishment of complex verbal behavior in diverse populations. The implications emphasize the potential for targeted interventions to enhance communication and problem-solving abilities. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Analogical Reasoning, Autoclitics, Verbal Behavior |
|
The Role of Bidirectional Naming in the Emergence of Analogical Relations in Children: A Further Evaluation |
(Applied Research) |
TATIANA ZHIRNOVA (Monarch House), Caio F. Miguel (California State University, Sacramento), Maria Clara Cordeiro (Endicott College) |
Abstract: We investigated the role of bidirectional naming in the emergence of analogical reasoning in 4 typically developing children between the ages 5 and 7. All participants learned to tact both the categories (clothes, furniture, and vehicles) and the relations (same and different) among 9 stimuli. They were subsequently tested on analogical responding during which they were presented with two stimuli belonging to the same or different categories and asked to select the comparison that matched the sample. During the last analogy test we asked participants to tell us why they selected a certain comparison. Tact training produced derived analogical responding (symmetry and transitivity) in all participants with two requiring direct training to solve baseline analogy relations. The results of this study suggest that tact training is sufficient to produce analogical responding in children. The current study supports previous research that state that participants must engage in both speaker and listener behaviors consistent with bidirectional naming to respond accurately to analogy tasks. |
|
A Preliminary Investigation of Variables Controlling Qualifying Autoclitics and Autoclitic Tacts |
(Basic Research) |
MARIA CLARA CORDEIRO (Endicott College), Masaya Yamaguchi (University of Tsukuba), David J. Cox (RethinkFirst; Endicott College), Caio F. Miguel (California State University, Sacramento) |
Abstract: 3. While Skinner's analysis of verbal behavior has led to significant advances in understanding primary verbal operants, research on autoclitic behavior, considered a “secondary verbal operant” (Skinner, 1957) remains limited. Autoclitic behavior has been described as verbal behavior that has a differential effect upon the listener when emitted by the speaker. The current investigation attempts to identify the variables controlling autoclitic tacts (e.g., qualifying autoclitics) through an experimental analysis with typically developing adults. Researchers implemented a nonconcurrent multiple baseline design across teaching sets to examine the emergence and establishment of autoclitic behavior using Japanese Hiragana characters and sounds as novel stimuli. Two sets of three images were distorted across three levels (0%, 50%, and 100%). Tacts were established with images at 0% distortion. A confederate peer then modeled autoclitic tacts during training sessions when presented with images distorted at 50% and 100% of the same characters. Data were collected on participants' correct tacts and emission of both modeled and generalized autoclitic. One participant required direct feedback while the other participant learned autoclitics when modeled by a confederate peer. |
|
Teaching Listener Responding to Autoclitic Frame to Children With Autism |
(Applied Research) |
MERAL KOLDAS (University of Nebraska Medical Center Munroe Meyer Institute), Alice Shillingsburg (Munroe-Meyer Institute, UNMC), Thom Ratkos (Berry College), Mary E. Stepanek (University of Nebraska Medical Center Munroe Meyer Institute), Sarah E. Vesely (University of Nebraska Medical Center Munroe Meyer Institute), Shariq Khan (Endicott College) |
Abstract: An autoclitic is defined as a verbal behavior that modifies the function of other verbal behaviors. Children with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) often struggle to use and respond correctly to autoclitic frames. This study aimed to address how children with ASD respond to the autoclitic frames “is” and “is not” as part of their listener behavior. Using a nonconcurrent baseline design across participants, six children with ASD were taught to differentiate between these frames during structured activities involving colored cups and hidden preferred items. Discrete trial teaching (DTT), along with model and verbal prompts, was used during the teaching sessions. The participants successfully mastered listener responding to the autoclitic frames and generalized these skills to novel materials. This research contributes to the growing understanding of autoclitic behaviors in children with ASD and aims to improve communication through targeted interventions. The results and their implications will be discussed during the presentation. |
|
|
|
|
|
Unlocking Equitable Care With Modern Data Pipelines: Lessons From the National Autism Data Registry (NADR) and Juniper |
Sunday, May 25, 2025 |
4:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Marriott Marquis, M4 Level, Liberty M |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Jenna Kokoski (Jade Health) |
MELISSA SALLUSTIO (Jade Health) |
MIKE GERMAIN (Jade Health) |
CHRISTOPHE RIMANN (Juniper) |
Abstract: This panel will explore the vital role of modern data pipelines in healthcare, using the National Autism Data Registry (NADR) as a case study to demonstrate how automation, machine learning (ML), and robust security practices empower providers to analyze and benchmark clinical data, driving data-informed decision-making. By accounting for social determinants of health, NADR ensures that insights reflect true care quality rather than external influences or diagnosis severity, helping providers enhance care while addressing disparities in outcomes. In collaboration with Juniper, the panel will showcase how NADR integrates tools designed to expand access to behavioral health care. Juniper’s solutions break down interoperability barriers, enabling clinicians to focus on delivering high-quality care without being overwhelmed by technical challenges. The panel will also highlight how NADR employs Johns Hopkins population health methodologies, combined with machine learning, to automate adjustments. This approach ensures that the insights generated focus on care quality, free from bias related to demographic variables, further promoting equitable care delivery. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): automation, data pipelines, healthcare equity, machine learning |
|
|
|
|
|
Evaluating and Learning From Rewards: Insights From Dopamine |
Sunday, May 25, 2025 |
4:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Marriott Marquis, M2 Level, Marquis Salon 1-5 |
Area: BPN; Domain: Basic Research |
Chair: Maria G. Valdovinos (Drake University) |
CE Instructor: Maria G. Valdovinos, Ph.D. |
Presenting Author: PATRICIA JANAK (Johns Hopkins University) |
Abstract: The experience of a reward, such as the ingestion of food, is accompanied by dynamic patterns of neuronal activity across many brain regions. For example, reward ingestion is often accompanied by brief increases in spike activity of dopamine neurons, as well as other neural populations in the basal ganglia. I will discuss animal laboratory studies that illustrate the important role of behavioral approaches in revealing the functions of this reward-elicited activity with a focus on reward signals that promote future reward seeking behavior. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: Intermediate - should have understanding of reinforcement and familiarity with general related brain activity. |
Learning Objectives: 1. Identify reward signals that promote future reward seeking behavior. 2. Describe activity of dopamine neurons in response to reinforcer delivery. 3. Recognize patterns of neuronal activity across brain regions associated with reinforcement. |
|
PATRICIA JANAK (Johns Hopkins University) |
 Patricia Janak is a Bloomberg Distinguished Professor at Johns Hopkins University, with appointments in the Department of Psychological and Brain Sciences in the Krieger School of Arts and Sciences and the Department of Neuroscience in the School of Medicine. Dr. Janak earned her Ph.D. from the University of California, Berkeley, and conducted postdoctoral research at the Wake Forest University School of Medicine and the National Institute on Drug Abuse, National Institutes of Health. From 1999 to 2014, Dr. Janak was faculty at the University of California, San Francisco, where she was the Howard J. Weinberger, M.D., Endowed Chair in Addiction Research at the University of California, San Francisco. Dr. Janak has served as Program Chair and Secretary for the Society for Neuroscience and is editor-in-chief for the journal, Psychopharmacology. Dr. Janak studies neural processes of reward learning, both under normal conditions and in animal models relevant to substance use disorders. Janak and her laboratory members have made critical discoveries regarding the neurochemical and neuroanatomical bases of alcohol intake and relapse. Current work focuses on circuit level analysis of striatal systems and dopamine error signals during learning and decision making. |
|
|
|
|
|
Brains, Frames, and Climate Change: Applications of Relational Frame Theory (RFT) |
Sunday, May 25, 2025 |
4:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Convention Center, Street Level, 158 AB |
Area: CSS; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Courtney Posey (California State University, Sacramento) |
Discussant: Caleb Stanley (Utah Valley University) |
CE Instructor: Zhihui Yi, M.S. |
Abstract: This symposium integrates behavioral and neurophysiological research to provide novel insights into how relational responding and psychological flexibility can influence pro-environmental behaviors and emotional resilience. First, we examine the neurophysiological underpinnings of derived relational responding using functional magnetic resonance imaging (fMRI). By investigating how different relational frames activate brain networks, this research provides critical insights into the neurological correlates of relational frame theory (RFT). Data from neurotypical and autistic participants reveal distinct activation patterns, shedding light on the neural mechanisms involved in relational learning and offering implications for advancing linguistic and cognitive training approaches. The second study in this series expands upon advanced language strategies by exploring the role of Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT) in promoting climate action and reducing climate-related anxiety in marginalized groups, specifically youth and disabled individuals. This research highlights the importance of increased psychological flexibility in addressing broader social issues like climate change through individual behavior changes, as evidenced by increased pro-environmental purchasing behaviors following relational training. This symposium offers insight into the advancement of behavioral science through neurophysiology and applications in both individual and societal change. |
Instruction Level: Advanced |
Keyword(s): ACT, Climate change, Neurophysiology, RFT |
Target Audience: Behavior analysts should have familiarity with RFT and ACT, including a basic understanding of principles and processes. In addition, familiarity with fMRI and basic consumer research may be of benefit. |
Learning Objectives: 1. describe preliminary findings on neurophysiological differences in relational frame processing between neurotypical and autistic participants, advancing understanding of neurological correlates in relational training. 2. describe how neuroimaging, specifically fMRI, reveals distinct neural activation patterns associated with derived relational responding and direct reinforcement histories, with a focus on frontal, parietal, and hippocampal regions. 3. explain how mindfulness and Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT) interventions can reduce climate anxiety and encourage pro-environmental behaviors among disproportionately affected populations. 4. describe how psychological flexibility influences climate anxiety and supports pro-environmental behaviors, especially in marginalized groups such as youth and disabled individuals. |
|
Neurophysiological Evidence of Derived Relational Responding |
ZHIHUI YI (Univeristy of Illinois at Chicago
University of Chicago), Mark R. Dixon (University of Illinois at Chicago
Endicott College) |
Abstract: There have been ongoing interests in using neurophysiological measurements to analyze neuroactivities related to stimulus equivalence and relational frame theory (RFT; Barnes-Holmes et al., 2005; Vahey et al., 2017). One such measurement is functional magnetic resonance imaging (fMRI). Existing fMRI research suggests different activation patterns in the frontal and parietal networks between derived relational responding and responses with a history of direct reinforcement, yet there seem to be differences in certain area’s involvement, such as the hippocampal area (Ogawa et al., 2010; Schlund et al., 2008). The current study extends previous work on RFT and fMRI by including relational frames other than coordination, refining the behavior task used, and by including a preliminary cohort of autistic participants. A group of neurotypical and autistic participants completed a series of relational framing tasks involving arbitrary stimuli using a match-to-sample (MTS) paradigm inside a fMRI scanner. Implications on relational training and its neurological correlates will be discussed. |
|
ACTing on the Climate Crisis |
MEREDITH T. MATTHEWS (University of Illinois at Chicago), Zhihui Yi (Univeristy of Illinois at Chicago
University of Chicago), Claire M Zuch (University of Illinois Chicago), Mark R. Dixon (University of Illinois at Chicago) |
Abstract: We are rapidly nearing a climate point of no return (PNR), where the cost of restoring Earth’s climate will far surpass current global and domestic production capacities. While addressing the climate crisis necessitates multi-level interventions, progress can still be made by increasing pro-environmental behaviors at the individual level. From a contextual behavioral perspective, broader social issues like climate change and climate anxiety can be understood through the lens of psychological flexibility. The current studies focus on the relationship between climate change, climate anxiety, and psychological flexibility, with an emphasis on two marginalized groups disproportionately affected by climate change: youth and disabled individuals. Although climate change impacts a wide range of vulnerable populations—including low-income communities, Indigenous populations, older adults, and racial and ethnic minorities—these studies center on youth and disabled individuals. First, we explore the relationship between psychological flexibility and climate or eco-anxiety, examining the potential for mindfulness-based interventions to reduce distress and foster pro-environmental behavior. Next, we present research utilizing Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT) to enhance psychological flexibility and promote climate action within these disproportionately impacted groups. The implications of applying a contemporary behavioral framework to understanding climate anxiety and pro-environmental behavior change are discussed. |
|
|
|
|
|
Enhancing Service Delivery: Program Modification Training for Assent-Based and Trauma-Informed Practices |
Sunday, May 25, 2025 |
4:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Marriott Marquis, M4 Level, Capitol & Congress |
Area: DDA; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Carolyn Crysdale (Endicott College) |
CE Instructor: Stephanie Bendush, M.A. |
Abstract: Assent and trauma-informed practices are essential to addressing the unique needs of our clients. Practitioners often understand the importance of such practices but they may still struggle with their application during the course of service delivery. Therefore, helping practitioners navigate the conditions under which it is relevant to program for assent and trauma-informed practices during service delivery is integral for supporting both service providers (practitioners and direct care providers) and clients. This symposium includes a collection of three different applications of Behavioral Skills Training (BST) to train service providers to implement assent-based and trauma-informed interventions in response to distress and behaviors that may interfere with learning. Specifically addressed are skills including identifying assent and assent withdrawal, collecting data on these behaviors, problem-solving how to address assent withdrawal during instruction, and assessment and treatment risk-benefit considerations from a trauma-informed practice lens. All trainings aimed to teach practitioners how to objectively assess and make individualized modifications to existing programs to better meet the needs of their clients. In addition, social validity measures across clients, caregivers, and service providers will also be discussed. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Assent, Behavioral-Skills Training, Protocol Modification, Trauma-Informed Practice |
Target Audience: Attendees should be familiar with the components of behavioral skills training (BST) Attendees should have knowledge of general program/protocol components (i.e. SD, target response, error correction, reinforcement, generalization, maintenance, etc) |
Learning Objectives: 1. (1) Participants will be able to identify different applications of behavioral skills training for assent and trauma informed practice 2. (2) Participants will be able to evaluate current protocols for modification 3. (3) Based on needed modifications, participants will be able to list possible modifications that align with an assent informed or trauma informed practice |
|
Behavioral Skills Training to Teach Staff to Follow an Assent-Based Intervention |
JACQUELINE J. WEBER (Endicott College) |
Abstract: In this study, Behavioral Skills Training (BST) was used to train public school staff working with students with multiple disabilities to implement assent-based interventions during Discrete Trial Teaching (DTT). Skills taught involved how to identify student assent and assent withdrawal behaviors, verify assent, respond to assent withdrawal, maintain assent behavior, and collect data on assent and assent withdrawal behaviors. BST was delivered in person with video-recorded supplementation. Inter Observer Agreement data with both the experimenter and independent observers was performed on staff data collection and treatment integrity on staff implementation of the prescribed assent-based intervention plan. Procedural integrity was performed on the experimenter’s training delivery by independent observers. Results of the study indicate a functional relationship between BST and accuracy in data collection and implementation of assent-based interventions. Social validity feedback from staff members indicated a positive response to BST and implementing assent-based intervention. Data will be shared on treatment integrity, interobserver agreement, and results from a pre and post-questionnaire conducted with staff evaluating skills learned during training. |
|
Teaching Practitioners to Identify and Modify Skill Acquisition Protocols to Account for Assent Behaviors |
KATHERINE RHOADES (Endicott College), Stephanie Bendush (Endicott College) |
Abstract: The field of applied behavior analysis is progressing from conceptualizations of assent, assent withdrawal, and dissent, to the practical implications of modifying interventions and programs.This study evaluates the effectiveness of a computer-based module training program to teach clinicians concepts of assent, identifying assent within protocols, and identifying opportunities to embed assent within the protocol then making corresponding modifications. The goal of this research is to provide empirical support for different strategies clinicians can use in their daily practices to increase their use of assent-informed protocols and interventions. Assent provision and withdrawal behavior is idiosyncratic and will rely on numerous contextual variables that may be difficult to anticipate when generating a training program. Therefore, the aim of this training is to teach the application of different concepts within assent to the protocol modification process, while teaching to generalization. By creating a computer-based program with a behavioral skills training format, our goal is to create an evidence-based training that can be broadly distributed, therefore making assent-informed protocol modification more accessible to a wider population. |
|
The Utility of Training Behavioral Practitioners in Trauma-informed Practices |
GABRIELLE MORGAN (Bay Path University), Candice Colón (LEARN Behavioral), Megan Romero (Total Spectrum) |
Abstract: Individuals diagnosed with developmental disabilities (DD) are over 3 times more likely to experience maltreatment or other potentially traumatic events than the general population. According to the Behavior Analyst Certification Board (BACB, 2020), Board Certified Behavior Analysts work primarily with individuals with DD, but many do not receive explicit training on how to take the trauma experiences of their clients and their families into account when developing or implementing behavior treatment plans. This study investigated the efficacy of a training package to teach behavioral practitioners to assess and modify their programs to include trauma-informed practices. The training package included live training with embedded behavioral skills training, didactic components, rationale, and follow-up check-ins with trainees. Before and after the training, an open-ended questionnaire regarding current BCBA practices and confidence in implementing trauma-informed practices was conducted, a rubric regarding the practitioners’ incorporation of trauma-informed practices was scored based on the current treatment plan and skill acquisition programs and a caregiver and behavior therapist questionnaire on the acceptability of the current program were provided. In addition, data on the client’s interfering behavior and skills targeted for acquisition were also reviewed before and after the training to assess client acceptability. |
|
|
|
|
|
PDS: Successful Grant Writing |
Sunday, May 25, 2025 |
4:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Marriott Marquis, M2 Level, Marquis Salon 6 |
Area: EDC/CSS; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Rebecca Jane Barall (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center) |
PATRICK ROMANI (University of Colorado, School of Medicine) |
CHRISTINA SIMMONS (Rowan University) |
SCOTT SPAULDING (University of Washington) |
Abstract: Grant writing can be a daunting and overwhelming process. This panel aims to empower behavior scientists to effectively navigate the grant writing process. Recognizing the unique research questions of behavior analysis and the challenges behavior analysts face when applying for grant funding, the panel features experienced professionals from diverse backgrounds who will share their expertise in securing research funding. The session will include a live Q&A, allowing participants to ask specific questions about the grant writing process. Panelists will provide insights into identifying funding opportunities, crafting compelling grant applications, and articulating the significance and impact of their research across various funding mechanisms. Additionally, the panel will discuss common challenges encountered during the grant submission process. By discussing both their diverse experiences and the common hurdles faced during the grant submission process, this session aims to inspire and motivate practitioners and researchers to secure funding for their innovative and impactful projects. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: The intended audience for the grant writing panel includes pre-doctoral and post-doctoral researchers, as well as early- to mid-career behavior analysts and scientist-practitioners. Participants should have a foundational understanding of behavior analysis principles and be familiar with the research process. They are expected to have experience in conducting research, including formulating research questions and basic methodologies. This panel is designed for those who are eager to enhance their grant writing skills, navigate funding opportunities, and address the specific challenges associated with securing research funding in the field of behavior analysis. |
Learning Objectives: 1. Identify at least 2 potential grant funding mechanisms for applied behavior analytic research 2. Identify at least 1 common pitfall or challenge related to the grant submission process 3. Identify at least 3 measurable and actionable steps to support a successful grant writing process |
Keyword(s): Grant funding, Grant writing, Research funding |
|
|
|
|
|
Involving Classroom Teachers in School-Based Interventions |
Sunday, May 25, 2025 |
4:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Convention Center, Street Level, 145 B |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Lynette Kamachi Johnson (University of South Florida) |
CE Instructor: Lynette Kamachi Johnson, M.A. |
Abstract: Teachers today face with a multitude of challenges, but disruptive student behavior should not be one of them. This symposium explores behavioral techniques to reduce disruptive student behavior in classroom settings. The first study evaluated the Prevent-Teach-Reinforce Secondary (PTR-SEC) with three students with emotional and behavioral disorders (EBD) and other disabilities. A multiple baseline design across participants showed that PTR-SEC was efficacious in improving the students’ behaviors, decreasing problem behaviors and increasing replacement behaviors. The second study examined the effectiveness of and preference for teacher-implemented accumulated and distributed schedules of reinforcement with three children. Results indicate that both schedules of reinforcement decreased interfering behavior, and participants preferred the distributed arrangement. The third study investigated the incorporation of function-based intervention into self-monitoring and its impact on the behavior of three middle school students with autism spectrum disorder. A multiple baseline design across participants evaluated the effects of the function-based self-monitoring procedure. Results showed increases in functional communicative responses and improvement in classroom behavior for all three participating students. Collectively, these findings demonstrate the effectiveness of low-cost behavior techniques to reduce disruptive student behavior for teachers in school settings. Implications for involving classroom teachers in school-based interventions will be discussed. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): differential reinforcement, function-based, school-based, self-monitoring |
Target Audience: 1. Familiarity with principles of function-based interventions 2. Interest in and some experience working with teachers 3. Some familiarity with differential reinforcement, preference assessments, and functional communication |
Learning Objectives: 1. (a) compare the effectiveness of various behavior techniques for involving classroom teachers in school-based interventions, and decrease disruptive student behaviors 2. (b) describe the differences between accumulated and distributed schedules of reinforcement 3. (c) describe the steps involved in designing and implementing function-based self-monitoring procedures |
|
Evaluating the Prevent-Teach-Reinforce Secondary (PTR-SEC) Model for Middle School Students With Disabilities Requiring Individualized Behavior Supports |
LYNETTE KAMACHI JOHNSON (University of South Florida), Paris N Thie (University of South Florida), Kwang-Sun Cho Blair (University of South Florida), Madeline Risse (University of South Florida) |
Abstract: Prevent-Teach-Reinforce (PTR) is a manualized, team-based, function-based intervention designed to prevent problem behavior from occurring (prevent), teach functional replacement behaviors or skills (teach), and promote the replacement and other desired behaviors (reinforce). The current study extends the literature on the PTR intervention model by evaluating the PTR model for middle school students in a public middle school setting. The PTR Secondary (PTR-SEC) model was evaluated with three students with emotional and behavioral disorders (EBD) and other disabilities, involving their classroom teachers. A multiple baseline design across participants was used to evaluate the behavioral outcomes of the students as they participated in the four steps of teaming and goal setting, assessment, intervention, and evaluation. Results showed that PTR-SEC was effective in improving all three students' behaviors, decreasing target problem behaviors and increasing replacement behaviors. The correspondence between the direct observation data collected by the research team and the Individualized Behavior Rating Scale Tool (IBRST) data collected by the teachers was relatively high for all students, indicating high usability and feasibility of the IBRST by classroom teachers. A strength of this study was the high teacher social validity scores, reflecting their approval of the PTR-SEC intervention and effectiveness in improving behavior. |
|
Teacher-Implemented Accumulated and Distributed Reinforcement in the Classroom Setting |
KIMBERLY R. FORD (University of South Florida), Jessica Benevides (University of South Florida), Catia Cividini-Motta Cividini (University of South Florida), Natalie Mandel (Bancroft) |
Abstract: Challenging behavior can negatively impact a teacher’s implementation of classroom management strategies which can be detrimental to student outcomes and increase the risk for teacher burnout. Evidence-based strategies such as differential reinforcement have been shown to be effective at reducing challenging behavior. Moreover, accumulated and distributed reinforcer arrangements using tokens have been shown to both reduce challenging behavior and increase task engagement. However, research to date has not yet evaluated the impact of accumulated and distributed reinforcer arrangements implemented by teachers within the natural classroom environment. The purpose of this study was to assess the effectiveness of and preference for teacher-implemented accumulated and distributed schedules of reinforcement in a classroom setting. This study included three children, ages 11 to 12 years old, and their teachers. Results indicate that both schedules of reinforcement decreased interfering behavior in the classroom setting and two out of three participants preferred the distributed arrangement over the accumulated. |
|
Function-Based Self-Monitoring to Improve Communication and Behavior in Students With Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) |
MADELYN R MERCADO (Comprehensive Behavioral Consulting), Lanease Maria Ganey (Behavioral Progression), Kwang-Sun Blair (University of South Florida), Kimberly Crosland (University of South Florida) |
Abstract: Self-monitoring is a widely used evidence-based practice in the school setting, shown to be effective in improving both student behavior and teacher performance. However, to date, few studies have investigated the use of self-monitoring to address the functions of problem behavior. To further investigate the incorporation of function-based intervention into self-monitoring and its impact on improving student behavior, this study aimed to examine the effects of a function- based self-monitoring procedure on functional communicative response and problem behavior in three middle school students with autism spectrum disorder. The study procedures included a functional behavior assessment, preference assessment, functional communication training, and teaching self-monitoring procedures. A multiple baseline design across participants was employed to evaluate the effects of a function-based self-monitoring procedure. Data collection is currently ongoing. The results showed increases in functional communicative responses and improvement in classroom behavior for all three participating students. Concurrently, their task engagement levels improved while problem behaviors decreased, demonstrating a promising effect on enhancing the students' overall classroom conduct. |
|
|
|
|
|
Are We Teaching Behavior Analysts Behavior Analysis Using Behavior Analysis? |
Sunday, May 25, 2025 |
4:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Convention Center, Street Level, 147 B |
Area: EDC; Domain: Translational |
CE Instructor: Christine Hoffner Barthold, Ph.D. |
Chair: A. Charles Catania (University of Maryland, Baltimore County) |
CHRISTINE HOFFNER BARTHOLD (George Mason University) |
AMANDA RENEE RANDALL (22801) |
BARBARA J. KAMINSKI (Green Box ABA, PLLC) |
Abstract: There are close to 700 Verified Course Sequences listed on the Association for Behavior Analysis International Website. The charge of such sequences is to prepare preservice behavior analysts to participate in supervised fieldwork experiences and sit for the Behavior Analyst Certification Board™ Exam. At conferences, behavior analysis listserv, and on social media, there is much informal discussion about the methods of instruction as well as the quality of preparation programs. Many of these discussions surround what to teach. However, these discussions rarely include suggestions for how to teach, integrating instruction into a changing higher education infrastructure, or most importantly the empirical evidence to support their assertions. How does what we teach and how we teach it align with students’ prior learning histories, expectations and aspirations? During this panel discussion, we will examine the state of the evidence for teaching preservice behavior analysts, discuss gaps in the literature, and brainstorm ways to fill those gaps using the Scholarship of Teaching and Learning (SoTL). |
Instruction Level: Advanced |
Target Audience: Faculty and staff teaching behavior analysis courses to preservice behavior analysts in either Accredited Programs or Verified Course Sequences |
Learning Objectives: 1. Define the Scholarship of Teaching and Learning 2. Discuss the state of the evidence regarding teaching behavior analysts 3. Describe at least one area of future inquiry for teaching preservice behavior analysts |
Keyword(s): Higher Education, preservice education, Scholarship, VCS |
|
|
|
|
|
The Threat of Misinformation and Disinformation in Autism Supports to the Applied Behavior Analysis Profession |
Sunday, May 25, 2025 |
4:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Convention Center, Street Level, 146 A |
Area: PRA/AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Alec M Bernstein (Children's Mercy Hospital; University of Missouri-Kansas City School of Medicine) |
CE Instructor: SungWoo Kahng, Ph.D. |
Presenting Author: SUNGWOO KAHNG (Rutgers University) |
Abstract: Misinformation and disinformation present significant threats to the integrity and public perception of applied behavior analysis (ABA) interventions to support autistic individuals. These challenges can undermine evidence-based practices, erode trust in professionals, and contribute to the proliferation of pseudoscientific alternatives. This presentation will explore the multifaceted impact of misinformation and disinformation on the field of ABA, including their influence on policy, funding, and the dissemination of effective interventions. Using recent examples, the talk will examine how false narratives about ABA circulate on social media and other platforms, often amplifying misconceptions about the therapy’s goals, methods, and outcomes. Strategies for combating these issues will be discussed, including the importance of coordinated, clear, transparent communication with stakeholders, proactive public engagement, and interdisciplinary collaboration. Additionally, this presentation will highlight the role of behavior analysts in promoting media literacy and advocating for science-based practices. By fostering critical thinking and equipping practitioners with tools to address misinformation, the field can better safeguard its reputation and continue providing effective, ethical care to individuals with autism. This call to action aims to empower ABA professionals to actively counter disinformation while championing the scientific foundation of their work. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Learning Objectives: 1. Identify the Impact of Misinformation and Disinformation 2. Develop Strategies to Address False Narratives 3. Promote Media Literacy and Professional Advocacy |
|
SUNGWOO KAHNG (Rutgers University) |
Dr. SungWoo Kahng is the Chair of the Department of Applied Psychology, Director of Academic Programs in Autism and ABA, and a Professor at Rutgers University. Previously, he was an associate professor at the University of Missouri (MU), where he also served as Chair of the Department of Health Psychology, Founding Director of the MU Graduate Programs in Applied Behavior Analysis, and Director of the Applied Behavioral Intervention Service at the MU Thompson Center for Autism and Neurodevelopmental Disorders. Dr. Kahng has held faculty positions in the Department of Behavioral Psychology and worked as a senior behavior analyst on the Neurobehavioral Unit at the Kennedy Krieger Institute. Additionally, he was an associate professor in the Department of Psychiatry and Behavioral Sciences at Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine. Dr. Kahng earned his Bachelor of Arts in psychology from Kalamazoo College and his Ph.D. in behavior analysis from the University of Florida. He has served as an Associate Editor and on the Board of Editors for the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis and is currently on the Board of Editors for Behavioral Intervention and the Review Journal of Autism and Developmental Disorders. A New Jersey Licensed Behavior Analyst and Board Certified Behavior Analyst, Dr. Kahng is a Fellow of the Association for Behavior Analysis International, a member of the Scientific Council of the Organization for Autism Research, a Trustee of the Cambridge Center for Behavioral Studies, and on the Board of Trustees for AutismMVP Foundation. He has been the President of the Board of Directors of the Behavior Analyst Certification Board, the Applied Representative to the Executive Council of the Association for Behavior Analysis International, and a Past President of the New Jersey Association for Behavior Analysis. Dr. Kahng received the 2003 B.F. Skinner New Researcher Award from Division 25 of the American Psychological Association. His research and clinical work focus on assessing and treating complex problem behaviors in individuals with developmental disabilities. His broader research interests include employment and college supports for adults with autism spectrum disorder, as well as obesity and aging. Dr. Kahng has mentored numerous undergraduate, master’s, and predoctoral students, as well as postdoctoral fellows, and has co-authored over 100 peer-reviewed articles and chapters. |
|
|
|
|
|
Compassionate Interventions for Animal Learners: Exploring the Meaning and Practice of Goldiamond’s Constructional Approach |
Sunday, May 25, 2025 |
4:00 PM–5:50 PM |
Convention Center, Street Level, 159 AB |
Area: AAB/PCH; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Greg Stikeleather (Behavioral Teaching Solutions) |
Discussant: Lucero Neri-Hernandez (Children’s Health) |
CE Instructor: Lucero Neri-Hernandez, M.S. |
Abstract: In this session, we will explore compassion within the framework of Goldiamond's (1974; Layng et al., 2022) constructional approach to behavior change. According to Scallan and Rosales-Ruiz (2023) and Abdel-Jalil, et al. (2023) compassion involves identifying suffering, showing empathy, and taking action to prevent or alleviate suffering. Goldiamond's constructional approach focuses on establishing behavioral repertoires rather than reducing undesired responses. This approach forms the basis for developing compassionate interventions. Practitioners can create compassionate learning environments by understanding the underlying functions of undesired behaviors, offering learners genuine choice, and providing ongoing opportunities for learners to express assent. During this session, we will examine practical examples with animal learners to illustrate how to identify and address superimposed contingencies, incorporate genuine choice effectively, and use devices to indicate assent clearly. Additionally, we will discuss how these strategies are employed to identify, prevent, and alleviate suffering, ultimately leading to compassionate behavior interventions. This session aims to equip practitioners with the tools and knowledge needed to implement compassionate behavior interventions that prioritize animal welfare and well-being. By embracing Goldiamond's constructional approach, we can move toward a more compassionate approach to behavior interventions. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): assent, compassion, constructional approach, genuine choice |
Target Audience: BCBAs Practitioners Animal Trainers Instructors |
Learning Objectives: 1. Define critical features of compassion 2. Differentiate between examples of genuine choice and apparent choice 3. Identify and address superimposed contingencies 4. List examples of salient measurable indicators of assent 5. Connect assent, genuine choice, and understanding of critical consequences to compassionate learning environments |
|
The Constructional Approach: A Framework for Compassionate Behavior Change |
(Theory) |
CAMERON MONTGOMERY SCALLAN (Western Michigan University), Jesus Rosales-Ruiz (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: Behavior-change practitioners are often hired to address a client’s unwanted behaviors. These behaviors can be distressing to caregivers but may also indicate the client’s suffering. In such cases, practitioners have an opportunity to respond with compassion. Practitioners may use various strategies to alleviate suffering, but their choices will affect the client’s experiences during and after services. This presentation will set the foundation for the symposium by introducing the critical features of compassion and examining them through the lens of the constructional and pathological approaches to behavior change (Goldiamond, 1974/2002). Next, we will show how the guiding questions of the constructional approach can support practitioners in delivering services to their learners, whether animal or human. Following the constructional approach enables practitioners to develop personalized programs that (1) align with the learner’s critical reinforcers, (2) find starting points that ensure early success, (3) guide learners through programs that promote confidence, and (4) help them access natural communities of reinforcement to sustain lasting change. While the constructional approach alleviates suffering, it also goes beyond compassion by fostering conditions that allow the learner to thrive. |
|
Promoting Compassion Through Genuine Choice in Animal Training |
(Theory) |
BARBARA HEIDENREICH (Animal Training Fundamentals) |
Abstract: Traditionally, practitioners have viewed coercion through the lens of aversive control. However, positive reinforcement can also be coercive when the animal has only one way to access desired outcomes. It is especially coercive when those outcomes are highly valued and withheld to potentiate their value. For a choice to be considered genuine, there must be a set of alternative contingencies that provide access to critical consequences (Abdel-Jalil, et al., 2023; Goldiamond, 1976; Linnehan, et. al., 2023). Animals must have more than the opportunity to walk away (and get nothing) from a training session (Heidenreich & Layng, 2024). They must also be able to access the same reinforcing outcomes when engaging in other behaviors. Genuine choice provides information about contingencies impacting behavior and an opportunity to mitigate undesired emotional behavior such as distress, anxiety, and frustration. This has been defined as a critical feature of compassion (Scallan & Rosales-Ruiz, 2023). This presentation will provide many examples of how to shape and maintain desired goal behaviors while reinforcing other behaviors, resulting in the same desired outcomes. This is also accomplished without limiting access to reinforcers. Practitioners can provide genuine choice and compassionate interventions by learning to incorporate increased degrees of freedom. |
|
Beyond Superimposition: A Compassionate Framework for Animal Behavior Interventions |
(Theory) |
ANNETTE MICHELLE PEDERSEN (Copenhagen Zoo) |
Abstract: Practitioners often rely upon shaping alternative, desired behaviors in traditional approaches to addressing undesired animal behavior. This is frequently observed in interventions utilizing differential reinforcement procedures. This strategy can overlook the critical task of identifying the function of the disturbing behavior and the reinforcing consequences that maintain it. Essentially, practitioners often superimpose a new behavior, hoping it will overshadow the undesired behavior while failing to address the underlying maintaining consequences. This presentation will illuminate the concept of superimposition and its fallout when applying behavior interventions. Superimposition can result in undesired emotional behavior and the associated emotions, often labeled as fear, aggression, conflict, or anxiety. Practical examples will be provided that illustrate superimposition, followed by strategies to address undesired behaviors' underlying functions. This presentation will also compare systematic desensitization and negative reinforcement procedures to address fear responses. This knowledge is pivotal for practitioners seeking more effective, compassionate, and lasting solutions to behavior interventions emphasizing learner well-being. |
|
Ascending Towards Assent in Animal Husbandry |
(Theory) |
FRANK TALBOT (Wolf Park) |
Abstract: Training for husbandry procedures is a fundamental responsibility for caretakers of animals in managed care. Husbandry behaviors are often defined as facilitating animals' day-to-day and medical care. This may include foundation behaviors such as targeting and stationing and more complex behaviors such as injection training. As practitioners move towards more compassionate care for learners, they strive to offer them genuine choice over when, how, and what they are being trained to do and by whom, and they seek to do so with the learner's genuine assent (Linnehan et al., 2023). This presentation documents an ongoing journey to give learners more control via genuine choice and assent in their husbandry training. It will highlight beneficial general practices and suggest ways to increase degrees of freedom in applied settings. It will also showcase some inexpensive and relatively easy-to-build tools to facilitate ongoing communication for canine and caprine learners during husbandry procedures, which might be easily adapted to other species with similar morphology |
|
|
|
|
|
The Effects of the Establishment of Observational Cusps on Language, Learning, and Social Behavior |
Sunday, May 25, 2025 |
5:00 PM–5:50 PM |
Marriott Marquis, M2 Level, Marquis Salon 12-13 |
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Jennifer Longano (Fred S. Keller School) |
CE Instructor: Jennifer Longano, Ph.D. |
Abstract: In three separate studies, the effects of procedures to establish social developmental cusps and to increase social repertoires were investigated with preschool students with and without disabiltieis. Two of the experiments tested the effects of a series of peer focused tasks on the acquisition of social listener reinforcement and on peer interactions. The outcomes included increases in verbal operants, including conversational exchanges and approvals to peers, as well the establishment of collaborative behavior. In the third study, the effects of yoked contingency intervention were tested on the acquisition of observational learning and incidental bidirectional naming. Findings showed increases in learning new operants as a function of observation, increases in peer verbal exchanges, and increases in incidental language acquisition across all three preschool participants. The data compiled from these studies suggest that the establishment of a certain set of social contingencies, direct or observed, can set the occasion for language development and for individuals to be part of a verbal community. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): collaboration, observational learning, social behavior |
Target Audience: Basic understanding of the following: principles of behavior, verbal behavior, emergent behaviors, Incidental bidirectional naming, and observational learning. |
Learning Objectives: 1. define and measure observationl learning 2. define verbal developmental cusps related to language acquisition 3. identify procedures and effective tactics to increase speaker repertoires |
|
Building Friendship Foundations: Increasing Preschooler’s Appropriate Communication and Inducing Observational Learning Cusps Through a Social Listener Reinforcement Treatment Package |
Jennifer Longano (Fred S. Keller School), LILIAN MORALES (Teachers College, Columbia University) |
Abstract: While many studies have examined the components of listener and speaker interactions and their role in incidental naming, fewer have explored how children develop an interest in engaging in conversations and mutual learning with peers. In this study, we investigated the impact of a social listener reinforcement treatment package on children’s conversational units with peers, observational learning, empathetic responses, and incidental bidirectional naming. The intervention consisted of a structured treatment package that required participants to engage in speaker-listener exchanges and collaborate through a yoked contingency. This included activities such as “I Spy,” BINGO, collaborative construction tasks, peer tutoring sessions, and a direct empathy intervention. Using a multiple probe design across three preschool participants with disabilities, we observed a significant increase in conversational units and peer approvals post-intervention, indicating a shift in preference for peer engagement. These positive outcomes were evident in both intervention settings and across classroom activities, demonstrating the potential for promoting appropriate peer interactions and collaborative learning in educational environments. |
|
The Effects of Reinforcement for Collaboration in Preschoolers With Disabilities |
REBECCA MILLER (Teachers College, Columbia University), Daniel Mark Fienup (Teachers College, Columbia University), Katherine Loomis (Fred S. Keller) |
Abstract: Collaboration is a required skill for individuals to engage in, from childhood and throughout adulthood. In education, collaboration occurs when two or more children work together to achieve a shared goal. Research has demonstrated importance of collaboration in group assignments, college projects, and across various jobs in the workforce. However, there is a need to investigate at what age collaboration can be established and any significance of the skill. Darcy (2017) investigated effects of reinforcement for collaboration in elementary aged student’s rate of learning and verbal behavior and proposed it to be a verbal behavior developmental cusp. The current study aims to establish reinforcement for collaboration in preschoolers with disabilities, and measure changes in speed of learning, collaborative behaviors, vocal verbal operants, and joint attention with peers. The results demonstrated that all participants increased their instances of collaborative behaviors and vocal verbal operants when working on a puzzle with a peer. All participants also demonstrated slight increases in joint attention from peers. Lastly, two participants learned faster in the collaborative learning condition following intervention. |
|
The Acquisition of Observational Learning Cusps and Incidental Language as a Function of an Interdependent Contingency Intervention |
Jennifer Longano (Fred S. Keller School), JESSICA SINGER-DUDEK (Teachers College, Columbia University), Lilian Morales (Teachers College, Columbia University) |
Abstract: We evaluated the effects of an interdependent (peer-yoked) contingency on children’s demonstration of the cusps of Observational Learning (OL) and Incidental Bidirectional Naming (Inc-BiN), as well as the emission of conversational exchanges with peers. The intervention consisted of the use of a peer-yoked contingency during a performance (mastered) task. Participants were 3 preschool children with and without language delays who did not demonstrate incidental learning through observation or peers and who were not observed to engage in conversational exchanges with their peers. Using a multiple probe design, we measured children’s responses to OL probes, Inc-BiN probes, and instances of conversational exchanges with peers prior to and following intervention. Results demonstrated increases in correct responses following opportunities to observe peers engaged in learning (OL), increases in incidental acquisition of operants through peer observation (Inc-BiN), and increases in speaker-listener exchanges with peers following the intervention. These outcomes were observed both in the intervention setting and across classroom activities for all 3 participants including during 3-week maintenance probes. The outcomes are discussed in terms of promoting appropriate peer interactions and learning from peers during school instruction. |
|
|
|
|
|
Systematic Methods for Teaching and Generalizing the Use of Speech-Generating Devices (SGDs) |
Sunday, May 25, 2025 |
5:00 PM–5:50 PM |
Marriott Marquis, M4 Level, Capitol & Congress |
Area: VBC/AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Jennifer Neal (The Evergreen Center) |
Discussant: Elizabeth R. Lorah (University of Arkansas) |
CE Instructor: Rebecca Hotchkiss, Ph.D. |
Abstract: It is clear the ability for all individuals to successfully communicate with others in their verbal community is critical. Yet most often the verbal community relies on spoken language communication, which excludes those with minimal or no vocal-verbal repertories. Therefore, to reduce social isolation and promote inclusion for these individuals, alternative forms of functional communication are being established. The use of speech-generating devices (SGD) has become increasingly popular to support this need, but research on how to systematically teach their use is has not kept up. The present symposium will explore two studies evaluating methods to systematically teach the use of SGDs to individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). Results focus on the generalization of the learned repertoires to other environments, allowing participants to engage successfully in their natural verbal community. Further directions for research will be discussed relative to direct effectiveness of the interventions, and their implications on systematic instruction for SGD use and communication repertoires. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): AAC, Manding, PECS, SGD |
Target Audience: The target audience are those working with individuals without vocal-verbal communication repertoires with the goal of teaching the use of speech-generating devices. The audience should have basic understanding of mand training and motivating operations to increase efficacy of this procedures. The target audience should also have knowledge of verbal behavior and methods of teaching it without relying on spoken communication. |
Learning Objectives: 1. implement systematic methods to teach individuals to utilize a SGD 2. increase generalization of communication repertoires acquired with a SGD 3. determine how prerequisite skills can impact the success of teaching an individual to use a SGD |
|
Teaching Traveling to Speech Generating Device: A Replication & Extension |
KENNEDY CLOE (Southern Illinois University, Carbondale), Megan Dale (Southern Illinois University), Karli Anne Wright (Southern Illinois University), Lesley A. Shawler (Southern Illinois University) |
Abstract: Communication using speech-generating devices (SGD) for individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) is becoming increasingly more common (Lorah & Griffen, 2023). An expanding body of research has highlighted the importance of these devices for individuals with limited vocal-verbal behavior. However, most modalities do not incorporate systematic methods to promote generalization. In one example, Lorah and Griffen (2023) systematically taught children to travel to their SGD, bring it to the listener, and mand. Being able to travel to the device is a socially significant skill, as sometimes the individual may be in a noisy environment, may not always carry the device, or they require charging. This study aimed to expand the current research on interventions used to teach children to travel to their SGD and provide clinicians with a systematic procedure to teach traveling. The current study successfully taught two children with minimal vocal-verbal behavior to travel to their SGD using a concurrent multiple-probe design across three distances. Caregivers also were taught to conduct traveling trials with their children to promote treatment gains and found the procedures to be socially acceptable. |
|
Increasing Mand Frequency & Variation With Speech-Generating Devices Through a Modified Picture Exchange Communication System Procedure |
KAYLA CURRAN (Evergreen Center), Rebecca Hotchkiss (Evergreen Center), Jennifer Neal (The Evergreen Center), Oliver Wendt (Purdue University) |
Abstract: It is critical for all individuals to have a functional communication method. While there are different tools and effective teaching methods to establish communication repertoires for non-vocal individuals (Bondy & Frost, 2001; Shillingsburg et al., 2019), few have focused on systematic teaching procedures to induce verbal behavior repertoires. The focus of this study is to evaluate efficacy of adapting the initial three phases of the PECS (Picture Exchange Communication System) protocol (Bondy & Frost, 2001) for use through an SGD (Speech Generating Device). Three adolescents diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) were initially unsuccessful in utilizing an SGD to emit mands in a contrived environment or to engage in spontaneous verbal behavior in the natural environment. Following the intervention, all participants demonstrated an increase in both frequency and variation of target mands. A modified maintenance probe showed two of the three participants maintained their frequency and variation of target mands. Results also persisted when extinction was introduced following 10 cumulative target mands for a single preferred item. Outcomes are discussed relative to the direct effectiveness of the intervention and the potential impact of prerequisite skills on the outcomes. |
|
|
|
|
|
Neurodiversity Affirming Practices |
Sunday, May 25, 2025 |
5:00 PM–5:50 PM |
Marriott Marquis, M4 Level, Liberty M |
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Andy Bondy, Ph.D.Holds a doctorate and meets either the coursework or college teaching option for fulfilling BCBA eligibility requirements |
Chair: Lauren Lestremau Allen (SUNY Empire State University) |
NOOR YOUNUS SYED (SUNY Empire State College; Anderson Center International; Endicott College) |
YEV VEVERKA (University of Washington) |
ANDY BONDY (Pyramid Educational Consultants, Inc.) |
Abstract: In many recent conferences focusing on Applied Behavioral Analysis much attention has been given to how the field can provide Neurodiversity-affirming practices. Publications in mainstream journals also have provided guidelines on this topic. As with all new recommendations a great deal of discussion is required to convert general guidelines into realistic practice. Members of this panel will discuss how to support affirming practices in a variety of clinical and educational settings that stay true to our science. We will discuss how professional language usage influences the application of the principles of application and how to look at whether one’s actual practice is aligned with states guidelines. Topics will include some misconceptions about what is required to be “ABA” and look at recent concerns about various strategies to promote verbal behavior and language development. We will also discuss how these complex issues can be discussed with family members of different populations we support. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: All levels |
Learning Objectives: 1. Describe three neurodiversity-affirming practices 2. Describe one misconception about language training in autism 3. Describe two discussion strategies to introduce these issues to parents and other family members |
Keyword(s): Neurodiversity-affirming practice, Service models |
|
|
|
|
|
Translating Mentalism: Mind as a Metaphor for Functional Relations |
Sunday, May 25, 2025 |
5:00 PM–5:50 PM |
Marriott Marquis, M2 Level, Marquis Salon 1-5 |
Area: CBM/PCH; Domain: Theory |
Chair: Amanda M Muñoz-Martinez (Universidad de Los Andes, Colombia) |
CE Instructor: Amanda M Muñoz-Martinez, Ph.D. |
Presenting Author: EMILY SANDOZ (University of Louisiana Lafayette) |
Abstract: Behaviorism is often contrasted with mentalism, which purports that behavior is attributable to the mind or “mental activity.” In this way, mentalism includes the attribution of behavior to constructs found within the person like personality, mood, diagnosis, will, or the Self (among others) - a perspective which dominates mental health treatment. Behaviorism is distinct, however, in viewing behavior in terms of context-behavior interactions. One conceptualization of context-behavior interactions is as functional relations, or relationships where participants convolve (i.e., co-evolve), bidirectionally, with neither serving as cause nor effect.This approach centers the functional relationship as the primary unit of analysis, with distinctions among individual factors secondary to further analytic purposes. The functional relationship is a powerful construct, honoring the complexity of our subject matter without foregoing an actionable foundation for analysis. One application of the construct of functional relationship might be as a referent for translating mentalism. We will explore the idea that treating the mind (along with personality, mood, the Self or other mentalist constructs) as a metaphor for functional relations could allow for improved discourse with non-behavioral mental health practitioners and effective integration of non-behavioral data and wisdom relevant to mental health. Examples and challenges will be discussed. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Target Audience: behavior analysts interested in mental health |
Learning Objectives: 1. contrast mentalism and behaviorism 2. describe a functional relation 3. translate one mental health construct into behavioral terms |
|
EMILY SANDOZ (University of Louisiana Lafayette) |
 Dr. Emily K. Sandoz (she/they) is the Director of the University Honors Program, the Emma Louise LeBlanc Burguieres/BORSF Endowed Professor of Social Sciences, and Full Professor in the Psychology Department at the University of Louisiana at Lafayette. Emily is also the Director of the Louisiana Contextual Science Research Group, which supports collaborative contributions from students and professionals from all over the world. They have co-authored three books on acceptance and commitment therapy for struggles with eating and body image, along with chapters and journal articles on contextual behavioral science, social justice, clinical behavioral processes, and psychological flexibility. Emily has led more than 100 training workshops for professionals around the world, and serves as a peer-reviewed ACT trainer. They also practice as a Clinical Psychologist and a Board Certified Behavior Analyst, focusing on clinical behavior analysis. |
|
|
|
|
|
Applications in Compassionate Communication Research: Improving Relationship Dynamics |
Sunday, May 25, 2025 |
5:00 PM–5:50 PM |
Convention Center, Street Level, 147 A |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Lisa Tereshko (Endicott College) |
CE Instructor: Lisa Tereshko, Ph.D. |
Abstract: In the field of behavior analysis, compassion has emerged as a critical aspect of ethical and socially valid interactions. The introduction of a core principle related to compassion to the Ethics Code for Behavior Analysts further supports the research and application of compassionate interactions in the context of client care, supervision, and coursework (BACB 2020). Initial research related to the interpersonal skills of behavior analysts suggests that compassion practices is an area of growth for the field (Taylor et al., 2019). Additionally, behavior analytic coursework and supervision do not often target these skills explicitly (LeBlanc et al., 2019). Research related to the training of compassionate interactions between pre-service clinicians and families, the training of compassionate interactions between faculty and students via email correspondence, and students’ perspectives regarding components of supportive communication will be reviewed. These studies support in furthering our understanding of how to define and teach interpersonal skills and increase positive relational dynamics. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: Audience should have a concrete understanding of the Ethics Code for Behavior Analysts, and preliminary research supporting the need for improvement in the area of compassion within the field. |
Learning Objectives: 1. Identify components associated with compassionate responding across stakeholders 2. Describe methods of training to improve compassionate communication responses 3. Identify components of supportive communication as identified in student-instructor interactions |
|
The Impact of a Training Program on Compassionate Communication of Faculty |
MEGAN MAGRAUTH (William J. White Educational and Behavioral Consulting, Inc.; Endicott College), Lisa Tereshko (Endicott College), Mary Jane Weiss (Endicott College), Jessica Rohrer (Endicott College) |
Abstract: Most of the previous and current research being done on compassionate care
concentrates on the relationship between the Board Certified Behavior Analyst (BCBA)and the caregiver or on training future behavior analysts. Taylor et al. (2019) piloted a survey of 95 caregivers whose dependent(s) have or had behavior analytic services. The participants responded favorably to statements about their behavior analyst such as, “The behavior analyst explains the rationale for his or her treatment decisions and procedures” (p. 657). Conversely, a higher level of disagreement was reported for statements such as, “The behavior analyst compromises with me when we do not agree” (p. 657). Other studies focus on training future behavior analysts to be more compassionate in their service delivery (Rohrer & Weiss, 2022). In their study, they trained students of behavior analysis to engage in compassionate care towards clients
and caregivers via an online training procedure. The purpose of the current study was to determine if an online training that includes lectures and discussion would increase current BCBAs, who are also faculty, compassionate responding to student concerns and emails. Results, implications for practice, and areas of further investigation will be discussed. |
|
Understanding Components of Supportive Instructor Communication |
JESSICA ROHRER (Endicott College), Lisa Tereshko (Endicott College), Megan Magrauth (William J. White Educational and Behavioral Consulting, Inc., Endicott College), Mary Jane Weiss (Endicott College) |
Abstract: Compassionate interactions have garnered attention recently in the field of behavior analysis. Preliminary research suggests that empathic and compassionate approaches can improve outcomes across a variety of interpersonal interactions (Beach et al., 2006; Beck, 2002; Bonvicini et al., 2009; Hojat et al., 2011; Horst et al., 2000). Relatedly, supervisory relationships may also benefit from increased compassion, resulting in mitigating burnout among ABA professionals (Austin & Fiske, 2023). Professors in online programs, serving in a supervisory-type role, can have an important impact on student experiences. Following student feedback suggesting that some instructor-student interactions may have lacked compassion, lead instructors in an online masters program developed an assessment to evaluate student perspectives regarding supportive and compassionate communication with their instructors. This assessment was administered to masters students in an online behavior analysis program regarding their experience with instructor communication via email. Students were asked to rank instructor email replies to various common inquiries or requests, ranking them from most to least supportive. Results and implications of these findings will be discussed. |
|
Teaching Aspiring Behavior Analysts to Deliver Compassionate Care |
SERENA ROSE GARZA (Baylor University), Tonya Nichole Davis (Baylor University), Jessica Akers (Baylor University), Julia M Hrabal (Baylor University), Patrick Mallory (Baylor University), Renming Liu (Baylor University), Kelsey Marie Sparks (Baylor Univerisity), Emily Paige Exline (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: Given the need to improve compassionate responding in behavior analysts (Taylor et al., 2019), this study examined the effectiveness of video modeling in teaching compassionate collaborative care skills to aspiring behavior analysts. Five graduate students in applied behavior analysis participated in a multiple baseline design study where they role-played progress report meetings with caregivers. The dependent variable measured eight specific compassionate care behaviors, including use of jargon-free language, soliciting questions, and maintaining appropriate body posture. During intervention, participants viewed an 8-min video model demonstrating target behaviors before sessions. Results indicated that video modeling alone was effective for three participants, while two required additional performance feedback to reach mastery criteria. These findings suggest that video modeling, potentially supplemented with performance feedback, can be an effective tool for teaching compassionate collaborative care skills to pre-service behavior analysts. This research addresses a critical gap in behavior analyst training programs and provides practical implications for improving client-provider relationships in applied behavior analysis. |
|
|
|
|
|
Brief Behavioral Activation: From Behavioral Roots to Transdiagnostic Clinical Applications |
Sunday, May 25, 2025 |
5:00 PM–5:50 PM |
Marriott Marquis, M2 Level, Marquis Salon 6 |
Area: PRA; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Thomas J. Waltz (Eastern Michigan University) |
Presenting Author: CARL W. LEJUEZ (Brown University) |
Abstract: Behavioral Activation (BA) is a straight-forward and flexible therapeutic approach that has gained widespread acceptance as a gold-standard treatment for depression. While often tied to behaviorism as an underlying framework, the actual role of behaviorism in BA treatment protocols utilized in clinical settings is debatable. My talk will focus on the development and evolution of a brief version of BA born out of basic behavioral theory and principles, and that is best described as a transdiagnostic therapeutic approach that leverages its behavioral roots in its extrapolation to a range of psychological conditions (e.g., substance use, anxiety) and settings. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
|
CARL W. LEJUEZ (Brown University) |
 As Provost and Executive Vice President for Academic Affairs, Carl W. Lejuez (pronounced: LEZSCH-way) serves as Stony Brook’s chief academic officer, with responsibility for all academic units and operations. His appointment began on July 1, 2022.
Lejuez oversees the academic mission of the university, providing direct supervision for all academic units, support services, and operations, including enrollment management and student success, and coordinating all academic programs. The deans and directors of the West Campus colleges, schools, libraries, centers, and institutes report to him, as does the associate provost for the Lichtenstein Center. He also collaborates with the executive vice president of health sciences to support the health sciences schools on the East Campus. Across these areas, leaders work to provide greater alignment in our research enterprise, enhance interdisciplinary education, and offer enhanced services to all students and faculty.
Prior to his affiliation with Stony Brook, Lejuez served as provost and executive vice president at the University of Connecticut as well as the dean of the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences at the University of Kansas, where he also served the university as interim provost for two years. He spent the bulk of his academic career at the University of Maryland, where he was a professor in the clinical psychology program in the department of psychology and where he served as an associate dean for research for the College of Behavioral and Social Sciences. His other academic appointments include research professor at the Warren Alpert Medical School of Brown University, and an adjunct faculty member at the Yale Child Study Center in New Haven, CT.
Lejuez’s research focuses on the use of basic laboratory research findings for the development of behavioral interventions to address a wide range of psychological conditions including mood disorders, addictions, and personality disorders for marginalized and underserved populations. At Maryland, he founded and led the Center for Addictions, Personality and Emotions Research. Lejuez has received grant funding from several sources for his research and is widely published, having also served on several editorial boards and having been a founding editor of the publication “Personality Disorders: Theory, Research and Treatment.” Moreover, he is the co-editor of the “Cambridge University Press Handbook of Personality Disorders,” published in spring 2020 and currently has a contract with Oxford University Press for a book about a transdiagnostic behavioral therapy he has developed to be part of their “Treatments that Work” series.
He proudly carries the distinction as a first-generation student. He holds his M.A. and Ph.D., both in clinical psychology, from West Virginia University; and earned his B.A. in psychology from Emory University. |
|
|
|
|
|
Fostering Essential Social Skills: Strategies for Assessment and Intervention |
Sunday, May 25, 2025 |
5:00 PM–6:50 PM |
Marriott Marquis, M4 Level, Independence D |
Area: AUT/VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Jenna Budge (Rutgers University) |
Discussant: Karen A. Toussaint (University of North Texas) |
CE Instructor: Jenna Budge, Ed.D. |
Abstract: Communication and social skills are critical in accessing educational success and meaningful social participation. However, developing and maintaining these skills can be particularly challenging for individuals diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder. This symposium illustrates recent research aimed at assessing and teaching various significant social skills across the lifespan. The first presentation introduces a concise assessment tool designed to identify areas for growth in conversational skills and guide individualized interventions for improving small talk. The second presentation evaluates social interactions using the Good Behavior Game in an elementary special education classroom. The third study leverages or highlights the use of Behavioral Skills Training and Interactive Computer Training to teach cooperative and competitive play skills, such as responding to frustration and determining appropriate opportunities to engage in banter or make positive affirming statements. The final presentation evaluates the combination of Behavioral Skills Training and video modeling to improve verbal initiation and reciprocal conversation in young adults with autism. Finally, Dr. Karen Toussaint, an expert in developing efficient instructional techniques, will discuss the implications of these findings. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): BST, conversation skills, social skills, verbal behavior |
Target Audience: Prerequisite skills would include an understanding of group contingencies and their applications, as well as knowledge of the principles of Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) such as reinforcement, extinction, and rule-governed behavior. Attendees should also be familiar with key methodologies like single-case experimental designs and data analysis to critically evaluate intervention outcomes. Attendees should be prepared to assess and identify potential barriers to social interaction that might influence the effectiveness of the assessments and interventions. |
Learning Objectives: 1. Evaluate the effectiveness of combined behavioral skills training (BST) and video modeling (VM) in enhancing specific social communication skills among young adults with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) 2. Describe how the developed assessment tool can be used to evaluate and enhance conversation skills in adolescents and adults with ASD. 3. Participants will learn to evaluate the efficacy of Behavioral Skills Training (BST) and Interactive Computer Training (ICT) in teaching complex play skills, assess individual play preferences using concurrent chains preference assessments, and apply strategies to promote the generalization of these social skills across novel play partners 4. - Attendees will be able to describe the impacts of the Good Behavior Game on student’s social interactions. |
|
A Multifaceted Approach to Assess Conversational Skills |
FARIS R KRONFLI (University of Florida), Courtney Kenney (Rutgers University), SungWoo Kahng (Rutgers University), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida) |
Abstract: Effective conversation skills are vital for individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) to navigate social interactions successfully and foster meaningful relationships. However, many individuals with ASD face challenges in developing, maintaining, and generalizing these skills. This study aimed to create a streamlined and efficient assessment tool to evaluate small talk among individuals with ASD. Nine participants diagnosed with ASD participated in the study, with assessment sessions conducted online. Questions were presented at varying intervals to evoke natural conversation responses from the participants. The assessment was effective in identifying areas of potential improvement in conversational abilities, specifically evaluating novel vocalizations, affirming vocalizations, questions answered, and questions asked. The findings offer valuable insights for practitioners, guiding the development of individualized and naturalistic interventions to enhance conversation skills in adolescents and adults with ASD. The use of this assessment tool can lead to more effective strategies that improve social communication and engagement in everyday situations. |
|
Evaluating Social Interactions as a Byproduct of the Good Behavior Game Within an Elementary Small Group Classroom |
EMMA WALTON (Utah State University), Audrey N. Hoffmann (Utah State University), Emma Preston (Utah State), Kaitlin Bundock (University of Utah) |
Abstract: Children with autism tend to exhibit significantly fewer social interaction behaviors compared to their neurotypical peers. Much of the research addressing this challenge focuses on early intervention strategies and services like Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA). The Good Behavior Game (GBG), an interdependent group contingency, has been widely used to improve academic, social, and appropriate behaviors across various settings. This study examined the effects of the GBG on the social interactions of elementary students in special education, without directly targeting peer interactions through the game's rules. Unlike previous studies that demonstrated positive outcomes, the findings of this study showed null results, indicating that the GBG did not significantly influence the social interactions of three elementary students during unstructured activities like calendar time or free play. These findings highlight the need for further investigation into the conditions under which the GBG may or may not impact social behaviors in similar educational contexts. |
|
To Banter or Not: Establishing Audience Control Across Play Partners |
TRESSA LYN FORREST (Marquette University), Jesey Marie Gopez (Marquette University), Stephanie A. Hood (Marquette University), Sylvia Aquino (Marquette University) |
Abstract: Behavioral skills training (BST) and video models have been shown to be efficacious intervention components in teaching play skills to autistic children (Pisman & Luczynski, 2020; Sancho et al., 2010). Interactive computer training (ICT) may enhance these intervention components through active responding opportunities (Zhang et al., 2006) and may yield efficiency in teaching complex play skills. A growing body of research has focused on teaching individuals to play cooperatively or engage in good sportsmanship behaviors (e.g., consoling losses or congratulating wins), however these skills may not match a wide range of play preferences (e.g., playing competitively or engaging in banter) (Trespalacios et al., 2011). In the present study we used a concurrent chains preference assessment to identify preference for cooperative or competitive play styles. The participant showed a preference for competitive play (e.g., engaging in banter, playing to win). We evaluated and found ICT and BST to be efficacious in teaching participants to respond to indices of frustration from their play partner, determine the appropriate times to make positive affirming statements, how to appropriately win and lose games, and skills for engaging in appropriate banter. The generalization of skills were assessed and maintained across novel play partners. |
|
Using Behavioral Skills Training With Video Modeling to Promote Social Communication Skills to Young Adults |
YU YAN (Rutgers University), Courtney Kenney (Rutgers University), Christeen Scarpa (Rutgers University), Nicole Podlog (Rutgers University) |
Abstract: Social communication deficits in young adults with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) persist beyond adolescence and pose significant challenges in various life domains. While behavioral skills training (BST) and video modeling (VM) have been shown to have positive effects in children and youth with ASD, there is limited research on evidence-based practices for young adults with ASD. In this study, we investigated the effectiveness of a combined BST and VM intervention for promoting social communication skills in three young adults with ASD. Additionally, we examined the extent of generalization of the acquired skills to novel contexts. The results demonstrated significant improvements in verbal initiation skills for two participants, one of whom also generalized the skills to novel conversation topics. The third participant demonstrated prerequisite verbal initiation during the pre-training test. For reciprocal conversation skill, all three participants demonstrated mastery relatively quickly during training. Two out of three participants maintained the response during the post-training test and one of those participants generalized the response to novel conversation topics. These findings emphasized the immediate positive impact of the combined intervention on social communication outcomes for young adults with ASD and underscored the presence of individual differences in the intervention outcomes. |
|
|
|
|
|
Advancements in Training Individuals to Conduct Treatment for Feeding Difficulties |
Sunday, May 25, 2025 |
5:00 PM–6:50 PM |
Marriott Marquis, M4 Level, Archives |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Denise Pichardo (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Discussant: Melanie H. Bachmeyer-Lee (Center for Pediatric Behavioral Health) |
CE Instructor: Melanie H. Bachmeyer-Lee, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Interventions focused on the principles of applied behavior analysis are highly effective at addressing pediatric feeding difficulties and teaching caregivers to implement those behavioral strategies. Involving caregivers is critically important to achieve generality and maintenance over time. Studies in this symposium will highlight the use of empirically identified strategies to teach caregivers and staff to implement behavioral feeding interventions and explore a decision-making model for working with children with feeding difficulties. Presenters will discuss (a) how to address challenges associated with generalizing feeding interventions to the home setting while minimizing treatment degradation, (b) behavioral skills training (BST) while exploring the direct effects of immediate versus delayed feedback and video modeling when training caregivers, (c) preferences for feedback on acquiring mastery of treatment protocols frequently conducted during behavior analytic services and, (d) using a decision-making model to treat feeding problems. Ultimately, these presentations will address the importance of caregiver training once an effective treatment has been identified as it relates to pediatric feeding disorders and ways to enhance training procedures for caregivers and staff. Important directions for practical and impactful behavior-analytic treatment decisions and caregiver training will be discussed. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): caregiver training, feedback, feeding difficulties, treatment adherence |
Target Audience: N/A |
Learning Objectives: 1. Discuss the existing research on caregiver training procedures and pediatric feeding disorders 2. Identify ways to improve caregiver integrity when implementing ABA based meal recommendations 3. Discuss the importance of assessing feedback preference when training individuals to implement feeding protocols |
|
Evaluation of Mealtime Barriers During Caregiver-Implemented Feeding Interventions |
SARAH D. HANEY MCDEVITT (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Alison Kozlowski (Kennedy Krieger Institute; Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Carrie S. W. Borrero (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Denise Pichardo (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: Previous research has shown that behavioral skills training is effective for training caregivers of children with feeding disorders to implement ABA-based feeding interventions with high integrity (Alaimo et al., 2017; Bachmeyer et al., 2020). Less is known about how caregiver treatment integrity generalizes outside of the clinical setting. Caregivers may have challenges with generalizing their skills to the home as the training context (e.g., clinic) may not include stimuli necessary for caregiver skill generalization. The purpose of the current study was to evaluate ways to improve caregiver integrity in the presence of mealtime barriers relevant to their home mealtime setting (e.g., eating while implementing treatment, attending to siblings during meals). We trained three caregivers of children admitted to an intensive feeding program to implement ABA-based feeding interventions in the absence and presence of caregiver-identified mealtime barriers relevant to their home mealtime setting. Treatment integrity decreased for two of three caregivers in the presence of the mealtime barriers but increased to high levels following additional feedback. One caregiver required no additional training when the mealtime barrier was introduced. We discuss these results in terms of considerations for improving generalization of caregiver treatment integrity outside of the clinical setting. |
|
An Evaluation of Selected and Non-Selected Feedback Packages on Performance |
RUAIRI DEVEREUX (Western Michigan University), Nicole C Demchuk (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Bethany Hansen (University of Nebraska Medical Center’s Munroe Meyer Institute) |
Abstract: Researchers have broadly applied performance feedback within Organizational Behavior Management. However, the specifics regarding the most effective type of feedback still require careful investigation. The current study evaluated how assessing preferences for a selected feedback package containing different forms of source, timing, and content would affect performance on acquiring mastery of treatment protocols frequently conducted during behavior analytic services. The experimenters trained participants on three clinical protocols and provided their preferred feedback package. For the preferred feedback package, participants selected the source, timing, and content of feedback. Participants also received training with a non-selected feedback package on a fourth clinical protocol. Both participants demonstrated improvement post-baseline after exposure to their preferred feedback package. One participant also demonstrated improvement post-baseline after exposure to the non-selected feedback package. Social acceptability results indicated a preference for the selected feedback package over the non-selected feedback package. Results suggest that supervisors should continue to assess feedback preferences that are organizationally feasible. |
|
Using a Decision-Making Model to Treat Feeding Problems in Children With Poor Oral Intake |
JESSICA NOELLE ABONITALLA PASCUAL (Clinic 4 Kidz), Meeta R. Patel (Clinic 4 Kidz; Stanford University School of Medicine), Ashley Andersen-Weber (Clinic 4 Kidz) |
Abstract: Children who display feeding problems may engage in inappropriate mealtime behaviors to avoid eating. It has been hypothesized that these behaviors are often maintained by negative reinforcement in the form of escape. Therefore, escape extinction has been a viable treatment that has been shown to be effective. However, with escape extinction comes side effects. Therefore, the purpose of this study was to develop a decision-making model to treat feeding problems by first conducting an antecedent assessment that would help determine a starting point for an antecedent based treatment. Thereafter, if the antecedent-based treatment was not effective, the model progresses to different levels of escape extinction, starting with the least intrusive procedure first. Two patients, one who was 100% tube dependent at the start of treatment and one who was 100% liquid dependent, participated in the study. Different treatments for each child were developed based on the results of the antecedent assessment. Acceptance increased and inappropriate mealtime behaviors decreased for both patients. Furthermore, we were able to decrease dependence on tube and bottle feedings because of their individual assessment and treatment plan and avoid more intrusive escape extinction procedures. These data are discussed in relation to antecedent-based intervention and trauma-informed care |
|
An Evaluation of Video Modeling and Feedback Types for Caregivers Learning How to Implement Pediatric Feeding Protocols |
NICOLE PERRINO (University of Florida, Florida Autism Center), Ronald J. Clark (University of Florida), Angie Van Arsdale (University of Florida), Vivian F Ibanez (University of Florida), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida) |
Abstract: Caregiver training is an integral part of behavior analytic feeding intervention as they ultimately become the main source of support for the long-term maintenance of their child’s outcomes with feeding. Fortunately, behavioral skills training (BST) has substantial empirical support as a method to teach caregivers how to feed their child according to a specific protocol (Mueller et al., 2003). While multi-component treatment packages have been effective (Seiverling et al., 2013), components like the use of videos have been less explored (Clark et al., 2020). In addition, we know that feedback is an effective component of BST for increasing caregiver performance. However, currently, the direct effects of immediate and delayed feedback on caregiver performance are mixed (Aclan & Taylor, 2017; Bachmeyer-Lee et al., 2020). Therefore, the purpose of this study was to use video modeling, and when necessary, compare the relative effectiveness of immediate and delayed feedback when teaching caregivers pediatric feeding protocols. |
|
|
|
|
|
Key Considerations in Conditional Discrimination Training and Equivalence Class Formation |
Sunday, May 25, 2025 |
5:00 PM–6:50 PM |
Marriott Marquis, M2 Level, Marquis Salon 7-10 |
Area: EAB/VBC; Domain: Basic Research |
Chair: Erik Arntzen (Oslo Metropolitan University) |
Discussant: Karen M. Lionello-DeNolf (Assumption University) |
CE Instructor: Erik Arntzen, Ph.D. |
Abstract: The main purpose of the present symposium is to present how different variables could influence emergent relations like stimulus equivalence. The first paper by ARNTZEN and Røraas Strand presents an experiment studying test order as a variable that can influence the forming of equivalence classes and the correspondence between MTS and sorting tests. The main findings show a high correspondence between test formats. In the second paper, Carvalho, Sabino, Bernardy, and TOMANARI present an experiment focusing on the efficiency of simple simultaneous and successive discrimination procedures in stimulus control. The main findings indicate that simultaneous discrimination procedures enhance discriminative learning, which can be valuable in both applied and experimental settings. The third paper by FIELDS analyzes one of the four parameters (Fields & Verhave, 1987) that could influence responding in accordance with stimulus equivalence, that is, the distribution of singles on equivalence class formation. The last paper by VAIDYA explores facilitation and retardation effects in reaction times by the mechanisms of class conflict and class cohesion. It will offering a behavioral interpretation reaction times in complex cognitive tasks. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): conditional discrimination, stimulus equivalence, variables |
Target Audience: Attendees must know about the basics regarding the formation of equivalence classes. |
Learning Objectives: 1. Attendees will learn how test order can affect the formation of equivalence classes and recognize the high correspondence between MTS (Matching-to-Sample) and sorting tests. 2. Attendees will gain insight into the effectiveness of simultaneous and successive discrimination procedures in improving discriminative learning and how these methods apply in both experimental and applied contexts. 3. Attendees will explore one of the four parameters that influence equivalence class formation, particularly the role of single presentations in forming these classes. 4. Attendees will know of how class conflict and cohesion mechanisms influence reaction times, offering a behavioral perspective on complex cognitive tasks. |
|
Test Order and Equivalence Class Formation |
ERIK ARNTZEN (Oslo Metropolitan University), Anita Røraas Strand (Oslo Metropolitan University) |
Abstract: The experiment examined whether test order is a variable that can influence forming equivalence classes and if participants showed immediate or delayed emergence in the matching-to-sample (MTS) test. Thrity-two participants were randomly assigned to four experimental groups using a linear series training structure. After the conditional discrimination training, participants in Group 1 were presented with baseline and symmetry trials in two blocks. Group 2 was presented with baseline and transitivity trials. Group 3 was exposed to baseline and equivalence trials in two blocks. Two blocks with complete tests for all three groups followed the test conditions described above. Group 4 was only exposed to the whole test. All groups had a double sorting test at the end. The results showed that five participants responded with immediate emergence. Two participants showed delayed emergence in the MTS test, and three more showed delayed emergence in the sorting tests. The reaction time data showed an increase from baseline trials in training to test and a more significant increase for transitivity and equivalence trials than symmetry trials. An increase in reaction time as an effect of the number of nodes can be seen for some relations, but not for all. |
|
Simultaneous and Successive Discrimination Procedures in Stimulus Control: A Parametric Study |
Pedro H. Carvalho (Universidade de São Paulo), Isabelli Sabino (Universidade de São Paulo), João Lucas Bernardy Cardoso (University of São Paulo), GERSON YUKIO TOMANARI (Universidade de Sao Paulo) |
Abstract: Simultaneous and Successive Discrimination Procedures in Stimulus Control: A Parametric StudyThis study compared the efficiency of simple simultaneous and successive discrimination procedures in stimulus control. 15 adult participants were divided into three groups and exposed to both procedures in a computerized task. Group 1 had 8 successive and 16 simultaneous trials, Group 2 had 16 of each, and Group 3 had 32 successive and 16 simultaneous trials. Results showed that the estimated marginal mean (EMM) of the difference in the area under the discriminative index curve was 2.4125 for G1, 0.4903 for G2, and -0.0875 for G3. The EMM of latency variance for successive trials decreased across groups (G1: 2.08, G2: 1.37, G3: 1.06), while for simultaneous trials it increased slightly (G1: 1.32, G2: 1.38, G3: 1.43). The findings suggest that simultaneous discrimination procedures optimize discriminative learning, yielding higher accuracy in less time, which can inform decision-making in applied and experimental contexts. Successive Discrimination; Simultaneous Discrimination; Humans. |
|
Distribution of Singles, Nodal Density, and the Structure of Equivalence Classes |
LANNY FIELDS (Queens College, City University of New York) |
Abstract: The structure of any equivalence class is defined by four parameters (a) number of class members, (b) the number of nodes in a class, (c) training directionality, and (d) the distribution of singles attached by training to a node. To date, many studies have shown that variation in the values of the first three parameters influences the likelihood of class formation and/or the relatedness of stimuli in a class. To date, the effects of the fourth, the distribution of singles, on equivalence-based performances have received minimal attention. The only exception is Nedelcu, Fields, and Arntzen (2015). This presentation will consider the fourth parameter in detail, review the findings presented by Nedelcu, et al (2015), indicate how some other published studies might also reflect the effects of density of singles on class formation, suggest how singles density can account for the enhancement of class formation by meaningful stimuli, and finally, suggest some new studies that might show additional effects of density of singles on equivalence class formation. |
|
Toward a Behavioral Interpretation of Category-Based Facilitation and Retardation of Reaction Times |
MANISH VAIDYA (IBSTR) |
Abstract: This paper will explore facilitation and retardation effects in reaction times through the lens of Sidman's concept of stimulus equivalence. In experimental psychology, phenomena such as semantic priming and the Stroop effect demonstrate how reaction times can be either accelerated or delayed based on the relations among stimuli. Facilitation effects occur when stimuli are from the same category or class, enhancing processing speed, while retardation effects are observed when stimuli are from different categories, leading to slower reaction times. Sidman’s framework offers a fruitful context for understanding these effects. This paper will suggest that Sidman’s formulation gives rise to two organizing principles – class conflict and class cohesion – that might help facilitate our understanding of the reaction time data coming from studies in cognitive psychology. By examining the ways in which equivalence class formation influences facilitation and retardation, this exploration aims to determine whether and to what extent data reported in the cognitive literature are interpretable in terms of class cohesion and class conflict. By framing these reaction time effects in the context of stimulus equivalence, this research will provide new insights into how learned associations between stimuli can organize responses often taken as evidence of cognitive processes, offering a behavioral interpretation of category-based facilitation and retardation in complex cognitive tasks. |
|
|
|
|
|
Innovative Applications of Equivalence Relations and Relational Frame Theory: From Basic Lab to Applied Practice |
Sunday, May 25, 2025 |
6:00 PM–6:50 PM |
Marriott Marquis, M2 Level, Marquis Salon 12-13 |
Area: VBC/AUT; Domain: Basic Research |
Chair: Jennifer Posey (Emergent Learning Center) |
CE Instructor: Jennifer Posey, M.A. |
Abstract: This symposium highlights a series of studies exploring the power of stimulus equivalence and relational frame theory (RFT) in the practical application of behavior intervention. A novel chaining procedure is explored which enhances stimulus recognition accuracy through equivalence training. Findings from two studies suggests equivalence training can be effectively applied to teach complex stimuli. The second presentation focuses on the transformation of valenced stimulus functions. This study reveals how positively and negatively valenced stimuli can be utilized to alter the stimulus function of neutral stimuli, providing critical insights into how emotions shape behavioral patterns. These findings have implications for clinical interventions targeting emotional regulation in a behavior intervention package. Finally, we explore the longitudinal outcomes of the practical application of equivalence and derived relational responding in an early intervention clinic utilizing the PEAK curriculum. The PEAK curriculum applies equivalence and derived relational responding to improve outcomes in the acquisition of complex language and cognition. Data from 60 participants indicate notable developmental gains across multiple domains. Together, these studies showcase how the application of stimulus equivalence and RFT can be utilized to affect socially significant outcomes. |
Instruction Level: Advanced |
Keyword(s): longitudinal outcomes, relational responding, RFT, stimulus equivalence |
Target Audience: Advanced practitioners with a knowledge of basic stimulus equivalence relations and relational frame theory and how these apply to clinical practice. |
Learning Objectives: 1. describe how equivalence training can enhance recognition accuracy for novel stimuli and explain the implications of this training for improving cognitive tasks involving complex stimulus sets. 2. explain the process of how emotional valence can transform the functions of neutral stimuli and discuss the potential applications of this process in clinical settings, particularly in teaching emotional regulation 3. evaluate the long-term developmental outcomes of children undergoing PEAK intervention and discuss strategies for setting realistic treatment goals and managing expectations in early intervention programs for autism. |
|
Evaluating the Impact of Equivalence Training on Stimulus Recognition Accuracy: A Novel Chaining Procedure Study |
MEAGAN GRASLEY (Endicott College, Kids on the Move), Craig A Marrer (Endicott College), Mark R. Dixon (University of Illinois at Chicago) |
Abstract: A novel chaining procedure was employed across two experiments to assess the effects of equivalence training on stimulus recognition. Each study consisted of 60 participants recruited from an online experiment site who were randomly assigned to three groups. In baseline, participants were instructed to identify the correct stimulus in each row of a 4x6 grid. Rows 1, 2, 3, and 6 featured numbers, while rows 4 and 5 included Mandarin Chinese characters. The same four stimuli appeared in each of the six rows throughout the study, but they were randomly rotated in each trial set. Feedback was provided after each response. Groups 1 and 2 underwent match-to-sample equivalence training in a linear series format for the Mandarin Chinese characters. Group 3 did not receive equivalence training. The baseline phase was then repeated. One-way ANOVAs revealed that response accuracy for Groups 1, 2, and 3 did not differ significantly during the initial baseline. Accuracy significantly differed from the control group during the second baseline phase (p = 0.0031 and 0.0301). These results suggest that the equivalence training procedure enhanced accurate selection. |
|
The Transformation of Valenced Stimulus Functions |
CRAIG A MARRER (Endicott College), Mark R. Dixon (University of Illinois at Chicago), Jennifer Posey (Emergent Learning Center) |
Abstract: The transformation of stimulus emotive stimulus functions provides insights into the behavioral processes underlying clinically important phenomena. The current study assessed how valenced stimuli influence the emergence of derived relational responses. Ten participants completed the Affective Slider, a digital tool for measuring valence and arousal, to rate three valenced stimuli—positive, neutral, and negative—along with six arbitrary stimuli. They were then trained on three coordinated relational networks, each comprising one node and three members. After confirming network-consistent responses, the Affective Slider was administered again to evaluate if the valenced stimulus functions transformed the arbitrary stimuli. Results showed that all participants achieved network-consistent responding, and the positively and negatively valenced stimuli successfully altered the valenced (p < 0.0001, p < 0.0001) and arousal (p < 0.0001, p < 0.0001) functions of the arbitrary stimuli. Notably, there was no significant difference between pre-test and post-training scores for the neutrally valenced stimulus function (p = 0.5785, p = 0.7231). |
|
Are We “Bridging the Gap?”: Longitudinal Outcomes of PEAK Intervention in an Early Intervention Clinic |
CHRISTOPHER M. FURLOW (Canopy Children's Solutions), Jordan Belisle (Dynamic Behavior Science), Robyn Brewer (Canopy Children’s Solutions), Mary Nicole Nicole Thomason (Canopy Children's Solutions), Emmory Bridges (Canopy Children's Solutions) |
Abstract: Early Intervention programs are designed to address a variety of skill deficits, perhaps most notably communication and language skills. Studies on this treatment model have reported significant gains for many children with autism. Practitioners are frequently tasked with person-centered planning, providing treatment dosage recommendations, and describing considerations that inform continuity of care. Normative data from Yi et al. (in prep) and complexity data from Belisle et al. (in prep) can be used to evaluate extended treatment gains and to predict longer term treatment outcomes that assist practitioners with these requirements. The purpose of PEAK intervention is to gradually "bridge the gap" between current performance and age-typical performance, to the greatest extent possible, and with the time available. Data from 60 participants undergoing PEAK training for 2-6 years were compared against typical developmental norms for the PEAK-DT and PEAK-G modules. Results showed increased performance relative to anticipated control outcomes in all cases; however, a gap in performance is likely to persist even with intensive intervention. The results of this study will be discussed in the context of informing crucial decision making for behavior analysts, parents and families, advocates, and providers when discussing client care and extended treatment programs. |
|
|
|
|
|
Understanding and Informing the Federal Science Policy Ecosystem: Opportunities for Behavior Analysis |
Sunday, May 25, 2025 |
6:00 PM–6:50 PM |
Marriott Marquis, M2 Level, Marquis Salon 1-5 |
Area: CSS; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Brett Gelino (Rutgers University) |
Presenting Author: JULIANE BARON (Federation of Associations in Behavioral & Brain Sciences (FABBS)) |
Abstract: Behavior analysis is a critical element of the federal scientific ecosystem that supports pathways from fundamental research to real world impacts on the most pressing societal challenges including health, climate, and education. Many researchers and practitioners struggle to navigate the complicated and overwhelming federal policy making landscape. Fortunately, ABAI is a member of the Federation of Associations in Behavioral and Brain Sciences (FABBS) a DC based coalition that works to represent our disciplines in Washington, DC and serve as a valuable resource for ABAI members interested in communicating their work to federal policymaking audiences. Attendees will learn about opportunities and challenges for our disciplines at key federal agencies and across the federal government and in Congress. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Learning Objectives: 1. Navigate the federal policy landscape. 2. Identify federal policy makers potentially interested in or could benefit from their research. 3. Have tools and resources to share their research more broadly. |
|
JULIANE BARON (Federation of Associations in Behavioral & Brain Sciences (FABBS)) |
Juliane Baron is the Executive Director of the Federation of Associations in Behavioral and Brain Sciences (FABBS), a coalition of scientific societies committed to advance the sciences of mind, brain, and behavior. Previously, Juliane was the Director of Government Relations at the American Educational Research Association (AERA). Following several years as a social worker and in the classroom, she has worked to make connections between practitioners, researchers, and policymakers to inform and strengthen policy and practice decisions. She holds a master’s degree from the Lyndon B. Johnson School of Public Affairs at the University of Texas at Austin and an undergraduate degree from the University of Wisconsin-Madison. |
|
|
|
|
|
Analyzing Efficacy of Components of the Comprehensive Application of Behavior Analysis to Schooling on Student and Teacher Outcomes |
Sunday, May 25, 2025 |
6:00 PM–6:50 PM |
Convention Center, Street Level, 147 B |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Susan Buttigieg (Columbia University) |
CE Instructor: Susan Buttigieg, Ph.D. |
Abstract: The Comprehensive Application of Behavior Analysis to Schooling (CABAS) is acybernetic system which takes into account the behaviors and outcomes of all ofits parts (students, caregivers, teachers, mentors/supervisors, and administrators)(Singer-Dudek, Keohane, & Matthews, 2021). In this system, the student and theirprogress drives the decision-making of the remaining stakeholders. In this system,performance of all participants is measured, monitored, and supported tomaximize outcomes. Some cornerstones of the CABAS system are the learn unit(Albers and Greer,1991; Bahadourianet al. 2006; Greer, 2002), the TeacherPerformance Rate Accuracy (TPRA) (Ross et al.,2005; Singer-Dudek et al., 2010)and the Early Learner Curriculum and Achievement Record (ELCAR) (Greer et.al.2023). In three studies, we demonstrate how these tools can be used to maximizestudent and teacher outcomes. In one study, we used the TPRA as a teachertraining tool and measured correct delivery of learn unit components. In anotherstudy, we tested the efficiency of Google Gemini Pro 002 on identification ofinstructional trial components. Finally, we tested the convergent and divergentvalidity of the ELCAR curriculum with Preschool Language Scales and ChildhoodAutism Rating Scale-2. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Artificial Intelligence, CABAS, Learn unit, Teacher training |
Target Audience: Intermediate- BACB holders, BACB supervisors, BACB consultants in school settings Prerequisite skills include holding BACB certification |
Learning Objectives: 1. The attendee will describe the components of the TPRA and give examples of an incorrect response for each component, and how to correct it. 2. The attendee will explain why the TPRA is an integral part of the CABAS system and list a potential benefit of adding something similar to their practice. 3. The attendee will describe the three components of the learn unit and a correct and incorrect example of each. |
|
Testing the Effects of Artificial Intelligence Measuring the Three-Term Contingency |
Lin Du (Teachers College, Columbia University), Susan Buttigieg (Columbia University), Robin Nuzzolo (Fred S Keller School, NY), R. Douglas Greer (Professor Emeritus Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate School of Arts and Sciences), MICHAEL GAO (Alpaca Health), Bao Van (Duke University, Alpaca Health) |
Abstract: Artificial intelligence (AI), the development of computer systems capable of performing tasks traditionally requiring human input, is becoming increasingly integrated into our daily lives. Although AI is still a relatively new topic within the behavior analytic community, it is gaining attention for its potential applications. This study explores the use of AI in data collection for instructional presentations across three educational programs: following vocal directions, gross motor imitation, and matching identical colors. Researchers videotaped a teacher working with a 5-year-old female in a one-to-one setting, within a quiet room with minimal distractions. The videos were then analyzed using Google Gemini Pro 002, a large language model (LLM), using multi-modal prompts, zero-shot prompting, and chain-of-thought prompting techniques. The AI-generated data on the accuracy of antecedents and student behavior were compared to human data collection. The preliminary results revealed mixed levels of interobserver agreement (33-87%, x= 66) for these particular educational programs. After feedback from two certified behavior analysts was used to prompt AI using more specific language, calibration increased (45-100%, x= 79%). The study is ongoing and results are discussed in terms of collaboration to
consistently achieve a minimum of 80% calibration for each component (antecedent,
behavior, consequence, data, and potential applications of AI to the field of behavior
analysis. |
|
Convergent and Divergent Validity of the Early Learner Curriculum and Achievement Record (ELCAR) |
JeanneMarie Speckman (Fred S. Keller School Teachers College Columbia University), Jessica Singer-Dudek (Teachers College, Columbia University), LIN DU (Teachers College, Columbia University) |
Abstract: The study investigated the psychometric characteristics of the Early Learner Curriculum and Achievement Record (ELCAR, Greer et al., 2020), a criterion-referenced curriculum and assessment tool for children’s development in language, academic, social and physical repertoires. The ELCAR is both an assessment tool and curriculum and is a comprehensive analytic tool used in the CABAS school system. We recruited 54 preschoolers (30 boys and 24 girls) diagnosed with autism spectrum disorders and other developmental delays and compared their ELCAR scores to other traditional psychometric measures. The ELCAR demonstrated convergent validity with the Preschool Language Scales (PLS-5). The results show moderate to strong positive correlations between the ELCAR total and sub-domain score and PLS-5 auditory and expressive scores. The ELCAR also demonstrated divergent validity with the Childhood Autism Rating Scale-2 (CARS2-ST). Results are broken down by ELCAR domain (e.g. listener, speaker) as well as child demographic (age, classroom ratio). Results indicate moderate to strong correlations between the ELCAR and the PLS-5 and CARS-2. |
|
The Effects of the Teacher Performance Rate and Accuracy Scale (TPRA) on the Presentation of Intact Learn Units for Newly Hired Teaching Assistants |
ROBIN NUZZOLO (Fred S Keller School, NY), R. Douglas Greer (Professor Emeritus Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate School of Arts and Sciences), Lin Du (Teachers College, Columbia University), Susan Buttigieg (Columbia University), Jessica Pino (Fred S. Keller School) |
Abstract: Behavior analysis is an evidence-based and effective method of instruction which can have enormous effects on a learner's repertoire. The potential progress of the learner is directly tied to the efficacy and efficiency of the instructor. Many school and home-based settings implementing behavior analysis rely on teaching assistants (TAs) and behavior technicians (RBTs) to deliver the majority of behavior analytic instruction to learners. We sought out to test the Teacher Performance Rate and Accuracy Scale (TPRA; Ingham & Greer, 1991; Ross et al., 2005) as a teacher training tool with new TAs who had no prior experience delivering ABA instruction and its effects on accuracy of teacher presentation of learn units (antecedents, behaviors, and consequences). During baseline, the supervisors modeled the presentation of target program with a student, then observed the trainee’s delivery of instruction of the same program with the same student without any feedback. The supervisors then observed the trainees in situ and used the TPRA, which provided specific feedback on the teacher delivery of learn units and modeling when necessary during intervention. Data demonstrated that 1-4 instances of the TPRA with trainer feedback were sufficient in bringing the trainees’ instruction to criterion level across a variety of programs. The results are discussed in terms of effective TA/RBT training, potential for distance training, and comparison to other interventions such as video recording and read-and-do. |
|
|
|
|
|
Understanding the Downward Spiral of Power and Coercion |
Sunday, May 25, 2025 |
6:00 PM–6:50 PM |
Marriott Marquis, M2 Level, Marquis Salon 6 |
Area: SCI; Domain: Theory |
Presenting Author: SONIA M. GOLTZ (Michigan Technological University) |
Abstract: This presentation reviews past behavior analysis discussions of power and coercion and particularly highlights the paradoxical downward spiral many power holders succumb to. Power is based on the number of aversive and desired stimuli that the power holder controls that can be used to motivate follower behavior. The more dimensions of these stimuli the power holder controls and the more people for whom they control them, the more power they have. The paradox is that increased power should allow for more influence and greater ease about being able to lead. However, research indicates that as individuals increase in power, they often become more punitive instead of better at leading. In other words, they rely more and more on coercive methods such as pressure, constraint, false paternalism, and malign neglect. Consequences that serve to maintain the abusive use of power are reviewed and possible methods for stopping the downward spiral are considered. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Learning Objectives: 1. Identify what is meant by power 2. Identify the four types of coercion 3. Identify consequences that maintain the abuse of power |
|
SONIA M. GOLTZ (Michigan Technological University) |
Sonia Goltz is the Mickus Faculty Fellow of Business Impact at Michigan Tech and earned her PhD in Industrial/Organizational Psychology at Purdue University. She has studied the topics of organizational change, power, coercion, and equity and has published in psychology and business journals, such as Perspectives in Behavior Science, Journal of Organizational Behavior Management, and Journal of Organizational Change Management. |
|
|
|
|
|
Experimental Analysis of Human Behavior Special Interest Group |
Sunday, May 25, 2025 |
7:00 PM–7:50 PM |
Marriott Marquis, M1 Level, Catholic University |
Chair: Catherine Williams (University of North Carolina Wilmington) |
Presenting Authors: |
This will be the business meeting for the Experimental Analysis of Human Behavior Special Interest Group (EAHB-SIG). The mission of the EAHB-SIG is to promote the experimental analysis of behavior with human subjects as a means of addressing important fundamental questions about human problems and human nature. In recent years, the energies of EAHB-SIG members have focused on three continuing projects: (1) The EAHB-SIG Distinguished Contributions Award: This award is designed to recognize substantive and sustained contributions to the EAHB literature. The award is presented at the annual convention. (2) The Student Paper Competition: The competition is designed to promote and recognize scholarly activity in the Experimental Analysis of Human Behavior. Students are encouraged to submit original research that has not been reviewed elsewhere. Participants receive high quality reviews from experts in their respective areas of research. (3) The Experimental Analysis of Human Behavior Bulletin: The SIG also maintains an online journal (ISSN 1938-7237) for the publication of empirical articles, technical reports, and other types of articles of interest to researchers engaged in the experimental analysis of human behavior. |
Keyword(s): Basic Research, EAB, Human Behavior, Human Operant |
|
|
|
|
|
China Association of Rehabilitation of Disabled Persons-Professional Committee of Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA-CARDP) |
Sunday, May 25, 2025 |
7:00 PM–7:50 PM |
Marriott Marquis, M2 Level, Marquis Salon 16 |
Chair: Dorothy Xuan Zhang (The Chicago School ) |
Presenting Authors: |
The purpose of this meeting is to provide an annual update on the development and growth of the China Association of Rehabilitation of Disabled Persons/Professional Committee of Behavior Analysis. |
Keyword(s): autism, China |
|
|
|
|
|
ABAI Affiliate Chapters Board Business Meeting |
Sunday, May 25, 2025 |
7:00 PM–7:50 PM |
Marriott Marquis, M1 Level, University of DC |
Chair: Gordon Bourland (Trinity Behavioral Associates) |
Presenting Authors: |
OPEN TO ALL CONVENTION ATTENDEES! The 2025 business meeting of the ABAI Affiliate Chapters Board provides an excellent opportunity to meet and interact with board members, learn about the role, structure, membership, functions of the board, its activities in the past year, and its plans for the coming year, as well as ask questions of the board, PLUS network in person with chapter leaders from around the globe. Attendees will have opportunities to participate in drawings for books and memorabilia, and (if allowed) enjoy light snacks. |
|
|
|
|
|
Culturo-Behavior Science Concentration Information Session |
Sunday, May 25, 2025 |
7:00 PM–7:50 PM |
Marriott Marquis, M2 Level, Marquis Salon 7-10 |
Chair: Traci M. Cihon (Culturo-Behavior Science Innovation Network & Behaviorists for Social Responsibility) |
Presenting Authors: |
The Culturo-Behavior Science concentration includes three areas of graduate training (basic principles, behavioral systems analysis, and experiential learning) to prepare students to work in areas that affect public policy, or to engage in interdisciplinary work. Training areas may focus on complex needs and addressing large-scale societal issues, such as climate change, failing educational systems, poverty, and drug addiction. The purpose of this meeting is to introduce university-based training programs interested in offering the Culturo-Behavior Science concentration to the concentration, the required coursework, practical training requirements, competencies, and application process. |
|
|
|
|
|
Behavioral Psychology Department at the Kennedy Krieger Institute: Celebrating the Past 50 Years, the Present, and Our Future |
Sunday, May 25, 2025 |
7:00 PM–10:00 PM |
Marriott Marquis, Level 2 Mezzanine, Dogwood/Cherry Blossom/Scarlet Oak |
Chair: Michael F. Cataldo (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Reuniting past and current employees, trainees, faculty, alumni, and friends. Join us as we celebrate fifty years of achievements in training, research, and clinical excellence. |
Keyword(s): alumni, Behavioral Psychology, Kennedy Krieger, reunion |
|
|
|
|
|
University of Florida Reunion |
Sunday, May 25, 2025 |
8:00 PM–10:00 PM |
Marriott Marquis, M4 Level, Independence D |
Chair: Nicole Perrino (University of Florida, Florida Autism Center) |
Students, faculty, alumni, and friends of the University of Florida Psychology Department are invited to attend this reunion to meet and reunite with old colleagues and friends and encounter new ones. |
Keyword(s): Florida, Reunion |
|
|
|
|
|
Simmons Department of Behavior Analysis: Past, Present, and Future Social Gathering! |
Sunday, May 25, 2025 |
8:00 PM–10:00 PM |
Marriott Marquis, M4 Level, Supreme Court |
Chair: Gretchen A. Dittrich (Simmons University) |
The Simmons University Department of Behavior Analysis welcomes all past, present, and future Simmons students and faculty to join our social gathering at ABA as we celebrate 26 years of excellence in behavior analysis! |
Keyword(s): Graduate Programs, Social Gathering, Student Reunion |
|
|
|
|
|
European Association for Behaviour Analysis |
Sunday, May 25, 2025 |
8:00 PM–10:00 PM |
Marriott Marquis, M4 Level, Independence A-C |
Chair: Karola Dillenburger (Queen's University Belfast) |
The European Association for Behaviour Analysis (EABA) provides an international forum within Europe for the study and discussion of matters relevant to behaviour analysis. EABA encourages high quality education and professional certification throughout Europe and aims to establish and maintain relations between behaviour analysis organizations inside and outside Europe. The reunion allows EABA members and friends to meet up outside of Europe and thus enhance networking and collaboration between European and other behaviour analysts. |
|
|
|
|
|
University of Kansas (KU): Department of Applied Behavioral Science Reunion |
Sunday, May 25, 2025 |
8:00 PM–10:00 PM |
Marriott Marquis, M4 Level, Capitol & Congress |
Chair: Claudia L. Dozier (The University of Kansas) |
Students, faculty, alumni, and friends of the Department of Applied Behavioral Science at the University of Kansas (KU) are invited to join us to celebrate our department’s lasting contributions to the field. This is a chance to reunite with friends and colleagues and meet new ones. We are excited to see you there! |
|
|
|
|
|
Golden Anniversary Celebration of the PhD Program in Behavior Analysis at West Virginia University |
Sunday, May 25, 2025 |
8:00 PM–10:00 PM |
Marriott Marquis, M4 Level, Liberty M |
Chair: Michael Perone (West Virginia University) |
2025 marks the 50th year of the PhD program in Behavior Analysis at West Virginia University. Alums, current and former faculty, students, potential students, and friends of the program are invited to celebrate this milestone. Please join us to reminisce with your colleagues and share your experiences. |
Keyword(s): Golden Anniversary, PhD Program, West Virginia |
|
|
|
|
|
Southern Illinois University Carbondale Reunion |
Sunday, May 25, 2025 |
8:00 PM–10:00 PM |
Marriott Marquis, M2 Level, Marquis Salon 14 |
Chair: Lesley A. Shawler (Southern Illinois University, Carbondale) |
Students, faculty, alumni, and friends of the Department of Behavior Analysis at the Southern Illinois University Carbondale (SIUC) are invited to reunite with old friends and meet new ones as we celebrate more than five decades of excellence and achievement in behavior analysis at SIUC. |
|
|
|
|
|
Mexican Society for Behavior Analysis |
Sunday, May 25, 2025 |
8:00 PM–10:00 PM |
Marriott Marquis, M2 Level, Marquis Salon 17 |
Chair: Rosalinda Arroyo (Universidad Nacional Autónoma de México) |
Members of the Mexican Society for Behavior Analysis and other students and professional engaged in the dissemination of the behavior analysis in Mexico are invited to assist a special meeting in the context of the 49th convention with the purpose of sharing their experiences and to build new research and professional endeavors in preparation for our annual meeting. |
Keyword(s): Mexican, Society |
|
|
|
|
|
Behavior Analysis Program at the University of Nevada, Reno |
Sunday, May 25, 2025 |
8:00 PM–10:00 PM |
Marriott Marquis, M4 Level, Liberty I-K |
Chair: Ramona Houmanfar (University of Nevada, Reno) |
We are looking forward to celebrating our 34th anniversary, and programmatic accomplishments with our students, alumni, colleagues and friends. Our on-campus Program has Conferred over 95 Ph.D. degrees. • Our On-Campus Masters program has conferred over 50 Masters degrees. • Our Satellite Masters program has conferred over 100 Off-campus Masters degrees in multiple national and in international locations. • Since its accreditation in 2015, our undergraduate specialization in Behavior Analysis has provided training to over 200 undergraduate students. Please join us celebrate our anniversary and our great networks of colleagues and friends. |
|
|
|
|
|
Speech Pathology Applied Behavior Analysis Special Interest Group (SIG) + Verbal Behavior SIG Reunion, Social and Networking Reception |
Sunday, May 25, 2025 |
8:00 PM–10:00 PM |
Marriott Marquis, M4 Level, Archives |
Chair: Nikia Dower (Dower and Associates, Inc.) |
Join Us for a Joint Reunion, Social & Networking Reception! The SPABA SIG and VB SIG are coming together for an unforgettable evening of connection and collaboration at ABAI! This joint reunion is the perfect opportunity for members, students, and any ABAI attendees to gather in a relaxed and informal setting. Whether you're a speech-language pathologist, behavior analyst, or a student in either field, this is your chance to engage in meaningful conversations about shared professional interests in clinical practice and research. Plus, you'll have the opportunity to explore and advance interprofessional collaboration with like-minded peers! Come mingle, network, and make valuable connections with fellow professionals. Don’t miss this chance to connect, converse, and collaborate— and congratulate SPABA on turning 20 years old! We can’t wait to see you there! |
Keyword(s): interprofessional collaboration, speech pathology, verbal behavior |
|
|
|
|
|
Endicott College Reunion |
Sunday, May 25, 2025 |
8:00 PM–10:00 PM |
Marriott Marquis, M4 Level, Treasury |
Chair: Mary Jane Weiss (Endicott College) |
This reunion is for current students and graduates of Endicott College's Institute for Applied Behavioral Science programs in ABA. We welcome current and former students, faculty, adjuncts, supervisors, and friends of Endicott's ABA program. |
|
|
|
|
|
Florida Institue of Technology Behavior Analysis Programs Reunion |
Sunday, May 25, 2025 |
8:00 PM–10:00 PM |
Marriott Marquis, M4 Level, Mint |
Chair: David A. Wilder (Florida Institute of Technology) |
Students, faculty, alumni, and friends of the School of Behavior Analysis at the Florida Institute of Technology (Florida Tech) are invited to reunite with old friends and meet new ones as we celebrate more than two decades of excellence and achievement in behavior analysis at Florida Tech) |
Keyword(s): reunion |
|
|
|
|
|
Columbia University Teachers College and CABAS® |
Sunday, May 25, 2025 |
8:00 PM–10:00 PM |
Marriott Marquis, M2 Level, Marquis Salon 12-13 |
Chair: Daniel Mark Fienup (Teachers College, Columbia University) |
This event is a social gathering for current students and graduates of the programs in Teaching as Applied Behavior Analysis of Teachers College and Columbia University Graduate School of Arts and Sciences, as well as CABAS; professionals and friends from around the world. |
Keyword(s): CABAS |
|
|
|
|
|
University of Nebraska Medical Center (UNMC)’s Munroe-Meyer Institute Reunion |
Sunday, May 25, 2025 |
8:00 PM–10:00 PM |
Marriott Marquis, M4 Level, Monument |
Chair: Amber R. Paden (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute) |
Students, faculty, alumni and friends of UNMC’s Munroe-Meyer Institute are invited to connect, celebrate, and build relationships, reuniting with familiar faces and forging new friendships. |
|
|
|
|
|
University of North Carolina Wilmington Reunion |
Sunday, May 25, 2025 |
8:00 PM–10:00 PM |
Marriott Marquis, M1 Level, Gallaudet |
Chair: Emily L. Baxter (University of North Carolina Wilmington) |
Students, faculty, alumni, and friends of the Behavior Analysis program at the University of North Carolina Wilmington are invited to reunite with old friends and meet new ones as we celebrate our MA and Ph.D. programs. |
|
|
|
|
|
Western Michigan University Reunion |
Sunday, May 25, 2025 |
8:00 PM–10:00 PM |
Marriott Marquis, M4 Level, Independence E-H |
Chair: Jonathan C. Baker (Western Michigan University) |
Alums, current students and faculty, and friends of the Western Michigan University Psychology Department are invited to attend this reunion. Please join us for light refreshments, music, and fellowship. We'd love to see you there! |
Keyword(s): Bronco, Western Michigan |
|
|
|
|
|
University of South Florida Reunion |
Sunday, May 25, 2025 |
8:00 PM–10:00 PM |
Marriott Marquis, M1 Level, Georgetown |
Chair: Anthony Concepcion (University of South Florida) |
The University of South Florida's Applied Behavior Analysis program warmly welcomes its esteemed alumni, dedicated faculty, current students, and cherished friends to a grand reunion. Join us in celebrating the legacy and future of Behavior Analysis at USF. Reconnect with familiar faces and forge new bonds. Go Bulls! |
Keyword(s): Bulls, Reunion, South Florida, USF |
|
|
|
|
|
Northeastern University Reunion |
Sunday, May 25, 2025 |
8:00 PM–10:00 PM |
Marriott Marquis, M1 Level, Howard |
Chair: Laura L. Dudley (Northeastern University) |
Northeastern University alumni, students, faculty and friends are invited to our reunion at the 51st Annual Convention in Chicago. Come reconnect with old friends and learn about our current programs in behavior analysis. Whether you graduated in 1981 or 2021, we hope you will join us to reminisce! |
Keyword(s): Northeastern, Reunion |
|
|
|
|
|
Remembering Dr. John W. Eshleman |
Sunday, May 25, 2025 |
8:00 PM–10:00 PM |
Marriott Marquis, M1 Level, George Washington |
Chair: Traci M. Cihon (Culturo-Behavior Science Innovation Network & Behaviorists for Social Responsibility) |
Dr. John W. Eshleman passed away on Wednesday, January 8, 2025. John graduated from Youngstown State University receiving his Bachelor of Arts degree, Summa Cum Laude in 1977, and Master of Science in Education degree in 1979, both under the advisement of Dr. Steve Graf. He went on to work with Drs. Ernie and Julie Vargas, graduating from the University of West Virginia with his doctoral degree in 1988. John was a true behavioral scientist, a historian, and a pioneer in behavioral approaches to education, instructional design, Precision Teaching, and Skinner's analysis of verbal behavior. John's contributions to Precision Teaching were formally recognized in 2023 when he received the prestigious Ogden R. Lindsley Lifetime Achievement Award from the Standard Celeration Society. John retired from The Chicago School of Professional Psychology in 2020 where he was well-known, loved, and respected for his dedication to science and teaching, his students, and his colleagues. John's legacy will persist in the repertoires of the numerous students he taught, mentored, and advised, as well as those of his colleagues with whom he frequently collaborated. Please join us in celebrating Dr. John W. Eshleman’s life, contributions to behavior science, and the long-lasting positive impact he will have on all who knew him. |
|
|